Category Archives: Technologies

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

Memory and storage are frequently upgraded on laptop computers for better performance. Upgrading your Wi-Fi card can have a big impact on performance as well.

Ed Rhee, a freelance writer based in the San Francisco Bay Area, is an IT veteran turned stay-at-home-dad of two girls. He focuses on Android devices and applications while maintaining a review blog at techdadreview.com.

The Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6235 is a 300Mbps, dual-band Wi-Fi card that includes Bluetooth 4.0. Ed Rhee/CNET

Related stories:

  • How to build your own external hard drive
  • Make your portable hard drive faster by upgrading to USB 3.0
  • How to enable metered Wi-Fi connections in Windows 8

Memory and storage are probably the two most commonly upgraded components on laptop computers. They’re easy to upgrade and have an immediate impact on system performance. Wi-Fi cards are upgraded less frequently, but upgrading them can have a dramatic impact on performance as well, with greater range and faster throughput.

In this tutorial, we’re going to upgrade the Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2230 inside a Toshiba U925t Ultrabook , with an Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6235. The Intel 2230 card is a good midrange card, but it lacks dual-band support, so we’re going to replace it with the Intel 6235, which supports both the 2.4GHz and 5GHz bands.

Choosing your new Wi-Fi card

There are a few things to consider when choosing your new Wi-Fi card. The first thing you should find out is if your laptop manufacturer uses a whitelist in the BIOS of your laptop. If your laptop’s BIOS uses a whitelist, it’s possible that the Wi-Fi card you want to use may not be supported. It’s not something most manufacturers advertise, so you may need to spend a little time searching the Internet to find out. If you can’t find a definitive answer, it’s up to you to decide if you want to move forward and try it anyway.

The next thing to consider is the size of the Wi-Fi card. Locate the old Wi-Fi card in your laptop and check the size. Most new cards are half-height cards, but some older laptops use full-height cards. If your laptop isn’t compatible with the newer half-height cards, you can try using a bracket adapter to make it fit.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

Full-height card on the left and half-height card on the right. Ed Rhee/CNET

Lastly, make sure that the number of antennas used in the new card matches the number in the old card. If you want to use a card that requires three antennas but you only have two, you can purchase a third antenna separately. You’ll just need to spend some time figuring out its optimal placement inside the laptop.

Upgrading your new Wi-Fi card

Before you get started with the upgrade, make sure to unplug the power adapter from your laptop and remove the battery if possible. If you have a nonremovable battery, be careful not to accidentally turn on your laptop while you’re working inside it.

Once you’re inside your laptop and looking at your old Wi-Fi card, carefully detach the antennas from the old card, making note of how they’re connected. You may want to take a photo of it for reference.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

Old Wi-Fi card (Intel 2230). Click to enlarge. Ed Rhee/CNET

After the antennas have been detached, unscrew the old card from the mounting area, which should cause the card to pop up. Carefully lift it out of the slot.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

Click to enlarge. Ed Rhee/CNET

Line up the contacts of your new Wi-Fi card to the slot, then carefully insert it at a slight angle. It will only fit in one way, so don’t force it if it doesn’t slide right in. Once it’s properly seated, screw it down. Next, reattach the antennas, then close up your laptop.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

New Wi-Fi card (Intel 6235). Click to enlarge. Ed Rhee/CNET

When you turn your laptop back on, it’s possible that the operating system will already have the correct drivers for the card you just installed. Even if that’s the case, we recommend that you check for the latest drivers from the manufacturer’s Web site. Once you’ve confirmed that your system has the most current drivers installed, join a wireless network and enjoy your new Wi-Fi card.

HP Recommended

  • Mark as New
  • Bookmark
  • Subscribe
  • Email to a Friend

There are several other posts, satisfactorily answering the exact same question, but all for the particular notebook model of the member who started that conversation. @huffer @ Paul_Tikkanen

So, although I didn’t want to flod the forum, unfortunately I needed to start another topic with the same question for my own particular notebook model.

Product Name: HP Pavilion 13 x360 PC

Product No: L0B89EA#AB8

I also want to replace my wi-fi adapter with a “802.11 ac” type adapter.

As far as I can understand from the below photo of my notebooks internal board, I have two antennas already installed in my notebook.

So, can I upgrade and which brand/model Wi-Fi adapters (WLAN modules) can I purchase for this upgrade?

Many thanks and best regards,

  • Tags:

banhien

‎01-02-2018 02:15 AM

HP Recommended

  • Mark as New
  • Bookmark
  • Subscribe
  • Email to a Friend

The series supports the following wireless cards

Integrated wireless local area network (WLAN) options by way of wireless
module
Built-in WLAN antenna(s) (in display assembly)
Support for the following WLAN modules:
● Broadcom BCM43142HM 802.11 bgn 1×1 Wi-Fi + Bluetooth® 4.0 HMC Combo Adapter
● I ntel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160 802.11ac 1×1 Wi-Fi + Bluetooth 4.0 Combo Adapter
Compatible with Miracast-certified devices

Please use part number 784638-005

BH
***
**Click the KUDOS thumb up on the left to say ‘Thanks’**
Make it easier for other people to find solutions by marking a Reply ‘Accept as Solution’ if it solves your problem.

HP Recommended

  • Mark as New
  • Bookmark
  • Subscribe
  • Email to a Friend

I want to upgrade my internal wifi antenna from single to dual. There is currently only 1 black wire for antenna on existing adaptor. If this is possible, I would like to then upgrade my current 2.4 GHZ Wi-Fi Adapter to a dual Adaptor with 5.0 GHZ Wi-Fi . Can anyone suggest a compatible upgrade to have installed? Simply looking to take advantage of available much faster wifi in my home. Any links to necessary parts would be helpful (Amazon/Ebay, etc. ).

  • Tags:

Paul_Tikkanen

‎12-04-2018 05:14 PM – edited ‎12-04-2018 05:16 PM

HP Recommended

  • Mark as New
  • Bookmark
  • Subscribe
  • Email to a Friend

It looks like from the parts list that your PC has the Realtek RTL8188EE 802.11bg/n 1×1 HMC WiFi adapter, correct?

A picture of this card your notebook has is below my reply, and it looks like that. yes?

If so, you will have to add the second antenna as you wrote, and below is the link to the service manual for your notebook.

You need to order the antenna kit listed in chapter 3 on page 20 (item #5). You will only need to actually use one of them –left or right, I don’t know. You will know after you take the display panel assembly apart. HP does not sell this kit (I checked the HP Parts Store website), so you will have to do a search by the part number and hopefully, you will find it.

As far as the card. your notebook has an Intel 4th gen core processor, so this card should work just fine.

Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260 802.11 ac 2×2 WiFi + BT 4.0 HP Part # 710661-001

The card is readily available on eBay or Amazon, and shouldn’t cost very much at all.

Do your search by the HP part number, not by the model number of the wireless card.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

  • Tags:

Paul_Tikkanen

‎12-04-2018 05:14 PM – edited ‎12-04-2018 05:16 PM

HP Recommended

  • Mark as New
  • Bookmark
  • Subscribe
  • Email to a Friend

It looks like from the parts list that your PC has the Realtek RTL8188EE 802.11bg/n 1×1 HMC WiFi adapter, correct?

A picture of this card your notebook has is below my reply, and it looks like that. yes?

If so, you will have to add the second antenna as you wrote, and below is the link to the service manual for your notebook.

You need to order the antenna kit listed in chapter 3 on page 20 (item #5). You will only need to actually use one of them –left or right, I don’t know. You will know after you take the display panel assembly apart. HP does not sell this kit (I checked the HP Parts Store website), so you will have to do a search by the part number and hopefully, you will find it.

As far as the card. your notebook has an Intel 4th gen core processor, so this card should work just fine.

Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260 802.11 ac 2×2 WiFi + BT 4.0 HP Part # 710661-001

The card is readily available on eBay or Amazon, and shouldn’t cost very much at all.

Do your search by the HP part number, not by the model number of the wireless card.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

  • Tags:

‎12-04-2018 06:50 PM

HP Recommended

  • Mark as New
  • Bookmark
  • Subscribe
  • Email to a Friend

Thanks for your quick response! That is the exact chip in my laptop. There is only 1 black wire connected to 1 side of the antenna. Are you suggesting ordering the exact same antenna, follow online you tube videos to install in the screen, then connect the old and new to both sides to a new dual chip you suggested, and it will work? I’m savy enough to put it all together, but not sure if I should buy a new and different antenna for new install in old computer. Part # 776770-001 HP Antenna 15-F272WM as listed Chapter 3 page 20 is a single black wire. Looks like this: Ebay part #

Again, thanks for the help! Cheap parts, but don’t want to waste the time buying and installing if it won’t work!

Paul_Tikkanen

‎12-04-2018 06:54 PM

HP Recommended

  • Mark as New
  • Bookmark
  • Subscribe
  • Email to a Friend

You’re very welcome.

The card will work as long as it has two antennas wires connected to it, and the ones I see listed on eBay should work as long as the one antenna wire/transceiver can go on either side of the display panel.

‎12-16-2018 02:44 PM

HP Recommended

  • Mark as New
  • Bookmark
  • Subscribe
  • Email to a Friend

Perfect solution! I ordered the WIFi Card and antenna as specified (about $30 USD total on eBay with free shipping). This Laptop has a separate opening just for WIFi card and RAM. I simply removed the old card, inserted the new, clipped the old and new antenna in. I then wrapped up the antenna, closed and put the 2 scres back in the door I had opened on the bottom. No updates were necessary (No BIOS or Windows updates needed). Instantly recognized 5.0 Netowork. WiFI speeds at 90 Mbps! No need to take the whole laptop apart to run the nw 2nd antenna! Great upgrade for little money and little effort!

‎12-11-2019 01:08 PM

HP Recommended

  • Mark as New
  • Bookmark
  • Subscribe
  • Email to a Friend

please kindly help me out.

1. did you change from a single band wifi card to a dual band wifi card on your hp laptop?

2. if you only had a single band card, you only had one antenna right?

3. please kindly advise how you installed the 2nd antenna to work with your dual band wifi card. i read on the internet that one would need to rip the laptop apart to put the 2nd antenna by the screen panel. however, your last comment seemed to indicate that you somehow accomplished the same effect without having to rip apart the laptop. did you just leave the 2nd antenna by the motherboard?

please let me know. i dont want to rip apart my laptop and risk messing it out. without installing a 2nd antenna, my option would simply be a single band ac wifi card (i have a b/gn card right now). thank you for your help in advance.

The Wi-Fi 6 (Wi-Fi AX) standard is here to stay. In recent years we have seen how manufacturers have been launching their first wireless routers and also Wi-Fi access points. If you are going to buy a new laptop, it is very likely that it comes with the Intel AX200 , an internal Wi-Fi 6 card with two antennas and of the AX3000 class. However, if your laptop is old and does not incorporate this card, you do not have to worry, you can buy the Intel AX200 for about 30 euros and install it. Today in this article we are going to explain in detail how to locate and install it.

Our laptop since 2015 is the Lenovo X1 Carbon , a device that at that time was really good at the connectivity level, incorporating the Intel Wireless Dual-Band AC7265 Wi-Fi card, an AC1300 class card with which we could get up to 400Mbps in the 2.4GHz band, and a speed of up to 867Mbps in the 5GHz band thanks to Wi-Fi 5. In all the analyzes in this article we have always used this laptop with the different USB 3.0 Wi-Fi adapters, including testing with the Intel AC7265 card which generally provided the best performance.

  • 2 internal antennas
  • Up to 574Mbps in the 2.4GHz band
  • Up to 2.402Mbps in the 5GHz band, thanks to the fact that it is compatible with 160MHz of channel width and Wi-Fi 6.
  • Beamforming, MU-MIMO and OFDMA compliant.

Therefore, we have all the characteristics of Wi-Fi 6 to achieve the best possible performance, in addition, as if this were not enough, it also supports the wireless security protocol WPA3-Personal and WPA3-Enterprise, as long as you use a compatible operating system ( like the latest version of Windows 10), and your router / AP supports this type of encryption.

Once we have seen the main features of the Intel AX200, we are going to disassemble the laptop and locate the Wi-Fi card.

Unmounting the laptop and locating the Wi-Fi card

The Lenovo X1 Carbon is an ultrabook that is really easy to disassemble, we will simply need a small star screwdriver, and also a flat screwdriver to help us remove the UFL connectors from the Wi-Fi card.

To access the internal components, all we will have to do is remove each and every one of the screws that we have in sight, there are none under the non-slip pads, therefore, we will not have to remove them and then put them back. Once we have removed all the screws, the case will come out on its own without having to “pry” with the flat screwdriver.

When we remove the lower case, we can see that in the upper right we find the 512GB SSD, the 4G LTE card that I bought optionally with the laptop, and just to the right we have the Intel AC7265 card.

In the following photograph you can see in detail the situation of the Wi-Fi card, and how there are two small cables connected to it through UFL connectors.

Replacing the old Wi-Fi card with the new Intel AX200

Both the gray and black cables, we must remove it from the UFL connector, to later remove that fixing screw of the Wi-Fi card, and finally remove the old Wi-Fi card to put the new one.

Once we have replaced one card with another, and we have correctly put the antenna cables in the UFL connectors, we will be able to see in all its splendor the new Intel AX200 Wi-Fi card in this laptop, which has provided us with around 1,000 Real Mbps speed over Wi-Fi.

In the following image you can see the detail of the new Wi-FI card perfectly installed to replace the previous one:

As you can see, we now have the Intel AX200 working perfectly on this laptop.

If you use the Windows 10 operating system, it will automatically recognize the card and install the drivers, but it may not install the latest drivers available, therefore, it is highly recommended that you go directly to the download section of the Intel AX200 and download the latest drivers available. When you install the latest drivers and have restarted your computer, you will be ready to connect to the Internet with the maximum possible speed.

In our recent tests, we have achieved synchronizations with the 2.4Gbps router, that is, the maximum speed that Wi-Fi 6 allows us with 160MHz of channel width and 2 internal antennas:

In addition, another important aspect is that we have compatibility with WPA3-Personal, and we can connect to any router or AP that supports this type of security, as you can see here:

We hope that with this tutorial on how to update your wireless card to Wi-Fi 6, you can connect at the maximum speed of your Wi-Fi network.

As many individuals are using desktop PCs in their households whether that be for work purposes or just casual use, a strong wireless connection to your machine is almost a necessity. Having the best WiFi card for your PC will eliminate any worries you may have over your wireless connection and will pretty much ensure that it will never drop, at least from your PC’s side anyway. WiFi cards come in a number of shapes and sizes but they all do basically the same job so picking the best WiFi card for PC is a little bit tricky.

PC Guide is reader-supported. When you buy through links on our site, we may earn an affiliate commission.

We have the experience and the know-how to help you select the perfect product for you. Our industry veterans know what they are talking about and how to cut through the jargon to make your job choosing the right machine as easy as possible. Read more

Products at a Glance

TP-Link WiFi 6 AX3000 PCIe WiFi Card

TP-Link AC1300 PCIe WiFi Card

ASUS PCE-AC88 AC3100 WiFi Card

Gigabyte GC-WB867D-I WiFI Card

How We Picked

So, as alluded to earlier, it is quite hard to select the best WiFi card for PC as they all do the same job. However, what you need to look to separate the weak from the strong is; wireless range, what wireless standard they’re running off, the quality of antennae the WiFi card is utilizing. These are the three key aspects that we used to select our top five picks in an effort to secure the best WiFi cards on the market. Moreover, we have given certain WiFi cards awards such as best budget, best range, and best for gaming to try and make it even easier to pick the right WiFi card based on your needs.

Fancy Watching Instead? Watch Our Video Rundown.

Best WiFi Card for PC 2022

TP-Link WiFi 6 AX3000 PCIe WiFi Card

Bundled in Bluetooth functionality

The first of two TP-Link WiFi cards on this best WiFI card for PC list is the AX3000. It utilizes the latest WiFi 6 technology allowing for speeds of up to 2.4Gbps, therefore making it fantastic for today but also way into the future. To get these speeds means this WiFi card is dual-band, allowing you to connect to both 2.4Ghz and the faster 5Ghz networks. Moreover, with this card being built for WiFi 6, it results in ultra-low latency and uninterrupted connectivity with OFDMA and MU-MIMO technology, making it perfect for not only the average user streaming video but also gamers keen to get the best connection possible.

Looking at the wireless range, we can see that TP-Link has implemented two antennae on a platform that can be attached anywhere on your setup through a magnetized base. While these antennae are already powerful as they are, the ability to place them wherever you like on your rig allows you to find that signal sweet spot and further improve that wireless range aspect. You’re also able to rotate these in a 360-degree fashion, thus not being limited to the fixed antennae that some WiFi cards opt for.

While we’re focusing on the WiFi capabilities, there is another top tier feature this WiFi card for PC has – Bluetooth connectivity. Yes, not only is it a fantastic WiFi option, but you’ll also be able to take advantage of Bluetooth 5.0 technology for your PC, opening up the possibilities of wireless peripherals if you so choose. While this might not be a requirement for some who have Bluetooth enabled motherboards, a large majority of individuals do not, and will benefit those dramatically.

To conclude, this WiFi card for PC has incredible range due to those dual antennae that can be placed wherever you like in your setup. Additionally, with the WiFi 6 capabilities and dual-band network connectivity, you can take advantage of that range and have a super speedy wireless connection that even wired advocates would be surprised by. That Bluetooth 5.0 inclusion is also a nice addition and in our eyes is extremely handy, especially if you’ve got a bunch of Bluetooth devices.

Success! Subscription added.

Success! Subscription removed.

Sorry, you must verify to complete this action. Please click the verification link in your email. You may re-send via your profile.

  • Intel Communities
  • Product Support Forums
  • Wireless
  • I would like to replace my wireless card for my HP Pavilion dv-7 6163cl. My system currently has the Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000. Is there other o.

I would like to replace my wireless card for my HP Pavilion dv-7 6163cl. My system currently has the Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000. Is there other options to choose from for my computer or do I need to use the same one?

  • Mark as New
  • Bookmark
  • Subscribe
  • Mute
  • Email to a Friend

I would like to replace my wireless card for my HP Pavilion dv-7 6163cl. My system currently has the Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000. Is there other options to choose from for my computer or do I need to use the same one?

  • Tags:
  • All forum topics
  • Previous topic
  • Next topic
  • Mark as New
  • Bookmark
  • Subscribe
  • Mute
  • Email to a Friend

If you are planning to upgrade the wireless adapter in you computer, we advise you to contact the http://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/support/topics/OEMs.html Computer Manufacturer Support and check if a newer Intel® Wireless Adapter is compatible with your laptop.

Intel does not recommend end users to install or upgrade the various Intel® Wireless Adapter. They can only be installed by the computer manufacturer or its authorized representative.

An unsupported wireless adapter may not be recognized by the computer, it may lead to system errors or connectivity problems. Installing an incompatible adapter may even damage the adapter, the PC, or both. In some cases, this may even be illegal.

For more information about this topic, please review the following documents:

If you have problems connecting to Indiana University’s wireless network, make sure your device’s wireless software or drivers are up to date. Wireless manufacturers regularly release new driver updates to solve issues such as interoperability problems with access points from other vendors, or to address software bugs. Having the latest software or drivers for your wireless adapter will assure that you’ll have the best performance, reliability, and functionality.

Follow the appropriate instructions for your device.

macOS (Macbook Pro, Air)

macOS will typically perform a weekly check for software updates automatically, provided you are connected to the internet. To manually check your macOS device for the latest updates, follow the instructions at Keep your Mac up to date.

iOS (iPhone, iPad, iPod Touch)

Android

  1. Navigate to your devices’s Settings menu. On most Android devices, this can be done via the app menu or notification bar. Typically, the Settings app will have a cog or spanner logo.
  2. Scroll down the Settings menu, and click About Phone , About Tablet , System , or System Updates (depending on your device and version of Android). If you have a tabbed Settings menu, this option will appear in the General section.
  3. The menu can vary slightly from device to device, but click the Software Update , System Update , or similar button. This section of the menu will also detail which version of Android your device is running.
  4. Your phone or tablet will now search for an available update. If you are taken to another menu, select the Software update check button or similar.
  5. If an update is available for your device, you will be asked whether you wish to install it. If you select yes , the system will download and install the new software and then reboot.

Windows 11, Windows 10, or Windows 8.x

Many times, Windows Update does not provide the latest drivers for your wireless adapter. To get the most recent updates, you’ll need to visit the website of your wireless adapter’s manufacturer.

To find the manufacturer of your wireless adapter:

  1. Press Windows and Pause|Break , or right-click Computer and select Properties .
  2. From the left menu, select Device Manager .
  3. The “Device Manager” window will open. Expand Network Adapters . If the wireless card is identified, its name will display. If it is not identified, you might have an unknown device (for example, “(?) Network Controller”) listed.
  4. To identify the device, right-click the listing under “Network adapters”, select Properties , and then click the Details tab. Under “Property”, select Hardware Ids .

Most manufacturers will have support pages where you can download files for your drivers as needed. If the driver on your computer is older than the driver on the manufacturer’s website, download the newer versions.

If your gaming computer is running slowly, has long load times, shows screen tearing, lag or other artifacts, you could be wondering what you need to upgrade on your PC. It’s likely that your hardware could be to blame. If it’s been a while since you bought a new computer or upgraded the components, it might be time to take a look at what’s available now and what could improve your gaming. Follow these steps for the best gaming PC upgrades to ensure you get the most out of your hardware.

Step 1: Install RAM

If you’re having difficulty loading pages, live streaming, or switching among applications, one gaming PC upgrade to consider is increasing or replacing your computer memory (RAM). RAM stores data that is currently being used. Many games store textures and maps in RAM.

Most factory-built computers have slots to add more memory modules. If there isn’t room for more modules, you can replace existing memory with larger-capacity modules.

The Crucial® Advisor™ tool or System Scanner tool can tell you which memory modules are compatible with your computer.

Step 2: Upgrade storage

If your current storage drive is nearly full or if it is just too slow and you’re experiencing freezing or hangs, upgrade it. If you have a traditional hard drive (HDD), this is a good time to look into a solid state drive (SSD). SSDs start up faster and are more reliable and durable than HDDs. SSDs run at a higher speed, and allow the entire system to run more efficient because the other components are not waiting for data like they do when using a HDD.

Compare the current capacity of your storage drive with newer models. Both hard drives and solid state drive manufacturers are always increasing the storage capacity of drives. You can get a faster drive with more storage space relatively cheaply.

The Crucial® Advisor™ tool or System Scanner tool can tell you which SSDs are compatible with your computer.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

It’s an exciting time getting a new graphics card for your PC, especially if you are buying one of our picks for best graphics card on the market. Whether you’ve been hanging on to the same one for years, or you’re a fan of the bleeding edge, it’s something that always brings new life to your gaming.

Getting a newer, more powerful graphics card means better performance in the latest games, and in some cases, it increases the resolution you can play at. Once you’ve got your new card, making the switch is fairly straightforward but there are some things you need to make sure you do.

How to save money on a new graphics card

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

Right now, graphics cards are really expensive. The trouble is that the recent cryptocurrency boom has severely increased demand because there are plenty of currencies you can successfully mine with GPUs.

Our advice is to avoid buying unless you really have to, because let’s face it, spending potentially hundreds of dollars more than you need to isn’t a good idea. But that’s not to say there aren’t deals out there worth taking advantage of, and we’re doing our best to make sure we’re bringing you those deals regularly.

Remove the old drivers

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

Even if you’re going from NVIDIA to NVIDIA, or AMD to AMD, you still need to sort out the drivers. If you don’t, you’ll most likely have a bad time. trust me, I speak from experience. (Yes, I forgot to do this during an upgrade.) This will remove the drivers for your current card, so you’ll also want to make sure you hook up your monitor to the onboard display output for your PC. This way you’ll be able to see what you’re doing.

Here’s how to do it:

  1. In the Cortana search bar type device manager to go there quickest.
  2. Select display adapters.

Right click on your current graphics card.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

Select uninstall device.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

Install the new card

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

Installing a new graphics card inside your PC is easy, whether you’re going inside a pre-built machine or a custom creation. If you built your own PC, you’ll already be familiar enough.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

What you will need to make sure of is that you have the necessary power connector for your new card. For the sake of this guide, we’re going to assume you already have a big enough power supply. But you may still need a different connector.

For example, my old GTX 1070 used an eight-pin connector, whereas my new GTX 1080 Ti uses an eight-pin and a six-pin. Your power supply may already have the additional connector attached if it’s non-modular. If it’s a modular power supply you might need to go back into the box and find another cable.

It’s then a simple matter of slotting the graphics card into the now vacant PCIe slot and connecting the power.

Getting new drivers

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

To use your new graphics card, you need new drivers. The only thing that differs is where you go to get them. You’ll also still need to make sure you’re connected to your onboard display output for this, not one of those coming from the graphics card.

  • To download the latest NVIDIA drivers click here
  • To download the latest AMD driver click here

Installing the drivers is no more difficult than installing any other program on your PC. They’ll be packaged up into an executable that you just open, follow the on-screen directions, and let it do its thing.

These driver packages will also install either the NVIDIA Geforce Experience or AMD Crimson applications on your PC. You can use them or not, but they’re not necessary to use the graphics card. Both apps are, however, an easy way to make sure you always have the latest drivers for your card.

That’s it. When you fire up your PC, your new graphics card should be off and running for all the gaming you can handle.

Updated April 24, 2018: We checked through our guide to make sure you still have the best information on upgrading your graphics card.

We may earn a commission for purchases using our links. Learn more.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

The LG gram 17 still tops the 17-inch laptop field

With the crowded laptop field, it’s hard to know which one suits your needs. For our money, though, if you want a 17-inch laptop in 2022, then you want the LG gram 17.

You can now register to virtually attend Microsoft Build 2022

Registrations for Microsoft Build 2022 are now open. Anyone can virtually attend the conference for free, but they’ll have to register through Microsoft’s website.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

Review: Samsung’s T7 Shield takes an awesome SSD and makes it rugged

Samsung has launched its new T7 Shield SSD as a rugged option for those always on the move. We got an early unit to test out and compare to the other SSDs in the T7 lineup.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

Buy this motherboard if you plan on grabbing an AMD Ryzen 9 5950X

In order to use the AMD Ryzen 9 5950X CPU, you’ll need a compatible motherboard. The new Ryzen 5000 Series processors work with 500-series motherboards, and we rounded up our favorites.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

Whether you’re a gamer, a visual artist, an audio operator or just a regular every day PC user, eventually you will ask yourself one question. Do you need to replace your computer, or can you just upgrade it somehow?

Many people believe that simply because they’re computer is a few years old, they have to replace it. That is not necessarily true. However, the older your computer the more likely it is that you should at least look into a simple upgrade. So, you’re laptops slowing down, and you think you have to replace your computer completely? Well, with most laptops that is probably the easiest solution to most problems. However, it is fairly simple to make a few significant upgrades on your own.

If your entire system is just slowing down, you might check to see if it came with an SSD installed, or an HDD. SSDs work must faster due to the way they transfer data. If you find that there was only an HDD, then you can probably find a guide online to find out if you can replace it, and good buying guides for various laptop sized SSDs. Just be sure to check that the drive you’re buying is compatible with your machine.

If your laptop is only getting slow if you have several programs running at once or many internet browser tabs, you might actually be slightly more fortunate. This is probably due to not having enough RAM. It should be fairly simple to check how much RAM your machine came installed with and to find a guide on how to add more. Once again, be sure to check compatibility.

On a desktop computer, these two upgrades apply about the same way. Beyond the RAM and drives in a desktop or tower, there are a couple of other key ways you can upgrade your PC. The first is fairly simple

If you’re a gamer or video editor and you notice that your machine is chugging along during graphics intensive workloads, it might be time to check out your graphics card. This is actually one of the easiest upgrades you can make in a full desktop. Basically just find out what card you have and what cards are better. Once you’ve made your decision, you can pull up a general purpose guide and swap it out.

The last option for upgrade is your CPU. This is the heart of your computer and should really only be replaced if you just can’t get anything done. Only attempt to replace this part if you are confident that you are able to do all of the research into compatible motherboards, sockets, types or RAM and a few other things you’ll learn on your journey. If you don’t plan to build your own computer, this is probably the point you should replace your computer outright.

If none of these upgrades are a viable option for you, or you can’t upgrade any further, and you are still having problems, you have found the right time to replace, rather than upgrade your PC.

Are you having problems with your wireless network? If so, you are not alone. Many wireless networks sometimes slow down or temporarily break down. This poor performance impacts your productivity. While there is no golden rule for fixing wireless network issues, the following tips and tricks may help improve the performance of your network.

1. Choose a central location

Central locations provide the best signal coverage across your entire building. For two-story structures, if your router or access point is on the first floor, place the router or access point high on a shelf to provide a stronger signal for devices on the second floor.

2. Move your router off the floor

Walls, floors, and metal objects can interfere and weaken your router’s wireless signals. Locate your router to avoid these kinds of obstructions as best as possible.

3. Replace your router’s antenna

Router antennas are usually omnidirectional, meaning they broadcast in all directions. So if you place a router near an outside wall you end up broadcasting half of your wireless signals to the outside world. Many routers, however, come with removable antennas. If you replace the omnidirectional antenna with a high-gain antenna, you can aim the router’s wireless signal in the direction you want.

4. Reduce wireless interference

The most common wireless technology, 802.11g (wireless-G), operates at a frequency of 2.4 gigahertz (GHz). Many wireless electronics such as cordless telephones, microwave ovens, baby monitors, and garage door openers use this same frequency. As a result, their signal noise could interfere with the connection between your device and router.

To reduce noise, buy cordless telephones and other devices that use the 5.8 GHz or 900 megahertz (MHz) frequencies. Because 802.11n (wireless-N) operates at both 2.4 GHz and the less frequently used 5.0 GHz frequency, these higher GHz devices may cause less network interference.

5. Replace your device wireless card-based network adapter

Wireless network signals are sent to and from your computer. Devices with built-in wireless networking typically have excellent antennas. Sometimes, however, the router can broadcast to your device, but your device can’t send signals back to the router. To resolve this issue, replace your card-based wireless network adapter with a USB wireless network adapter that uses an external antenna.

6. Add a wireless repeater

Wireless repeaters are handy devices that rebroadcast a wireless signal, strengthening the signal from your router to other floors or the opposite side of a building. You can place one anywhere there’s an outlet, but look for locations that are halfway between your router, modem, or access point and your device. Research these products before investing in one. Some wireless repeaters can be difficult to configure and can drag down your network’s performance.

7. Change your wireless channel

Wireless routers can broadcast on several different channels. If you encounter interference, try changing the wireless router’s channel through the router’s configuration page, which you can usually find by opening your web browser and typing in the IP address in the address bar. You do not have to change your device’s configuration, because it can automatically detect the new channel.

8. Update your firmware or network adapter driver

Router manufacturers regularly offer free updates. Sometimes, these updates can increase your router’s performance. To receive the latest firmware updates for your router, visit your router manufacturer’s website.

Network adapter vendors also occasionally update the software or driver that Windows uses to communicate with your network adapter. These updates can improve performance and reliability. You can check your vendor’s website for updates or sign up for email newsletters to receive notification.

9. Buy equipment from a single manufacturer

Although routers and network adapters from different manufacturers work together, they might perform better if produced by the same manufacturer. These improvements can be helpful if you’re using wireless-G devices to transmit over a long distance or live in an older house where thicker walls can block more of the signal.

10. Upgrade 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g devices to 802.11n

In general, when buying new equipment, purchase wireless-N technology. Although wireless-G may be the most common wireless network, wireless-N is at least two times as fast. It also has better range and stability. Wireless-N is backward compatible with 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g, meaning you can still use any wireless equipment that you already own. However, you won’t see much improvement in performance until you upgrade your device or network adapter to wireless-N.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

The WiFi driver for Windows 10 is used for the Windows 10 wireless network adapters. It makes the wireless adapter work properly on your PC. This post introduces how to download, install, uninstall, reinstall, troubleshoot Windows 10 WiFi driver. For more computer tricks and free utilities, you can go to MiniTool official website.

This post teaches you how to download and install WiFi driver in Windows 10, how to update WiFi driver in Windows 10, how to uninstall and reinstall wireless network adapter driver in Windows 10, etc. Check the details below.

WiFi (Wireless) Driver for Windows 10 Download and Install

Normally the WiFi driver is automatically installed for the wireless network adapter on your Windows 10 computer.

If the WiFi driver is missing or the network adapter is not working well on your Windows 10 computer, you can manually download and install the Windows 10 WiFi driver on your PC. Check how to download and install WiFi driver in Windows 10.

One way is to press Windows + X, select Device Manager to open Device Manager in Windows 10. Expand Network adapters, right-click your wireless network adapter device, and select Update driver. Click Search automatically for updated driver software to search for the computer and internet for the latest WiFi driver. Alternatively, you can also select Uninstall device, then restart your computer to automatically install the new version of the WiFi driver.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

If the first way doesn’t work, you can also go to the official website of your wireless adapter to find and download the WiFi driver file on your PC and double-click the file to run the installation.

Alternatively, you can also install some free driver updater software on your PC to automatically detect and install driver updates.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

How to stop Windows 11 update? This post provides 5 solutions to let you disable automatic updates on Windows 11. Check the step-by-step guide.

How to Find WiFi Driver in Windows 10

To check the WiFi driver name and version in your Windows 10 computer, you can follow the steps below.

  • Press Windows + X and select Device Manager to open it.
  • Expand Network adapters, right-click your wireless adapter, and select Properties.
  • Click the Details tab and select Hardware Ids under Property to check the wireless network adapter driver name and version.

Tip: If you want to find and check Windows 10 WiFi driver folder, you can go to Windows 10 driver location to search for the wireless driver folder.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

If you forgot Windows 11 password, you can check the 6 solutions in this post to reset/bypass Windows 11 password. Also learn how to change Windows 11 password.

How to Update, Uninstall and Reinstall Windows 10 WiFi Driver

The WiFi driver in Windows 10 needs to be updated to fit the new versions of the wireless adapter in Windows 10. If the WiFi driver gets outdated, you can go to Device Manager, expand Network adapters, right-click the wireless adapter, and select Update driver to update it. To uninstall and reinstall the Windows 10 WiFi driver, you can select Uninstall device, and restart your computer to reinstall it.

Alternatively, you can also update to a new version of Windows 10 to get the outdated drivers also updated. To update Windows 10, you can click Start -> Settings -> Update & Security -> Windows Update -> Check for updates.

How to Fix WiFi Driver Windows 10 Not Working

If you meet WiFi connection issues in Windows, you can follow the guide above to update or reinstall the wireless network adapter driver in Windows 10 or check how to troubleshoot internet connection problems to fix WiFi issues in Windows 10.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

Windows 11 won’t update? Check the 8 solutions in this post to troubleshoot Windows 11 update problems and can’t update Windows 11 issue.

  • Facebook
  • Twitter
  • Linkedin
  • Reddit

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Position: Columnist

Alisa is a professional English editor with 4-year experience. She loves writing and focuses on sharing detailed solutions and thoughts for computer problems, data recovery & backup, digital gadgets, tech news, etc. Through her articles, users can always easily get related problems solved and find what they want. In spare time, she likes basketball, badminton, tennis, cycling, running, and singing. She is very funny and energetic in life, and always brings friends lots of laughs.

Success! Subscription added.

Success! Subscription removed.

Sorry, you must verify to complete this action. Please click the verification link in your email. You may re-send via your profile.

  • Intel Communities
  • Product Support Forums
  • Wireless
  • replace wi fi card

replace wi fi card

  • Mark as New
  • Bookmark
  • Subscribe
  • Mute
  • Email to a Friend
  • All forum topics
  • Previous topic
  • Next topic
  • Mark as New
  • Bookmark
  • Subscribe
  • Mute
  • Email to a Friend

fabrymagg, Thank you for posting in the Intel® Communities Support.

In order for us to provide the most accurate assistance on this topic, we just wanted to confirm a few details about your system:

What is the model of the motherboard?

If this is a laptop, what is the model of it?

When did you purchase this computer?

Is there any particular reason why you would like to replace the Intel® wireless card?

The Intel® 3165 wireless card, did you purchase it separately or did it come installed on the computer?

Which Windows* version are you using?

Are you using this computer at home or in the work environment?

Any questions, please let me know.

Intel Customer Support Technician

  • Mark as New
  • Bookmark
  • Subscribe
  • Mute
  • Email to a Friend

Hello fabrymagg, I just wanted to check if you saw the information posted previously and if you need further assistance on this matter?

Intel Customer Support Technician

  • Mark as New
  • Bookmark
  • Subscribe
  • Mute
  • Email to a Friend
  • Mark as New
  • Bookmark
  • Subscribe
  • Mute
  • Email to a Friend

fabrymagg, You are very welcome, thank you very much for providing that information.

Just to let you know, when you install the wireless card on a laptop that is what is called “Wireless Integration”, and the thing about that process is that there are a lot of components that come into play, like for example: board, Wireless card, drivers, PCI adapters antennas / m.2 port, all those parts need to be compatible for the proper functionality of the Wireless connection. There is also regulatory information about the “Wireless Integration” that you can verify in the following links since there are restrictions depending on you are located to the upgrade that you are looking for:

So, in this case, what we recommend will be to get in contact directly with HP support to check with them directly which are the wireless cards that are fully compatible with their system. Then after that, you can always visit the link below to verify the specifications of the wireless card, based on the models they recommended, to pick one or you can always provide the list here and we will be more than glad to review that list to pick one of them depending on the needs you may have in reference to the performance of the wireless connection. If it is possible for them to install it in the case there is a malfunction after installation:

If you have a laptop but find it unavailable to surf internet through wireless connection work, what will you do? How to fix the situation when wireless network adapter driver is not working? In this article, you will be able to know how to download and update Wi-Fi driver for Windows 10 computer, just follow the steps to learn!

Solution 1: Reinstall Wi-Fi Driver in Windows 10

For users whose computer can surf internet via Lan and used to be able to surf through wireless connection work, you are firstly suggested to reinstall with your target Windows 10 computer.

Step 1: Right-click “Start” button to open “Device Manager”. In the following window, you need to scroll down to find “Network Adapters”. Expand this folder and find your wireless adapter.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

Step 2: Check the wireless adapter name and number for downloading. You can see the information by choose the option “Properties”.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

Step 3: Go to manufacture website and download proper Wi-Fi driver to your computer. You are required to download the driver according to the name and number you have kept.

Step 4: Choose “Uninstall device” by right-click the wireless adapter entry. Follow the hints to get it uninstalled.

Step 5: After it has been successfully uninstalled, reboot your Windows 10 computer and launch the wireless driver you downloaded to install it.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

Solution 2: Free Download Matching Wireless Driver with Driver Software

If you have no idea to find out the Wi-Fi driver’s name and number, you can also get help directly from driver software. Here we take Driver Talent as example, this software can identify the wireless network in your Windows 10 computer and help to download/update to the latest version.

Step 1: Run the program on your computer and let it scan to identity the drivers’ statement of your computer.

Step 2: Download or update the drivers for the wireless network card or for other hardware devices.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

Step 3: According to the result, you can easily get your Windows 10 Wi-Fi driver free download and update.

Besides, if you cannot get access to network, you can also use Driver Talent to install USB wireless Lan card driver on an available computer.

You only need to choose “Peripheral Drivers” on the menu and click “Install” to save the driver to the wireless USB card. After you have successfully made this card, yo u can use it to insert to your Windows 10 computer can surf through wireless network connection.

How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

That’s all about how to download and update Wi-Fi driver for windows 10, after reading this article you will be able to get Windows 10 Wi-Fi driver downloaded by yourself now. Or you have the same problem with Windows 8.1/8/7, you can also refer to the solutions.

And except for those users who find it annoy without network, lost/forgot password for Windows computer can also be a big trouble. If you have such problems, get help from Windows Password Key now, use it to burn a bootable CD/DVD/USB flash drive to assist you recover/remove all kinds of password for login.

Looking to change your current modem and/or router out for a newer model? First, you need to be sure that your equipment is approved with your current internet provider.

Check the lists of compatible modems for your specific cable company to see what the best matching modem and router for your plan is. Once you confirmed that your devices are approved, keep on reading.

1. Connect the router to the current modem

The first thing you want to do is connect your router to a modem that is already working and connected to the internet. This way you can be sure that if the router doesn’t work, the issue isn’t with the modem since we know that the modem is working.

You will want to connect your new router and go through all of the setup steps in order to set up a wifi network. Turn off your modem, connect your router, then turn your modem and router back on.

Most routers come with some built-in settings and the device works out of the box. Check the actual modem sticker for an SSID and WiFi password – usually denoted as WPA or WEP. These are the manufacture default WiFi settings and you should be able to connect to them.

If it doesn’t work, try resetting the router and see if that helps. After that, check to see if your router requires any type of software to install (either via download or a CD). If neither of those work, you should call tech support for the router and they will help you get started.

2. Connect your new modem

Now that you have set up and tested your router, once you connect your new modem and get it connected to the internet, all of the router settings you preconfigured will still be the same and you’ll connect automatically!

Disconnect your current modem and connect your new modem, copying the original cable configuration. Unlike routers, most ISPs require that you call and activate your new modem device with them.

Look at the side of your modem for a sticker. There should be a field that says MAC – this is the id that you will need to give your internet provider in order to have them activate your device on the network. Find your provider’s information and visit their activation page or call their support line.

Once they’ve activated your new modem, your router should be all ready to go and you should be able to connect to your WiFi network!

3. If you were renting, return your equipment

This last step is only if you were renting your equipment from your provider. After activating your new modem, you should bring back all of your old equipment so that you get credited back on your monthly invoice. We recommend that you take the equipment back in person and get a receipt in order to avoid any return issues.

If you were renting and instead replaced a modem and router that you owned previously, you are all set!

It’s really quite easy to set up and activates your own internet equipment. You won’t regret the faster internet speeds and lower monthly internet bill! Any other issues? feel free to ask in the comments section below we will be happy to answer 

The laptop’s most advantage compare to PC is the movability. That means we can take our laptop battery to everywhere for work fun and so on. So we can not leave internet to get the infomation, but you can not get a Cable Internet anywhere. In that time we must use the laptop wireless Mini-Cards to connect to internet.

If you ordered a wireless card Mini with the computer, the card already installed. Your computer supports three types of cards Mini Wireless: Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN), Ultra-wideband (UWB)-map Mobile Broadband or Wireless Wide Area Network (WWAN). http://www.laptops-battery.co.uk

NOTE: To avoid damaging the system board, remove the laptop battery from the battery bay before starting work within the laptop. As the short circuit may damage your laptop hardware.

Usually replace the Wireless Mini-Cards will divided into 2 step : 1. Remove and replace Mini Card. 2. Removing and replace the Module Flash memory cache. We will tell you how to do them one by one.

Remove Mini Card :

Turn on your computer with Dell Latitude D830 Battery.
Loosen the eight screws in the back to captivity, and then remove the cover.
Disconnect the antenna cables from the Mini-card. (NOTE: The Mini-card may have two or three connectors, depending on the type of card you ordered.)

Release the Mini-card by removing the securing screw.
Lift the card out of its system board connector.

NOTE: The connectors are coded to ensure proper load. If you feel resistance, check the connections on the card and the Dell XPS M1730 Battery motherboard, and the reorganization of the map.
NOTE: To avoid any damage has occurred in the mini-map, never the cables on the card and remove the Sony VGP-BPS8 , Sony VGP-BPS8A .

Insert the card into the system board connector of the connector at an angle of 45 degrees.
Press the other side of the card into the slot on the system board until the card snaps into place.
Replace the locking screw.
Connect the cable to ensure the mini-card, route the cables and Dell latitude d820 battery correctly. (Connect Note: For more information on the cable to the port, see the documentation that came with your mini card.)
Insurance antenna cable used in protective mylar sleeve.
Replace the lid and tighten the eight screws.

Removing Flash Cache Module

Start your computer and remove the Sony VGP-BPS9/B Sony VGP-BPS9/Sbattery compartment cover Mini card.
Forward by touching a metal connector in the back of the computer. (NOTE: If you leave the area, ground yourself again when you return the equipment.)
Remove the M2 x 3 mm to ensure screw.
Lift the FCM out of its system board connector.

Replacing the FCM

NOTICE: Install the FCM in the WWAN slot. Do not install an FCM in the WLAN card slot. Doing so may cause damage to your Dell Inspiron 6400 Battery computer.

Insert the FCM connector at a 45-degree angle into the system board connector labeled “FCM”.
Press the other end of the FCM down into the slot on the system board until the card clicks into place.
Replace the M2 x 3-mm securing screw and inspiron 6000 battery.

Now we successful replace our Wireless Mini-Cards for my laptop by ourself.

This depends strongly on what you expect to get out of your pc.

If you are a cutting edge gamer, expect to upgrade components of your pc every 6 months, and replace the entire unit in 20 months max.

If you use your computer primarily for typing and spreadsheet stuff, probably your unit will last you three years or so.

If you surf a lot, just add memory all the time and the necessary add-ons and your unit should last you three years as well.

Of course, the assumption is that when your computer was pretty much in the cutting edge when you first got it.

Comments

I don’t mind how much it’ll cost me, I just need a good PC!

I’d say at least:

  • Processor: 300 MHz = Pentium II, AMD K6-2
  • Memory: 64 MB
  • Hard Disk: 4 Gb
  • Video Card: 32-bit, DirectX-compliant, 4MB RAM on-board (S3 Cards, SiS Cards, etc.).
  • Sound Card: 32-bit, DirectX-compliant
  • CD-ROM: 36X
  • Connectivity: Standard ports + USB; 33.6Kbps Modem for Internet connection
  • Monitor: 14″

    And I emphasize at least. Like the others said, different people have different requirements. I’d say the heavy specs go to the graphics/movie pros and the gamers, who push the hardware to the max.

    But to answer your quesiton re: When should we replace our PCs, the answer is: only when you need to. If your PC does the job you need it for, then stick with it. You don’t need super fast PCs for word processing or basic accounting. If you demand high speed for efficiency and better productivity, maybe you’d only need to upgrade, and not totally replace PCs.

    [This message has been edited by ginoledesma (edited 06-11-2000).]

    its time to replace your pc when:

    the monitor is being used as a paper weight
    you have an 8″ floppy disk drive
    your games rely on the pc speaker to entertain you

    It looks like you’re new here. Sign in or register to get started.

    Quick Links

    Categories

    • Coronavirus Support Boards
    • Banking & Borrowing
    • Reduce Debt & Boost Income
    • Spending & Discounts
    • Work, Benefits & Business
    • Mortgages & Homes
    • Life & Family
    • Travel & Transport
    • Hobbies & Leisure
    • Discuss & Feedback

    Free Money Tips Email!

    Free Weekly MoneySaving email

    Weekly deals and loopholes – spam free!

    For all the latest deals, guides and loopholes simply sign up today – it’s spam free!

    I am at a bit of a crossroads with my home PC and would appreciate some input.

    The PC is 7 years old and had a new CPU about 4 years when I put XP on and it all went really weird.

    The current spec is 1gig AMB athlon, 192meg of ram. It’s got a 12gig hard drive which is 7gig full 5 gig empty.
    It’s got a DVD rom drive and a CD writer drive (one speed!).

    I recently bought a lovely 19″ TFT screen for it to replace the dead monitor.

    At the moment I use it for web, email, home accounts, word processing etc.

    I don’t play many games on it and don’t do much graphics work on it.

    It is quite “clunky”, sometimes it slows down and the hard drive will whirr for ages as if it is looking for something that it can’t locate.

    I want to use it more – for the stuff as above, also want to put all my cd’s on there and turn them into MP3’s. I want to link it to an MP3 player and burn MP3 cd’s for the car (my car CD player can play MP3 cd’s).
    I would like to be able to link my turntables up and transfer my old vinyl but this is a way off as i do not have the time at the moment.

    As far as I can see I need to add another hard drive (to move a lot of the sh1te from the main one and also to store all the MP3’s), put a new quicker cd writer in and maybe a better sound card to allow the turntables to connect (I am an ex mobile DJ so have a mixer to do the phono pre-amp stuff). I suppose a bit more RAM would be worth a thought too.

    I can see that I would be lucky to get much change out of £200 for that list so I wonder if I should save up a bit and buy a new PC that has all the stuff I need or should I upgrade what I have?

    This PC wouldn’t be scrapped, I would clear it out and put it to one side for my 7 month old son to use.

    You have a few options for connecting your desktop PC to your wireless network.

    Not all desktop PCs come with built-in wifi, which makes total sense—why wouldn’t you just use an Ethernet connection for a system that’s going to mostly sit under (or on) your desk? It’s still good to have options, especially if your desktop PC happens to be located in an area that is difficult (or annoying) to access with a cable, and adding wifi to a system that doesn’t have it is easy.

    You have a few options for connecting your desktop PC to your wireless network: you can use a USB wifi adapter, install a dedicated PCIe wifi card, or upgrade to a new motherboard with built-in wifi. (We suspect most people will go for the easiest options—numbers one and two.)

    The convenient option: USB wifi adapters

    A USB wifi adapter couldn’t be any simpler to use, assuming there aren’t any quirks with how your operating system recognizes or uses the device. Simply plug it into your desktop or laptop. You might have to install some drivers to get it up and running, but giving your system wireless capabilities should be an easy plug-and-play routine after that.

    Since it’s a USB adapter, you can plug it into any working USB port on your system—on the front or rear of your system, and USB 2.0 or USB 3.0, too. (Though you might want to try USB 2.0 if you encounter any issues with a USB 3.0 port on an older desktop.)

    Sounds good
    Have up to 20 hours of battery life and can be used in multiple different listening modes to make you as aware as you want to be of your surroundings.

    The disadvantage of a USB wifi adapter is that you might find yourself bumped offline should your system go to sleep. You’ll want to play around with Window’s settings for sleep mode (sometimes, the answer might be a not-so-obvious choice ). You might even have to jump into your motherboard’s BIOS to make sure there aren’t any settings that are kicking off your USB devices when your system sleeps. You could also just disable sleep mode entirely, which isn’t the worst idea.

    Additionally, USB wifi adapters can be hit and miss with their performance . Make sure whatever you buy is at least rated for speeds your router can support—don’t buy a cheap wireless-n adapter if you just purchased a brand-new AC1200 router, for example. And know that an adapter isn’t a guarantee; you might still have spotty connectivity wherever it is you’re trying to connect your system, or the adapter might not be as strong as it sounds on paper.

    If you know your system is always going to need wifi access, you’re better off investing in a PCIe adapter with dedicated antennas. While these aren’t guaranteed to always beat USB adapters for performance in every situation, odds are good that you’ll encounter better speeds and lower latency (at least, compared to a tiny USB 2.0 adapter).

    Best for connectivity: PCIe wifi adapters

    PCIe wifi adapters offer the same kind of connectivity you’d find on motherboards with built-in wifi. They generally tend to work better than USB adapters—the tiny ones, at least—giving you more stable connections across longer distances (and better throughput). They’re also great if you know you’re going to need to use most of (or all) or your system’s USB connections. Offload your wireless adapter elsewhere so you have plenty of space for that flash drive, gaming mouse, or humping dog .

    There are only three real downsides to PCIe wifi adapters, and they’re relatively minor. First, these devices can be a little more expensive than USB wifi adapters, depending on what capabilities you’re looking to get. Second, you’ll have to install them in your system. That shouldn’t be a problem for most people, but it can be daunting for newbies. Finally, depending on your motherboard’s configuration and how much other hardware you’ve stuffed inside your system, you might not have room for a dedicated PCIe wifi adapter. If so, it’s back to a USB adapter for you.

    Best if you’re already upgrading your PC: A wifi-enabled motherboard

    If you’re planning to upgrade your PC anyway, and you suspect you might need wireless connectivity at some point—even if it’s just to have a simple backup solution if your Ethernet connection ever gets wonky—consider shopping for a motherboard with wifi capabilities built in. Some might even come with external antennas that connect to the rear of your motherboard and allow you to position them wherever you want (like on your desk), rather than having them shoot directly out the back of your desktop PC. It’s a minor point, but one that might get you a slightly stronger signal (or work better for your desk setup).

    This article was originally published in April 2014 and updated on 12/5/19 with more thorough and current information. Updated 3/3/22 with new details.

    Are you having problems with your Wi-Fi on Windows 10? Is your Windows 10 PC unable to connect to Wi-Fi networks? In this guide, we will see how to fix common Wi-Fi issues by reinstalling the Wi-Fi driver.

    On your Windows 10 PC, you might encounter issues while connecting to a Wi-Fi network or Windows 10 might intermittently disconnect from the connected Wi-Fi network. Your PC might not detect available Wi-Fi networks or fail to connect to a wireless network. At times, the Wi-Fi adapter might refuse to turn on or off.

    How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

    Most of the Wi-Fi related issues on your PC can be fixed by reinstalling the Wi-Fi driver on your PC. In fact, it’s the ultimate solution out there to fix Wi-Fi issues. Reinstalling the wireless driver includes downloading a fresh copy of the driver, uninstalling the current driver from your PC, and then installing the fresh copy of the driver.

    Complete the given below directions to reinstall the wireless or Wi-Fi driver on your Windows 10 PC.

    IMPORTANT: When you reinstall the Wi-Fi driver, Windows will delete all saved Wi-Fi network passwords. That means, after installing the Wi-Fi driver, you will have to enter the password again to connect to a wireless network. If you have forgotten the Wi-Fi password, please refer to our how to view saved Wi-Fi password in Windows 10 guide to back up all Wi-Fi passwords before uninstalling the driver.

    Reinstalling the Wi-Fi driver in Windows 10

    Step 1: Open Device Manager. To do so, right-click on the Start button and then click Device Manager.

    How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

    Step 2: In the Device Manager, expand Network Adapters to see all network adapters, including the wireless adapter. The Wi-Fi adapter usually has the term “wireless” in its entry.

    How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

    Note down the wireless adapter name and number as you will need to download the adapter driver before uninstalling the present driver. Once you uninstall the present wireless driver, your Wi-Fi adapter will stop working, so you cannot download the new driver unless you have an Ethernet connection.

    To check the version number of the driver, right-click on the wireless driver entry in Device Manager, click Network adapters, click Properties, click the Driver tab.

    How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

    Step 3: Visit the wireless adapter’s official website or your PC manufacturer’s website, and download the right Wi-Fi driver. We repeat, make sure that you have downloaded the right wireless adapter driver.

    Step 4: Now that you have downloaded the Wi-Fi driver, it’s time to uninstall the current driver. In the Device Manager, right-click on the wireless adapter entry, and click the Uninstall device option.

    In the older versions of Windows 10 (build 10240), you will see only Uninstall instead of Uninstall device option.

    How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

    Step 5: When you see the following confirmation dialog, please select Delete driver software for this device checkbox and then click the Uninstall button to uninstall the driver as well as the device.

    How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

    Step 6: Once the driver is uninstalled, save your work, and restart your PC once. Please reboot your PC once to avoid driver issues later.

    Step 7: Launch the setup of the new driver that you downloaded previously (as mentioned in Step 3), and follow the on-screen directions to install the driver. That’s it!

    How to upgrade or replace your pc’s wireless card

    If asked, perform a reboot to complete the driver installation.

    You can now click on the Wi-Fi or wireless icon on the taskbar to see all available wireless networks. If the icon is missing, please refer to our fix to wireless icon missing from Windows 10 taskbar guide.

    Thanks for your feedback, it helps us improve the site.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback.

    Hi Praveenan PH, thank you for your suggestion, where you say there are four options I only get three and ‘manually connect to a wireless network’ is not one of them. What shall I do now? The three options I get are #1, Set up a broadband or dial-up connection to the internet.

    #2, Set up a new network.

    #3, Connect to a workplace.

    Report abuse

    1 person found this reply helpful

    Was this reply helpful?

    Sorry this didn’t help.

    Great! Thanks for your feedback.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback, it helps us improve the site.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback.

    Report abuse

    Was this reply helpful?

    Sorry this didn’t help.

    Great! Thanks for your feedback.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback, it helps us improve the site.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback.

    I clicked on ‘set up a new network’ but all that comes up is “choose a wireless router or access point that you want to configure” and underneath is an outline of a box but it is empty. Regards G.

    Report abuse

    Was this reply helpful?

    Sorry this didn’t help.

    Great! Thanks for your feedback.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback, it helps us improve the site.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback.

    I clicked on ‘set up a new network’ but all that comes up is “choose a wireless router or access point that you want to configure” and underneath is an outline of a box but it is empty. Regards G.

    How can you have a marked as answer response if you have not gotten an answer and ask the above later? 😉

    I had a question and marked a response as “Answered,” but then I found out it was wrong. What should I do?

    You can go to the response and click Unmark as Answer.

    Report abuse

    Was this reply helpful?

    Sorry this didn’t help.

    Great! Thanks for your feedback.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback, it helps us improve the site.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback.

    Report abuse

    Was this reply helpful?

    Sorry this didn’t help.

    Great! Thanks for your feedback.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback, it helps us improve the site.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback.

    No problem. Now that we are beyond that.

    From your original post:
    “My desktop computer is connected via an Ethernet cable. I also now have a tablet so I need to change my wired connection to wireless so that I can use the tablet.”

    So the questions for you to answer are:
    What wireless access point do you have connected to your network? (Make & Model)
    Is your router/modem a wireless access point? (Make & Model)

    Essentially – in order to use the wireless on your tablet you must have another device (wireless access point) to connect to.

    The simple beauty of building a PC is having a constant gaming platform. While new generations of consoles appear every few years, resetting entire game libraries in the upgrade process, your PC will by-and-large continue to play every game you’ve ever bought. Consoles need an entire hardware overhaul every few years. As PC gamers, we have the luxury of making simpler, easier upgrades whenever we see fit.

    But how do you know when it’s time to make those upgrades? And here’s the trickier question: how do you know which parts of your rig need the most urgent attention?

    Upgrading your PC can help turn a 12-frame-per-second chug-fest into a sublime 60 fps gaming masterpiece. But reaching that point isn’t always as simple as plopping in a new graphics card, and it can be tough to identify what parts are due for an upgrade. We’ve broken down everything you need to know about upgrading your PC: when you need a new graphics card vs. a new CPU, when your old hard drive or RAM are holding you back, how proper cooling can affect your performance.

    Each of the following pages addresses a part of your gaming PC that affects performance. First we’ll tell you how to identify that a part needs an upgrade. Then we’ll tell you how to pick a new part to get your PC back into fighting shape. And if you do an entire system upgrade, check out our guide on what to do with your old PC.

    Right now I’m finding out how to use Wi-fi from my PC. I can’t find the Wi-fi option in the settings menu. When I try to troubleshoot, it told me to plug the Ethernet cable. How to change from Ethernet to Wireless internet?

    • Subscribe
    • Subscribe to RSS feed

    Report abuse

    Replies (3) 

    Hi Miachael, you must first check o see if you have indeed got a WiFi card on your PC. All laptops have this functionality a lot of PC’s do not

    Open Device Manager (accessible by right clicking your Start Button)

    Expand the Network Adapters section

    Do you see a WiFi card listed there – please provide a list of the devices listed there . . .

    Power to the Developer!

    MSI GV72 – 17.3″, i7-8750H (Hex Core), 32GB DDR4, 4GB GeForce GTX 1050 Ti, 256GB NVMe M2, 2TB HDD

    Report abuse

    31 people found this reply helpful

    Was this reply helpful?

    Sorry this didn’t help.

    Great! Thanks for your feedback.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback, it helps us improve the site.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback.

    The devices listed there:

    Realtek PCIe GBE Family Controller

    WAN Miniport (IKEv2, IP, IPv6, L2TP, Network Monitor, PPPOE, PPTP, SSTP)

    Report abuse

    41 people found this reply helpful

    Was this reply helpful?

    Sorry this didn’t help.

    Great! Thanks for your feedback.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback, it helps us improve the site.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback.

    1) Do you have a WiFi router?

    A WiFi router transmits data to your computer over the air. Without a WiFi router, you cannot use WiFi.

    2) Does your computer have a built-in WiFi adapter?

    A WiFi adapter is a type of antenna that receives the data transmitted by a WiFi router. If your computer does not have a built-in WiFi adapter you can purchase a separate WiFi adapter that will connect to a USB port on your computer.

    WiFi router – Every WiFi router comes with a detailed instruction manual that explains how to set it up. If you can’t find the manual for your router you can also read it on the manufacturer’s website. In fact, the manufacturer’s website should have detailed information on setting up a WiFi network.

    WiFi adapter – In order for hardware like a WiFi adapter to work with Windows, you have to install software called a driver. The driver makes it possible for hardware to communicate with Windows. Drivers are always free. If your computer has a built-in WiFi adapter, a driver has already been installed. If you buy a separate WiFi adapter, the driver probably came on a CD or you can get it from the manufacturer’s website. The most important detail here is to make sure that you have a driver that has been tested by the manufacturer to make sure it will work with Windows 10.

    Getting it done:

    Step 1– If you need to, install the driver for your WiFi adapter.

    Step 2– Follow the directions in your WiFi router instruction manual.

    Step 3– Very important: Give your WiFi network a password, otherwise anyone can use it, and give you router its own password, so no one can hack in to your router.

    A laptop with the latest and greatest WiFi equipment will communicate no faster or better than the router or wireless access point’s top speed. Here are some things you can purchase to boost your wireless network to the next level.

    Upgrade your wireless hardware so that it matches the capabilities of your laptop. Current laptops come equipped with 802.11g or 802.11n WiFi circuitry; if your router is an 802.11b device, that is the speed you’ll get. The good news: prices for wireless equipment, like most technology, continue to go down even as capabilities improve.

    Upgrade the standard antenna on your router from the omnidirectional design provided by most manufacturers. An omni antenna is meant to send the signal in all directions; a directional signal allows you to aim the signal where you need it. Check with the maker of your router, or electronics suppliers, for information about purchasing a replacement antenna.

    Boost the capabilities of an older laptop’s wireless hardware by disabling its built-in WiFi circuit and antenna and installing an external adapter that uses the latest technology and has a larger antenna. External WiFi devices may plug directly into your laptop’s USB port or attach to it by cable. You can also purchase adapters that plug into a PC Card or ExpressCard slot.

    Repeat or expand your signal. You can add a wireless amplifier (called a repeater or a range expander) that picks up the signal from your router and then retransmits it. The best use of this sort of device is to place it somewhere near the edge of your existing signal; it then rebroadcasts the signal to cover more territory.

  • How to turn your paypal balance into a debit card you can spend anywhere

    PayPal is a useful tool for making payments. Originally designed for online payments and purchases, PayPal also allows you to shop at brick-and-mortar retailers using your PayPal account instead of traditional payment methods. You can fund payments from several sources, including your debit card.

    If you prefer shopping with a debit card, it might even be wiser to run payments through PayPal. Doing so protects your card information by creating a layer between your checking account and the merchants you shop with online, instead of swiping your card or punching in number, which creates security risks.

    In a world of hackers and constant data breaches, it’s nice to insulate your checking account from trouble. That protection gives you more confidence when buying from online vendors that you don’t know anything about, and even household-name retailers get hacked periodically.

    This article is about using a debit card to fund purchases you make through PayPal. If you want to get a new debit card issued by PayPal (which might let you spend from your PayPal balance), you will need to learn about PayPal debit and credit card options.

    Debit Cards Allowed, Not Required

    If you’re just planning to use your debit card as your “funding method” at PayPal, you might be adding unnecessary steps. PayPal wants to link to your bank account anyway—and that’s the same account that your debit card pulls from.   As a result, you don’t need to add your debit card. In fact, some PayPal transactions are cheaper if you use your bank account for funding (as opposed to using your debit card).  

    How to Use Your Debit Card

    To use your debit card on PayPal, you’ll need to add it to your profile. To do so, log into your account and go to your “wallet.” Next, find the section to “link a debit or credit card.”   You can also add cards while a payment is in progress by selecting “add a debit or credit card” while you choose how to pay.  

    Select the type of card you’re using and provide the card information. Entering debit card information is the same as entering credit card information—the format for card numbers and expiration dates is the same.

    Types of Cards

    You’ll get the most functionality if you use a real debit card issued by a bank or credit union. Those cards feature a billing address that matches your home or mailing address, and they have a three- or four-digit security code on the back.

    Prepaid Cards

    For one-time purchases, some Visa, MasterCard, Discover, or American Express prepaid gift cards will work. Other prepaid debit cards that you use as a substitute for checking accounts often do not work.

    Limits on Linking

    You can only link a debit card to one PayPal account.   If you and your partner use cards with the same card number, which is common for credit cards, but less common for debit cards, only one of you can use that card with your PayPal account.

    Funding Source

    When you pay for goods or services, verify that you’re using the funding method that you want. To do so, look carefully at “how to pay” or the final review screen. You may have several options, including paying with your debit card, paying directly from a bank account, using a credit card, or spending from your PayPal balance.  

    Moving Money

    Since your debit card pulls funds from your checking account, you’ll need to have money available in your account to successfully make a purchase. If you’re low on funds, remember that any purchase will instantly reduce your checking account balance, increasing the odds that you’ll bounce checks or be unable to make other payments from that account.

    Transfers to Your Bank

    You can move your PayPal balance to your bank account for free, or to your debit card for a fee.   Your debit card draws money from your checking account, so funds in that account are available for spending with your debit card. To move money to your bank account or debit card, look for several opportunities to “Transfer Money" throughout PayPal websites and apps.   Select the option to transfer funds to your bank account or debit card.

    Refunds

    If you fund a payment with your debit card and get a refund (because you return an item, for example), the refund should be applied to your debit card. If that doesn’t happen, the refund will go into your PayPal balance.   From there, you can either spend that money elsewhere using PayPal or transfer the funds to your bank account manually.

    Fees Are Optional

    If you like debit cards because they’re inexpensive, make sure you don’t pay unnecessary fees to PayPal. For purchases from businesses—including individual sellers on eBay—PayPal doesn’t charge fees to the buyer. If you’re the customer, it doesn’t matter how you pay, but the merchant has to pay fees, and those charges might lead to higher prices.

    If you make personal payments (repaying friends for pizza night, for example), PayPal charges you a fee for using your debit or credit card. But funding the payment with your bank account is free. Again, with a debit card, the money comes from your checking account anyway, so you might as well fund personal payments directly from your bank account.

    Is It Safe to Use a Card?

    PayPal has a few safety and security measures in place for those who use debit cards.

    Mistakes and Fraud

    Your debit card is linked directly to your checking account. Any charges to the card pull money out of checking more or less immediately. In cases of fraud or errors in your account, you might be protected, but it could be hard to pay bills until the funds are returned to your account.   A credit card would be safer to use than a debit card—assuming you don’t rack up debt—because credit cards do not pull funds from checking.

    Purchases and Privacy

    Paying with your debit card through PayPal is safer than just using your debit card. Merchants (as well as hackers, thieves, and employees) only see your email address—your PayPal username—and some personal information when you use PayPal.   If you use a card directly, they would have access to your card number, security codes, and your mailing address. It's hard for thieves to use your PayPal account fraudulently without your password.

    Buyer Protection

    Credit cards have robust buyer protection under federal law.   Most debit cards offer similar protection. However, PayPal offers buyer protection and other features that might go above and beyond what your debit card offers.  

    Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

    Can you use a prepaid debit card for PayPal?

    Yes, you can pay for purchases using a Visa, Mastercard, American Express, or Discover gift card at checkout like you would any debit card. Add them into your virtual wallet using the same process as you would your debit card.

    Why can't I add my debit card to my PayPal account?

    Check to make sure that you've entered the card number, card security code, and the billing address correctly. If it's still not working, make sure that the card isn't linked to another account or try calling your card company to see if they rejected the authorization PayPal sent. If all else fails, call PayPal.

    How to turn your paypal balance into a debit card you can spend anywhere

    Although you’re limited in what you can do on PayPal without a bank or credit card on file, there’s still plenty the e-commerce website has to offer.

    There may come a time when you do want to link a card, and it’s not a hard process.

    How to use PayPal without a card

    In the meantime, here are six things you can do on PayPal — no card necessary.

    Request and receive money from others

    One of the easiest — and only — ways to get a balance accumulating in lieu of having a card on file, is requesting and receiving money from other PayPal users, though this will require a linked bank account.

    Send money to others

    Similarly, you can send any amount not exceeding your PayPal balance to others as well.

    Create an invoice

    Anyone who has ever had to create an invoice from scratch knows what a monumental pain it is to do.

    This is one service PayPal can take care of for you, regardless of whether or not you’ve given them your card information.

    Create a Money Pool

    You only need a PayPal Personal account to partake in the Money Pool feature. You can even transfer the money you receive to yourself personally with a check — more on that later.

    Donate your PayPal balance to charity

    But perhaps you wanted to use the Money Pool feature to raise funds for your favorite charity.

    Fortunately, you won’t need a card on file to transfer that balance to the PayPal Giving Fund, a 501(c)(3) public charity.

    PayPal will then deliver 100% of your donation to a charity of your choice — although the platform notes that in rare cases the donation will go to a similar charity instead.

    Have your PayPal balance sent to you as a check (with a $1.50 fee)

    If you’re hesitant to keep any card or bank information online, but have a PayPal balance you want to spend somewhere other than the platform, you can have the balance mailed to you as a check, although a $1.50 fee will apply.

    Charlene Rhinehart is an expert in accounting, banking, investing, real estate, and personal finance. She is a CPA, CFE, Chair of the Illinois CPA Society Individual Tax Committee, and was recognized as one of Practice Ignition's Top 50 women in accounting. She is the founder of Wealth Women Daily and an author.

    The Balance / Lara Antal

    PayPal has become well known as one of the first companies that provided consumers the ability to safely send and receive digital and mobile payments. The company also now offers credit, debit, and prepaid cards that you can use to access your balance for online payments and in-person purchases.

    When it comes to credit cards, PayPal offers the Extras Mastercard and the Cashback Mastercard. As for not-credit options, the company offers the Prepaid Mastercard and the Cash Mastercard debit card.

    PayPal also offers PayPal Credit, which is a fully digital credit line that's not linked to an actual card.  

    PayPal Extras Mastercard

    This card allows you to borrow from PayPal via a credit account with Synchrony Bank. To get the Extras card, you’ll need to qualify, just like you would with any loan or credit card. PayPal will check your credit and ask about income and employment.

    The main benefit of the Extras card is the ability to earn points as you spend. Certain purchases earn one to three points per dollar you spend, and you can redeem these points for gift cards, travel vouchers, or cash back to your PayPal account.

    The card doesn't have an annual fee, but as with most credit cards, you’ll pay interest if you don’t pay the card off every month, and other fees may apply as well.  

    It's best to pay off your credit card balance in full every month.

    PayPal Cashback Mastercard

    This card is similar to the PayPal Extras Mastercard in that you must apply and be approved to open a credit account with Synchrony Bank. In addition, you must also have an account with PayPal to apply for the Cashback card.

    The benefit of this card is that you earn 2% cash back with every purchase you make. You must redeem those cash rewards into your PayPal account. There are no redemption thresholds, purchase restrictions, or annual fees to worry about.  

    You can sign up for either the Cashback or Extras card—not both. PayPal will not allow you to have both cards.  

    PayPal Prepaid Mastercard

    Simply put, this is a prepaid debit card. And like all prepaid debit cards, you’ll load funds onto the card before using it and then spend the money you’ve loaded. For this reason, prepaid cards are useful for managing your spending because you can only spend what you’ve loaded, and it’s impossible to rack up debt and overdraft charges.

    You can use the PayPal Prepaid card's mobile app to manage your account. The card does not pull funds directly from your PayPal account balance, but you can transfer funds from that account to your prepaid card account. You can also add money from a Netspend Reload Network location, but you may be charged a fee for that.

    If you choose to opt in to the cards Payback Rewards program, you may receive special offers, and you can also receive $20 credits through the card's Refer-A-Friend program.

    Almost anybody can get a prepaid card, even if you’ve never built up a credit history or you have bad credit. However, PayPal will still need to verify your identity and will ask for information such as your name, address, date of birth, and social security number.  

    If your PayPal account is frozen for any reason, online access to your prepaid card will also be shut down. Online sellers sometimes experience unexpected freezes, so think twice if there’s any risk to your account.

    As with other prepaid cards, there are a number of costs and fees associated with the PayPal Prepaid Mastercard. First, you'll need to pay for the card, and the cost can vary between retailers. You must also load the card with a minimum of $10 to $20, depending on the retailer's requirements.  

    You’ll also pay $4.95 per month to keep the card open and make unlimited purchase transactions. PayPal will deduct the first $4.95 from your account within 36 hours of you loading it. PayPal also charges various fees for cash withdrawals, depending on location, and for checking your balance via ATM.  

    PayPal Cash Mastercard

    This is a card that functions more like a standard bank account debit card. Instead of loading funds onto your card as with a prepaid card, you can spend the cash directly from your PayPal Cash Plus account balance.

    You have to have a Cash Plus account to get the card. You must also undergo an identity verification similar to the one for the prepaid card, but you don't need to have a credit check since it isn't a credit card.

    To use the card, you’ll need to have funds in your PayPal Cash Plus account from payments you’ve received or transfers you’ve made into the account. If you don’t have funds in your account before you use the card, your purchase will be rejected.  

    The card doesn't have any monthly fees or a balance minimum, but it does charge some fees for transferring and withdrawing money. Those include a $3.95 fee for loading cash using the PayPal app and a $2.50 fee for domestic ATM withdrawals. Some other fees apply as well.  

    How to turn your paypal balance into a debit card you can spend anywhere

    Signing up for a PayPal account is just the beginning of all of the benefits that you can get from the platform. It’s a simple to use platform that makes it easy to send and receive money for financial transactions. And, you can do it with either a personal account or a business account.

    There are some extra benefits that you get with a business account that you wouldn’t get from a personal account. However, the entire process is relatively the same when it comes to a direct payment method. PayPal is a popular online payment platform because it doesn’t cost you anything to send money. Plus, if you use PayPal to purchase something online, there’s no fee to do so.

    So, depending on how often you sell a product or send or receive money from someone else, you might have a PayPal balance. But do you know how to find it? What if something doesn’t add up?

    This is everything you need to know to check your PayPal balance.

    Here’s What We’ll Cover:

    Different Ways to Use PayPal

    First, there are a few different ways that PayPal can be used to send or receive money.

    The most common is through an instant transfer. The money that you send gets credited to the account that received it immediately. The person that received the money can decide if they want to keep it in their PayPal account or transfer it directly to their personal bank account.

    Sending an eCheck is also another way to send money. It’s basically the same as a physical paper check, but everything is done digitally. Another option is with a credit card and using your PayPal account for any credit card purchases.

    How to Check Your PayPal Balance on Mobile

    PayPal’s app can get downloaded on any type of device. Essentially, all you do is open up the app from your mobile device to see your balance. So, if you don’t already have it downloaded, that will be your first step.

    Once you have the app downloaded, you can open it up and enter your login information. After you have successfully logged in with your email address and password, your balance will show up on the left-hand side of the main account page.

    The amount that gets displayed will reflect your actual balance. If you have no money in your account, it will show a $0 balance. If you do have money in your account, you will notice that it will show the available amount that you have. And it will also reflect a negative balance should that be the case.

    If there is a negative balance or your account is temporarily on hold, contact PayPal customer service to find out more information.

    How to Check Your PayPal Balance on Desktop

    While the PayPal app works great, it’s not always accessible. Either that, or you monitor all your business expenses and needs through your computer. The good news is that all you have to do is head over to the PayPal website on your preferred browser.

    Click on where it says Log In in the upper right-hand corner and enter your email and password account details. As soon as you are signed in, your account balance will be shown near the top left area of the page.

    Key Takeaways

    Knowing where to find your PayPal balance will ensure that you have enough funds available in your account to make any transactions. Your balance will always get displayed in your primary currency. It’s also important to recognize your balance doesn’t include recurring payments or pending payments.

    The simplest way to check your PayPal account balance is to either log into the app on your mobile device or visit the PayPal website. Once you’re logged in, your account balance will get displayed right on the main page.

    You can see your current balance on the Account Summary page. Or, you could click on the Money option to view a more detailed breakdown of all your recent transactions. It can provide you with an overview of any different currencies you have used in the past or any payments that are currently held or pending.

    And if you wanted to go a step further, PayPal will also break down the different credit cards, debit cards or banking accounts linked to your account. This can help you spot and identify any unusual activity and flag any unauthorized transactions. If there is an unauthorized transaction on your account, contact PayPal’s resolution center.

    Did you enjoy reading this guide? Head over to our resource hub for more content!

    The PayPal debit card lets you access and spend your PayPal cash instantly rather than waiting two to four business days to transfer the funds into your own bank account. You can use the debit card to make withdrawals from an ATM, or make purchases anywhere that accepts the MasterCard logo. To use the PayPal debit card, you will need a balance in your PayPal account or a linked credit card.

    How to Link a Credit Card

    Enter your email address and PayPal password on the Paypal homepage to access your account screen.

    Click the “Profile” link under the My Account tab. Scroll to “Add or Edit Credit Card” and click to open the menu. Click the “Add Credit Card” button to add a new credit card to your existing account.

    Type in your personal information in the text boxes and follow the prompts to add your credit card to your PayPal profile. Follow the prompts on the next screen to link your credit card to your PayPal debit card. By linking your credit card, you can continue to make purchases with your PayPal debit card if you exceed your available limit in your PayPal account.

    How to Transfer Funds From a Bank Account

    Click the “Add Funds” link under the My Account tab. Scroll to “Add Funds From Bank Account” and click to open the funds menu.

    Click the drop-down menu to select a bank account to withdraw funds. Enter the amount of funds you want to transfer to PayPal in the field next to Amount. Click the “Continue” button to process the electronic transfer. Transferring funds from your bank account to your PayPal account will increase the available limit on your PayPal debit card.

    Click the “Confirm” button to finalize the electronic transfer.

    How to Transfer Funds from MoneyPak

    Click “Add Funds” under the My Account tab. Scroll to the “Add Funds From MoneyPak” option and click to open the MoneyPak transfer screen.

    Type the account number located on the back of your MoneyPak card into the text box. Type the letters you see in the captcha into the text box below your MoneyPak number. Click the “Continue” button to start the transfer.

    Review the information on the next screen for accuracy and follow the prompts to complete the transfer.

    You can set up a recurring transfer from your bank account to your PayPal account under the “Add Funds” menu. You can transfer any denomination your wish on a schedule you create.

    Warnings

    Double-check your bank account information before finalizing your transfer. Using the wrong bank account information will cause the transfer to fail.

    • Paypal; Debt Card Agreement; October 2009
    • PayPal. “Can I Use PayPal to Pay in Stores?” Accessed April 3, 2020.
    • PayPal. “Why Should I Link a Bank Account or a Card to My PayPal Account?” Accessed April 3, 2020.
    • PayPal. “Sending Money to Friends and Family.” Accessed April 3, 2020.
    • PayPal. “How Do I Link a Debit or Credit Card to My PayPal Account?” Accessed April 3, 2020.
    • PayPal. “How to Choose Your Payment Option at Checkout.” Accessed April 3, 2020.
    • PayPal. “About Payment Methods.” Accessed April 3, 2020.
    • PayPal. “Transferring Balance From Personal Accounts.” Accessed April 3, 2020.
    • PayPal. “PayPal Instant Money Transfer to Your Bank Account.” Accessed April 3, 2020.
    • PayPal. “Where Is My Refund?” Accessed April 3, 2020.
    • PayPal. “PayPal Fees – Buying.” Accessed April 3, 2020.
    • PayPal. “PayPal Fees – Selling.” Accessed April 3, 2020.
    • PayPal. “Sending in the U.S.” Accessed April 3, 2020.
    • Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. “How Do I Get My Money Back After I Discovered an Unauthorized Transaction or Money Missing From My Bank Account?” Accessed April 3, 2020.
    • PayPal. “PayPal Buyer Protection.” Accessed April 3, 2020.
    • Federal Trade Commission. “Lost or Stolen Credit, ATM, and Debit Cards.” Accessed April 3, 2020.
    • PayPal. “What Is PayPal Buyer Protection?” Accessed April 3, 2020.
    • You can set up a recurring transfer from your bank account to your PayPal account under the “Add Funds” menu. You can transfer any denomination your wish on a schedule you create.
    • Double-check your bank account information before finalizing your transfer. Using the wrong bank account information will cause the transfer to fail.

    Amelia Jenkins has more than eight years of professional writing experience, covering financial, environmental and travel topics. Her work has appeared on MSN and various other websites and her articles have topped the best-of list for sites like Bankrate and Kipplinger. Jenkins studied English at Tarrant County College.

    How to turn your paypal balance into a debit card you can spend anywhere

    How to transfer money from gift card to PayPal is not as tricky as it may seem. It is actually quite easy!

    It is always a respectable gesture when a friend or a family member hands you over a gift card so you can purchase the items of your choice.

    First of All: Can You Transfer Money From Gift Card To Paypal?

    Upon finding out that gift card balance can be transferred to PayPal, I decided to put forward this easy guide for all my readers.

    Yes, it is possible to send funds from your giftcard to PayPal but this feature is not possible with all sorts of cards.

    In this article, I would tell you how to transfer money from certain gift cards to your PayPal account. Other than that, if you a card that does not support direct transfer to PayPal or other mobile payment apps, then you can read about transfer of gift card balance to bank account instead.

    How to Transfer Money From Gift Card To PayPal

    These methods can come in handy when you want to use a store-specific card balance to purchase items elsewhere.

    So if you have a Visa or Amazon gift card and you are worried that the funds will go to waste then here’s how the money can be shifted to PayPal account. Time to save some dollars, check this out!

    1. Send Gift Card Balance To PayPal Using CashCard.com

    • Make sure that your internet is working fine or otherwise, you would encounter login issues and more.
    • Click on the internet browser and in the search bar, provide the address “www.CardCash.com”. Wait for the website to load.
    • This is the place where you can avail different offers on transferring card balance to other accounts. Share card issue details and then click on “Get Offer”.
    • Once the offer is on your screen, you can choose to turn it down or go ahead with it. If you press “Continue”, the website will then ask you to provide the gift card number and password.
    • Note down the transfer details that the website provides, then open your PayPal account by providing sign-in information.
    • Past the details here and click on “Get My PayPal Balance”. You will get the money as per CashCard deal.

    2. Amazon Gift Card Allows You To Send Funds To PayPal

    • Transfer Amazon gift card balance to PayPal by linking these two together in the same manner that you would link PayPal with any other debit card.
    • Sign in your PayPal account and click on “Wallet”.
    • Then click on “Link a credit card or debit card” and tap “Debit card” option to continue.
    • Click on “Add Funds” on PayPal and then tap on “Add Fund From Debit Card”.
    • Provide the gift card details such as card number and card issuer information along with the amount the you wish to move.
    • Wait for the funds to be sent over.

    3. You Can Transfer Balance On Your VISA Gift Card To PayPal

    • Make sure that your internet is working fine or otherwise, you would encounter login issues.
    • First of all, login your PayPal account by providing email ID and completing other verification steps.
    • Then click on “Add or Edit Bank Account”. You can use this option to link bank account with PayPal. Once the two accounts are linked, you can move funds between them.
    • Transfer gift card balance to the bank by visiting a nearby exchange portal.
    • Wait to receive the funds then tap on “Add Funds” in your PayPal account.
    • Choose “Add Funds From The Bank Account”, verify the information, and tap on “Continue”. Now you will be able to see gift card balance in your PayPal Account

    4. You Can Transfer The Money To Your Bank Account Instead.

    • If your gift card can not send funds to PayPal directly then you can transfer them to a bank account instead by using Square app.
    • Sign in Square app or create a new one then open its “Settings”.
    • For connecting with your bank account, enter the account details such as number and routing number.
    • In the next step, provide your gift card details such as its number and issuer details. You also have to mention the amount that you wish to transfer.
    • The transaction will begin immediately but it can take up to 24 hours to finish.

    Please Note! eBay Gift Card Balance Is Non-Transferable

    eBay gift card can only be used at the store and there is no way to transfer the funds to PayPal or any other online money transfer app.

    What Are Gift Cards and How Do Gift Card Payments Work?

    Gift cards don’t go a long way back but they surely gained a lot of popularity in a small amount of time. Different businesses hand out gift cards to their clients as a gesture of loyalty and brand trust. They are loaded with certain sum of money that the cardholder can then use as per his or her need.

    Gift cards have one boundary: You can only utilize them at the specific store. This means Amazon gift cards can only be used to purchase items available at Amazon. In fact, sometimes, merchants also specify the categories from which you can purchase further limiting their usability.

    Nonetheless, gift cards work seamlessly and therefore, many consider it to be a great item that you could gift to a friend on his birthday or loved one on some special occasion.

    • You can purchase gift cards online.
    • The rest of the online or in-store shopping should proceed as usual with you adding the items of interest to cart.
    • Once you have all you need, provide the gift card at the check-out counter.
    • The cashier would deduct the amount from the card.

    ..and you are done!

    Did You Know? ifts cards are convenient especially because they work like just any other debit card.

    Gifts cards are convenient especially because they work like just any other debit card.

    However, you can not reload a gift card. The funds, when finished, would means the card is not usable any more. This is a major different between a gift card and other debit cards like Cash App card that you reload via different methods.

    The Bottom Line

    Gift cards are quite handy and they are a pretty interesting present for your friends or family members as well. However, when you feel like your purchases are restricted and the funds can go to waste, you can always transfer the money to PayPal or your bank account using the simple guide that I have mentioned above.

    PayPal is an all-rounder when it comes to online mobile payment apps. You can use it to send funds to other account or pay for online shopping at hundreds of different stores.

    Needless to say, the money would be more usable once you have it in your PayPal account!

    How to turn your paypal balance into a debit card you can spend anywhere

    Bitcoin of America offers a number of convenient ways to transfer your bitcoin or litecoin to commonly used USD payment gateways like prepaid debit cards or a PayPal account . Read the guides below to find the method that’s best for you. Most commonly, bank transfers are used to transfer bitcoin, but using popular fiat gateways like PayPal and Prepaid debit cards can make it easy to spend Bitcoin and Litecoin anywhere that accepts USD.

    Sell Bitcoin to Prepaid Debit Card

    Want to spend your crypto at any location across the globe that accepts debit cards, to make purchases of goods and services?

    Simply sell your bitcoin or litecoin using Bitcoin of America’s online exchange, and you will receive a prepaid debit card for the amount sold for use immediately online; you can also obtain a physical card in the mail.

    If you aren’t already familiar with how prepaid cards work, they function in pretty much the same way that a pay-as-you-go mobile phone does, when you top up the phone with cash. In other words, with prepaid cards you credit the card with cash in order to use them, and add more cash when the credit on the card is low.

    Each time you sell bitcoin the card transaction increases your cash balance, but unlike a normal debit card, a prepaid card is not connected to a bank account. Another benefit of a card which only holds the money you have, because it’s not tied to your bank, is that if you fall victim to a scam, you only lose the money on your prepaid card.

    In summary, the benefit of prepaid cards is that it’s a great option if you are looking for a quick, easy, and straightforward way of selling your bitcoin or litecoin without the hassle of using your bank account to wire money.

    The minimum amount you can receive following a sale on Bitcoin of America using your prepaid card is $25.00 and a maximum of $1999.00.

    Another method is that you can receive the proceeds of selling your bitcoin or litecoin to your PayPal account on the Bitcoin of America exchange. PayPal is one of the most popular and trusted online payment methods, an accessible and secure digital e-wallet, a safe way to withdraw funds after selling bitcoin or litecoin.

    If you haven’t tried it before, PayPal also comes with a one-touch service enabling you to checkout without having to re-enter your login details, which is also available on the mobile app.

    Just as a prepaid card has its benefits for limiting the impact of scammers, so PayPal is particularly well-suited for crypto investment purposes, designed with user protection in mind, monitoring transactions 24/7 to eliminate identity theft and phishing attacks.

    To sign up to PayPal use your internet browser to go to PayPal’s website and click Sign Up, then decide whether you want a personal or business account. Follow the instructions to complete the account set up. To make use of PayPal’s ability to send and receive money, you’ll then need to connect your bank account to your new account.

    There is also the option to connect your account to a debit or credit card. If you see a “confirm credit card” link in the card details section of your PayPal Wallet, you’ll need to confirm your card before you can use it with PayPal. If you don’t see this link, you can begin using your card right away.

    Bear in mind that you cannot as an individual use PayPal to sell bitcoin or litecoin, as it runs contrary to the acceptable use policy, which states “You may not use the PayPal service for activities that: Section 3, h) involve currency exchanges or check cashing businesses”.

    To read step by step instructions on How to Sell Bitcoin to a prepaid card or PayPal, visit the guide on the Bitcoin of America website.

    You are viewing the PayPal Community Archives. This content may be old or outdated. Leave the Archive

    You have an account alert – how to turn this off?

    • Mark as New
    • Bookmark
    • Subscribe
    • Mute
    • Email to a Friend

    At the top of the summary page in my PayPal account I have this message:

    I added the required information about 7 months ago. If I click on the link in the alert I get the message “Thank you for providing all the required information. You’re all set, and your account is back to normal”. But the alert is still there.

    This is clearly a bug, but I can’t find anywhere to report it. Anyone know?

    • Account Limitations
    • Technical Issues
    • All forum topics
    • Previous Topic
    • Next Topic

    You have an account alert – how to turn this off?

    • Mark as New
    • Bookmark
    • Subscribe
    • Mute
    • Email to a Friend

    PayPal_Martina

    Thank you for your post and welcome to the Community Forum!

    If you have a notification on your account and the limitation has not been removed after providing the requested information, it may be that we need additional information from you. If this is the case, you should have received an email with a request for additional information. If not, I would recommend calling our Customer Service! If you would like to call in, you can find the correct phone number for your country by clicking ‘Help & Contact’ at the bottom of the PayPal homepage and by clicking ‘Contact us’ and then ‘Call us’.

    I hope this helps!

    You have an account alert – how to turn this off?

    • Mark as New
    • Bookmark
    • Subscribe
    • Mute
    • Email to a Friend

    Hello, same problem here. No email requesting additional information. What should i do?

    You have an account alert – how to turn this off?

    • Mark as New
    • Bookmark
    • Subscribe
    • Mute
    • Email to a Friend

    i have the ssame problem on business paypal account. i am unable to call, i tried email but no response. can you assist?

    You have an account alert – how to turn this off?

    • Mark as New
    • Bookmark
    • Subscribe
    • Mute
    • Email to a Friend

    I am also having this issue. When I see it on my mobile phone (whether on the android app or web browser) it states to come back and deal with it when I am on a regular computer. So I do just that. When I log in on my laptop the alert is there in red. I click on it and it reads as:

    Thanks! You’re all set

    Everything checked out, so you can use your PayPal balance the way you always have. Send it, spend it or just keep it as a cushion against the unexpected. Go to Account Overview

    So the first time I was thinking great! Were all good. But as soon as I click as told and go to the Account Overview the dreaded red message is back as if it never left. Its been a couple of weeks. Nothing has changed. I have messaged support twice with no reply that wasn’t an automated one.

    I don’t have any issues receiving money, no issues sending money, no issues paying someone, but it doesn’t matter what bank account, or debit card I try to transfer the money to myself. They all fail.

    This is probably the most asked question i’ve seen and since i’ve experienced this several times on several different occasions, I will provide detailed information on what to do, how to do it and what to expect from personal experience.

    What causes my account go become negative?

    There can be 2 ways for your account to go negative. The most common way is when someone sends you money and you end up spending that money. The person who sends you money then chargesback and causes PayPal to ‘hold’ the funds he sent you causing your account to go negative (assuming you didn’t have money on your account to start with).

    Another way would be a subscription re-billing you and causing your account to go negative. Most of the time PayPal will decline the transaction, but there are cases on were they allow it assuming you have a back up funding source, such as a credit card or bank account.

    How do I restore my balance?

    The only way to restore your balance is to add funds to your account. Yes, you can have someone SEND you money to restore your balance, but you will NOT be able to SEND money until your balance is back at 0.00.

    What happends if I don’t pay my negative balance?

    This is the MOST asked question i’ve answered. Several things can happen here, so read carefully.

    If you choose to leave your account negative, in 90 days PayPal will turn your account over to IQOR, a debt collection agency to try and get the money you owe back. I can almost guarantee that this is a automated process and this company is just a branch off PayPal to specifically handle debts. If you used your real address, you will be received letters stating the balance you owe and how to pay it. You will also receive non-stop calling from IQOR trying to get you to pay the debt you owe. A simple fix for that is to change the last 4 digits of your phone number on your PayPal before IQOR handles your debt.

    IF YOU ENTERED YOUR SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR APPLIED FOR A CREDIT CARD THROUGH PAYPAL, PAY THE DEBT OR IT WILL SHOW UP ON YOUR CREDIT HISTORY.

    If you haven’t, then you have nothing else to worry about besides annoying letters and calls. They CANNOT prove your identity so they cannot take legal action against you (and they wouldn’t anyways unless you owe them like $10,000+).

    I’ve personally been through 4 PayPal accounts and all of them closed/frozen for being negative. I probably owe PayPal a sum of $6,000 because of people charging back on me using hacked PayPal’s. I’m currently 21 and I opened my first PayPal account when I was 14. My credit history is a clean as a whistle because I wasn’t dumb enough to give PayPal my social security.

    Why does PayPal ask for your Social Security number if it’s not required?

    If you don’t withdraw money often, then you don’t need to worry about it. If you don’t enter your social security, your limited to withdrawing a maximum of $500 a month. If you wish to withdraw more you MUST enter a social security number.

    How to turn your paypal balance into a debit card you can spend anywhere

    PayPal is one of the most useful digital money transferring services for business owners, freelancers, and more. While many people use PayPal to pay other individuals, they must first send money to their PayPal accounts.

    While you can use a debit card or prepaid card, linking a bank account to your PayPal account is often smarter. If you’re a business owner, this allows you to pay yourself quickly and easily in the future. Or you can pay employees with just a few clicks. Today, let’s break down the exact steps you need to take to transfer money from your bank to your PayPal account.

    Here’s What We’ll Cover:

    Step 1 – Confirm a Bank Account and Link It to PayPal

    Before you can transfer money from your business bank account to your PayPal account, you’ll have to confirm the bank account in question. By confirming your bank account, you verify your identity with PayPal and link that account to your PayPal wallet. Not only will this facilitate future transfers, but it’ll also raise your PayPal transfer limits.

    PayPal confirms bank accounts by depositing two small amounts of money between $0.01 and $.99 into your bank account. The amounts are displayed on your bank statements within a business week. Then they vanish once PayPal has verified its information.

    To add your bank account to your PayPal account:

    • Go to your PayPal Wallet and click “link a bank account”
    • PayPal will need a few pieces of information, like your online banking account’s number and routing number
    • Both numbers can be found on the bottoms of checks you’ve received from your bank or can be requested from your bank’s customer service department
    • Enter the information and PayPal will verify that the account exists

    Now that you’ve added a bank account to PayPal, you can confirm it. To do this:

    • Go to your PayPal Wallet
    • Select the bank account you want to confirm
    • Click “confirm bank account,” then enter the decimal digits of the two deposit amounts
    • For example, if PayPal deposited $.12 and $.15, you need to enter 12 and 15
    • Click “confirm”. PayPal will verify the information and confirm your account as legitimate

    At this point, PayPal has a verified and confirmed bank account under your name. You can now transfer money to and from that bank account to your PayPal Wallet.

    Step 2 – Enter Your PayPal Wallet

    Enter your PayPal Wallet by logging into your account and clicking “Wallet” at the top of the screen. The left-hand side of the screen will display a list of linked bank accounts, credit or debit cards, and other financial accounts available to you.

    Step 3 – Transfer Money to Your PayPal Account

    Click the “transfer money” button found in the middle of the screen. This will bring up another few options. Click “add money to your balance” to add money from your linked bank account to PayPal.

    Select the bank account you wish to transfer money to or from. Then click “Add”.

    PayPal does have fees for international transfers. The fee for transfers is based on current exchange rates. PayPal updates these fees regularly on its site.

    Step 4 – Wait for the Money to Arrive

    At this point, all you need to do is wait for PayPal to receive the funds from your linked bank account. The process should occur automatically without any further input on your part.

    Note that your linked bank account must be in the same name as your PayPal account for you to add money this way.

    Does This Method Work for Other Payment Options?

    Yes. The basic process is the same whether you want to use a credit card, debit card, or even make a cash withdrawal. However, the type of transfer you want to make can affect fees, wait times, and more.

    For instance, foreign payments often take between 5-10 business days to process.

    How Long Does It Take to Transfer Money from a Bank Account to PayPal?

    In general, funds added to your PayPal account from a linked bank account will appear within 1-3 business days. However, this is just an average. Many things can affect how quickly money appears in your PayPal account. These include:

    • When the request is sent. If you send the request on a weekend day, you must add either one or two days to your estimated time before the money arrives
    • The time of day. Requests processed after 7 PM Eastern time may take longer. This is when most of PayPal’s offices close their business hours
    • How much money you want to send. Larger transactions may be personally reviewed by PayPal’s customer service team. This may result in a delay
    • Whether the transaction is an international money transfer

    Alternatively, sign up for PayPal’s Instant Transfer service. This is far faster than its standard transfer function. It lets you send money to friends or workers in minutes. Or you can accept payments for work super fast.

    Key Takeaways

    Overall, transferring money from your bank to your PayPal account is quick and easy once you have confirmed an account. Prep work aside, setting this system up allows you to quickly transfer cash to your PayPal Wallet in just a few clicks. It’s an excellent tool for ensuring you always have enough money in your PayPal to pay freelancers and friends. Or to make online purchases whenever you need.

    New to the community? Welcome! Please read our Community Rules and Guidelines

    ADD VISA GIFT CARD BALANCE TO PAYPAL

    • Mark as New
    • Bookmark
    • Subscribe
    • Mute
    • Email to a Friend

    I HAVE A STACK OF VISA GIFT CARDS WITH SMALL BALANCES HOW CAN I PUT THE REMAINDER ON PAYPAL ACCOUNT??

    • All forum topics
    • Previous Topic
    • Next Topic

    ADD VISA GIFT CARD BALANCE TO PAYPAL

    • Mark as New
    • Bookmark
    • Subscribe
    • Mute
    • Email to a Friend

    Its not possible to add funds into your own PayPal account with any Wallet linked card; whether a credit, debit, or prepaid gift card.

    It may be possible to link the cards to your account for use as a funding source for payments.

    Here is a PayPal link with details on gift cards.

    ADD VISA GIFT CARD BALANCE TO PAYPAL

    • Mark as New
    • Bookmark
    • Subscribe
    • Mute
    • Email to a Friend

    Its not possible to add funds into your own PayPal account with any Wallet linked card; whether a credit, debit, or prepaid gift card.

    It may be possible to link the cards to your account for use as a funding source for payments.

    Here is a PayPal link with details on gift cards.

    ADD VISA GIFT CARD BALANCE TO PAYPAL

    • Mark as New
    • Bookmark
    • Subscribe
    • Mute
    • Email to a Friend

    Can I send the balances to someone else so they can use them up.

    ADD VISA GIFT CARD BALANCE TO PAYPAL

    • Mark as New
    • Bookmark
    • Subscribe
    • Mute
    • Email to a Friend

    You are not allowed to use PayPal for creative ways of obtaining a cash advance, for yourself, or others.

    ADD VISA GIFT CARD BALANCE TO PAYPAL

    • Mark as New
    • Bookmark
    • Subscribe
    • Mute
    • Email to a Friend

    That may be possible however, I believe that because the funding source is a card, PayPal will charge you a fee.

    ADD VISA GIFT CARD BALANCE TO PAYPAL

    • Mark as New
    • Bookmark
    • Subscribe
    • Mute
    • Email to a Friend

    ADD VISA GIFT CARD BALANCE TO PAYPAL

    • Mark as New
    • Bookmark
    • Subscribe
    • Mute
    • Email to a Friend

    I had the same problem and the guy I talked to (w/ Paypal) said the only way to do something like this is to transfer the money from the GC’s on your account to a friend’s PayPal account and then have that person just send you the money back to you as PayPal Cash. You can then use that balance as a whole instead of multiple GC’s. You will have to pay the fee when transferring the money from the GC’s to your friends account. Small price to pay to have the convenience of PayPal cash. I would think they’d come up with a much cleaner process for something as simple as this.

    ADD VISA GIFT CARD BALANCE TO PAYPAL

    • Mark as New
    • Bookmark
    • Subscribe
    • Mute
    • Email to a Friend

    Bump. I’m trying to use a gift card as well, to pay for part of a purchase.

    I’d like to either combine the gift card balance into my Paypal balance (and use my Paypal balance to make the whole purchase), or split the payment with my other payment source. The vendor I’m purchasing from doesn’t show the option to split payment when I select Paypal, so I’m assuming that adding the gift card to my PP balance is my only option.

    I can’t seem to find any way to do this other than sending an invoice to myself and faking it. Am I missing something (hopefully?)

    ADD VISA GIFT CARD BALANCE TO PAYPAL

    • Mark as New
    • Bookmark
    • Subscribe
    • Mute
    • Email to a Friend

    PayPal_DerrickD

    I appreciate you taking the time to post your question here in our community. To clarify, there isn’t a way to add your gift card balance to your PayPal account balance. If you have a Visa or Mastercard Gift card, the best way to go about your purchase would be to link your gift card to your PayPal account through your wallet first. Once linked, you can then checkout through PayPal and select your PayPal balance as your payment method. If you don’t have the full amount in your available balance, you can then choose to fund your purchase through a second funding source which can be your gift card.

    Thanks for your feedback, it helps us improve the site.

    How satisfied are you with this discussion?

    Thanks for your feedback.

    Replies (10) 

    If you want to give some feedback on this, please write it here : https://www.reddit.com/r/xboxinsiders/wiki/ideas

    Devs look it at a weekly basis.

    Report abuse

    7 people found this reply helpful

    Was this reply helpful?

    Sorry this didn't help.

    Great! Thanks for your feedback.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback, it helps us improve the site.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback.

    If you believe you paid too much for something you can always try to request a refund. You can find more info on how to do that by going here: https://beta.support.xbox.com/help/subscriptions-billing/manage-subscriptions/digital-goods-subscriptions-refund

    Hope that helps!

    Report abuse

    Was this reply helpful?

    Sorry this didn't help.

    Great! Thanks for your feedback.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback, it helps us improve the site.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback.

    The reason why Microsoft won’t do this is because some claim the gift card rewards and other receive gift cards from Microsoft during promotions which cannot be swapped for money equivalent.

    If you paid for this gift card instead it would only come back how it was originally bought for legal reasons. If you think it’s unfair you can contact Microsoft directly on their website or use credit/debit card in future.

    Report abuse

    4 people found this reply helpful

    Was this reply helpful?

    Sorry this didn't help.

    Great! Thanks for your feedback.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback, it helps us improve the site.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback.

    Rewards nor game companies are a bank

    Common use common sense

    The only way to transfer money back is for a refund and ONLY TO the original purchasing method if they dont you can then sue for refund fraud and win

    Paypal doesnt work that way legally

    And if you DIDNT know

    Paypals refund policy is worse

    You ask for a refund to your payment method unless its ebay

    It takes 3 months to return ti your paymentr method

    If it is rewards then no it stays on your account

    Report abuse

    1 person found this reply helpful

    Was this reply helpful?

    Sorry this didn't help.

    Great! Thanks for your feedback.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback, it helps us improve the site.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback.

    Report abuse

    1 person found this reply helpful

    Was this reply helpful?

    Sorry this didn't help.

    Great! Thanks for your feedback.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback, it helps us improve the site.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback.

    Report abuse

    1 person found this reply helpful

    Was this reply helpful?

    Sorry this didn't help.

    Great! Thanks for your feedback.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback, it helps us improve the site.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback.

    other than the suggestions already given please make sure to read the confirmation messages given to you on screen, if you dont want to go ahead with a purchase please press back.

    you could also check your payment options on their own settings to see if you can set up payment limits so you dont accidentally spend too much.

    Report abuse

    Was this reply helpful?

    Sorry this didn't help.

    Great! Thanks for your feedback.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback, it helps us improve the site.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback.

    Report abuse

    Was this reply helpful?

    Sorry this didn't help.

    Great! Thanks for your feedback.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback, it helps us improve the site.

    How satisfied are you with this reply?

    Thanks for your feedback.

    This option does not really exist for any business practice of other systems or website platforms ect.

    If you were to have money put into this system, it is there and can be used for purchase of any goods/products. They use to have an option where you could at least call MS and they could give you a Xbox $ card back but since so many hackers and people that manipulated that, they stopped it which is good in my opinion.

    How to turn your paypal balance into a debit card you can spend anywhere

    Pyypl is an international financial services provider based in UAE and Bahrain. It allows people to create Mastercard payment cards and digital wallets for online transactions. In this post, we will discuss how to use Pyypl, how to create your wallet, get a free Mastercard, send money, and many more.

    Table of Contents

    How does Pyypl work?

    Pyypl (pronounced “People”) is a digital wallet and Mastercard payment service that allows people to shop easily on the internet.

    You can have your own international Mastercard payment card on the Pyypl app. This can be done in 2 minutes after which you can start using it.

    The Pyypl app also comes with a digital wallet. You can receive money into your wallet, send to other people and also spend it.

    Kindly note that Pyypl is not a bank account. Instead, it’s an online payment service provider, similar to Paypal.

    Benefits of using Pyypl

    The Pyypl app comes with several benefits. Few of them are listed here.

    • You can shop on foreign websites by using your Pyypl online Mastercard
    • Add funds easily through your bank credit and debit cards
    • Account creation is free. The only document you need is your National ID
    • You can send and receive money from other Pyypl users, through your Pyypl digital wallet
    • Remit money to the Philippines at a low exchange rate
    • Track your spending and online shopping history with the Pyypl app
    • Recharge your airtime and subscriptions on the Pyypl app
    • You can freeze and unfreeze your Pyypl card anytime you want. That way, no other person can use it without your consent

    Is it safe to use Pyypl?

    Yes, it is very safe to use Pyypl.

    Pyypl is a registered financial services company based in the United Arab Emirates (UAE) and Bahrain. It is authorized by the Financial Services Regulatory Authority in UAE. Pyypl is also licensed by the Central Bank of Bahrain.

    Pyypl is not a fraudulent company. It is a legit financial services provider that will give you an officially approved card.

    Pyypl supported countries

    Pyypl virtual payment services are not restricted to a few countries. You can use Pyypl if your country is in the Middle East, Africa, and Central Asia.

    Mobile recharge and virtual top-up services are available in Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Cameroon, Egypt, Ethiopia, India, Kenya, Nepal, Nigeria, Pakistan, Palestinian and Sri Lanka.

    Requirements to open a Pyypl account

    To create your Pyypl account and obtain your virtual Mastercard for online payments, you must meet the requirements below.

    • You must be up to 18 years of age (if you are underage you can still provide consent of your parents or legal guardian)

    You will also need to provide the details below.

    • Your full name
    • A means of national Identification
    • Your mobile phone number

    If you meet the requirements then you are eligible to use the Pyypl mobile app. Download and install the app to get your free Mastercard payment card.

    Pyypl mobile app download

    To get your virtual Mastercard payment card, digital wallet and make use of other Pyypl services, you have to download the Pyypl mobile app.

    It is available on the Google Play Store (for Android devices) and the Apple App Store (for iOS devices).

    How to get your Pyypl Mastercard in 2 minutes

    Once you have the Pyypl mobile app on your phone, you can get your virtual Pyypl Mastercard by following the steps below.

    • Open the Pyypl app
    • You will see a welcome screen displayed on your phone. You will have to provide your phone number
    • There is a “Send OTP” at the bottom of the page. Click on it to get your One Time Password. Input the password and continue
    • The next page is for Identify verification. Here you have to capture the front and back photographs of your NIN Card. Once you are done press the Next button
    • Provide your full name and submit

    After submitting, you will see a pop-up page on your screen that says “Congratulations this is your card“. You will also be given 1 USD free of charge. It will be automatically added to your digital wallet.

    You can use your Pyypl virtual Mastercard in over 50 million shops and websites. You can use Pyypl to order food or pay for subscriptions on the following platforms.

    • Talabat
    • Zomato
    • Deliveroo
    • Careem NOW
    • EatEasy
    • Lunch On
    • Netflix
    • YouTube Premium
    • Amazon prime
    • Google Play Store and lots more

    Kindly note that:

    • You can link your Pyypl virtual Mastercard with your PayPal account
    • Pyypl is not currently supported on Google Pay, Samsung Pay and Apple Pay
    • Physical plastic cards will soon be available

    How to fund your Pyypl account

    Now that you have your virtual Mastercard and can shop on foreign websites, you will need to fund your account.

    To add funds to your Pyypl digital wallet, see the procedure below.

    • Go to your Pyypl dashboard
    • You will see the “Add Money” button beside your account balance
    • Under the fund options, click on “Debit Card Load
    • On the next page, there is a slider that you can use to select the amount of money you want to add to your Pyypl account
    • Provide the bank details of your debit card and click on “Pay

    The amount will be deducted from your bank account and added to your Pyypl account. Go back to your dashboard and you will see that your account balance has increased with the amount you just added.

    Pyypl head office address

    Pyypl has its registered head office in the United Arab Emirates (UAE). It is located on the 34th Floor, Al Maqam Tower, Abu Dhabi Global Market Square, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates.

    Restaurants, retail stores, and others accept PayPal payments

    • Pima College
    • Tweet
    • Share
    • Email
    • Tweet
    • Share
    • Email
    • Payment Services
    • Best Apps

    What to Know

    • Set up your preferred payment method by going to PayPal Settings > Payments > Change (in the Your Preferred Way to Pay section).
    • Open the Google Pay app and select Payment > Payment Method > PayPal. Log in to your account and choose a PIN.
    • Mobile phone number + PIN and the payment code feature in the PayPal Mobile app as in-store acceptance methods no longer work.

    PayPal is one of the most trusted ways to send and receive money online. This article explains how to use it as a payment method while shopping at brick-and-mortar establishments.

    Choose Your Preferred Way to Pay in Stores

    Before you use PayPal to pay in a store, make sure you have it set up to use your preferred payment method. If you have a balance on your PayPal account, it will be used first. If you spend more than you have in PayPal, your preferred payment method will be used.

    You have the option of using a PayPal credit card, using a linked credit card, debit card or bank account, or linking a new payment account from which to draw funds.

    Click the gear icon in the upper-right corner to open PayPal Settings.

    Click the Payments tab near the top of the Settings page.

    Click Change next to the store icon at the bottom of the Your Preferred Way to Pay list.

    Select PayPal Credit if you have a PayPal Credit account and wish to use it as your backup method.

    Select one of the listed linked accounts if you want to use that as your backup payment method.

    Click Link a New Card or Bank if you want to add a different backup payment method. Follow the prompts to enter the required information for this payment method.

    Click Save when you are done.

    Pay With PayPal in Stores Using Google Pay

    Google Pay is like a digital wallet you can keep on your phone and use to pay for products and services in stores, restaurants, and other physical locations. When you link PayPal to Google Pay, you can check out with PayPal through Google Pay where you see the Google Pay or PayPal logos.

    As of March 31, 2018, PayPal stopped supporting mobile phone number + PIN and the payment code feature in the PayPal Mobile app as in-store acceptance methods.

    Once installed, open Google Pay and tap Payment at the bottom of the screen.

    Tap + Payment Method.

    Select PayPal.

    Log in to your PayPal account.

    Set a PayPal PIN for in-store purchases.

    Enter the PIN again to confirm the number.

    Review the details. Click Agree & Continue.

    Confirm your information. You will receive a message that you are ready to use PayPal with Google Pay.

    To use PayPal in a store with Google Pay, unlock your phone and hold the back of your phone to the payment screen for several seconds. You do not need to open the Google Pay app. Enter your PIN if prompted.

    PayPal Debit Card

    Another option is to apply for a PayPal Cash Mastercard. This debit card is accepted in stores, restaurants, and anywhere else Mastercard is accepted. It is not a credit card. When you pay using the card, it will access your PayPal balance and use the funds to pay the bill.

    How to turn your paypal balance into a debit card you can spend anywhere

    When you use PayPal to send payments or shop online, you’re not confined to one linked bank account or card. Here’s how to change your preferred payment method for auto-payments and subscriptions.

    Navigating PayPal’s settings can get confusing. You go in to change your payment method for your monthly subscription box, but the way to do this isn’t immediately clear. Eventually, you find the “set as preferred” option, click it, and forget about it until next month…when PayPal pays from the wrong credit card again! What happened?

    When you use PayPal to send payments or shop online, you’re not confined to one linked bank account or card. Adding multiple credit and debit cards, plus your bank, to your PayPal account is optional, but it does give you the freedom to choose your payment method come checkout time. So how can you manage which payments come out of which account? And how do you switch your payment method when it comes to subscriptions or other recurring payments? It’s possible to do so without having to cancel and reinitiate any subscriptions, but PayPal’s interface doesn’t make that too obvious—especially when you’re on the app.

    PayPal Uses Your Cash Account First

    If you have money available in your Cash or Cash Plus account, PayPal uses this balance first, and there’s no way around it. Due to new regulations that kicked in this year, the only way to hold money within PayPal after March 2019 is by linking a Cash or Cash Plus account. If you were holding a balance at the end of March, PayPal would have created one of these for you automatically. If not, PayPal will give you the option to create one if, for instance, someone sends you money and you choose it for the Keep in PayPal option. Once you’ve set up a Cash account, you’ll have money in it when you receive a payment through PayPal or add money (either by transferring it from your linked bank, by adding cash at a participating store, or by cashing a check via the app) and don’t transfer it out.

    How to turn your paypal balance into a debit card you can spend anywhere

    Again, holding a balance this way is optional, but if you have one, PayPal will draw from it before it moves on to any linked cards or bank accounts–even if you set them as default.

    After your Balance, PayPal Uses Your Preferred Way to Pay

    If you never set up a balanced account, or if you do, but there’s no available balance, PayPal uses “your preferred way to pay,” which is your default backup payment method. Changing this setting affects the primary funding source for any payment arrangements you make from now on. It does not, however, alter the payment method you are using for any existing subscriptions or payment arrangements you’ve already authorized, such as to an online retailer you’ve shopped before. If you need to change an existing payment method for a particular subscription or store—from, say, your credit card to your checking account—you’re going to have to dig a little deeper.

    Note that you have limited access to settings via the PayPal app. To make the following changes, sign in to PayPal on a web browser (either desktop or mobile will work).

    Changing your Preferred Way to Pay

    First, let’s get into how to change your default backup payment method for any new payment arrangements you make going forward. Keep in mind that PayPal will still use any money available in your PayPal account balance first, regardless of the choice you make here.

    Log in to your PayPal account (make sure you’re using two-factor authorization for extra security while you’re at it). Then, click the Wallet tab.

    You’ll see a list of the payment methods you’ve linked on the left. Click the one you want to default to, and then click Set as preferred. You’ll notice a checkmark icon appear to confirm your choice, and PayPal will also send you an email letting you know a change was made. Finally, PayPal lets you change your mind as you’re checking out at an online store, so your preferred way to pay isn’t set in stone.

    How to turn your paypal balance into a debit card you can spend anywhere

    Read on if you need to change the funding source for pre-authorized or recurring PayPal payments, which must be modified individually.

    Changing the Payment Method for Subscriptions and Automatic Payments

    Again, access PayPal in your browser. Login to your account, then click the gear icon at the top right of the page to access your account settings.

    How to turn your paypal balance into a debit card you can spend anywhere

    Then, click the Payments tab.

    How to turn your paypal balance into a debit card you can spend anywhere

    Once on the Payments page, click the Manage automatic payments button.

    How to turn your paypal balance into a debit card you can spend anywhere

    You’ll see the merchants you’ve authorized listed on the left-hand side. Click one to see payment activity, billed amounts, and even contact information in addition to the payment method you’re using. You can also cancel accounts from this page.

    Next, click the edit icon and choose the way you want to pay that seller. Then, if you’re paying a merchant in a different country, you have to option to click conversion options to change how PayPal handles any currency conversions that need to happen.

    How to turn your paypal balance into a debit card you can spend anywhere

    Help! My Merchant isn’t Listed

    Try clicking the Show inactive radio button if you’ve previously canceled the account you’re looking for.

    Or, click the manage pre-approved payments link, as it may be listed there instead. Once you find the merchant here, click it to go to Billing Details, where you can make your changes.

    How to turn your paypal balance into a debit card you can spend anywhere

    Summing Up

    You can switch between your available funding sources as often as you’d like, and it’s an easy process once you know where to look. It’s especially convenient to make changes directly through PayPal’s Automatic Payments hub rather than hopping around your online retailer accounts. And if there’s a problem with the payment method you chose as your primary, PayPal will use one of your other available banks or cards. With this kind of flexibility, it makes sense to use PayPal to purchase subscriptions and more.

    How to turn your paypal balance into a debit card you can spend anywhere

    One of the obvious perks of the holiday season is gift cards galore.

    Prepaid gift cards sold by credit card companies are a particularly great gift, because you can put the balance toward just about anything — including your PayPal account.

    And adding a gift card balance to your PayPal account might be a good idea if you often use PayPal.

    It’s also a great way to eliminate the possibility of forfeiting your funds before you’ve even had a chance to splurge — a lot of us are prone to losing physical copies of things.

    Here’s how to add a prepaid gift card from Visa, American Express, MasterCard, or Discover to your PayPal account.

    How to add a gift card to PayPal

    1. Go into your PayPal Wallet on a desktop computer .

    2. Click “Link a debit or credit card.”

    3. Tap “Link a card manually” if given the option to link manually or through a bank.

    4. Enter the gift card information.

    5. Tap “Link Card.”

    Sometimes, you might run into an error trying to add a gift card to your PayPal account as a payment method because gift cards lack personal identifiers, unlike traditionally-issued credit cards.

    If you run into this kind of trouble, register your gift card — there should be instructions on the card that will direct you to a website for registration.

    Additionally, there are also ways to exchange non-credit card gift cards for money in your PayPal account, but the cost of the transaction is significant — usually a minimum of 10% of the value of the gift card.

    You don’t need a bank account, but most of these cards have fees and deposit limits.

    Cynthia Paez Bowman

    Cynthia Paez Bowman is a finance, real estate and international business journalist. Besides Bankrate.com, her work has been featured in Business Jet Traveler, MSN, CheatSheet.com, Freshome.com and SimpleDollar.com. She owns and operates a small digital marketing and public relations firm that works with select startups and women-owned businesses to provide growth and visibility. Cynthia splits her time between Los Angeles, CA and San Sebastian, Spain. She travels to Africa and the Middle East regularly to consult with women’s NGOs about small business development.

    CNET editors independently choose every product and service we cover. Though we can’t review every available financial company or offer, we strive to make comprehensive, rigorous comparisons in order to highlight the best of them. When you apply for products or services through our links, we may earn a commission. The compensation we receive and other factors, such as your location, may impact how ads and links appear on our site.

    We are an independent publisher. Our advertisers do not direct our editorial content. Any opinions, analyses, reviews, or recommendations expressed in editorial content are those of the author’s alone, and have not been reviewed, approved, or otherwise endorsed by the advertiser.

    To support our work, we are paid in different ways for providing advertising services. For example, some advertisers pay us to display ads, others pay us when you click on certain links, and others pay us when you submit your information to request a quote or other offer details. CNET’s compensation is never tied to whether you purchase an insurance product. We don’t charge you for our services. The compensation we receive and other factors, such as your location, may impact what ads and links appear on our site, and how, where, and in what order ads and links appear.

    Our insurance content may include references to or advertisements by our corporate affiliate HomeInsurance.com LLC, a licensed insurance producer (NPN: 8781838). And HomeInsurance.com LLC may receive compensation from third parties if you choose to visit and transact on their website. However, all CNET editorial content is independently researched and developed without regard to our corporate relationship to HomeInsurance.com LLC or its advertiser relationships.

    Our content may include summaries of insurance providers, or their products or services. CNET is not an insurance agency or broker. We do not transact in the business of insurance in any manner, and we are not attempting to sell insurance or asking or urging you to apply for a particular kind of insurance from a particular company.

    In a digital world, information only matters if it’s timely, relevant, and credible. We promise to do whatever is necessary to get you the information you need when you need it, to make our opinions fair and useful, and to make sure our facts are accurate.

    If a popular product is on store shelves, you can count on CNET for immediate commentary and benchmark analysis as soon as possible. We promise to publish credible information we have as soon as we have it, throughout a product’s life cycle, from its first public announcement to any potential recall or emergence of a competing device.

    How will we know if we’re fulfilling our mission? We constantly monitor our competition, user activity, and journalistic awards. We scour and scrutinize blogs, sites, aggregators, RSS feeds, and any other available resources, and editors at all levels of our organization continuously review our coverage.

    But you’re the final judge. We ask that you inform us whenever you find an error, spot a gap in our coverage, or have any other suggestions for improvement. Readers are part of the CNET family, and the strength of that relationship is the ultimate test of our success. Find out more here.

    CNET editors independently choose every product and service we cover. Though we can’t review every available financial company or offer, we strive to make comprehensive, rigorous comparisons in order to highlight the best of them. When you apply for products or services through our links, we may earn a commission. The compensation we receive and other factors, such as your location, may impact how ads and links appear on our site.

    We are an independent publisher. Our advertisers do not direct our editorial content. Any opinions, analyses, reviews, or recommendations expressed in editorial content are those of the author’s alone, and have not been reviewed, approved, or otherwise endorsed by the advertiser.

    To support our work, we are paid in different ways for providing advertising services. For example, some advertisers pay us to display ads, others pay us when you click on certain links, and others pay us when you submit your information to request a quote or other offer details. CNET’s compensation is never tied to whether you purchase an insurance product. We don’t charge you for our services. The compensation we receive and other factors, such as your location, may impact what ads and links appear on our site, and how, where, and in what order ads and links appear.

    Our insurance content may include references to or advertisements by our corporate affiliate HomeInsurance.com LLC, a licensed insurance producer (NPN: 8781838). And HomeInsurance.com LLC may receive compensation from third parties if you choose to visit and transact on their website. However, all CNET editorial content is independently researched and developed without regard to our corporate relationship to HomeInsurance.com LLC or its advertiser relationships.

    Our content may include summaries of insurance providers, or their products or services. CNET is not an insurance agency or broker. We do not transact in the business of insurance in any manner, and we are not attempting to sell insurance or asking or urging you to apply for a particular kind of insurance from a particular company.

    In a digital world, information only matters if it’s timely, relevant, and credible. We promise to do whatever is necessary to get you the information you need when you need it, to make our opinions fair and useful, and to make sure our facts are accurate.

    If a popular product is on store shelves, you can count on CNET for immediate commentary and benchmark analysis as soon as possible. We promise to publish credible information we have as soon as we have it, throughout a product’s life cycle, from its first public announcement to any potential recall or emergence of a competing device.

    How will we know if we’re fulfilling our mission? We constantly monitor our competition, user activity, and journalistic awards. We scour and scrutinize blogs, sites, aggregators, RSS feeds, and any other available resources, and editors at all levels of our organization continuously review our coverage.

    But you’re the final judge. We ask that you inform us whenever you find an error, spot a gap in our coverage, or have any other suggestions for improvement. Readers are part of the CNET family, and the strength of that relationship is the ultimate test of our success. Find out more here.

    How to turn your paypal balance into a debit card you can spend anywhere

    Getty

    PayPal is a convenient way to send money to a friend or family member and was probably the largest force in changing the way we send money to other people. In 2020, 44% of survey respondents in the U.S. had used a service like PayPal to send money to friends or acquaintances in the prior 12 months.

    Naturally, you might wonder if you should use a credit card to send money to another person using PayPal. After all, your credit card earns rewards—Why not earn additional cash back or transferable points when sending money?

    Generally, the fees PayPal charges to send money to another person using a credit card are greater than the rewards you will earn, making it unattractive to use a credit card to send person-to-person money transfers through PayPal. There are some exceptions to this, but banks are also changing the way these transactions are processed, which might subject you to additional fees. Read on for more details.

    PayPal Is Much More Than Person-to-Person Payments

    PayPal checkout is integrated onto many websites and many smaller merchants use PayPal to invoice and accept payment for goods and services. Those types of transactions have a separate fee structure and are processed differently than person-to-person transactions. This article specifically covers using PayPal to send money to another person, not to pay for a purchase.

    The Deal Breaker: Transaction Fees

    One of the biggest drawbacks of using a credit card to send money to another person using PayPal is the processing fee. PayPal charges 2.9%, plus a fixed fee of 30 cents to process a person-to-person money transfer using a credit card. This fee can quickly eclipse any credit card rewards you might earn.

    PayPal does not charge this fee for person-to-person money transfers using either your existing PayPal balance or a money transfer from your checking account.

    Why Using a Credit Card Might Still Be Attractive

    Despite the fee PayPal charges, there are a few cases where you could come out ahead after the credit card fee.

    Credit Cards With Rotating 5% Bonus Categories

    Some credit cards, such as the Chase Freedom Flex℠ and the Discover it® Cash Back offer rotating categories in which cardmembers earn 5% cash back. Categories earning bonus cash back change quarterly and have earning caps before their base rate earnings of 1% apply. Both of these cards have historically included PayPal in the bonus cash back offering.

    • Discover included PayPal in its 2021 cashback calendar for Q3 (July through September).
    • In 2020, Chase included PayPal in its cashback calendar during Q4 (October through December).

    Welcome Bonus Spending

    If you have recently applied for a credit card that offers a welcome bonus after a certain amount of required spending, it might make sense to use PayPal to send money to another person using a credit card.

    Beware The Cash Advance Fee

    In 2020, the New York Times reported on a change in the way that money transfer transactions are coded and processed through Visa and Mastercard. This change means that banks can now charge cash advance fees for things like person-to-person money transfers through services like PayPal and Venmo.

    Since this change has been implemented, some credit card users have reported being charged a cash advance fee when sending money using PayPal. In addition, Chase has been reported to be sending notices to existing cardmembers updating their terms and conditions to include person-to-person money transfers in the list of transaction types where they charge a cash advance fee.

    Bottom Line

    Generally, it is not advantageous to send money to another person using PayPal and a credit card.

    Unless you are using a credit card that earns 5% back on transactions at PayPal or completing a welcome bonus spending requirement, you will usually pay more in fees than you earn in rewards. In addition, with banks starting to charge cash advance fees for person-to-person payments, there is a chance that your person-to-person payment may end up costing a lot more than the 2.9% fee.

    If you are looking to send money to someone using PayPal, send money using your PayPal balance or linked checking account. For PayPal alternatives, consider the five best ways to send money.

    I want to buy something that is $80, but there are no $80 denominations. Is there a way to combine the Visa cards or transfer them to Paypal balance?

    Link them to your PayPal, just make sure you have $0 PayPal balance because they will use that balance first. I just sent my paypal balance to my bro's paypal and used the virtual visa cards. No extra charge, although if you want it for your PayPal balance, you can send it to another paypal account and send it back to yours. I did this for one of the $100, but there was a $3.11 fee for it.

    Oculus dosent do that. They force me to use visa card and not my balance

    Someone suggested to me that I combine them via Google Wallet. So, that's what I've been doing. I just got my physical card a few days ago,but I haven't had a chance to use it yet. But, it's let me combine the cards on the app without any trouble.

    3%? Ouch. Why not swipe them on Amazon payments new system @ 1.7%?

    Are these virtual visa cards available in canada? I cannot seem to find it

    Since you already know what you want, you could use the Visa cards to buy gift cards. Most stores let you use multiple gift cards and combine them with another payment (such as another VISA prepaid card or credit card). Just check to make sure there isn't a limit. Walmart, for instance, only allows 4 gift cards per order.

    Most of the other options will cost you some money. You can request money on Paypal to another email and use the cards to pay but it will cost you 2.9% plus 30 cents each time. You don't need a Paypal account to send money using a credit or debit card.

    PayPal is a convenient and safe online banking resource that can be used to complete different types of online money transactions. Using PayPal creates a security barrier between the people and companies you send and receive money from, which helps protect your sensitive financial information. In addition to making safer online purchases, you can also pay some of your bills, receive deposits, donate to charitable organizations, transfer money abroad and send money to anyone with an email account. All this and more can be done without having to send your bank account information to many different sources.The PayPal account doesn’t need to have a balance as long as you have a confirmed bank account or credit card linked to your PayPal it.

    If you prefer to streamline your approach to e-commerce, you can link a debit or credit card directly to PayPal. When you make a purchase using this online service, funds can be routed directly from your debit or credit card to the vendor in question using PayPal as an intermediary.

    Add a Card to Your Account

    You’ll first need to add the credit card to your account so PayPal will use it for transactions. Log in to your Paypal account. Click on the “Profile” link. Select “Financial Information” and “Credit/Debit Card.” Select “Add a card.” Enter the requested card information. Confirm by clicking “Add Card.” The PayPal company will make a small deposit and deduction from your card.

    Verify Your Credit Card

    Once you’ve added the credit card to your PayPal account, you’ll need to verify it’s your card and that PayPal has the correct information. View your credit card statement (online or paper statement) and write down the exact amounts for each transaction made by PayPal. Then log back into your PayPal account, select “My Account” and go to “Profile.” Click on the “Bank Account’s” tab and select “Confirm.” You will be asked to enter in the amounts of the small deposit and deduction as a means to verify your ownership of the credit card.

    Add Funds Using Your Credit Card

    Add funds to your PayPal account from the credit account balance by logging into your account and clicking “Transfer Money” under your balance on the home page. On the next page, select “Add money to your balance.” Enter the amount of money you wish to transfer from your Visa card and click “Submit.” Your money should be available within 3 to 5 days. It’s important to note that the same credit card can be linked to only one PayPal account at one time. Some cards qualify for instant confirmation, particularly if you have online access to your credit card account. If this is the case, the confirmation can be done in minutes.

    How to turn your paypal balance into a debit card you can spend anywhere

    Fast access to cash can be a lifeline when facing a financial emergency or unexpected expense. There are a few ways you can get cash quickly if you’re short on funds — one of them being a cash advance from a credit card, which lets you use your card to get a short-term cash loan at a bank or ATM.

    But you should be careful: Credit card cash advances are very expensive.

    You’re borrowing against your credit limit to put cash in your pocket, at an interest rate usually higher than on regular credit card purchases. And you’ll typically have to pay a transaction fee too.

    “I suspect it happens mostly at times of emergencies, or it’s just a very poor choice by an inexperienced consumer,” says Mike Sullivan, a personal financial consultant with Take Charge America, a national nonprofit credit counseling and debt management agency.

    “But it’s almost always a bad decision.”

    The best way to avoid falling into more debt is knowing exactly what you’re signing up for. Here’s everything you should consider before taking out a cash advance.

    How Does a Credit Card Cash Advance Work?

    A credit card cash advance is similar to withdrawing cash from an ATM with your debit card, except the cash comes from your credit card instead of your checking account — and you have to pay it back.

    “It’s technically a loan,” says Todd Christensen, financial counselor and education manager with the nonprofit debt relief agency Money Fit by DRS. “You are taking out money that you’ll have to pay back with a high interest rate, typically 25% to 30%, with no grace period.”

    The process to get a credit card cash advance is straightforward. You can enter your credit card PIN at an ATM — this is different from your debit card’s PIN — or use a convenience check mailed by your credit card issuer to withdraw cash at a bank. There are limits on the amount you can withdraw, typically anywhere between 10% and 40% of your total credit limit.

    Pro Tip

    If you have no other option but to take a cash advance from your credit card, you can minimize accruing interest by paying the balance as quickly as possible

    Unlike a payday loan, this type of advance is tied to your credit card, and you can pay it back over an indefinite period of time, as long as you make minimum payments. However, making only minimum payments will cost you money over time since the interest rate for credit card cash advances is so high.

    The Costs of a Credit Card Cash Advance

    Before you move forward with a credit card cash advance, there are several costs to take into account:

    • Interest charges: When you take out a cash advance, the bank will add interest to the amount you withdraw. Typically, the interest begins accruing immediately. The average interest rate for a cash advance is almost 25%, according to recent data from CreditCards.com.
    • Cash advance fees: This is the fee you’re required to pay for withdrawing cash from your credit card. It’s usually 5% of the transaction or $10, whichever is greater.
    • ATM fees: These fees can vary. They could vary between $2.50 and $5 or more, depending on what ATM you use. It won’t cost you anything if you use your bank’s ATMs. But any transaction made with an out-of-network ATM will usually trigger fees.

    Let’s say you withdraw $200 from an ATM using your credit card. Right off the bat, you’ll pay a $10 cash advance fee (5% of $200). You might also have to pay an ATM fee, so it could cost up to $15 to simply get the cash advance. And you’ll begin accruing interest immediately at, let’s say, 24%. If you don’t pay your bill until the first statement after your withdrawal arrives, you’ll owe roughly $48 in interest.

    Paying Off a Cash Advance Balance

    If you’re already struggling with credit card debt, a cash advance can put you in a deeper hole.

    Say you have a balance of $2,000 on your credit card, and your card is charging an interest rate of 18%. Then, you decide to take out a $300 cash advance, which may come with 25% interest .

    Minimum payments typically apply to the balance with the lowest interest rate (in this case, your previous $2,000 balance). So, if you only pay the minimum, your cash advance debt could quickly balloon. It could take months or years to pay off. You’ll also spend a lot on fees and interest.

    That’s why it’s critical to read your credit card agreement before you do a cash advance. If you decide to take out a cash advance, take out only what you need and pay it off as quickly as possible.

    Alternatives To Credit Card Cash Advances

    If you find yourself considering a cash advance, it’s likely a sign of a bigger financial problem. It may be time to align your budgeting and spending habits.

    Sullivan says people who take out cash advances are more likely to default on their credit card debt, which is partly the reason why interest rates on cash advances are so high.

    You can avoid the need for a credit card cash advance in the first place by planning ahead. It’s best practice to regularly contribute part of your income to an emergency fund, in case you’re faced with any unexpected expenses.

    “If your credit is good enough that you have a lot of available credit and you can get a cash advance from your card, then you probably have better options or can access some other form of borrowing that’s going to cost you a lot less,” Sullivan says.

    Work With Your Credit Card Issuer

    For many people, credit cards can be a source of relief when money gets tight. But credit card debt can also add up quickly and lead to long-term financial problems. If you’re struggling to pay your credit card bill, contact your issuer as soon as possible to discuss your options.

    During the coronavirus pandemic, many credit card issuers have been more open to agreeing to flexible payment arrangements, such as deferral of minimum payments, waived late fees, and credit line increases. This can help free up cash for other necessities.

    There are also credit card payment plans that may be available on one of your cards. For example, major issuers like American Express, Chase and Citi offer these more flexible financing options on existing credit lines. Some of the perks are lower interest rates and more clearly defined repayment schedules.

    Consider a Personal Loan

    If you have good credit, getting a personal loan from a bank or a credit union is likely cheaper than a credit card cash advance. Interest rates at credit unions tend to be lower. Research your options and consider talking to a representative to see which personal loan would be best for your financial situation.

    Borrow From Friends, Family, or Yourself

    It may feel awkward asking relatives or friends or a free or low-interest short-term loan — but it could save you a lot of money in the long run. Know that it’s okay to ask for help, as long as you’re honest about your situation. If you’re not keen on the idea of borrowing from friends or family, you could also look at potentially borrowing from yourself through your 401(k) plan. Under the CARES Act, taking out a 401(k) and paying it back on time isn’t the worst option if it’s done for the right reasons.

    How to turn your paypal balance into a debit card you can spend anywhere

    Square’s Cash App is a peer-to-peer payment app, like Venmo, that allows you to send and receive money with friends and family, without needing to have cash on hand or even be in the same room. It’s perfect for things like splitting bills, chipping in for party snacks, or just splitting a meal.

    When someone sends you money on the Cash App, it lives in the app. If you have a Square Cash Card, you can use it like a debit card and spend your balance anywhere that accepts Visa.

    However, if you don’t have a Cash Card, or would simply rather transfer your balance back to your bank account, doing so is very simple, and can even be done instantly if need be.

    Check out the products mentioned in this article:

    iPhone 11 (From $699.99 at Best Buy)

    Samsung Galaxy S10 (From $899.99 at Best Buy)

    How to cash out on Cash App

    1. Open the Cash App on your iPhone or Android.

    2. Go to the “My Cash” tab by tapping the dollar amount in the middle of your screen.

    3. Underneath your balance, tap the button on the left that says “Cash Out.”

    4. The “Cash Out” menu will pop up with your full balance amount autoselected for transfer. If you’d like to transfer less, use the touchscreen on your iPhone or Android to type in the amount.

    5. Once you’ve decided how much you want to transfer, tap “Cash Out” at the bottom.

    6. A pop-up will appear asking how you’d like to deposit the money. If you select “Standard,” the money will take one to three days to appear in your account. If you need the money immediately, you can tap “Instant” for a 25 cent fee.

    As you already know, having a PayPal account can be beneficial. However, many people do not have a bank account and this is going to make things difficult. So do you need a bank account? Ultimately no, you don’t need a bank account for PayPal. However, you will face some limitations. For instance, without a bank account it will be very difficult to withdraw money from your PayPal account.

    If you’re going to be making money online, you’ll probably want to be able to access that money quickly. Therefore, it’s best to get a bank account and link it to your PayPal account. This will allow you to seamlessly move your money from one to the other.

    Can PayPal Be Used Without A Debit Or Credit Card?

    Most people have a debit or credit card. Still, there are a few people who do not. If you happen to fit into this category, you’re going to find it much more difficult to take advantage of PayPal and everything it has to offer. In short, you can use PayPal, however, without a credit or debit card, you will not have access to the PayPal Pay feature. Of course, there is one way to solve this problem.

    All you have to do is apply for a PayPal credit card. Once you’ve done that, you’ll be able to link the credit card to your PayPal account and begin using these features right away. Just remember that you will need to qualify for the credit card in advance. If you want to use PayPal fully, it is highly recommended that you get a bank account and debit or credit card in advance.

    Can You Open A PayPal Account Without Linking Any Of Your Bank Details?

    Many people like to keep their bank details private. This is why a lot of people refuse to own a PayPal account. They do not feel comfortable placing their banking information online. This is completely understandable. The good news is that you can own a PayPal account without giving up your banking details. However, this is generally not a good idea. While you can say that you’ll own a PayPal account, you won’t be able to do much with it.

    Until you add your bank details, you will not be able to withdraw money from your account. If you don’t add a debit or credit card, you won’t be able to fund the account or use the PayPal Pay feature either. With that being said, it is generally best to go ahead and add this information to your PayPal account. In return, you’ll be able to use the account for a lot more purposes. Otherwise, your PayPal account will pretty much be useless.

    TIP: How To Withdraw Money From PayPal Without A Bank Account?

    Believe it or not, you can actually withdraw money from your PayPal account without needing a bank account by requesting a check by mail. However, you’re going to need to jump through a few extra hoops. For starters, you’ll need to make sure that your address has been confirmed. Access your account settings and click on the option to Add an Address. Once you’ve done that, you will want to click on the Transfer to your bank option.

    It can be found under your PayPal balance. After that, you just need to click on the link that says Request a check by mail instead. Unfortunately, this withdrawal method comes with a few drawbacks. For instance, you’re going to be required to pay a $1.50 fee for each check withdrawal. Simultaneously, all amounts will be converted to United States dollars. You also need to make sure that you deposit or cash the check within a period of 180 days. Otherwise, the money will be returned to your PayPal account. You will lose the check fee.

    Finally, this is the slowest way to withdraw your money from PayPal. On average, it can take anywhere from 1 to 2 weeks to obtain your check. If you’re in a hurry and need to access your money right away, you should think about getting a bank account and adding it to your PayPal account.

    Can You Use PayPal As A Bank Account?

    PayPal is indeed great. It is very convenient and can provide you with an abundance of benefits. However, it should be noted that your PayPal account can never replace your bank account. It lacks too many benefits that you’re going to receive from your bank. For instance, there is always a chance that your account is going to limited. This is more common than you might imagine. Sometimes, limits can last as long as 180 days. This would leave you in a very difficult situation.

    At the same time, you should realize that PayPal is not going to provide you with any interest on your money. If you want a yearly dividend for storing your money in a savings account, you’ll want to stick with a local bank. Finally, there are PayPal limits for users who do not link their bank account or credit card. These limits can effectively erase this possibility. It is typically best to have a PayPal account and a bank account.

    How Long Does It Take For PayPal To Confirm Bank?

    Finally, it is time to find out how long it is going to take for PayPal to confirm your bank account. While it can vary based on each case, it will generally take three days to complete the process. After you log into your account and enter your bank details, the company will make two small deposits into your account. Both amounts will be less than one dollar. You will be required to provide PayPal with the exact amounts. Once you’ve done that, your bank account will be confirmed.

    The process is very simple. Remember that you’ll need your bank account number and routing number. Other than that, it is a waiting game. Most people will be able to verify their account in less than 3 days.

    How to turn your paypal balance into a debit card you can spend anywhere

    You might be familiar with prepaid debit cards in the form of anonymous Visa gift cards that you get through providers like American Express, MasterCard and Visa. You can purchase gift cards anonymously through cash and use them similarly to how you would use digital transactions.

    How to use prepaid debit cards anonymous? These cards can be used as regular anonymous prepaid credit card or anonymous debit cards. But, if you want to use it in making online purchases then you’ll have to register it on the website you plan on buying from. Of course, it’s not very practical to do your online shopping with one of these cards. This is because you’ll need to provide personal details like your physical address.

    This would defeat the whole point of wanting to remain anonymous. However, debit cards are ideal for purchasing prepaid cellphone services, or when purchasing a VPN subscription like IPVanish.

    Attention: Read before you continue

    Governments and ISPs across the world monitor their users online activities. If found streaming or browsing content on your Fire TV Stick, mobile or PC, you could get into serious trouble.

    Currently, the following information is visible:

    • Your IP:
    • Your Country:
    • Your City:
    • Your ISP:

    If this is your real information, you need to use a VPN to protect your identity.

    We strongly recommend you to get a good VPN and hide your identity so that your online experience doesn’t take a bad turn.
    We use IPVanish which is the fastest and most secure VPN in the industry. It is very easy to install on any device including Amazon Fire TV Stick. Also, it comes with a 30-day money-back guarantee. If you don’t like their service, you can always ask for a refund. IPVanish also runs a limited time offer where you can save 74% on your VPN and they allow you to use one account on unlimited devices.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    Amelia Griggs
    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objectsAmelia Griggs
    Writer

    Amelia Griggs is a Learning Design and Development specialist, Instructional Designer, Writer, and “Authorpeneuer.” She enjoys researching, designing, and developing all kinds of educational materials, problem-solving, helping and training others to understand technology better, writing instructional articles, blogging, and composing fictional short stories. Read more.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    If you have several images on a slide, you can align your objects both horizontally and vertically for a more professional look. There are guides and gridlines available to help you align objects manually, and there are options to align objects for you automatically. Let’s see how it’s done.

    Manually Aligning Objects

    In this example, there are three objects on the slide. Point to the first object and drag upward or downward using your mouse. Once the object is centered either horizontally and vertically, a guideline will display.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    You can also use guides and gridlines to help you align your objects. From the “View” tab, click “Guides.” Two dotted lines then show up—one aligned to the horizontal center of the slide and one to the vertical center.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    Additionally, you can turn on gridlines that can help you align object elsewhere on your slide. From the “View” tab, click “Gridlines.” More dotted lines then display to help you align your objects. You can drag your objects and use the gridlines to align them accordingly.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    In this example, we moved each of the three objects upward to align them using the uppermost horizontal gridline:

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    Automatically Aligning Objects

    Now, let’s take a look at how to align objects automatically. First, select all the objects to be aligned. If this consists of all objects on your slide, you can press Ctrl+A to select everything. To select specific objects, click on the first object to select it. Then, while holding down the Shift key, click on other objects to select them each in turn. In this example, we have three images selected, and we would like to align all of them both horizontally and vertically.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    From the Format tab, click the “Align” button. As you can see, you have commands here for aligning slides horizontally (the top group), vertically (the second group), and for distributing them (which makes them spaced equally apart from one another). Here, we’re aligning our selected object vertically along their middles.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    This aligned all the selected objects vertically. Now, we want to make sure they are spaced equally apart, so with all three objects still selected, we’re going back to that menu and choosing the “Distribute Horizontally” command.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    Here’s the final result, with all images aligned both horizontally and vertically.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    And that’s all there is to it!

    • › What Does “Touch Grass” Mean?
    • › Every Microsoft Windows Logo From 1985 to 2022
    • › Roborock Q5+ Review: A Solid Self-Emptying Robot Vacuum
    • › The 5 Most Ridiculously Expensive Phones of All Time
    • › Samsung T7 Shield Review: The Best Portable SSD, Now Rugged
    • › What’s New in Chrome 101, Arriving Today

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects Amelia Griggs
    Amelia Griggs is a Learning Design and Development specialist, Instructional Designer, Writer, and “Authorpeneuer.” She enjoys researching, designing, and developing all kinds of educational materials, problem-solving, helping and training others to understand technology better, writing instructional articles, blogging, and composing fictional short stories.
    Read Full Bio »

    Gridlines help give you visual cues when you’re formatting in PowerPoint.

    The default horizontal and vertical gridlines make a grid of one-inch squares. You can’t change that grid size. You can change the spacing between the dots that comprise each gridline by using the Spacing option. This setting allows you to adjust the precision of object alignment.

    Turn on the snap-to options

    Select View on the ribbon, and in the Show group, select the dialog-box launcher.

    The Grid and Guides dialog box appears.

    To position shapes or objects to the closest intersection of the grid, under Snap to, check the Snap objects to grid box.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    To see the grid on your screen, under Grid settings, check the Display grid on screen box.

    To change the measurement units in PowerPoint, see Change the ruler units from inches to centimeters.

    Turn off the snap-to options

    Select View, and in the Show group, select the dialog box launcher .

    The Grid and Guides dialog box appears.

    Clear the Snap objects to grid box.

    Make these settings the default for all presentations

    If you want the current settings in the Grid and Guides dialog box to be the default settings for all presentations you open, select Set as Default.

    Tips about grids and guides

    To temporarily override the snap-to options, hold down Alt while you’re dragging an object on the slide.

    To show drawing guides on your screen, under Guide settings, check the Display drawing guides on screen box.

    Drawing guides are a pair of dotted guidelines, one vertical and one horizontal, that intersect at the center of the slide. When drawing guides are on, objects will snap to these lines when dragged within a threshold of a few pixels.

    When Display smart guides . is turned on, guides appear to aid you in aligning and spacing one object in relation to others.

    If the Snap objects to grid box is checked, you can draw in straight lines when you draw a freeform shape .

    See Also

    Turn snap to grid on or off

    Select View > Guides > Snap to Grid.

    Turn dynamic guides on or off

    Select View > Guides > Dynamic Guides.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    Tip: For fine control over placement of objects on a slide, hold down Command while dragging.

    Add or remove guides

    Drawing guides can help you position shapes and objects on slides. Drawing guides can be shown or hidden, and you can add or delete them. When you drag a guide, the distance to the center of the slide is shown next to the pointer. Drawing guides are not visible during a slide show and do not print in a presentation.

    (This information about adding/removing guides doesn’t apply to PowerPoint for Mac 2011.)

    To show or hide guides, select Guides on the View tab.

    To add a guide, Ctrl+click or right-click on your slide, point to Guides, and then select Add Vertical Guide or Add Horizontal Guide.

    To remove a guide, Ctrl+click or right-click the guide line, and then select Delete on the menu.

    You can change the color of a guide, allowing you to use colors to denote different meanings or just make a guide stand out from the background. Right-click the guide, select Color, and make your selection. (This feature is available in PowerPoint 2019 for Mac and PowerPoint for Microsoft 365 for Mac.)

    How can you customize your PowerPoint workspace to make it easier to create and edit presentations? In this article and the video below, we’ll look at how to simplify the layout and alignment of objects in your presentations by working with the PowerPoint slide layout tools including rulers, drawing guides, and gridlines.

    Setting up the Ruler, Gridlines & Guides

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    When you are preparing a presentation, make sure to turn on PowerPoint’s helpful visual on-screen references, including:

    • The horizontal and vertical rulers
    • Layout gridlines
    • Drawing guides

    Each of these options will help you more easily align objects in a slide. When turned on, guides, gridlines, and the rulers display on every slide and in other slide show presentations. It’s also good to know none of these PowerPoint slide layout tools will show up when your presentation is printed or displayed as a slide show.

    To turn on the ruler, gridlines, or guides:

    • Pick the View tab and then move to the Show group, where you’ll see checkboxes for Ruler, Gridlines, and Guides.

    Although you could turn all of them on at the same time, it will be easier to see how each one of these may be helpful to you. And so, you may want to start working first with one or two options such as the Ruler and Gridlines.

    Ruler

    To turn the rulers on or off:

    • Pick the View tab and then move to the Show group, where you’ll see checkboxes for Ruler, Gridlines, and Guides. Select Ruler, or
    • Press the Ruler shortcut: [Shift] + [Alt] + [F9]

    Rulers display at the top and left of your Normal view of the slide. The center of the horizontal and vertical rulers are set at 0 (zero). The measurements on the rulers correspond with the dimensions set for the on-screen slide, which is a widescreen format by default. As you move your mouse on the slide, you will see a dynamic marker or reference in the rulers, which can be helpful when moving objects.

    Gridlines

    When you enable gridlines in PowerPoint, a grid appears like graph paper lines on your slide with primary horizontal and vertical lines every inch with markers (dots) every 1/12 of an inch (if using inches as your unit of measure).

    To turn gridlines on or off:

    • Pick the View tab and choose the Gridlines checkbox in the Show group, or
    • Press the Gridlines keyboard shortcut: [Shift] + [F9].

    You may have already used the grid without even realizing it because a feature called Snap objects to grid is turned on even if the grid is not displayed. The snap feature means that when you move objects or placeholders of any kind, it may seem to “jump” as you move it. It is a lot easier to understand and work with the snap to grid option when the grid is displayed.
    For more specific placement of objects in a PowerPoint slide, you might find it helpful to have a smaller spacing on the grid.

    To change the grid spacing:

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    1. From the View tab, click the dialog launcher for the Show group (the arrow in the bottom-right corner of the group). The Grid and Guides dialog box appears.
    2. Optionally, turn off the Snap objects to grid feature.
    3. Change the Spacing setting for a different grid, for example, to 1/16” spacing (if your unit of measure is inches), or pick a choice that fits your layout preferences. Check the option Display grid on screen if the grid isn’t already displayed.

    This dialog box is also one way to turn on drawing guides in PowerPoint.

    Drawing Guides

    With many presentations, it is also useful to enable on-screen guidelines. When the guides are turned on, vertical and horizontal lines display at the center points of the ruler. This is another reason why it’s helpful to turn on the ruler to use it along with your guides and potentially with the grid as well.

    To turn guides on or off:

    • Pick the View tab and choose the Guides checkbox in the Show group, or
    • Press the Drawing Guides keyboard shortcut: [Alt] + [F9], or
    • Check the Display drawing guides on screen from the Grid and Guides dialog box (see above)

    To move or copy guides:

    • Move: To move a guide, hover your move over the guide and press and hold your mouse as you drag the guide to a new location.
    • Copy: For more complicated layouts, you can create additional guidelines to give you more reference points in your slides. To copy a guideline instead of move it, press and hold [Ctrl] as you drag the guideline to another location.

    How will you use these time-saving and handy PowerPoint slide layout options to create and edit your slides?

    Were these PowerPoint tips helpful? Discover more PowerPoint techniques and shortcuts TheSoftwarePro.com/PowerPoint.

    By Dawn Bjork, MCT, MOSM, CVP, The Software Pro®
    Microsoft Certified Trainer, Productivity Speaker, Certified Virtual Presenter

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    Align Shapes, Images and Other Objects in PowerPoint

    by Avantix Learning Team | Updated May 17, 2021

    Applies to: Microsoft ® PowerPoint ® 2013, 2016, 2019 and 365 (Windows)

    You can align objects in PowerPoint in several ways. Objects you align may be shapes, images, placeholders or text boxes. However, you can also align charts, tables and SmartArt objects. The most common way to align objects is to use the Align command which appears on multiple tabs in the Ribbon.

    Note: Buttons and Ribbon tabs may display in a different way (with or without text) depending on your version of PowerPoint, the size of your screen and your Control Panel settings. For PowerPoint 365 users, Ribbon tabs may appear with different names. For example, the Picture Tools Format tab may appear as Picture Format and the Drawing Tools Format tab may appear as Drawing Format or Shape Format.

    Do you want to learn more about PowerPoint? Check out our virtual classroom or live classroom PowerPoint courses >

    1. Aligning objects using the Align command

    You can use the Align command in the Ribbon to align objects.

    Below is the Align command in PowerPoint 365 on a 17 inch screen:

    To align objects using the Align command in the Ribbon:

    1. Select the objects by clicking the first object and then pressing Shift or Ctrl and clicking on the other objects. If you are selecting a text box or placeholder, Shift or Ctrl-click its edge. You can also select multiple objects by clicking in a blank area and dragging around them.
    2. Click the Format tab in the Ribbon. This tab may appear as Picture Tools Format, Picture Format, Drawing Tools Format, Drawing Format, Shape Format or Graphic Format depending on the objects you have selected and your version of PowerPoint. Alternatively, you can also click the Home tab.
    3. In the Arrange group, click Align. A drop-down menu appears. Align selected objects should be selected. If it is not selected, choose Align selected objects and then click Align again.
    4. Select Align Left, Align Center, Align Right, Align Top, Align Middle or Align Bottom.

    The alignment options align selected objects as follows:

    • Align Left aligns objects along their left edges
    • Align Center aligns objects vertically through their centers
    • Align Right aligns objects along their right edges
    • Align Top aligns objects along their top edges
    • Align Middle aligns objects horizontally through their middles
    • Align Bottom aligns objects along their bottom edges

    Note: Align is not available when you right-click and display the context or drop-down menu.

    You can right-click Align in the Ribbon and select Add to Quick Access Toolbar from the drop-down menu to add it to the Quick Access Toolbar (which appears above or below the Ribbon).

    In the following example, the objects in the middle of the slide have been aligned by their top edges:

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    2. Aligning an object or objects to the slide

    You can also align an object or objects to the slide. It’s usually best to align one object (which could be a grouped object) to the slide.

    To align an object or objects to the slide using the Align command in the Ribbon:

    1. Select the object or objects by clicking the first object and then pressing Shift or Ctrl and clicking on the other objects. If you are selecting a text box or placeholder, Shift or Ctrl-click its edge. You can also select multiple objects by clicking in a blank area and dragging around them.
    2. Click the Format tab in the Ribbon. This tab may appear as Picture Tools Format, Picture Format, Drawing Tools Format, Drawing Format, Shape Format or Graphic Format depending on the objects you have selected and your version of PowerPoint. Alternatively, you can also click the Home tab.
    3. In the Arrange group, click Align. A drop-down menu appears.
    4. Select Align to Slide if it is not selected.
    5. Click Align again.
    6. From the drop-down menu, select Align Left, Align Center, Align Right, Align Top, Align Middle or Align Bottom.

    3. Aligning objects using guides

    You can also display guides (static guides) and use them to align objects. Smart Guides may also appear when you drag objects.

    To use guides to align objects:

    1. Right-click in a blank area of the slide.
    2. Select Grids and Guides from the drop-down menu.
    3. Select Guides from the sub-menu to show the guides. Note that these guides are different from gridlines or Smart Guides. PowerPoint displays a horizontal and vertical guide by default.
    4. Drag the guides to the desired location. You can also right-click a guide and add a new guide.
    5. Select each object and drag it to the guide to align it.
    6. Repeat for other objects.
    7. Right-click in a blank area of the slide.
    8. Select Grids and Guides from the drop-down menu.
    9. Select Guides from the sub-menu to hide the guides.

    You can also show and hide guides using the View tab in the Ribbon.

    In the example below, we’ve displayed guides and used them to align icons by their top edges (guides may be difficult to see because they are a light grey by default):

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    In PowerPoint 2013 and later versions, you can right-click a guide and change its color.

    When an object is close to a guide, it will normally snap to the guide. Objects may also align to an invisible grid when you are moving them. To turn this off, check out How to Turn Off Snap to Grid in PowerPoint.

    4. Copying and aligning objects

    When you copy multiple objects, you can align them as well.

    To copy an object and align it with the first object:

    1. Select an object. If the object is a text box or placeholder, click its edge.
    2. Press Ctrl and Shift and drag the object to a new location to make a copy. If you press Ctrl while you drag an object, PowerPoint makes a copy of the object. If you press Shift as well as Ctrl, the object will stay aligned with the previous object. Do not perform any other actions.
    3. Press Ctrl + Y to repeat. Another object will be created to the right or below the second object and aligned with the previous object.
    4. Continue pressing Ctrl + Y to make more copies of the object.

    Use alignment to align PowerPoint objects and create well-designed slides. Unfortunately, there is not a built-in keyboard shortcut to align objects so consider adding Align to your Quick Access Toolbar.

    Subscribe to get more articles like this one

    Did you find this article helpful? If you would like to receive new articles, join our email list.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    When you’re working with multiple objects on a slide, PowerPoint offers some great tools help you perfectly align them.

    Smart Guides

    Smart Guides are turned on automatically. Clicking and dragging an object will reveal Smart Guides when the object aligns with other things on the slide.

      Click and drag an object until alignment guides appear.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    Align and Distribute

    1. Select the objects you want to position.
    2. Click the Format tab.
    3. Click the Align Objects button.
    4. Select an alignment option:
      • Left
      • Center
      • Right
      • Top
      • Middle
      • Bottom

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    Gridlines

    Just like a sheet of graph paper, the grid in PowerPoint consists of horizontal and vertical lines that help you draw and position objects.

    1. Click the View tab.
    2. Select the Gridlines check box to turn them on.

    A grid appears on the slide which you can use to align objects.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    Guides

    Unlike gridlines, which are stationary, drawing guides can be moved around to help you arrange objects on a slide.

      Select the Guides check box on the View tab to turn them on.

    Horizontal and vertical guides appear on the slide. You can click and drag them wherever you want.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    Move with Arrow Keys

    If the other alignment options don’t work for your needs, freely move objects using the arrow keys on the keyboard. This option is particularly helpful if you just need to move the object a short distance.

    1. Select the object(s) you want to move.
    2. Tap the arrow keys on the keyboard to nudge the objects to the desired position.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    FREE Quick Reference

    Free to distribute with our compliments; we hope you will consider our paid training.

    Learn how to add more guides in PowerPoint 2016 for Windows.

    Author: Geetesh Bajaj

    Product/Version: PowerPoint 2016 for Windows

    OS: Windows 7 and higher

    Date Created: December 8, 2015
    Last Updated: July 11, 2018

    Once you have made Guides visible on your PowerPoint slides, they show up in the same position on all other slides within the presentation. You’ll find that only two Guides, one horizontal and one vertical Guide are visible at first, and these two Guides intersect at the center of the slide (see Figure 1). Most of the time, this might work for you, but you can actually add more Guides since these can help in positioning slide objects better across successive slides.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects
    Figure 1: Guides on the PowerPoint slide

    You typically add more Guides in PowerPoint using the drag-to-spawn process that we explain on this page. Additionally you can also use the Guide options in PowerPoint 2016 to add new Guides.

    Follow these steps to spawn new Guides:

    1. Launch PowerPoint 2016, and make sure that the Guides are visible. In Figure 2 you can see an empty slide with default Guides visible.
    2. How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects
      Figure 2: PowerPoint slide with default Guides
    3. It’s a good idea to make the Ruler visible in your presentation, as you can see highlighted in red within Figure 3. Making the rulers visible gives you a better idea of how you want to position the new Guides.
    4. How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects
      Figure 3: Rulers made visible in PowerPoint
    5. Place your cursor over any of the guides (we placed the cursor over a Vertical Guide), and click it so that it is selected, don’t let go your mouse click yet. As long as the Guide shows digits defining its position in the cursor (highlighted in red within Figure 4), you can be assured that it has been selected.
    6. How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects
      Figure 4: Digits shown on the cursor

    When you move an object on a PowerPoint slide, the object will normally snap to an invisible grid by default. This can be irritating so you may want to temporarily override the snap to grid behavior or turn off snap to grid permanently.

    Do you want to learn more about PowerPoint? Check out our virtual classroom or live classroom PowerPoint courses >

    Temporarily override snap to grid using Alt

    To move an object and temporarily override “snap to” settings, simply press Alt while dragging the object. Ensure that you are dragging the object by a border, not a handle.

    This Alt + drag trick also works in combination with the Ctrl key when dragging so if you press Alt + Ctrl and drag an object, a non-snapping copy of the selected object will be created.

    Temporarily override snap to grid by nudging

    If you select an object and then press Ctrl + an arrow key, the object will be nudged in the direction of the arrow and will not snap to grid.

    Permanently turn off snap to grid

    You can turn off snap to grid permanently for a presentation using the Grid and Guides dialog box:

    1. Click the View tab in the Ribbon.
    2. In the Show group, click the dialog box launcher on the bottom right corner of the group. A dialog box appears. Alternatively, you can right-click in a slide and select Grid and Guides from the context menu.
    3. Uncheck Snap objects to grid. If you click Set as Default, snap to grid will be turned off for all presentations. Otherwise, snap to grid will be turned off only for the current presentation.
    4. Click OK.

    Below is the Grid and Guides dialog box:

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    Each method has its benefits and you’ll be able to place an object exactly where you want it.

    Subscribe to get more articles like this one

    Did you find this article helpful? If you would like to receive new articles, join our email list.

    PowerPoint can be configured to use a grid system and rulers, however these options have different uses depending on your needs.

    • Rulers are great to keep control about the width and height of the presentation slides as well as placing and keeping control of shapes and objects positions inside the slide. Rulers let you determine and measure where your objects are placed in relation to each other on one or more slides.
    • Grids can be considered as a series of imaginary horizontal and vertical lines equally spaced over the entire slide area.

    In order to configure grid, rulers and snap rules in PowerPoint, you need to click somewhere in the PowerPoint background and then choose Grid and Guides to see the grid options, or Ruler option to display or remove the rulers from the edges.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    Inside the grid options you can find several options that include:

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    • Snap to. Checkboxes that let you choose if you want to snap objects to grid or other objects.
    • Grid settings. Let you configure the grid spacing and display the grid on the screen or not.
    • Guide settings. Let you choose to display drawing guides on the screen or display smart guides when shapes are aligned.

    You can set up the grid system to be used as default for all future presentations or just for the default presentations.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    If you have been using PowerPoint for creating your presentations and slideshows, you should be aware of the Smart Guides feature available on the platform. The option is available on almost all components of your Office Suite, including Word, Excel, and PowerPoint. However, the functionality assumes a lot of importance on PowerPoint. How would you turn on the Smart Guides on your PowerPoint? Let us check out the details on how to do it in this post.

    What is Smart Guide Feature?

    The Smart Guides feature has now been renamed to Snap to Grid and Snap to Object in the latest version of Office suite. This feature is an excellent option for aligning multiple objects for a cleaner and a professional look to your slides.

    What exactly is the Smart guide functionality? In fact, the functionality is not exclusive for PowerPoint. You would find it on other programs on your office suites such as Word and Excel as well. The feature is quite useful when you are moving, resizing or drawing a shape or other object.

    The object you are moving or resizing can be snapped right into the nearest position. The object snaps into the right intersection inside the grid. You should be able to do it even when you do not see the grid. You can also use it to snap your object with other objects.

    The service does not come enabled by default. You will need to allow it to make the Smart Guides work efficiently.

    How to Turn on PowerPoint Smart Guides?

    The Smart Guides feature is renamed to Snap To. Enabling it should be quite simple and easy enough.

    Follow the steps here below to enable or turn on Smart Guides feature on PowerPoint –

    • Launch your PowerPoint application.
    • Locate the Viewtab and find Show,group on it.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    • Click on the launcher for the dialog box. You will need to click on the icon showed in the above image through the arrow.
    • If you want to enable Smart Guides and looking ahead to snap the shapes and other objects to the intersection grid that is closest enough to you, find the option Snap Toand then make sure the option Snap objects to the grid is checked.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    That does it. This is exactly where you can turn on the option for Smart Guides or the newly launched Snap to Grid option.

    You can disable or turn off the function by unchecking the option.

    Another method you can use for enabling the Smart Guides would be to follow the example here below –

    • Click on an Empty space on your slide.
    • Next, on the context menu that appears, hover your mouse on the option Grid and Guides
    • You can find the option to enable Smart Guides.
    • Locate Smart Guides option and click on it to enable it.

    Here are a few options that should help you in effectively using the functionality of the Smart guide.

    How to Align the Objects?

    Aligning the objects should be an excellent and easy option with your PowerPoint application.

    Here is what you are expected to do –

    • Select the objects you would want to align. If you have multiple objects to align, you can press Shift and choose your objects.
    • Once you do that, you should find the Formatoption come up on the ribbon.
    • Choose Shape Formatoption and then choose Align

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    • You can select the options of your choice for the proper formatting requirements –
    1. Align left, Align Right or Align Center
    2. Align Top, Align Bottom or Align Middle
    3. Distribute vertically or Distribute horizontally

    The Smart Guides feature can be quite practical and useful in many circumstances. One of the excellent options that the Smart Guides feature tends to be helpful would include Reposition.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    The best benefit offered by the Smart Guides functionality shown as in the above example should provide you input into the reposition feature. Find the above two triangles and consider a situation where you need to reposition the top of both the triangles.

    As you begin moving the smaller triangle upward, you will find that you get the dotted line that guides you to the top of the triangle and helps you reposition the second triangle effectively and accurately.

    A few other options where a Smart Guide can help you out would be to resize your images. You can also distribute or align them in a perfect manner with the help of Smart Guides.

    Can We use Smart Guides functionality in Word?

    Well, the Snap To options have also been made available on Word as well. Of course, slightly off topic, we thought it might be practical enough to include a little information on the feature and how it can you enable or turn it on Word.

    • Once you have added an image, choose it.
    • On the Picture Formatoption, locate Align
    • Locate the option Grid Settingson the Align tab.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    • Next, under the Grid Settings Dialog box, locate the Show Gridtab and check the box for Snap objects to grid when the gridlines are not displayed. This will let you snap objects and shapes to the nearest intersection of the grid.

    You may also have other options to snap the objects to the grid-

    • Locate the Object Snappingtab and check the options for Snap objects to other objects.This can help you lock the objects to other objects and shapes.
    • If you do not want to use the features, it may be a good idea to turn off the functionality by unchecking the above options.

    The Concluding Thoughts

    The Smart guides feature on your Microsoft PowerPoint or Office 365 should be an excellent option for an enhanced alignment of your objects. Of course, enabling it is not something rather difficult, but finding the right choices to allow it may be a little tricky. We assume that the tips and guidance as outlined in this compilation for enabling it should be helpful enough in many ways.

    If you find the tips shared here helpful enough for your needs, we would consider our efforts have paid off. Please note that the Smart Guides functionality is quite useful, but has been since renamed and redesigned.

    Storyline 360 has a design grid, drawing guides, and a ruler to make it easier to position and align objects in your project.

    Displaying the Design Grid

    The design grid is a series of horizontal and vertical dotted lines that display on your slide while you’re editing. The grid won’t appear in your published output; it’s only visible while you’re building slides. Here’s an example of what the grid looks like on a slide.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    To show the design grid, do any of the following:

    • Press Shift+F9 on your keyboard.
    • Go to the View tab on the ribbon and mark the Gridlines box.
    • Go to the View tab on the ribbon and click Grid and Guides. Mark the box to Display grid on screen and click OK.
    • Select any object, go to the Home tab, click Arrange, scroll to Align, and choose View Gridlines.
    • Right-click anywhere in the slide workspace and choose Grid and Guides. Mark the box to Display grid on screen and click OK.

    Changing Your Grid Settings

    To set your preferences for the way gridlines display, use the Grid and Guides window. To open the Grid and Guides window, do any of the following:

    • Go to the View tab and click Grid and Guides.
    • Select any object, go to the Home tab, click Arrange, scroll to Align, and choose Grid Settings.
    • Right-click anywhere in the slide workspace and choose Grid and Guides.

    How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

    Here are the options you can set on the Grid and Guides window:

    Snap options

    Mark either or both of these boxes to force objects to snap to gridlines or other objects on the slide.

    When these options are enabled, you can still move an object without snapping it by holding down the Alt key while dragging the object. This temporarily disables snapping. When you release the Alt key, snapping will resume.

    Spacing

    Enter a value (in pixels) for grid spacing, or use the arrows to increase/decrease the value.

    Display grid on screen

    Use this box to turn the grid on or off.

    Display drawing guides on screen

    Drawing guides are lines that you add to the slide to help you align objects.

    They won’t appear in your published output; they’re only visible when you’re editing slides.

    See the next section in this user guide for more information on adding, adjusting, and removing guides.

    Display smart guides when shapes are aligned

    Smart guides are temporary visual guidelines that appear when you’re moving objects around and two objects come into alignment with each other. They disappear as soon as you release your mouse button to drop an object into place.

    Mark the box if you want them to appear. Uncheck it if you don’t want to use smart guides.

    Lock guides

    Mark this box to lock guidelines in place so you don’t accidentally move them while working with other objects on the slide.

    Set as Default

    Click this button to use the same settings in other projects.

    Working with Drawing Guides

    Drawing guides help you align objects. Drawing guides won’t appear in your published output. They’re only visible when you’re building slides.

    You can turn drawing guides on by marking the box to Display drawing guides on screen on the Grid and Guides window shown above. Another way to enable drawing guides is to go to the View tab on the ribbon and mark the Guides box.

    When drawing guides are first enabled, four guidelines appear on the slide—two horizontal and two vertical. You can add more guidelines and move them around the slide.

    To create a new guide

    Use any of these methods to create a new guideline:

    • Double-click a ruler to create a new guideline at that point.
    • Click a ruler and drag away from it to create a new guideline.
    • Right-click the slide where you want a new guideline to appear, then choose one of the guideline options.
    • Hold the Ctrl key as you drag an existing guideline to create a new one.

    To move a guide

    Click and drag a guide to move it.

    An arrow will appear, showing the number of pixels you’ve moved the guide. Positive numbers indicate a rightward or upward movement (relative to the center of the slide), and negative numbers indicate leftward or downward movement.

    You can also select a guideline and nudge it with your arrow keys, one pixel at a time.

    To delete a guide

    To delete a guide, select it and press the Delete key on your keyboard.

    Displaying the Ruler

    The ruler is another handy alignment tool. It makes common tasks easier, such as drawing shapes and positioning drawing guides.

    Display and use gridlines and guides

    • Office Tips
    • Latest Tips
    • Tips
      • Word Tips
      • Excel Tips
      • Outlook Tips
      • PowerPoint Tips
      • Office Tips
      • Expolorer Tips
      • Citrix Tips

      Display and use gridlines and guides

      You can use gridlines to identify the center of your slide or document and position shapes and objects more precisely.

      In Excel 2007, gridlines also make it easy to enter and find data in your worksheet. And in Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2007, you can use drawing guides to position shapes and objects on slides.

      Overview of gridlines and drawing guides

      Gridlines

      Gridlines make it easier to align shapes and objects by giving you a visual cue in relation to the objects and the slide, document, or worksheet. In Excel 2007, the primary purpose of gridlines is to distinguish cell boundaries.

      You can show or hide gridlines and you can change grid and guide settings by choosing from a range of preset measurements. Gridlines are not visible during a slide show and they do not print in a presentation or document. In Excel 2007, it is possible to print gridlines.

      The drawing grid includes an option, called snap to, that aligns objects to the nearest intersection of the grid or to another object as you draw or move objects.

      Tip To temporarily override the snap to options, hold down ALT while you drag the shape or object.

      Drawing guides

      In PowerPoint 2007, you can also use drawing guides to position shapes and objects on slides. Drawing guides can be shown or hidden, and you can add or delete guides as well. When you drag a guide, the distance to the center of the slide is shown next to the pointer. Drawing guides are not visible during a slide show and do not print in a presentation.

      Use the grid to help align objects more precisely, particularly in relation to each other.

      In PowerPoint 2007 use one or more guides to arrange objects evenly, with or without the grid turned on.

      Display gridlines

      Word

      • Click the shape or object in the document.
      • Under Drawing Tools on the Format tab, in the Arrange group, click Align , and then click View Gridlines.

      If you do not see the Drawing Tools or Format tabs, make sure that you selected a shape or an object.

      • To display only some gridlines, after clicking Align, click Grid Settings, and then under Show grid, click the number of gridlines that you want to display in the Vertical every or Horizontal every lists.
      • By default, shapes and other objects snap to the nearest intersection of gridlines only if the grid is visible. You can override this by selecting the check box.

      Excel

        On the View tab, in the Show/Hide group, select the Gridlines check box.

      PowerPoint

        On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align , then click View Gridlines.

      Display drawing guides in PowerPoint 2007

      • On the Home tab, in the Drawing group, click Arrange, point to Align , then click Grid Settings .

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Images, icons, text boxes and shapes constitute the elements of the slides in a presentation. Keeping them properly aligned and arranged will help you grab your audience’s attention and convey your message in an effective manner. In this tutorial, we’ll teach you step by step how to arrange and align the elements in PowerPoint.

      Aligning an Object

      • Open your PowerPoint presentation.
      • Select the object you want to align.
      • Drag it around on the slide. You’ll see some little lines—these are the guides, which you can use as a reference to align the selected object with respect to the other elements on the slide.

      Aligning Two or More Objects

      • Open your PowerPoint presentation and select multiple objects. To do this, click an object, hold Shift and then click other elements to add them to the selection.
      • Once you’ve selected them, go to the Home tab and click Arrange → Align → Align Selected Objects. This way, the elements will be aligned taking their own positions into account.
      • Go back to Arrange → Align.
      • You’ll see different options to choose from:

      Align Left: The selected objects will be aligned to the left side.

      Aligning to the left

      Align Center: The selected objects will be vertically centered.

      Aligning to the center

      Align Right: The selected objects will be aligned to the right side.

      Aligning to the right

      Align Top: The selected objects will be aligned to the top.

      Aligning to the top

      Align Middle: The selected elements will be horizontally centered to the slide.

      Aligning to the middle

      Align Bottom: The selected elements will be aligned to the bottom.

      Aligning to the bottom

      You’ll find the same options in the Align drop-down menu, which is in the Arrange group, on the Shape Format tab (please note that this tab won’t appear unless you select the objects first).

      Aligning Two or More Objects to the Slide

      • Open your PowerPoint presentation.
      • Select multiple objects. To do so, click any object, hold Shift and then click other elements to add them to the selection.
      • Once you’ve selected them, go to the Home tab and click Arrange → Align → Align to Slide.
      • Go back to Arrange → Align. You’ll see different options to choose from:
        Align Left: The selected objects will be aligned to the left side of the slide.

      Align Center: The selected objects will be vertically centered to the slide.

      Aligning to the center

      Align Right: The selected objects will be aligned to the right side of the slide.

      Aligning to the right

      Align Top: The selected elements will be aligned to the top part of the slide.

      Aligning to the top

      Align Middle: The selected elements will be horizontally centered to the slide.

      Aligning to the middle

      Align Bottom: The selected elements will be aligned to the bottom part of the slide.

      Aligning to the bottom

      You’ll find the same options in the Align drop-down menu, which is in the Arrange group, on the Shape Format tab (please note that this tab won’t appear unless you select the objects first).

      Distributing Selected Objects

      • Open your PowerPoint presentation and select multiple elements. To do so, hold Shift while clicking each object.
      • Once you’ve selected them, go to the Home tab and click Arrange → Align → Align Selected Objects. This way, the objects will be distributed taking their own positions into account.
      • Go back to Arrange → Align. If you now choose Distribute Horizontally, the selected objects will be evenly distributed horizontally.
      • If you choose Distribute Vertically, the selected objects will be evenly distributed vertically.

      You’ll find the same options in the Align drop-down menu, which is in the Arrange group, on the Shape Format tab (please note that this tab won’t appear unless you select the objects first).

      Distributing Objects to the Slide

      • Open your PowerPoint presentation.
      • Select two or more elements. To do so, hold Shift while clicking each one of them.
      • Once you’ve selected them, go to the Home tab and click Arrange → Align → Align to Slide. This way, the selected elements will be distributed on the entire slide.
      • Go back to Arrange → Align. If you choose Distribute Horizontally, the selected objects will be evenly distributed horizontally.
      • If you choose Distribute Vertically, the selected objects will be evenly distributed vertically.
      • You’ll find the same options in the Align drop-down menu, which is in the Arrange group, on the Shape Format tab (please note that this tab won’t appear unless you select the objects first).

      Arranging an Object

      • Open your PowerPoint presentation.
      • Select an object.
      • Go to the Home tab and click the Arrange drop-down arrow.
      • If you choose Bring to Front, the object will be placed top of the others.
      • If you choose Send to Back, the selected object will be behind all the other elements.
      • If you choose Bring Forward, the selected object will go up one layer, which means it will be on top of all the elements that are placed on lower levels.
      • If you choose Send Backward, the selected object will go down one layer, which means it will be behind all the elements that are placed on higher levels.

      You’ll find the same options in the Align drop-down menu, which is in the Arrange group, on the Shape Format tab (please note that this tab won’t appear unless you select the objects first).

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Have you ever worked in PowerPoint and tried to move an image to an exact place it just wouldn’t go? If you could (and sometimes do) spend hours making sure your PowerPoint images are in the perfect spot, try these five tips to get your images exactly where you want them in no time at all.

      PowerPoint Tip #1 – Control

      Instead of using just the arrow key or moving images around with your cursor, try holding down the CTRL key while using the arrow key. This way, your image will be nudged in the direction you want instead of jumping to a place that’s just a little too far (or not far enough).

      PowerPoint Tip #2 – Align

      When you want two or more PowerPoint images lined up exactly, use the Align function (below). For example, if your images are aligned vertically on the page, click on one, then hold down the Shift key and click on the other images you’d like lined up with it (select all images). Select the Format tab, then click on Align. Next, click Left, Center, or Right to choose the appropriate alignment.

      If your images are horizontal, repeat the same steps, but choose Top, Middle, or Bottom for your alignment options.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      PowerPoint Tip #3 – Grid

      The grid feature provides another way to align your PowerPoint images. Click on any image, go to the Format tab and select View Gridlines. When the grid appears, you will have a better idea of image alignment and spacing by using the gridlines as your guide.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      PowerPoint Tip #4 – Distribute

      When you have a bunch of images on a slide, it’s more pleasing to the eye when they are spaced out evenly. This is simple to do.

      First, turn on your gridlines. Then, if your images are going horizontally across the slide, place the image on the far left and the image on the far right in the places you want them using the gridlines as your guide. Then select all images, go to the Format tab, click Align and select Distribute Horizontally. You can do the same if your images are vertical on the page by repeating the above steps and clicking Distribute Vertically. Now you have perfectly spaced images.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      PowerPoint Tip #5 – Position

      You can get really precise using the Position function. Click on an image, select Size and then select Position. Here you can manually change the horizontal and vertical position on the slide by putting your cursor in the text box and typing in a numerical value up to two decimal points.

      This is helpful when you want images on different slides to be in the same spot. For instance, if you are creating a case study PowerPoint and each slide has a different logo on it, the position tool works wonders when it comes to getting them all in the same position on different slides.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      That’s it! If you follow these simple tips, your PowerPoint images will always be put in their place.

      Looking to drive sales productivity at your organization? Learn more about how Brainshark can help.

      Learn how to draw a big red line around important text for emphasis on a PowerPoint slide.

      If you’re like me, you’re always on the lookout for interesting ways to draw attention to a specific point or object in a slide. When a bold rubber stamp type emphasis is needed, you might try drawing a circle around the object or text–right before the audience’s eyes. It’s easy and it certainly gets the job done.

      First, you need an object or text—something you want emphasized! Remember, this is a rather loud effect, so the message should be equally as bold. (The yellow is just the selection color.)

      The next step is to draw a circular AutoShape over the object by clicking Oval on the Drawing toolbar and dragging inside the slide. In PowerPoint 2007 and 2010, AutoShape is on the Home tab in the Drawing group. Hold down the [Shift] key when you insert the AutoShape to force PowerPoint to draw a circle rather than an oval.

      The default AutoShape will require a little formatting, so right-click the circle and choose Format AutoShape (or Format Shape) from the context menu. On the Colors and Lines tab, set the settings that follow and click OK. (In PowerPoint 2007 and 2010, select Fill, Line Color, and Line Style from the list on the left.)

      • Fill Color: No Fill
      • Line Color: Red, or some other bold color
      • Line Weight: 2 pt or higher.

      After formatting the circle, you’ll probably need to move it around a bit. The text in the circle below is centered.

      Now you’re ready to add the animation that will actually draw the circle. There are several ways to go, but the following instructions will draw the circle in a single stroke automatically (no clicking required):

      1. Right-click the circle and choose Custom Animation.
      2. From the Add Effect dropdown, choose Entrance.
      3. Select Wheel—click More Effects if Wheel isn’t available from the short list. In PowerPoint 2007 and 2010, click the Animation tab and choose Wheel from the Animation group.
      4. From the Start dropdown, choose With Previous.
      5. From the Spokes dropdown, choose 1. In PowerPoint 2007 and 2010, click the Effect Options dropdown in the Animation group.

      This simple but effective attention-getter took almost no work! To see the result, click [F5]. There’s no red circle at first, but as soon as PowerPoint plays the slide, it starts to draw the circle from the top center.

      Feel free to experiment with the settings. The Spokes setting determines the number of line segments drawn simultaneously. Depending on your audience and message, you might want to speed this one up a bit–even Very Fast probably isn’t too fast for this specific example.

      TechRepublic’s Microsoft Office Suite newsletter, delivered every Wednesday, is designed to help your users get the most from Word, Excel, and Access. Automatically sign up today!

      Wrapping text is a formatting function that keeps text within the margins of a page and avoids wasted space by “wrapping” the text to the next line. It is often seen in text boxes and around images in Microsoft Word.

      Microsoft PowerPoint, however, lacks a one-click text wrapping function, but there are ways to work around this.

      In this article, we’ll cover:

      • How to wrap text in a text box
      • How to manually wrap text around an image
      • How to create multiple text boxes around an image

      How to wrap text in a text box

      The simplest way to wrap text in PowerPoint is to create a text box and then format your text in that box.

      To wrap text in a text box on a PowerPoint slide, complete the following steps:

      1. Create a blank slide.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Create a blank slide by clicking Insert, New Slide, and select “Blank” in the menu that appears.

      1. Click the Insert tab within the top menu, and then Text Box.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Click Insert and then Text Box.

      1. To draw a text box, click your mouse in the upper left corner, hold the button down, and drag the box to the bottom right corner.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Click in the upper left corner, hold the mouse button down, and drag your box to the bottom right corner and release.

      1. Enlarge or shrink your text box by selecting one of the corner circles and moving them in or out.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Change the size of your text box by selecting a corner circle and moving it in or out.

      1. Enter your text in the text box.
      2. Select all text by clicking anywhere in the box and pressing CTRL + A.
      3. Click the Justify button on the main menu (an icon with four lines of equal length under the Home menu).

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Click the Justify button.

      1. Your text will now wrap to align with the text box perimeter.

      How to manually wrap text around an image

      One option is to create a text box, add an image, then manually move the text to surround the image. To manually wrap text around an image on a PowerPoint slide, follow the same steps through creating a text box, then:

      1. From the top menu, press Insert and select Pictures from the resulting menu.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      From the Insert menu, select Pictures and then choose an option to insert your photo.

      1. Select your image insertion method of choice, add your file, then place it on your slide. Click the image and drag it to change the location; resize with the circles on each corner of the image.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Drag the corner circles of the image box to resize it within the text box.

      1. Manually move your text around the image to wrap it by placing your cursor next to the last word to the left of the image and pressing the spacebar until your text moves to the right of the image.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Move the text manually to surround the image.

      How to create multiple text boxes around an image

      Another way to mimic text wrapping is to create multiple text boxes and arrange them around an image.

      For example, you can place an image in the middle of the slide and then create four text boxes, one on each side of the image. This will emulate wrapped text.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Creating multiple text boxes around an image is another way to mimic text wrapping in PowerPoint.

      Follow these steps:

      1. Add an image(s) to your slide using the steps outlined in the previous section.
      2. Add a text box on one side of the image.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Add a text box on one side of your image.

      1. Add text to your box, then press the justify button. Repeat this as many times as necessary until you have a text box on each side of your image.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Continue adding text boxes until your image is surrounded.

      Explore presentation software

      While Microsoft PowerPoint has dominated the presentation software market since its development, it’s not the only option out there.

      Copy link to clipboard

      Hi, as title suggests I no longer get the green guidelines which show when the object I am moving is aligned with the bottom/top/middle etc of another object in my document. Tried a couple of things in ‘View’ but hasn’t seemed to solve the problem – probably being stupid but I haven’t got the time to spend ages doing it today! So, yet again, I am here for your help.

      Thanks as always,

      • Follow

      1 Correct answer

      Copy link to clipboard

      Mark, try this. View > Smart Guides

      • Follow

      Copy link to clipboard

      whoa! finally these guides are back on my Illustrator, thanks!

      • Follow

      Copy link to clipboard

      the green guidelines which show when the object I am moving is aligned with the bottom/top/middle etc of another object in my document.

      You seem to be referring to Smart Guides. Since you aren’t specific about what you have tried or not, can you confirm you have Smart Guides activated?

      Which is Cmd + U

      • Follow

      Copy link to clipboard

      • Follow

      Copy link to clipboard

      I agree this is a case of missing Smart Guides; if Smart Guides are ticked but not showing, it may be time to Ctrl+Alt+Shift/Cmd+Option+Shift during startup, or to Move the folder

      Green guidelines? Unless you customize, I presume you are working in Layer 3 (or 30, or 57, or).

      • Follow

      Copy link to clipboard

      Thanks Jacob, the Ctl / Alt / Shift during start-up worked perfectly – that’s a brilliant little tip.

      Appreciate the help as usual, not sure what I’d do without these discussion forums!

      • Follow

      Copy link to clipboard

      P.S. Does the Ctrl Alt Shift function work with Acrobat too? Since a colleague went on my computer, Acrobat has been displaying PDFs in very poor quality.

      • Follow

      Copy link to clipboard

      You are welcome, Mark.

      I am not sure about Acrobat; the normal advice in case of trouble is to reinstall. But you may have a look at Edit>Preferences and see whether there is anything set wrongly.

      • Follow

      Copy link to clipboard

      I thought that would solve it – I’ve re-installed 3 times in the hope it would work finally, but alas no luck! Thanks for the advice anyway, I only asked because the Acrobat forums didn’t offer any answers either.

      • Follow

      Copy link to clipboard

      If you go to Edit>Preferences>General>Display, are the Smooth Text/Line Art/Images ticked (I refer to how it looks in 5)?

      And does it print correctly?

      • Follow

      Copy link to clipboard

      Jacob, yes that all seems to be ticked (as shown in the attached ‘screen capture’). In fact, according to the person using my computer at the time when this happened, she had in face done a screen capture from Acrobat using Snagit. Acrobat then opened up a window asking if she’d like to improve Acrobat for screen captures in future (or something like that, apparently she didn’t take much notice and just followed the instructions because you can almost always trust what Adobe programmes suggest). It’s not been the same since then. It does however print correctly, but it just looks messy on the screen. Thanks.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Here at BrightCarbon we’re always looking for new ways to improve our own PowerPoint productivity and then share that knowledge with the presentation community (that includes you, by the way!). One of the ways we do this is by using VBA code to automate and extend the functionality of PowerPoint. We publish free PowerPoint VBA code snippets here in our blog for you to use and also offer a PowerPoint automation service. This article explains how to grab the code from our articles and use it in your PowerPoint project, so that you can take your productivity to the next level!

      What is VBA?

      Visual Basic for Applications (VBA) is a programming environment for Microsoft Office applications. It’s included with your installation of Office by default ( unless your system administrator has deactivated it ) . PowerPoint VBA provides you with a way to do one of two things using macros and add-ins:

      1. AutomatePowerPoint: If you ever find yourself repeating the same task over and over again, VBA could be your new best friend. Let’s say you have 100 slides and you need to unhide all hidden objects across all those slides . That could take you many eye-straining minutes, but with a PowerPoint VBA it takes around a second.
      1. ExtendPowerPoint: Sometimes PowerPoint doesn’t have the feature you need to complete your task . As an example, if you end up deleting default layouts from a template, there’s no easy way in PowerPoint to get them back. This article includes PowerPoint VBA code to do just that!

      How to open the VBE (Visual Basic Editor)

      Getting to meet your VBA friend is very simple. With PowerPoint open and at least one presentation file open, press Alt+F11 * on your keyboard. This will open the VBE (Visual Basic Editor):

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      *If for some reason Alt+F11 isn’t mapped on your keyboard you can right click anywhere on the ribbon, select Customize the Ribbon… and in the window that appears, tick the Developer Tab check box over on the right hand side before clicking OK to close the window. Now you can click the Visual Basic button within this tab:

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Adding PowerPoint VBA code

      To add some VBA code, you need a container to put it in so go ahead and click Insert from the menu and then select Module :

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      You now have a module ready to paste the VBA code into from one of our blog articles :

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Copy the VBA code from the required blog article by double-clicking on it and then paste it into the Module1 window above. Here’s a very simple example of some code to display a message dialogue :

      You should now see something like this:

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Because this code is just a single Sub procedure called HelloWorld , it’s referred to as a macro.

      Running the PowerPoint VBA macro

      Now you have the macro in your presentation you can use Alt+Tab to return to the more familiar PowerPoint window. From here, the macro can be run by pressing Alt+F8 on your keyboard (or b y clicking the Macros button in the Developer tab) which opens a window containing a list of available macros:

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Saving your file

      With the macro ( s ) in your presentation file you can now use it in that file or with any other PowerPoint file you have open. Bear in mind that to use your macros, the file that contains them must be open. You can add as many modules and macros as you like in a PowerPoint file so you could create your own library of macros in a single file that you then access from all other decks. When you have multiple PowerPoint files open, make sure you select the file that contains your macros in the Macro window by clicking the Macro in drop down :
      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Once you ’ve added VBA code to your presentation, PowerPoint will ask you to save it as a pptm file (the ‘m’ stands for macro) instead of the more familiar pptx format . You can go ahead and do this to either keep a n archive copy of your code-enabled project or to create your personal macro library.

      If you want to distribute your presentation, it’s advisable to save it using the familiar pptx format so that your recipients don’t see lots of verbose security messages when opening pptm files!

      Y ou can make your file saveable as a standard presentation again by right – click ing on each code module in the project explorer pane , clicking Remove ModuleX and either click Yes (if you want to keep a backup of the modules independently of your presentation) or No when asked if you want to save the module before removing it :

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Now your presentation doesn’t include any code and you can save it as a pptx file.

      So, there you have it. You now know how to open the VBE, insert a PowerPoint VBA code module, paste code into it, run the macro and save the file in either pptm or pptx formats. All you need is a cool macro to make your daily life even easier. Keep checking in with our blog for more useful macros – like this one on restoring default slide master layouts!

      Got something extra you’d like PowerPoint to do?

      Check out our PowerPoint automation service which provides you with a custom solution to your specific needs.

      Andrew Gehman
      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objectsAndrew Gehman
      Writer

      Are you looking for an eye catching way to keep your audience interested in your PowerPoint presentations? Today we’ll take a look at how to add animation effects to objects in PowerPoint 2010.

      Select the object you wish to animate and then click the More button in the Animation group of the Animation tab.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Animations are grouped into four categories. Entrance effects, Exit effects, Emphasis effects, and Motion Paths. You can get a Live Preview of how the animation will look by hovering your mouse over an animation effect.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      When you select a Motion Path, your object will move along the dashed path line as shown on the screen. (This path is not displayed in the final output) Certain aspects of the Motion Path effects are editable. When you apply a Motion Path animation to an object, you can select the path and drag the end to change the length or size of the path. The green marker along the motion path marks the beginning of the path and the red marks the end.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      The effects can be rotated by clicking and the bar near the center of the effect.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      You can display additional effects by choosing one of the options at the bottom.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      This will pop up a Change Effect window. If you have Preview Effect checked at the lower left you can preview the effects by single clicking.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Apply Multiple Animations to an Object

      Select the object and then click the Add Animation button to display the animation effects. Just as we did with the first effect, you can hover over to get a live preview. Click to apply the effect. The animation effects will happen in the order they are applied.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Animation Pane

      You can view a list of the animations applied to a slide by opening the Animation Pane. Select the Animation Pane button from the Advanced Animation group to display the Animation Pane on the right. You’ll see that each animation effect in the animation pane has an assigned number to the left.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Timing Animation Effects

      You can change when your animation starts to play. By default it is On Click. To change it, select the effect in the Animation Pane and then choose one of the options from the Start dropdown list. With Previous starts at the same time as the previous animation and After Previous starts after the last animation.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      You can also edit the duration that the animations plays and also set a delay.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      You can change the order in which the animation effects are applied by selecting the effect in the animation pane and clicking Move Earlier or Move Later from the Timing group on the Animation tab.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Effect Options

      If the Effect Options button is available when your animation is selected, then that particular animation has some additional effect settings that can be configured. You can access the Effect Option by right-clicking on the the animation in the Animation Pane, or by selecting Effect Options on the ribbon.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      The available options will vary by effect and not all animation effects will have Effect Options settings. In the example below, you can change the amount of spinning and whether the object will spin clockwise or counterclockwise.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Under Enhancements, you can add sound effects to your animation. When you’re finished click OK.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Animating Text

      Animating Text works the same as animating an object. Simply select your text box and choose an animation.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Text does have some different Effect Options. By selecting a sequence, you decide whether the text appears as one object, all at once, or by paragraph.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      As is the case with objects, there will be different available Effect Options depending on the animation you choose. Some animations, such as the Fly In animation, will have directional options.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Testing Your Animations

      Click on the Preview button at any time to test how your animations look.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      You can also select the Play button on the Animation Pane.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Conclusion

      Animation effects are a great way to focus audience attention on important points and hold viewers interest in your PowerPoint presentations. Another cool way to spice up your PPT 2010 presentations is to add video from the web. What tips do you guys have for making your PowerPoint presentations more interesting?

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      While using a click sequence is adequate for normal use, there may be special cases when you want to show only parts of a presentation at a specific time, or you may want your slide show to be interactive. The ability to trigger an animation when clicking on an object gives you better control of how objects behave on your slides. Combining the two animation control setups is ideal for an effective presentation.

      1. Launch PowerPoint, and open the document you want to edit.

      2. If you have not created an object yet, insert the desired one from the Insert tab. After that, add a custom animation to the object from the Animations tab. By default, the Animation box only shows a small number of animations. Click the small arrow at the bottom right of the box to reveal them all.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      3. Once the animation is applied, highlight the object, and click the Animation Pane button on the ribbon.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      4. The Animation Pane appears on the right side of the program. Highlight the object that you want to edit, click the small drop-down arrow, and choose Effect Options.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      5. In the new pop-up window, switch to the Timing tab. Then click on the Triggers button at the bottom to see more timing controls, choose the Start effect on click of option, and choose the object that will be clicked in the box. Make sure that the object you choose is visible on the slide, or you will not be able to click on it at all.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      6. Click the OK button to save the changes. Come back to the slides, and switch to slide show mode to see how the objects behave, depending on your clicks.

      Change the weight attribute of shape outlines in PowerPoint 2013 for Windows. PowerPoint lets you create thin or thick lines, and compounded lines that combine two or three lines, and more.

      Author: Geetesh Bajaj

      Product/Version: PowerPoint 2013 for Windows

      OS: Microsoft Windows 7 and higher

      Date Created: November 13, 2013
      Last Updated: November 13, 2013

      Learn PowerPoint

      Learn how and why you should be Hiding Slide Titles in PowerPoint.

      We have explained the basics of formatting shape outlines in PowerPoint 2013. Now we take you further ahead to explore how you can change line weight to make the outlines thinner and thicker. So why would you want to alter the weight of an outline? There are many reasons, more often than not, you may want a line that’s almost invisible or very thin, this lets your audience focus on other areas. At other times when you want the attention of your audience to focus on a particular line, then you can do so by increasing its weight. In this tutorial, we will also cover compound lines such as those that encompass double or triple lines.

      Weight is the thickness attribute of the shape outline. You can change the weight all the way from a hairline thin line to a chunky thick line. Figure 1 shows you some weight variations in outlines.

      Figure 1: Width (weight) variations in outlines

      Follow these steps to change the outline weight of a shape:

      1. Open your presentation and select the shape that you want to format.
      2. Alternatively, if you want to start from scratch, launch PowerPoint. Most of the time, PowerPoint will open with a new slide in a presentation, you can change the slide layout to Blank by selecting the Home tab | Layout | Blank option. Then, insert a shape and select it.
      3. We selected a Rectangle shape, as shown in Figure 2. Selecting the shape brings up the Drawing Tools Format tab in the Ribbon, as shown highlighted in red within Figure 2. Activate this Ribbon tab by clicking on it.
      4. Figure 2: Drawing Tools Format tab of the Ribbon

      We have put together a massive collection of resources for PowerPoint Animations. This includes free & premium tips, tricks, tutorials and templates that you can access online to polish your slides and engage your audience.

      We will cover both Custom Animations and Transitions feature in PowerPoint. This includes the new Morph Transition introduced in PowerPoint for Office 365

      About PowerPoint Custom Animations

      Custom Animation is a useful feature in PowerPoint. You can use it to add interaction to your slides and make the presentation more engaging for your audience. Almost any element in your slide – text, photos, graphs, shapes, audio and video can be animated.

      You can add PowerPoint animations to any of these elements in just three steps: (1) Select the object to animate (2) apply an animation, and (3) customize the effects.

      Let us see how to apply animation to different parts of a presentation.

      Custom animation, when used correctly can enhance the effectiveness of your message in your business presentations. #PowerPoint #Tips

      4 Types of Animations

      PowerPoint offers 4 types of Animations:

      You can add more than one animation to the same object. With this feature, it is possible to create a variety of custom animations to suit your specific requirement.

      Animation can help make a PowerPoint presentation more dynamic, and the information more memorable. The most common types of animation effects include entrances and exits.

      Learn how to set up basic animations with these tutorials on Microsoft website.

      [Basic] Add Animations in PowerPoint 2016

      In this easy to follow video, learn how to add animation in PowerPoint 2016. This video shows how to get started and is a primer.

      Customizing Animation Effects

      Once you add an animation to an object, PowerPoint offers further options to customize the animation. Each Animation effect can be controlled using the following additional settings:

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Option 1: Preview Animations

      Animations in PowerPoint can be normally viewed only in Slideshow mode. So if you want to preview the animations you added on a slide, PowerPoint allows you to view them using the Preview option.

      Option 2: Effect Options

      Some effects in PowerPoint like Fly In have additional options available. For example, Fly In animation can be set to Flyin from Left, Right, Top or Bottom of the slide.

      In addition to this, text animation can be further set to: As One Object, All at One or By Paragraph.

      Option 3: Advanced Animation Effects

      These options help you fine tune your animation further. You can:

      Add Animation: Add more animation effects to an object

      Animation Pane: View Animation Pane to view list of animations applied on the slide and modify them.

      Trigger: Start animation on a trigger like on click of a button/text etc. to make your slide more interactive.

      Animation Painter: This lesser known tool can be used to copy all the animations applied to one object and “paint” or replicate the animation to another object. This is a very useful tool to reduce the time taken to create animation effects.

      Option 4: Animation Timing

      The Animation timing tools allow you to control when and how the animations play.

      Start: Animations can start On Click, With Previous and After Previous

      Duration: Controls how long the animation should play for.

      Delay: This feature controls how long after the previous animation the current animation should be played.

      Reorder Animation: When the Animation Pane is open, you can reorder the animations and move them up or down with these tools.

      5. About Animation Pane

      The Animation Pane provides the list of all the animations applied to a slide in once place. You can do the following actions in the Pane:

      An Excel, PowerPoint, & MS Word blog providing handy and creative VBA code snippets. These macro codes are well commented and are completely functional when copied into a module.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      What This VBA Does

      I could not find any way to call the Excel-based alignment actions with VBA, so I set out to create some mathematical equations to get your shapes perfectly aligned. The below code shows how you can use VBA to align two specific shapes in 6 different ways.

      Sub AlignTwoShapes()
      ‘PURPOSE: Align Two Shapes on the Active Spreadsheet
      ‘SOURCE: www.TheSpreadsheetGuru.com/the-code-vault

      Dim Shp1 As Shape
      Dim Shp2 As Shape

      ‘Shape To Align with (Stays put)
         Set Shp1 = ActiveSheet.Shapes(“Shape 1”)
        
      ‘Shape That Gets Aligned (moves)
         Set Shp2 = ActiveSheet.Shapes(“Shape 2”)

      Aligning Based Off Of A User Selection

      I wanted to take this concept a step further and run an alignment action affecting only the shapes that are selected. The below macro code aligns all the other shapes in the selection with the first shape that was selected by the user. Again you can pick which alignment or alignment combination you want by deleting (or commenting out) the unwanted actions in the code.

      Sub AlignMultipleShapes()
      ‘PURPOSE: Align each shape in user’s selection (first shape selected stays put)
      ‘SOURCE: www.TheSpreadsheetGuru.com/the-code-vault

      Dim Shp1 As Shape
      Dim Shp2 As Shape
      Dim x As Integer
      Dim y As Integer

      ‘Count How Many Shapes Are Selected
        x = Windows(1).Selection.ShapeRange.Count

      How Do I Modify This To Fit My Specific Needs?

      Chances are this post did not give you the exact answer you were looking for. We all have different situations and it’s impossible to account for every particular need one might have. That’s why I want to share with you: My Guide to Getting the Solution to your Problems FAST! In this article, I explain the best strategies I have come up with over the years to getting quick answers to complex problems in Excel, PowerPoint, VBA, you name it!

      I highly recommend that you check this guide out before asking me or anyone else in the comments section to solve your specific problem. I can guarantee 9 times out of 10, one of my strategies will get you the answer(s) you are needing faster than it will take me to get back to you with a possible solution. I try my best to help everyone out, but sometimes I don’t have time to fit everyone’s questions in (there never seem to be quite enough hours in the day!).

      I wish you the best of luck and I hope this tutorial gets you heading in the right direction!

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      3D is here! Yes, you can now insert certain types of 3D models into PowerPoint, rotate them and even animate them. At the end, I’ll show you a video of an animated 3D model in PowerPoint.

      To be clear, to get this new feature, you have to have Office 365, which is the subscription version. Office 365 is continually updated and Microsoft adds new features almost monthly. If you paid a one-time fee for Office, you have a static product, and you won’t get the new features.

      Even if you don’t have Office 365, I think you should know what’s coming.

      Here are the steps to insert 3D into PowerPoint.

      Step 1: Get Windows 10 Creators Update

      Supporting 3D models is a pretty involved capability and it starts with Windows itself. A few months ago, Microsoft put out Windows 10 Creators Update, which supports 3D.

      The main area where you’ll see this 3D support is in a new version of an old program, Paint. When you open Paint, you’ll see an Open Paint 3D button which you click to open the special 3D version. You can also find Paint 3D directly on your Windows Start menu.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Note: You don’t have to use Paint 3D to create your 3D objects, but if you don’t already have a program that creates 3D models in one of the accepted formats, it’s an easy way to start. And Microsoft has done a pretty good job of making it easy for amateurs to create 3D models in Paint 3D.

      Step 2: Create a 3D model in Paint 3D

      I’ll assume that you’ll use Paint 3D and describe it briefly, although my point here isn’t to give you a full tutorial in how to use Paint 3D.

      Tip: There are already a number of tutorials on YouTube; just do a search. Note that a lot of what you’ll see if not suitable for business use, but hopefully you’ll learn enough to design your own 3D models.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      On the left is your canvas. At the top is a menu. On the right are tools and settings.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      A quick way to start is to click the 3D icon at the top (the cube) and then scroll down in the right-hand column. You don’t see the scrollbar at first, but click where it should be and it will appear.

      Go ahead and click one of the 3D Objects choices. Then drag on the canvas and use the various rotation options.

      You can add textures, “stickers” and text. Just click everywhere and try out the options. If you click Get More Models, you go to the Remix 3D community where you can find more models (and upload your own). In my experience, these are more silly than businesslike but do check it out to see the amazing 3D models people are creating. When you find one you like, click Remix in Paint 3D to open it in Paint 3D.

      One really helpful tool looks like a clock and it’s a kind of Undo, letting you go back step by step. It’s at the upper right of the Paint 3D window.

      When you’re done, click the File icon and save as a Paint 3D file.

      Then choose File again and export. Choose a file type and you’ll get to name your file and choose a location. I’ve been using 3MF.

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      Step 3: Import your 3D model into PowerPoint

      To insert 3D into PowerPoint, you need PowerPoint 365 and a 3D Models item on the Insert tab (in the Illustrations group). If you don’t have it, you’ll have it soon. I have the Insider Fast setting, so I get new features soonest. Read more about becoming an Office Insider here.

      To insert a 3D model, choose Insert, 3D Models, From a File and navigate to the 3D model you created. Select it and click Open.

      Here are the formats that PowerPoint accepts:

      How to use guidelines to line up powerpoint objects

      • 3D Manufacturing Format: 3MF
      • Filmbox Format: FBX
      • Object Format: OBJ
      • Polygon Format: PLY
      • Stereolithography Format: STL
      • Binary GL Transmission Format: GLB

      When selected, your 3D model will have a 3D rotation icon at its center as you see here. Just drag that icon around in all directions to see how you can rotate it.

      Step 4: Animate it with the Morph transition!

      The coolest way to animate your 3D model is to use the Morph transition, which I explain in this post.

      The Morph transition lets you resize, move, and rotate your 3D model from one slide to the next. In this video, I just rotated my goal posts. I created this model in Paint 3D, using just cylinders.

      These Excel tutorials for beginners include screenshots and examples with detailed step-by-step instructions. Follow the links below to learn everything you need to get up and running with Microsoft’s popular spreadsheet software.

      This article applies to Excel 2019, Excel 2016, Excel 2013, Excel 2010, Excel for Mac, and Excel for Android.

      Understand the Excel Screen Elements

      Understand the Basic Excel Screen Elements covers the main elements of an Excel worksheet. These elements include:

      • Cells and active cells
      • Add sheet icon
      • Column letters
      • Row numbers
      • Status bar
      • Formula bar
      • Name box
      • Ribbon and ribbon tabs
      • File tab

      Explore a Basic Excel Spreadsheet

      Excel Step by Step Basic Tutorial covers the basics of creating and formatting a basic spreadsheet in Excel. You’ll learn how to:

      Create Formulas With Excel Math

      To learn how to add, subtract, multiply, and divide in Excel, see How to Use Basic Math Formulas Like Addition and Subtraction in Excel. This tutorial also covers exponents and changing the order of operations in formulas. Each topic includes a step-by-step example of how to create a formula that carries out one or more of the four basic math operations in Excel.

      Add Numbers With the SUM Function

      Adding rows and columns of numbers is one of the most common operations in Excel. To make this job easier, use the SUM function. Quickly Sum Columns or Rows of Numbers in Excel shows you how to:

      • Understand the SUM function syntax and arguments
      • Enter the SUM function
      • Add numbers quickly with AutoSUM
      • Use the SUM function dialog box

      Move or Copy Data

      When you want to duplicate or move data to a new location, see Shortcut Keys to Cut, Copy, and Paste Data in Excel. It shows you how to:

      • Copy data
      • Paste data with the clipboard
      • Copy and paste using shortcut keys
      • Copy data using the context menu
      • Copy data using menu options on the Home tab
      • Move data with shortcut keys
      • Move data with the context menu and using the Home tab

      Add and Remove Columns and Rows

      Need to adjust the layout of your data? How to Add and Delete Rows and Columns in Excel explains how to expand or shrink the work area as needed. You’ll learn the best ways to add or remove singular or multiple columns and rows using a keyboard shortcut or the context menu.

      Hide and Unhide Columns and Rows

      How to Hide and Unhide Columns, Rows, and Cells in Excel teaches you how to hide sections of the worksheet to make it easier to focus on important data. It’s easy to bring them back when you need to see the hidden data again.

      Enter the Date

      To learn how to use a simple keyboard shortcut to set the date and time, see Use Shortcut Keys to Add the Current Date/Time in Excel. If you prefer to have the date automatically update every time the worksheet is opened, see Use Today’s Date within Worksheet Calculations in Excel.

      Enter Data in Excel

      Dos and Dont’s of Entering Data in Excel covers best practices for data entry and shows you how to:

      • Plan the worksheet
      • Lay out the data
      • Enter headings and data units
      • Protect worksheet formulas
      • Use cell references in formulas
      • Sort data

      Build a Column Chart

      How to Use Charts and Graphs in Excel explains how to use bar graphs to show comparisons between items of data. Each column in the chart represents a different data value from the worksheet.

      Create a Line Graph

      How to Make and Format a Line Graph in Excel in 5 Steps shows you how to track trends over time. Each line in the graph shows the changes in the value for one data value from the worksheet.

      Visualize Data With a Pie Chart

      Understanding Excel Chart Data Series, Data Points, and Data Labels covers how to use pie charts to visualize percentages. A single data series is plotted and each slice of the pie represents a single data value from the worksheet.

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

    In a previous article, I covered the process of batch converting a handful of Markdown files to HTML using pandoc. Several HTML files were created in this article, but pandoc can do a lot more. It has been called “the Swiss Army Knife” of document conversion – and for good reason. There is not much it cannot do.

    Pandoc can convert .docx, .odt, .html, .epub, LaTeX, DocBook etc. to these and other formats like JATS, TEI Simple, AsciiDoc and more.

    Yes, that means pandoc can convert .docx files to .pdf and .html, but you might be thinking, “Word can also export files to .pdf and .html. Why should I need Pandoc? “

    You would have a good point, but since pandoc can convert so many formats, it could become your tool of choice for all of your conversion tasks. For example, many of us know that Markdown editors can export their Markdown files to .html. Pandoc can also convert Markdown files to numerous other formats.

    I rarely export Markdown to HTML; I usually have Pandoc do it.

    Converting file formats with Pandoc

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

    Here I am going to convert Markdown files to various formats. I write almost everything in Markdown syntax, but I often have to convert to another format: .docx files are usually used for schoolwork, .html for web pages I create – and for .epub work, .pdf for flyers and Handouts and occasionally even a TEI Simple file for a university digital humanities project. Pandoc can handle all of this and more with ease.

    First you have to Install Pandoc. LaTeX is also required to create .pdf files. The package I prefer is TeX Live.

    Note: If you’d like to try out pandoc before installing, there is an online test page at: https://pandoc.org/try/

    Install Pandoc and texlive

    Ubuntu and other Debian distros users can type the following commands into the terminal:

    Notice on the second line that you are installing pandoc and texlive at the same time. The apt-get command won’t have a problem with that, but go get coffee; This can take a few minutes.

    Get to the conversion

    Once pandoc and texlive are installed you can blow some work!

    The model document for this project will be an article first published in the North American Review in December 1894, entitled “How to Stop Train Robbers.” The markdown file I’ll be using was created some time ago as part of a restoration project.

    The file: how_to_repel_train_robbers.md is in my Documents directory, in a subdirectory called Samples. This is what it looks like in ghostwriters.

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

    Markdown file in ghostwriter

    I want to create .docx, .pdf, and .html versions of this file.

    The first conversion

    I’ll start by making a .pdf copy first as I went to the trouble of installing a LaTeX package.

    / Documents / samples / directory, I’ll enter the following to create a .pdf file:

    The above command creates a file called htrtr.pdf from the how_to_repel_train_robbers.md file. The reason I used htrtr as the name was because it is shorter than how_to_repel_train_robbers – htrtr is the first letter of each word in the long title.

    Here is a snapshot of the .pdf file once it was created:

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

    Converted PDF file that will be displayed in Ocular

    The second conversion

    Next I want to create a .docx file. The command is almost identical to the one I used to create the PDF and is:

    A .docx file is created in no time. This is what it looks like in Libre Writer:

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

    Converted DOCX file to be viewed in Libre Writer

    The third conversion

    Maybe I want to post this on the web, so a website would be nice. I am creating a .html file with this command:

    Again, the build command is very similar to the last two conversions. This is what the .html file looks like in a browser:

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

    Converted HTML file to be viewed in Firefox

    Already noticed something?

    Let’s look at the past commands again. They are:

    The only difference to these three commands is the extension next to htrtr. This gives you an indication that pandoc is relying on the extension of the output filename you specified.

    diploma

    Pandoc can do much more than the three small modifications here. If you write in a preferred format but need to convert the file to a different format, chances are that pandoc can do it for you.

    What would you do with it? Would you automate that? What if you had a website that your readers could download articles from? You can modify these little commands to work as a script and your readers can decide which format they want. You can offer .docx, .pdf, .odt, .epub or more. Your readers choose, the correct conversion script runs, and your readers download their file. It can be done.

    In an earlier article, I covered the procedure to batch convert a handful of Markdown files to HTML using pandoc. In that article, multiple HTML files were created, but pandoc can do much more. It has been called “the Swiss army knife” of document conversion – and with good reason. There isn’t a lot that it can’t do.

    Pandoc can covert .docx, .odt, .html, .epub, LaTeX, DocBook, etc. to these and other formats, such as JATS, TEI Simple, AsciiDoc, and more.

    Yes, this means that pandoc can convert .docx files to .pdf and .html, but you may be thinking: “Word can export files to .pdf and .html too. Why would I need pandoc?”

    You would have a good point there, but since pandoc can convert so many formats, it could well become your go-to tool for all of your conversion tasks. For example, many of us know that Markdown editors can export its Markdown files to .html. With pandoc, Markdown files can be converted to numerous other formats as well.

    I rarely have Markdown export to HTML; I normally let pandoc do it.

    Converting File Formats with Pandoc

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

    Here, I will convert Markdown files into a few different formats. I do almost all of my writing using Markdown syntax, but I often have to convert to another format: .docx files are usually required for school work, .html for web pages that I create – and for .epub work, .pdf for flyers and handouts, and even an occasional TEI Simple file for a university digital humanities project. Pandoc can handle all of these, and more, easily.

    First, you need to install pandoc. Also, to create .pdf files, LaTeX will be needed as well. The package I prefer is TeX Live.

    Note: If you would like to try out pandoc before installing it, there is an online try-out page at: http://pandoc.org/try/

    Installing pandoc and texlive

    Users of Ubuntu and other Debian distros can type the following commands in the terminal:

    Notice on the second line, you are installing pandoc and texlive in one shot. apt-get command will have no problem with this, but go get some coffee; this may take a few minutes.

    Getting to Conversion

    Once pandoc and texlive are installed, you can burn through some work!

    The sample document for this project will be an article that was first published in the North American Review in December of 1894, and is titled: “How To Repel Train Robbers”. The Markdown file that I will be using was created some time ago as part of a restoration project.

    The file: how_to_repel_train_robbers.md is located in my Documents directory, in a sub-directory named samples. Here is what it looks like in Ghostwriter.

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

    I want to create .docx, .pdf, and .html versions of this file.

    The First Conversion

    I’ll start with making a .pdf copy first, since I went through the trouble of installing a LaTeX package.

    /Documents/samples/ directory, I type the following to create a .pdf file:

    The above command will create a file called htrtr.pdf from the how_to_repel_train_robbers.md file. The reason I used htrtr as a name was that it is shorter than how_to_repel_train_robbers – htrtr is the first letter of each word in the long title.

    Here is a snapshot of the .pdf file once it is made:

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

    The Second Conversion

    Next, I want to create a .docx file. The command is almost identical to the one I used to create the .pdf and it is:

    In no time, a .docx file is created. Here is what it looks like in Libre Writer:

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

    The Third Conversion

    I may want to post this on the web, so a web page would be nice. I will create a .html file with this command:

    Again, the command to create it is very much like the last two conversions. Here is what the .html file looks like in a browser:

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

    Noticed Anything Yet?

    Let’s look at the past commands again. They were:

    The only thing different about these three commands is the extension next to htrtr. This gives you a hint that pandoc relies on the extension of the output filename you provide.

    Conclusion

    Pandoc can do far more than the three little conversions done here. If you write with a preferred format, but need to convert the file to another format, chances are great that pandoc will be able to do it for you.

    What would you do with this? Would you automate this? What if you had a web site that had articles for your readers to download? You could modify these little commands to work as a script and your readers could decide which format they would like. You could offer .docx, .pdf, .odt, .epub, or more. Your readers choose, the proper conversion script runs, and your readers download their file. It can be done.

    Markdown is a free and open source command line application that can convert Markdown files to HTML files. It is a command line utility developed by creators of the Markdown syntax itself. To install it in Ubuntu, use the command below:

    You can install Markdown command line tool in other Linux distributions from the package manager. You can also compile it from its source code available here.

    To convert a “.md” file to “.html” file, run a command in the following format:

    The first argument is the input “.md” file that you want to convert to a “.html” file. The second argument is the name of the “.html” output file. Replace these names as needed.

    For more information on the “markdown” command, run the command below:

    Pandoc

    Pandoc is a free and open source document conversion utility that can convert documents written in markup languages into a number of different file formats. It supports conversion into numerous file formats, more than any other command line tool that is capable of doing document conversion. Besides converting to “.html” format, it can convert files to “.odt”, “.docx”, “.pdf”, and “.csv” formats as well. It can even convert Markdown files to “.epub” file format allowing you to read content on ereaders.

    To install Pandoc in Ubuntu, use the command below:

    You can install Pandoc in other Linux distributions from the package manager. More packages and installation instructions are available here.

    To convert a “.md” file to a “.html” file using Pandoc, run a command in the following format:

    Replace “file.md” with the name of the input file. The “-f” switch is used to specify the format of the input file. The “-t” switch can be used to specify the format of the output file. The “-s” is required to properly construct the output file. The “-o” switch can be used to provide a name for the output file.

    To convert a “.md” file to a “.docx” file, run a command in the following format:

    For more information on Pandoc, run the following two commands:

    Kramdown

    Kramdown is a free and open source Markdown converter written in Ruby programming language. It is mainly designed to convert Markdown files to HTML files. However, you can use it to convert Markdown files to kramdown, LaTeX and PDF file formats as well.

    You can install Kramdown in Ubuntu using the command specified below:

    You can install Kramdown in other Linux distributions from the package manager. Further installation instructions are available here.

    To convert a “.md” file to a “.html” file using Kramdown, run a command in the following format:

    Replace “file.md” to change input file name. The “-i” switch takes a name for input file format while the “-o” switch can be used to specify the format for the converted output. Replace “file.html” with your desired name for the output file.

    For more information on Kramdown, run the following two commands:

    Cmark

    Cmark or CommonMark is a free and open source Markdown parser and converter written in C programming language. It claims to be much faster than other Markdown parsing apps available on the Web. It also provides a modified version of Markdown syntax, aimed to make it easier to write rich text content.

    You can install Cmark in Ubuntu using the command specified below:

    You can install Cmark in other Linux distributions from the package manager. Further installation instructions are available here.

    To convert a “.md” file to a “.html” file using Cmark, run a command in the following format:

    Replace “file.md” to change input file name. The “-t” switch is used to specify the output file format. Replace “file.html” with your desired name for the output file. You can convert “.md” files to xml, html, commonmark, latex, and man (manpage) formats using Cmark.

    For more information on Cmark, run the following two command:

    Grip is a free and open source Markdown file renderer and previewer written in Python. It is mainly designed to preview GitHub compatible “README.md” files. But you can use it to convert other Markdown files to HTML file format as well.

    You can install Grip in Ubuntu using the command specified below:

    You can install Grip in other Linux distributions from the package manager. Further installation instructions are available here.

    To convert a “.md” file to a “.html” file using Grip, run a command in the following format:

    Replace “file.md” to change input file name. Replace “file.html” with your desired name for the output file. Make sure that the output file name ends with “.html” extension to convert the file properly without errors.

    For more information on Grip, run the following two commands:

    Conclusion

    These are some of the best command line applications that can be used to convert Markdown files to a variety of useful file formats. These tools are especially useful for those users who write content using Markdown syntax but publish it in a different markup language or in a different file format.

    About the author

    Nitesh Kumar

    I am a freelancer software developer and content writer who loves Linux, open source software and the free software community.

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

    If you live your life in plaintext, there invariably comes a time when someone asks for a word processor document. I run into this issue frequently, especially at the Day Job TM . Although I’ve introduced one of the development teams I work with to a Docs Like Code workflow for writing and reviewing release notes, there are a small number of people who have no interest in GitHub or working with Markdown. They prefer documents formatted for a certain proprietary application.

    The good news is that you’re not stuck copying and pasting unformatted text into a word processor document. Using pandoc, you can quickly give people what they want. Let’s take a look at how to convert a document from Markdown to a word processor format in Linux using pandoc. ​​​​

    Note that pandoc is also available for a wide variety of operating systems, ranging from two flavors of BSD (NetBSD and FreeBSD) to Chrome OS, MacOS, and Windows.

    Converting basics

    To begin, install pandoc on your computer. Then, crack open a console terminal window and navigate to the directory containing the file that you want to convert.

    Type this command to create an ODT file (which you can open with a word processor like LibreOffice Writer or AbiWord):

    pandoc -t odt filename.md -o filename.odt

    Remember to replace filename with the file’s actual name. And if you need to create a file for that other word processor (you know the one I mean), replace odt on the command line with docx. Here’s what this article looks like when converted to an ODT file:

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

    These results are serviceable, but a bit bland. Let’s look at how to add a bit more style to the converted documents.

    Converting with style

    pandoc has a nifty feature enabling you to specify a style template when converting a marked-up plaintext file to a word processor format. In this file, you can edit a small number of styles in the document, including those that control the look of paragraphs, headings, captions, titles and subtitles, a basic table, and hyperlinks.

    Let’s look at the possibilities.

    Creating a template

    In order to style your documents, you can’t just use any template. You need to generate what pandoc calls a reference template, which is the template it uses when converting text files to word processor documents. To create this file, type the following in a terminal window:

    pandoc -o custom-reference.odt –print-default-data-file reference.odt

    This command creates a file called custom-reference.odt. If you’re using that other word processor, change the references to odt on the command line to docx.

    Open the template file in LibreOffice Writer, and then press F11 to open LibreOffice Writer’s Styles pane. Although the pandoc manual advises against making other changes to the file, I change the page size and add headers and footers when necessary.

    Using the template

    So, how do you use that template you just created? There are two ways to do this.

    The easiest way is to drop the template in your /home directory’s .pandoc folder—you might have to create the folder first if it doesn’t exist. When it’s time to convert a document, pandoc uses this template file. See the next section on how to choose from multiple templates if you need more than one.

    The other way to use your template is to type this set of conversion options at the command line:

    pandoc -t odt file-name.md –reference-doc=path-to-your-file/reference.odt -o file-name.odt

    If you’re wondering what a converted file looks like with a customized template, here’s an example:

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

    Choosing from multiple templates

    Many people only need one pandoc template. Some people, however, need more than one.

    At my day job, for example, I use several templates—one with a DRAFT watermark, one with a watermark stating FOR INTERNAL USE, and one for a document’s final versions. Each type of document needs a different template.

    If you have similar needs, start the same way you do for a single template, by creating the file custom-reference.odt. Rename the resulting file—for example, to custom-reference-draft.odt—then open it in LibreOffice Writer and modify the styles. Repeat this process for each template you need.

    Next, copy the files into your /home directory. You can even put them in the .pandoc folder if you want to.

    To select a specific template at conversion time, you’ll need to run this command in a terminal:

    pandoc -t odt file-name.md –reference-doc=path-to-your-file/custom-template.odt -o file-name.odt

    Change custom-template.odt to your template file’s name.

    Wrapping up

    To avoid having to remember a set of options I don’t regularly use, I cobbled together some simple, very lame one-line scripts that encapsulate the options for each template. For example, I run the script todraft.sh to create a word processor document using the template with a DRAFT watermark. You might want to do the same.

    Here’s an example of a script using the template containing a DRAFT watermark:

    pandoc -t odt $1.md -o $1.odt –reference-doc=

    Using pandoc is a great way to provide documents in the format that people ask for, without having to give up the command line life. This tool doesn’t just work with Markdown, either. What I’ve discussed in this article also allows you to create and convert documents between a wide variety of markup languages. See the pandoc site linked earlier for more details.

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

    Convert files at the command line with this Pandoc cheat sheet

    Download new cheat sheet of common Pandoc options and handy syntax for frequently used conversions.

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

    Has anyone ever sent you a document in a format that just isn’t quite right for you? Maybe you don’t have access to the application used to create the document, or maybe you don’t need the document so much as you need what’s in it, or maybe you just flat out don’t like the format. There’s no wrong reason for disliking a file format. If it’s not your preferred format, whether you find it cumbersome to use or you just don’t like how its metadata is organized, then that’s enough of a reason for you to convert it. However, there’s rarely a good reason to convert a document manually, and Pandoc is here to ensure you never have to.

    Install pandoc

    If you’re on Linux, you can install pandoc from your software repository.

    On Fedora or CentOS or similar:

    On Ubuntu, Elementary, Debian, or similar:

    If you’re on Windows or macOS, you can use third-party installers. For Windows, there’s Chocolatey, and on macOS, you can use MacPorts or Homebrew.

    Once you have it installed, you can verify with a simple version check:

    Pandoc basics

    At its most basic, the pandoc command is among the easiest commands to use. You type pandoc into a terminal, provide it the file you want to convert, then type –output and a name for the output file you want. Pandoc can usually auto-detect both formats from their filename extensions and convert from one to the other.

    Here’s a simple example to convert from a .docx file to .odt:

    If you’re not used to using a terminal, keep in mind that in most modern terminal applications, you can drag-and-drop a file from your desktop into the terminal to have it translated into a full path that your computer understands.

    You can specify nearly any format you can think of:

    That’s right: Pandoc enables you to output many different formats from one single source format.

    Find your source format

    More Great Content

    It doesn’t take long to realize that Pandoc is possibly more flexible than you are, or at least, it’s more flexible than you care to be. Because it’s just a piece of software, Pandoc doesn’t care whether you’ve written your latest thesis paper in LaTeX, Docbook, Markdown, or even JSON (warning: don’t write your thesis paper in JSON). It can process whatever you have handy and turn it into whatever format you need. As with so many open source projects, you have the freedom to choose which tool you like best.

    If you know rudimentary HTML and want to write everything in that, then grab a good HTML editor and start writing. Pandoc will convert it to whatever your boss or client or professor needs. Or maybe you prefer Docbook, or LaTeX, CommonMark, Org mode, or just a plain old LibreOffice .odt. It doesn’t matter to Pandoc. Find your favorite format, the one that lets you concentrate on getting your work done, and let Pandoc do the hard part.

    Pandoc options

    It may not seem like it, but now you know all the basics of Pandoc. It’s a straightforward command that converts from one document format to another. If that’s all you need, you’re finished with this article.

    However, Pandoc is a big application with lots of options for every format it can process. If you’re already a Pandoc user or you want to delve deeper into what Pandoc can do, you need to look at its command options.

    From and to

    The first options you need to know are the –from and –to flags. These explicitly tell Pandoc what format to process from and to, and you can use them when Pandoc’s output doesn’t match what you expected, or when you need to differentiate between formats that may share the same extension.

    For example, CommonMark, Markdown, markdown_phpextra, markdown_strict, and markdown_github may all use either the .md or .txt extension. Both HTML and HTML5 use the .html extension, and EPUB versions 2 and 3 both use the .epub extension. Specifying exactly what format conversion you want ensures Pandoc provides you with the expected output:

    Table of contents

    It varies from format to format, but Pandoc doesn’t always provide a table of contents. The –table-of-contents option, or –toc for short, ensures that a document with chapter breaks (or subheading markers such as h2 in HTML, ## in Markdown, and so on) are prepended with a list of chapters.

    If you have chapters with subsections and sections in those subsections, then you may use –toc-depth to set how many subheadings are listed under each chapter.

    Epub for eBooks

    Epub, an open standard, is one of the most popular formats for eBooks. You can generate them from applications like LibreOffice, Calibre, Scribus, and many others, or you can just convert to Epub using Pandoc. If you know a little bit of CSS, you can easily style your Epub by providing a stylesheet when running Pandoc:

    Additionally, you can set your own metadata so that Epub readers know how to sort the book. To do this, create a simple XML file in any text editor:

    Save the file, and then use it as your metadata source when converting:

    PDF options

    Most POSIX systems have the ability to “print” to PDF. This makes generating PDFs easy, but sometimes it results in some quirks, like incorrect metadata. If you purchase independent and RPG eBooks, then you’ve surely come across an otherwise professional-quality PDF with an embedded title of “Word Document.docx” or a PDF with hyperlinks rendered in bright blue regardless of the document style (and they often aren’t even active).

    One way to control how your PDF renders is to use Pandoc. With Pandoc, you can use LaTeX commands in your source document to affect PDF output, and you can add your own metadata keys and values:

    Download the Pandoc cheat sheet

    Pandoc is a powerhouse for anyone who needs to convert document formats. Even when it fails to give you exactly what you want, it’s almost always able to get you closer to what you need. Use open and standardized formats when writing content, and rest assured that Pandoc can convert to whatever else you need. The more you use Pandoc, the more you’re sure to discover.

    To help you along with your exploration, we’ve developed an updated Pandoc cheat sheet as a handy reference. The cheat sheet hardly covers everything Pandoc is capable of, but it provides some common commands in common contexts and provides a sense of the general workflow you can expect.

    I am trying to convert a large number of HTML files into Markdown using Pandoc in Windows, and have found an answer on how to do this on a Mac, but receive errors when attempting to run the following in Windows PowerShell.

    Can someone help me translate this to work in Windows?

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

    6 Answers 6

    Help us improve our answers.

    Are the answers below sorted in a way that puts the best answer at or near the top?

    to convert files in folders recursively try this (Windows prompt command line):

    For use in a batch file double the % .

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

    • Most of the answers here ( for . solutions) are for cmd.exe , not PowerShell. is on the right track, but has a bug with respect to targeting each input file; also, it is hard to parse visually.

    The functionally equivalent PowerShell command is:

    Endoro’s answer is great, don’t get confused by the parameters added to %i .

    For helping others, I needed to convert from RST (restructured text) to dokuwiki syntax, so I created a convert.bat with:

    Works for all rst files in folders and subfolders.

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

    If you want to go recursively through a directory and its subdirectories to compile all the files of type, say, *.md , then you can use the batch file I wrote in answer to another question How can I use pandoc for all files in the folder in Windows? . I call it pancompile.bat and the usage is below. Go to the other answer for the code.

    Using the powershell built-in gci:

    I created a python script that I’ve been using to convert a tree of markdown files into a single output file. It’s available on github:

    Editing a PDF file requires converting it to a text document first. But how do you do this?

    Unlike a text file, you can’t edit a PDF directly. There are multiple ways to generate PDF files using text. But what if you want to go the other way round and convert PDFs to text files?

    Luckily, Linux allows you to easily modify these files from the terminal. This article will demonstrate how to convert a PDF file to a text document on Linux.

    Convert PDF to Text From the Terminal

    Poppler is a software library used to render and modify PDF files. It contains a utility, known as pdftotext, that allows users to generate text files from PDFs. Since poppler-utils is not a part of the standard Linux packages, you’ll have to install it manually using a package manager.

    On Ubuntu and Debian:

    To install Poppler on Arch Linux:

    Installing the poppler-utils package on CentOS, Fedora, and other RHEL-based distributions is easy.

    Convert an Entire PDF to Text

    The basic syntax of the pdftotext command is:

    . where pdffile is the absolute or relative path to the PDF file, and textfile is the name of the output file.

    For example, to convert lorem-ipsum.pdf to a text file:

    If the file you’re converting has watermarks or unaligned text, you can discard them in the output by using the -nodiag flag.

    Process Pages Within a Specific Range

    Use the -f and -l flag if you want to convert pages that fall within a specific range. For example, to convert pages one to five in lorem-ipsum.pdf to text:

    To convert only the first page of the PDF file:

    Convert Password-Protected PDF Files to Text

    Pdftotext can even convert password-protected PDFs to text files. The -upw and -opw flags, which stand for user password and owner password respectively, take care of the authentication process while converting the PDF files.

    Make sure to replace password with the password of the PDF file.

    You can also combine multiple flags to get the desired output. For example, to convert pages one to three of a password-protected PDF to text:

    Graphically Convert PDF to a Text File

    If working with the command line is not your cup of tea, you can convert PDFs to text files using graphical software like Calibre. It is an ebook management application that you can use to view, organize, and modify PDF files on your system.

    Calibre is available on the official Linux distro repositories and anyone can download it using a package manager.

    To install Calibre on Ubuntu and Debian:

    On RHEL-based distributions like CentOS and Fedora, you can download Calibre using either DNF or Yum.

    How to Use Calibre to Convert PDF Files

    Once installed, launch Calibre on your system using the Applications Menu. Alternatively, you can start Calibre from the terminal by typing:

    To generate text files using PDF with Calibre:

      Click on the Add Books option from the menu.

    The Open Document .odt files can contain rich formats for the content. However, some times a plain text file is more handy. We may convert .odt files to plain text files for such needs. In this post, we discuss 3 ways of how to convert .odt files to .text files in command line in Linux. The ways here can be easily organized into a Bash script to do batch processing of a set of files too. Together with the ways of .docx/.doc to .odt File Conversion in Command Line in Linux, the methods here can be used to do .docx/.doc to plain text file conversion.

    We use the LibreOffice and pandoc software. Make sure the software packages are installed in the Linux system. As an example, we use a .odt file as follows.

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

    As shown in the following examples, different ways have different pros/cons. In actual usage, we may choose one suitable way or combine the results from different ways together according to the files or the purposes.

    .odt to .txt file conversion using LibreOffice

    Table of Contents

    We can use the –convert-to feature of the LibreOffice software to conver the .odt file to .txt file. The command to convertt the .odt file to .txt file is as follows.

    The converted .txt file looks like this.

    Here, we can see all the text including spaces (those in the code section) are kept. However, the format (like bold, italic, titles) are not included.

    Convert .odt to .txt file using pandoc

    The pandoc tool can convert many file formats. It can also read .odt files and generate .txt files.

    Here is the command to convert the .odt file to .txt file is as follows.

    The .txt file generated is as follows.

    Here, we can see pandoc keeps some of the format (using BOLD for bold fonts, and _italic_ for italic format). However, it removes some spaces in the code section.

    Convert .odt to Markdown .txt file using pandoc

    Markdown format is a plain text format with its special markup elements into the text document to indicate formats. The markup elements are also in plain text and readable. It can be a good alternative plain text format.

    Here is the command to convert the .odt file to Markdown format.

    The converted Markdown file is as follows.

    Here, we can see the format are marked using Markdown markups ( **bold** , ==== and *italic* ). It is much better although it is not ideal regarding the code section handling.

    Summary

    This post introduce 3 ways of how to convert .odt to .txt files in command line in Linux. The ways have their pros and cons. But these methods can help us do the majority part of the conversion job. For example, for the example document in this post, by manually adjusting the Markdown plain text file based on pandoc ‘s output and LibreOffice ‘s output (for the code section), we can have a good plain text for the document.

    Word documents are widely used in data sharing and data saving format. Nowadays there are more than 1.2 billion office users in the world with more than 60 million offices 360 commercial users/customers. Office 2019 is the latest and recent version of MS office. Moreover, Mac mostly has its own software, there is a special version of Office written especially for Mac operating system, so Mac users can also get benefitted from excel to pdf , PPT To PDF , and word while working on their MacBook.

    Using AbiWord from the command line:

    In this article, we are going to learn how to use AbiWord from the command line to convert a folder full of MS word documents into PDF files. For this, you will need to have AbiWord installed on your Linux operating system. Most Linux distributions have AbiWord in their package manager, so it should be easy enough to install AbiWord if you do not already have it.

    About AbiWord is?

    AbiWord can save MS word files to PDF files, but what makes AbiWord so useful is that it can be done from the command line without invoking the full graphical user interface.

    How could it be done?

    Get into the file and right-click there, then open the terminal. type AbiWord –help in the command line and press enter. First of all, convert the alma doc file into a PDF by calling AbiWord. Tell your command line to convert the file to PDF by passing it an output file by typing ‘abiword –to=PDF –o alma.doc.PDF alma.doc’. you can see that GUI is not loaded but AbiWord loads the files into the memory. To process the whole folder of file, combine this command with a find command, ‘alias PDF = ‘find *.doc –exec abiword –to=PDF –o <> .PDF <> \;’’. Assign the command to an alias of PDF which will save it having to retype it. This command finds all the doc files, and it will convert all the documents in the current folder. After typing this command, enter it and it will start converting doc files into PDF files.

    Convert Word files to PDF on Mac

    The conversion of Word to PDF file format on Mac is very simple and easy. Get into a folder that contains word files, and open a word document that you want to convert into PDF format. On the very left top corner of your MacBook, there is a similar option to the option on windows, which is ‘File’. Click on File and you see a dropdown. In that drop-down go for print option and click on it, a new window pops up, with the name print. On that pop-up, you see a drop-down in the left bottom, captioned as PDF. Click on that dropdown and save your file as a PDF file format. Now you get a screen which shows save as, where to save and so on. Select the destination for your file so you can find it easily. I would recommend that you save it on the desktop and you can move it afterward. Now click on the Save button to get your job completed. Go and check out your destination. You have a PDF version of your word document on your device.

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

    OK, there aren’t quite that many file formats. That said, you’ve probably never heard of many of the formats that are commonly used enough to warrant listing on Wikipedia. Chances are, you’ll never see and never use most of them. If, however, you want or need to convert between file formats, then there are a quite a few applications for the job.

    Let’s take a look at three solid file conversion tools for the Linux command line.

    Pandoc

    Everyone I know who works with markup languages says Pandoc is the go-to utility for converting between those languages. And for good reason: Pandoc not only does some pretty nifty conversions, it’s fast, too.

    Have a file formatted with Markdown that you want to convert to a LibreOffice Writer document? How about a LaTeX document that you want to turn into an EPUB? Or maybe you have an HTML file that you want to turn into a slide deck. Pandoc is up to all of those tasks. And more.

    Here’s how to use Pandoc for a simple conversion (in this case, from HTML to reStructuredText):

    You’re not just limited to straight conversions. You can, for example, add a table of contents, typographic quotes, custom headers, and syntax highlighting to the resulting file. Take a peek at Pandoc’s documentation for details.

    Pandoc, however, only handles text-based files. What happens if you have a binary file, such as a word processor document? Help at the command line comes from an unexpected source.

    LibreOffice

    You’re probably thinking, “Hold on! LibreOffice is a GUI application.” Yes, it is. But what many people don’t know is that you can run LibreOffice from the command line to quickly convert one or more files.

    How? To, for example, transform a LibreOffice Impress slide deck to PDF, you’d type the following:

    You’d just replace pdf with the extension of whatever file format you want to convert to. The –headless option, in case you’re wondering, stops an empty LibreOffice window from opening on your desktop.

    Using LibreOffice at the command line to convert a single file is overkill. However, turning to the command line is a great way to convert several files at once. If, say, you want to convert all of the Microsoft Word documents in a folder to LibreOffice Writer format, you’d type:

    The conversion takes far less time than opening all of those files in LibreOffice Writer and doing the conversion manually.

    FFmpeg

    Whereas Pandoc is the Swiss Army Knife for converting between markup languages, FFmpeg is Pandoc’s opposite number for audio and video formats.

    FFmpeg is a set of libraries and executables that give you the ability to convert seemlessly between nearly any format.

    Here’s an example of a simple conversion of a video from AVI to Ogg Theora:

    FFmpeg can do a lot more than that. You can set the frame rate of videos and add subtitles to them, change the aspect ratio, change the quality of audio, and more.

    The command line can get quite crowded with those options, should you choose to use more than a couple of them. It’s easy to forget the options, especially if you only use FFmpeg every so often. Take it from an old technical writer: There’s no shame in reading the documentation.

    Do you have a favorite command-line file conversion tool? Feel free to share it by leaving a comment below.

    Pandoc is an open source command-line utility that serves as a format converter, changing files between markup languages. It was created in 2006 by John MacFarlane and written in Haskell. This tool is compatible with Windows, CentOS, and most Unix-like systems.

    A markup language is an annotation system used to format text in a visually distinctive way. In short, markup languages are vital in making the Internet pretty.

    Here are some examples of markup languages:

    • HTML
    • XML
    • Markdown (considered lightweight markup)

    A great tool to use when dealing with several files using different formats is Pandoc.

    The goal of Pandoc is to only convert the markup of any given document without modifying its source content. This article will provide an overview of how to install Pandoc on CentOS 7 (also valid for Red Hat Enterprise Linux), along with some basic usage examples.

    How to Install Pandoc

    Requirements

    Before starting with the installation process, there are a few requirements necessary for a successful procedure.

    • SSH access.
    • Root privileges.
    • The Extra Packages for Enterprise Linux (EPEL) repository.

    Step 1. Getting Ready to Install Pandoc

    Verify the local packages are updated.

    Install EPEL if it is missing.

    Verify that the repository was added correctly.

    Step 2. Installing the Pandoc Package

    When installing the Pandoc package, there are several dependencies needed for it to work correctly. Accept the installation to complete the process.

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

    Pandoc Installation

    Once complete, it produces an output similar to the image below.

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command linePandoc Installation Output

    Step 3. Verify the Version of Pandoc

    Use the following command to check the version of Pandoc.

    Use Cabal to Install Pandoc

    Alternatively, we can use Cabal, a package manager for Haskell libraries and programs, to install Pandoc.

    Basic Usage

    The usage of Pandoc is relatively simple, with a standard format. We can use the –help tag or review the man pages to get more insights into all the supported formats, but we’ll usually use the below syntax.

    • -s (standalone): Produces output with the necessary metadata according to the output format.
    • -f (from): Specify the input format.
    • -t (to): Specify the output format.
    • -o (output): Specifies a new file containing the results of the conversion.

    By default, Pandoc sends the converted file to stdout. So, if no output file is specified, it will print the conversion results on the terminal.

    For example, say we want to convert the file test.html to plain text. In this case, it will convert the document to a .txt file. Here are the file contents shown within the terminal.

    To convert the document, use the below command. Here, we specified that the input format was HTML and the output plain text.

    The output redirects to a new file called test.txt.

    Additionally, external sources can be used in place of local files. For example, to convert the index of a website to markdown and print the output to the terminal (omitting the -o tag), use the following syntax.

    Another exciting feature is that Pandoc tries to guess the input format from the file extensions when missing. So, for example, here is what it looks like converting a LaTeX document to AsciiDoc.

    Now, convert this document and check the contents of the newly generated file.

    As you can see, Pandoc is a powerful tool for converting markup to plain text with no compromises to the document.

    Conclusion

    The flexibility of Pandoc is vast, and the range of applications can make a difference compared to not using this tool. The scope of this article was to cover the basics and the process of how to install Pandoc. Still, there are more advanced options, such as adding plugins for custom formats, or support for ebooks and PDF documents, opening an entirely new world of use cases.

    For 24-hour assistance any day of the year, contact one of Liquid Web’s Most Helpful Humans in Hosting. We are here to help!

    Related Articles:

    About the Author: Misael Ramirez

    A former support technician, I have a degree in mechatronics; the career suited me because I’m always trying new things. I have a wide range of interests, but mainly I love music, movies (old ones), and physics.

    How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

    Join our mailing list to receive news, tips, strategies, and inspiration you need to grow your business

    Pandoc is the swiss-army knife for converting files from one markup format into another:

    What does Pandoc do?

    Pandoc can convert documents from

    • markdown, reStructuredText, textile, HTML, DocBook, LaTeX, MediaWiki markup, TWiki markup, OPML, Emacs Org-Mode, Txt2Tags, Microsoft Word docx, EPUB, or Haddock markup
    • HTML formats: XHTML, HTML5, and HTML slide shows using Slidy, reveal.js, Slideous, S5, or DZSlides.
    • Word processor formats: Microsoft Word docx, OpenOffice/LibreOffice ODT, OpenDocument XML
    • Ebooks: EPUB version 2 or 3, FictionBook2
    • Documentation formats: DocBook, GNU TexInfo, Groff man pages, Haddock markup
    • Page layout formats: InDesign ICML
    • Outline formats: OPML
    • TeX formats: LaTeX, ConTeXt, LaTeX Beamer slides
    • PDF via LaTeX
    • Lightweight markup formats: Markdown, reStructuredText, AsciiDoc, MediaWiki markup, DokuWiki markup, Emacs Org-Mode, Textile

    What does Pandoc do for me?

    I use pandoc to convert documents from

    • markdown
    • HTML
    • Microsoft Word docx (force majeure!), OpenOffice/LibreOffice ODT, OpenDocument XML
    • LaTeX Beamer slides
    • PDF via LaTeX

    What does Pandoc do better than the specialized tools?

    Accessibility:

    Code in markdown is easily readable text. In comparison:

    • Markdown syntax is handier than (La)TeX syntax (Donald Knuth, inventor of TeX , wondered why it took so long to evolve from LaTeX to a more efficient markup language that compiles down to TeX , such as markdown ),
    • in particular Markdown syntax is handier than LaTeX Beamer syntax,
    • math formulas are more easily written in Markdown than in Microsft Word or LibreOffice ,
    • it is especially suited for creating short HTML articles, such as blog entries.

    What does Pandoc do worse than the specialized tools?

    • Functions specific to a markup language
      • either cannot be used,
      • or can be used, but may turn compilation into other languages invalid. (The pandoc syntax is as reduced as the common base among all markup languages into which it converts.)
      • the output sometimes rough and needs to be retouched,
      • documentation is incomplete,
      • smaller ecosystem of tools, like editors and IDEs, for example:
        • LaTeX supports forward and inverse document search, that lets you jump from a position in the source TeX file to the corresponding position in the compiled pdf file, and the other way around. There is no such thing for markdown: markdown first compiles to TeX and then to pdf .
        • The Vim plugin for markdown is young and basic in comparison to that for LaTeX which is stable and powerful.

        Markdown is simple, concise and intuitive: Its cheat-sheet and documentation are one.

        Source:

        Output:

        An emphasized itemization:

        • dog
        • fox

        A bold enumeration:

        1. Mum
        2. Dad

        A table

        mum dad
        weight 100 kg 200 kg
        height 1,20 m 2,10 m
        • a Makefile , that sets a couple of compilation options, and
        • a main markdown file, that sets a couple of document options.

        Which parameters can be set by the command line, and which in the document, this choice is somewhat arbitrary and perhaps a shadow of pandoc ’s unfinished state.

        Pandoc parameters

        We can pass many options to pandoc , among those the most important ones (for us) are:

        Makefile

        By a makefile, instead of having to pass the options for

        • compilation,
        • running,
        • checking and cleaning,

        each time on the command line, we call make (run/check/clean) and use those once and for all set in the makefile.

        The command make , corresponding to the entry all: , generates the output file, in our case the pdf document. For example,

        • make docx generates a docx document,
        • make html generates a HTML document,
        • make latex generates a TeX document,

        The option all: latex pdf is the default option, that is,

        • make generates first a TeX and then a pdf document.

        We recommend latexrun as a good LaTeX “debugger”. Still, note that we first have to spot first the error in the TeX , then the corresponding one in the markdown document.

        The command run displays the output file, for example,

        • make run-html shows the HTML document in a browser (such as Firefox ),
        • make run-odt shows the ODT document in LibreOffice,

        The option run is the default option, that is,

        • make run displays the pdf document in a pdf-viewer (such as zathura).

        Finally, make clean removes all output files.

        Main file

        This file sets at the top the title, author and date of the document. Below, additional options,

          one general option, lang that controls for example the labeling of the table of content and references, and

        various TeX options, such as:

        • document type,
        • font size, and
        • depth of the section numbering.

        Let us facilitate compilation and editing of pandoc files, the first by built-in functionality, latter by dedicated plugins.

        Automatic compilation and reload

        To make Vim compile our file after every save, add to the (newly created, if necessary) file

        Pandoc is a small program that has the ability to convert document files from one format into another. It is extremely powerful and has a lot of options. In order to enable Zettlr to import and export files, Pandoc needs to be installed on your computer. Zettlr does not have the capability of importing or exporting in itself. The reason for this is that Pandoc does this job extremely well, it is also free and Open Source, and is available on all platforms that Zettlr supports.

        Zettlr requires Pandoc version 2.0 or higher. Some Linux repositories still have older versions available. If this is the case for you, please install Pandoc from the download page.

        Windows¶

        On Windows, Pandoc can be installed by visiting the download page and retrieving the Windows installer. It can be installed like any other software and should be recognized immediately by Zettlr. You can test if it works by attempting to export or import something.

        In rare cases it may be that Zettlr cannot detect Pandoc even if it is installed. This is especially the case if Pandoc has not been installed into the default directory. If this is the case, you can drop the full path to the pandoc.exe into the corresponding field in the “Advanced” tab of the preferences.

        Please note that due to the fact that Pandoc is a CLI-program (Command Line Interface), it cannot show you whether there is an update available. Simply visit the download page from time to time to get the newest version.

        macOS¶

        On macOS, Pandoc can be installed in a variety of ways. You can install it using an installer package, but due to the ease of use we recommend to install it using Homebrew.

        Recommended method: Homebrew¶

        The preferred method is Homebrew. Homebrew is a package manager that makes it easy to install command line programs such as Pandoc and makes it easy to maintain it. Make sure to install Homebrew, and then simply run the following command in the Terminal:

        To update Pandoc from time to time, use this command:

        This will upgrade all installed formulae (as they are called) to the newest version.

        Installing with Homebrew is recommended, as it is not only faster, but also more convenient.

        Install using the official installer¶

        To install Pandoc the old way, simply head over to the download page and get the macOS installer. Once it is done, Pandoc should be available on your system. Please remember that by installing Pandoc this way, you need to check for updates manually.

        Linux¶

        On Linux, installing Pandoc is simple. Simply use your package manager to search for, and install Pandoc. The provided packages aren’t always up-to-date, but they should fit. If you want to install the newest version, you’d have to download the Linux installer and follow the install instructions on the Pandoc site.

        You may need to set up pandoc-citeproc manually by installing it using the preferred method on your operating system.

        How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

        I prefer to use Microsoft Word for most of my writing but I really like Markdown. I prefer Word because its spell and grammar checker is superior to every other word processor or text editor I have tried. In addition, word has text to speech build in. I use text to speech to have my text spoken to me in order to catch errors and I catch a lot of errors this way. While I write my blog posts in English. English is not my first language and I need these tools to keep spelling and grammar errors to a minimum.

        This blog uses the static site generator Pelican (Update: this blog is now using WordPress) and it generates the blog from ether restructured text or markdown files. I have written about Pelican in my blog post The Static Site Generator Pelican VS WordPress.

        I have been using Pandoc to convert markdown to Word documents or PDFs for years. A Google search for a way to convert from Word to markdown did not give any usable result. Therefore, up until now I have just copied and pasted the text making sure not to do any markdown syntax until after I had done spell checking in Word.

        Then a couple of weeks ago I was reading the Pandoc docs to solve a different problem and I came across the section where it is described how Pandoc can convert from docx to markdown. I do not know if this is new or why Google did not find this for me but I immediately forgot the problem I was trying to solve and began testing it.

        It turns out to be quite simple to convert a docx to markdown. The following example is from the Pandoc demos site.

        However, the generated markdown from the above command has a few issues.

        The lines are only 80 characters long. I do not know why an 80-character line length is the default but I do not like it. This is fortunately quite easy to fix with the option –no-wrap.

        Links do not use the reference style. I prefer the reference style links because it makes the text less cluttered by moving the link itself to the bottom of the file. This is also easy to fix with the option –reference-links.

        With the two options added the command looks like this.

        Now the generated markdown is very readable and close to what I would write myself. I only use Word to write text with simple formatting like lists, italic, bold, and links. The syntax for images and code I add to the generated markdown file along site the metadata that Pelican needs. Although I do not use it at this time, Pandoc can extract images from a .docx.

        The option to extract images from the docx file and more can be found on the Pandoc options page.

        Edit: The options page URL has changed and is now http://pandoc.org/README.html#reader-options

        So there you have it, sometimes what you need is right under your nose :).

        In the last article, we learned how Markdown can quickly help you produce clean HTML code to be used in a website or blog. But what if you also want to produce an ebook using the same content as you have on the web? While the Markdown tool set is targeted at creating web content, there is another tool that allows you to take Markdown and turn it into OpenOffice/LibreOffice documents, PDF’s, or even e-books suitable for a Kindle or other e-reader – Pandoc.

        Installing the pandoc package on an Ubuntu system is dead simple with the following command:

        Once installed, you can immediately use Pandoc in place of Markdown to create HTML with the following command:

        The syntax and flags are as follow:

        • “-r” – read format
        • “-w” – write format
        • “-o” – filename of the output

        What the above command do is to read from a markdown file and output the file in HTML format with the same filename.

        The above example outputs the file in HTML format, but you can use Pandoc to generate other formats as well.

        Open Document Text Format (ODT)

        If you’ll need to exchange your document with people using a more generic office suite, such as OpenOffice/LibreOffice or Microsoft Office, you can convert it to ODT format using Pandoc. If you think you’ll do this often, it’s useful to set up a template beforehand. Firstly, create a simple document (such as a header and a line or two of text) in Markdown and convert it to ODT with the following command:

        Then, open the “pandoctemplate.odt” file in Open/LibreOffice to change the fonts, spacing, margins, etc… to your liking. Be sure to use Styles to configure this – some details on the use of styles are available here. Once your document is set up to your liking, you can use it as a template for creating ODT files from Markdown in the future by adding it to the above command:

        Now when you convert a Markdown file to ODT, it will automatically be formatted with the styles you have created earlier. Pandoc also supports conversion to the new (version 2007 and later) Microsoft Word format with the flag “ –reference-docx=templatefile.docx “.

        How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

        How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

        How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

        Portable Document Format (PDF)

        When I need to generate PDF files from Markdown, I’ll most often convert it ODT, and use either LibreOffice’s Export to PDF function, or if it’s a large group of files, the “unoconv” command line utility. If you’re a LaTeX user, and have a number of packages installed (this section of the Pandoc documentation describes what’s required), you can output PDF’s with the following command:

        Note the absence of the “-w” flag in this case.

        ePub e-Books

        To publish e-books suitable for most electronic readers (ePub is a format handled by almost all readers), you may want to have some items specific to that format prepared in advance. These include:

        • A stylesheet, written in CSS, that describes how the ePub will look
        • Metadata, such as the creator, description, rights to the work, and language
        • A cover image

        If you don’t have these, however, Pandoc will use some reasonable defaults. The following command will convert your Markdown document to an ePub:

        Additional Markdown Tips

        Here are some additional tips and tricks I use in the course of using Markdown for my writing tasks:

        • Since it’s plain text, if you use DropBox to keep files in sync between devices, you can use the built-in text editor to create or update your Markdown documents on the Web. There are also editors available for Linux (I happen to like ReText a lot) and Android (I’ve been switching between Writer and the code editor DroidEdit lately).
        • Also, since it’s plain text, concurrent versioning systems (such as Subversion) do an excellent job of tracking versions and showing the differences between them.
        • Once you’ve converted a couple of documents, and know which flags you need for all the formats you want, you can create a simple shell script that will output them all at once.

        I’ve found Markdown to be an excellent way to draft content, in a “distraction-free” environment (most plain text editors are), that supports output to multiple formats, yet doesn’t require any dedicated applications.

        This repo contains a collection of Dockerfiles to build various pandoc container images.

        Contents

        Docker images hosted here have a the variants “minimal”, “core”, and “latex”.

        • minimal: kept as small as possible. See the pandoc/minimal repository.
        • core: suitable for common conversion tasks; includes additional libraries and programs. See the pandoc/core repository.
        • latex: builds on top of the core image, and provides a basic LaTeX installation in addition. This includes all packages that pandoc might use, and any libraries needed by these packages. See the pandoc/latex repository.

        Note: this section describes how to use the docker images. Please refer to the pandoc manual for usage information about pandoc .

        Docker images are pre-provisioned computing environments, similar to virtual machines, but smaller and cleverer. You can use these images to convert document wherever you can run docker images, without having to worry about pandoc or its dependencies. The images bring along everything they need to get the job done.

        Install Docker if you don’t have it already.

        Start up Docker. Usually you will have an application called “Docker” on your computer with a rudimentary graphical user interface (GUI). You can also run this command in the command-line interface (CLI):

        Open a shell and navigate to wherever the files are that you want to convert.

        You can always run pwd to check whether you’re in the right place.

        Run docker by entering the below commands in your favorite shell.

        Let’s say you have a README.md in your working directory that you’d like to convert to HTML.

        The –volume flag maps some directory on your machine (lefthand side of the colons) to some directory in the container (righthand side), so that you have your source files available for pandoc to convert. pwd is quoted to protect against spaces in filenames.

        Ownership of the output file is determined by the user executing pandoc in the container. This will generally be a user different from the local user. It is hence a good idea to specify for docker the user and group IDs to use via the –user flag.

        pandoc/latex:2.6 declares the image that you’re going to run. It’s always a good idea to hardcode the version, lest future releases break your code.

        It may look weird to you that you can just add README.md at the end of this line, but that’s just because the pandoc/latex:2.6 will simply prepend pandoc in front of anything you write after pandoc/latex:2.6 (this is known as the ENTRYPOINT field of the Dockerfile). So what you’re really running here is pandoc README.md , which is a valid pandoc command.

        If you don’t have the current docker image on your computer yet, the downloading and unpacking is going to take a while. It’ll be (much) faster the next time. You don’t have to worry about where/how Docker keeps these images.

        Pandoc commands have a way of getting pretty long, and so typing them into the command line can get a little unwieldy. To get a better handle of long pandoc commands, you can store them in a script file, a simple text file with an *.sh extension such as

        The first line, known as the shebang tells the container that the following commands are to be executed as shell commands. In our case, we really don’t use a lot of shell magic, we just call pandoc in the second line (though you can get fancier, if you like). Notice that the #!/bin/sh will not get you a full bash shell, but only the more basic ash shell that comes with Alpine linux on which the pandoc containers are based. This won’t matter for most uses, but if you want to write writing more complicated scripts you may want to refer to the ash manual.

        Once you have stored this script, you must make it executable by running the following command on it (this may apply only to UNIX-type systems):

        You only have to do this once for each script file.

        You can then run the completed script file in a pandoc docker container like so:

        Notice that the above script.sh did specify pandoc , and you can’t just omit it as in the simpler command above. This is because the –entrypoint flag overrides the ENTRYPOINT field in the docker file ( pandoc , in our case), so you must include the command.

        GitHub Actions is an Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) from GitHub that allows you to automatically run code on GitHub’s servers on every push (or a bunch of other GitHub events).

        Such continuous integration and delivery (CI/CD) may be useful for many pandoc users. Perhaps, you’re using pandoc convert some markdown source document into HTML and deploy the results to a webserver. If the source document is under version control (such as git), you might want pandoc to convert and deploy on every commit. That is what CI/CD does.

        To use pandoc on GitHub Actions, you can leverage the docker images of this project.

        To learn more how to use the docker pandoc images in your GitHub Actions workflow, see these examples.

        Building custom images

        The official images are bare-bones, providing everything required to use pandoc and Lua filters, but not much more. Often, one will want to have additional software available. This is best achieved by building custom Docker images.

        For example, one may want to use advanced spellchecking as demonstrated in the [spellcheck] in the Lua filters collection. This requires the aspell package as well as language-specific packages. A good solution would be to define a new Dockerfile and to use pandoc/core as the base package:

        Create a new image by running docker build –tag=pandoc-with-aspell . in the directory containing the Dockerfile. Now you can use pandoc-with-aspell instead of pandoc/core to get access to spellchecking in your image.

        See Docker documentation for more details, for example part 2 of the Get Started guide.

        Code in this repository is licensed under the GNU General Public License, version 2.0 or later.

        Many times, when I use Markdown, I work on one file and when I’m done with it, I convert it to HTML or some other format. Occasionally, I have to create a few files. When I do work with more than one Markdown file, I usually wait until I have finished them before I convert them.

        I use pandoc to convert files, and it’s possible convert all the Markdown files in one shot.

        Markdown can convert its files to .html, but if there’s a chance that I will have to convert to other formats like epub, pandoc is the tool to use. I prefer to use the command line, so I will cover that first, but you can also do this in VSCodium without the command line. I’ll cover that too.

        Converting multiple Markdown files to another format with Pandoc [command line method]

        To get started quickly, Ubuntu, and other Debian distros can type the following commands in the terminal:

        In this example, I have four Markdown files in a directory called md_test.

        There are no HTML files yet. Now I’ll use Pandoc to do its magic on the collection of files. To do this, I run a one-line command that:

        • calls pandoc
        • reads the .md files and exports them as .html

        This is the command:

        If you are not aware already, ; is used for running multiple commands at once in Linux.

        Here’s what the display looks like once I have executed the command:

        Let me use the ls command once more to see if HTML files were created:

        The conversion was a success, and you have four HTML files ready to go on the Web server.

        Pandoc is quite versatile and you can convert the markdown files to some other supported format by specifying the extension of the output files. You can understand why it is considered among the best open source tools for writers.

        Recommended Read:

        How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

        The second way to install is through VSCodium’s plug-in, or extension, manager:

        1. Click on the blocks on the left side of the VSCodium window. A list of extensions will appear. At the top of the list, there will be a search bar.
        2. In the search bar, type: Markdown All in One . The extension will be listed at the top of the list. Click on the Install button to install it. If it is already installed, a gear icon will appear in place of the install button.

        Once the extension is installed, you can open the folder that contains the Markdown files you want to convert.

        Click on the paper icon located on the left side of the VSCodium window. You’ll be given the opportunity to choose your folder. Once a folder is open, you’ll need to open at least one file. You can open as many files as you want, but one is the minimum.

        Once a file is open, bring up the Command Palette by pressing CTRL+SHIFT+P . Then, start typing Markdown in the search bar that will appear. As you do this, a list of Markdown related commands will appear. One of these will be Markdown All in One: Print documents to HTML command. Click on that one.

        How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

        You’ll be asked to choose a folder containing the files. This is so an output directory (called out ) can be made and this is where the HTML files will go. The image below shows that the HTML was made after exporting the Markdown documents. From here, you can open, view, and edit the HTML as you wish.

        How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

        By waiting to convert your Markdown files, you can concentrate more on writing. Conversion to HTML can come when you’re ready – and you have two ways to get that done.

        Imagine this scenario – You have a folder that contains ten, twenty… or fifty PDF files that need to be converted to Word or Excel. But, the question is – how do you do it if you’re using Linux? It is not an easy task to find a reliable PDF tool that can precisely convert a single PDF file on Linux, let alone convert multiple PDFs at once. But, we’ve found one – Able2Extract Professional 12. It converts PDF to all popular formats, including Excel, Word, CSV and AutoCAD. In a nutshell, it can edit PDF content, text, and paragraphs effortlessly in real time. It works well on GNU Linux, Mac OS X, and Windows.

        In this tutorial, I’ll show you how to perform a PDF to Word or Excel batch conversion on Linux with Able2Extract.

        Features

        Just before we jump right into it, here are a few more things about Able2Extract you might find interesting. After all, it’s not your ordinary PDF tool for Linux. It can do pretty much everything.

        Here’s what Able2Extract is capable of, besides the ability to batch convert PDF files:

        • Convert scanned and native PDFs to OpenOffice, Excel, PPT.
        • Edit PDF files (pages, text, images).
        • Creating, editing and filling interactive forms.
        • Add sticky notes, watermarks and other annotations.
        • Create a PDF from almost any printable format.
        • Password encrypt PDFs.

        Right, now back to the main point – batch conversion.

        Steps to Batch Convert PDF Files on Linux

        Just follow the steps described below and you’ll batch convert your PDF files in a matter of minutes.

        Step 1. Install & Run Able2Extract Professional

        Go to the developer’s website and download Able2Extract for Linux.

        How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

        From there, just start the installation and follow the setup wizard to complete it. As of writing this, Able2Extract is available for Ubuntu and Fedora Linux distributions. Once it’s done, run the program.

        Step 2. Locate the PDF files

        In Able2Extract, click on the Batch icon located on the toolbar and the Batch conversion window will show up.

        How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

        Batch Convert PDF Files With Able2Extract

        Now, in the pop-up window there are a few options to choose from:

        • Add Files. – Use this option to add files to the conversion queue one by one.
        • Add Directory. – Use this option to add an entire folder to the conversion queue.
        • Remove Selected – Use this option to remove a file you’ve accidentally added.

        Step 3. Start Batch Conversion

        Once you’ve located all the files that need to be converted, you need to determine the output folder. Check the Same as Source option if you want to keep the files in the same directory or designate a new location by using the Browse button.

        From there, choose the output file format, like Word in our case, enter the security code (not case sensitive) and click on the Convert button at the bottom.

        How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

        That’s it. Able2Extract will start to convert your PDFs. Time to completion depends on the volume of PDF files you previously inputted.

        As you can see, the process is as simple as it can get. Although Able2Extract is a proprietary software tool that comes at a price tag of $149.95, it’s definitely worth checking out. On the bright side, you’re not only getting a tool that can convert PDF files, it can tackle all your major PDF needs. You already know that there aren’t many viable solutions when it comes to professional PDF tools for Linux, but Able2Extract is one solution that is more than capable of doing what you need to do with your PDFs.

        Have you tried Able2Extract already? Great! Tell us what do you think about it in the comment section below.

        I have a typical scientific manuscript in a LaTeX .tex file, and I need to convert it to MS Word .doc file. The reason for having to convert to MS Word is I’m submitting the manuscript to an academic journal and they only accept MS Word (I know. )

        The manuscript includes title page, figures, tables, equations (inline and in their own align environment), footnotes, bibliography, and an annex. The tables are in their own separate tables.tex file, which I include using the \include command. Most tables take up a whole landscape page, and were generated sing the package pdflscape . I am using Windows 7 Professional.

        My plan is to use pandoc to go from .tex to .odt , open the latter in Libre Office, and convert to .doc . I have read a related question but it is too general. Similarly the examples in the Pandoc website are too simple. I have played around but I am unable to accomplish what I want. This is surprising since converting a scientific manuscript is probably the most common use case for Pandoc. Here are some sample failures:

        Example 1

        I open a command line in the project folder, and execute the following:

        I get this error message:

        where figure1 is the name of a figure file (e.g. figure1.png ) in the project folder referenced in a line as \includegraphics[width=5.8in] . I suspect pandoc expects a .png extension but not sure how to provide it.

        Example 2

        Next I try .html , and excute the following:

        The program executes fine. I open HTML file. Footnotes are there but figures are missing, tables are displayed as LaTeX, bibliography is missing, in-line math displays well, but math in align environment does not, section labels are displayed, and some other minor issues.

        So given that mine is probably a typical use case scenario, my question is this: What commands should I use to get the .odt file I want? I could not find a fully worked out example on the web.

        Here is a specific list of errors. I’ll update how I corrected them based on community suggestions:

        PDF or Portable Document Format is mostly the first choice when it comes to printing, sharing and emailing documents, especially the larger ones. For Windows and macOS, you might be very much familiar, and also dependent on, the widely used Acrobat products for pdf creation, viewing, and editing. Unfortunately, there is no default, dedicated, pdf-creator available on your Linux systems. You can, however, use the LibreOffice products to create PDF files in Ubuntu. In this article, we will explain how you can use the Ubuntu command line, the Terminal, in order to convert and batch convert .doc and .docx files to their pdf versions.

        Why the Command Line?

        If you are a Terminal-savvy person, you wouldn’t want to leave the comfort of the command line and go somewhere else to do any of your daily technical activities. There is always a way to do almost all of our stuff right inside the Terminal. So, why should pdf conversion be any different! Using the Terminal makes certain tasks more efficient and, even faster. The command-line tools do not use too many resources and thus form great alternatives to the widely used graphical applications, especially if you are stuck up with older hardware.

        We have run the commands and procedures mentioned in this article on a Ubuntu 18.04 LTS system.

        Using the LibreOffice CLI ‘Lowriter’ for pdf conversion

        LibreOffice Write is part of the LibreOffice package and is mostly available by default in most Linux distros. If your system lacks it, you can easily install it from the Ubuntu Software Manager:

        How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

        Here, we will be making use of the CLI of the same in order to convert our documents to pdfs.

        Here is how you can use the Lowriter:

        Open your Ubuntu command line, the Terminal, either through the Ubuntu Application Launcher search or by using the Ctrl+Alt+T shortcut.

        Please make sure that lowriter is installed on your system by running the following command:

        Convert a single file to PDF format

        Use the following command syntax in order to convert a single file located in your current directory:

        Here is how I converted a .docx file to pdf. located in my Downloads folder. Advertisement

        As you can see above, when I listed the contents of my current folder through the ls command, I could see the newly converted pdf file listed as well.

        Batch Convert files to pdf

        Use the following command syntax to batch convert all .doc or .docx files to pdf, located in your current directory:

        For .docx files, use:

        How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

        This is how you can make use of the LibreOffice Writer’s CLI to convert your documents from .doc and .docx to pdfs. No extra installations or lengthy procedures are required and you have exactly what you need; a .doc/.docx to pdf conversion right through the Ubuntu command line.

        Karim Buzdar

        About the Author: Karim Buzdar holds a degree in telecommunication engineering and holds several sysadmin certifications. As an IT engineer and technical author, he writes for various web sites. You can reach Karim on LinkedIn

        PDF or the Portable Document Format is mostly our first choice when it comes to printing, sharing and emailing documents, especially the larger ones. For Windows and macOS, you might be very much familiar, and also dependent on, the widely used Acrobat products for pdf file creation, viewing, and editing. Unfortunately, there is no default pdf creator available on your Linux systems. You can, however, use the LibreOffice shell tools to create PDF files in Debian. In this article, we will explain how you can use the Debian command line, the Terminal, in order to convert and batch convert .doc and .docx files to their pdf versions.

        Why the Command Line?

        If you are a Terminal-savvy person, you wouldn’t want to leave the comfort of the command line and go somewhere else to do any of your daily technical activities. There is always a way to do almost all of our stuff right inside the Terminal. So, why should pdf conversion be any different! Using the Terminal makes certain tasks more efficient, and even faster. The command-line tools do not use too many resources and thus form great alternatives to the widely used graphical applications, especially if you are stuck up with older hardware.

        We have run the commands and procedures mentioned in this article on a Debian 10 Buster system.

        Using the LibreOffice CLI Lowriter for pdf conversion

        LibreOffice Write is part of the LibreOffice package and is mostly available by default in most Linux distros. If your system lacks it, you can easily install it from the Debian Software Manager:

        How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

        Here, we will be making use of the CLI of the same in order to convert our documents to pdfs.

        Here is how you can use the LOwriter from the command line:

        Open your Debian command line, the Terminal, through the Debian Application Launcher search as follows:

        The Application Launcher can be accessed using the Super/Windows key.

        Please make sure that lowriter is installed on your system by running the following command:

        How to use pandoc to convert files on the linux command line

        Advertisement

        Convert a single ODT, DOC or DOCX file to PDF

        Use the following syntax in order to convert a single file located in your current directory:

        Here is how I converted a .docx file to pdf located in my Downloads folder.

        In Case of Error:

        If you get the following error while trying to convert the file:

        Then, try installing the libreoffice-java-common package as follows:

        As you can see below, when I listed the contents of my current folder, after the pdf conversion process, through the ls command, I could see the newly converted pdf file as well.

        Batch Conversion of DOC and DOCX or ODT files to pdf

        Use the following syntax to batch convert all .doc or .docx files to pdf, located in your current directory:

        This is how you can make use of the LibreOffice CLI to convert your documents from .doc and .docx to pdfs. No extra installations or lengthy procedures are required and you have exactly what you need; a .doc/.docx to pdf conversion right through the Debian command line.

        Karim Buzdar

        About the Author: Karim Buzdar holds a degree in telecommunication engineering and holds several sysadmin certifications. As an IT engineer and technical author, he writes for various web sites. You can reach Karim on LinkedIn

        According to official site, Pandoc is your swiss-army knify to convert files from one markup format into another.

        Pandoc can convert documents in markdown, reStructuredText, textile, HTML, DocBook, LaTeX, MediaWiki markup, TWiki markup, OPML, Emacs Org-Mode, Txt2Tags, Microsoft Word docx, EPUB, or Haddock markup to

        • HTML formats: XHTML, HTML5, and HTML slide shows using Slidy, reveal.js, Slideous, S5, or DZSlides.
        • Word processor formats: Microsoft Word docx, OpenOffice/LibreOffice ODT, OpenDocument XML
        • Ebooks: EPUB version 2 or 3, FictionBook2
        • Documentation formats: DocBook, GNU TexInfo, Groff man pages, Haddock markup
        • Page layout formats: InDesign ICML
        • Outline formats: OPML
        • TeX formats: LaTeX, ConTeXt, LaTeX Beamer slides
        • PDF via LaTeX
        • Lightweight markup formats: Markdown, reStructuredText, AsciiDoc, MediaWiki markup, DokuWiki markup, Emacs Org-Mode, Textile
        • Custom formats: custom writers can be written in lua.

        How to Install Pandoc

        As for Windows users, download a package installer at pandoc’s download page and install on your computer. After that, run pandoc -v in command prompt to verify if it is correctly installed.

        NOTE: The default package doesn’t support PDF output, additional tool LaTeX is needed. MiKTeX is recommended by official site. However, it does have some issues with Chinese characters exporting. In this case, CTeX Full instead is a better choice.

        For users of Mac OS X or Linux, refer to offcial site for more information about installation.

        How to Convert Document With Pandoc

        Convert a webpage(html) to docx

        Convert a html to markdown

        Convert a html to pdf

        Convert a markdown to mediawiki

        How to Export Document with Chinese Characters to PDF

        If your task is all about documents with English characters only, you can skip this section. This part talks about problems of exporting documents with Chinese characters to PDF.

        Install CTeX Full instead of MiKTeX

        Export Pandoc standard template using the following command:

        Open the template template.tex and find phrase % if luatex or xelatex , add the code below after this phrase.

        Note:
        In my version of Pandoc(1.13.2), below is the default code after phrase % if luatex or xelatex .

        Errors occur if just add code after Line#20. Finally, it turns out to be OK to add the code at Line#27.

        Export documents to PDf using the following command:

        template.tex is just the template modified in stage 2.

        Thanks to this blog for solving the problem.

        According to another blog, it’s also possible to download pm-template.latex and use this template to export documents to PDF. For this template, the only thing needs to be noticed is, replace LiHei Pro to a Chinese font you have installed in your machine.

        Pandoc’s Markdown

        Pandoc’s author is really proud of its extension of markdown, or he wouldn’t put 2/3 of the document talking about it.

        How to Produce Slide Shows with Pandoc

        It’s fantastic to find that simple and concise slides can be made by Pandoc. One could keep collecting knowledges while occasionly transform them to slides to share with other people, without put so much time considering how to write PPT.

        Markdown is a popular text formatting syntax among developers these days. Popular Sites like Github or Bitbucket use Markdown for project documentation and various other types of user generated content. These sites automatically convert markdown syntax to HTML, so it can be displayed in a browser.

        However, maybe you want to use Markdown as document format without using a platform that does the conversion for you. Or you are in need of an output format other than HTML. In this case you need a tool that can convert markdown to the desired target format. Pandoc is is a document conversion tool that can be used for exactly this (and a lot of other things). With Pandoc you can convert Markdown documents to PDF, HTML, Words DOCX or many other formats.

        After installing Pandoc, you can simply run it from command line.

        Note: By default, Pandoc uses LaTeX to generate PDF documents. So, if you want to generate PDF documents, you need to install a LaTex processor first (list of required LaTeX packages).

        To convert a doc.md Markdown file into a PDF document, the following command can be used:

        Pandoc is able to merge multiple Markdown files into a single PDF document. To generate a single PDF document out of two Markdown files you can use:

        By default the page margins in the resulting PDF document are quite large. You can change this by passing a margin parameter:

        To create HTML or DOCX documents you simply have to change the file extension of the target file:

        The resulting documents are well formatted. The following two screenshot show a DOCX and a PDF document created out of two small example markdown files:

        However, just because it’s ubiquitous and easy to get started with doesn’t mean it’s always the right choice, because it’s not without its shortcomings.

        Here are a few key reasons why you shouldn’t use Markdown for technical documentation:

        • There is no formalised standard (though this is changing)
        • It only supports limited formatting functionality; admonitions, footnotes, advanced tables anyone?

        Write the Docs founder Eric Holscher wrote an excellent article on why it’s not the right choice for technical documentation. I strongly recommend you read it!

        If you and your team have already invested a lot of effort in creating Markdown-based documentation, it’s likely that you’ve already experienced more than a few of these limitations?

        While it’s easy to get started with, and so many people know about it, the more you use it the more you’re going to hit these limitations and wish you had something better.

        So, when this time comes, when you’re ready for a more feature-rich file format, such as AsciiDoc and reStructuredText, you’re going to need a tool to migrate your existing content. Gladly, there’s an open source tool that just about does all you need; it’s called Pandoc.

        What is Pandoc?

        Self-described as a “general markup converter”, Pandoc converts content from one markup format to another. It can read and write numerous formats, including:

        • CommonMark, Daring Fireball Markdown, GitHub-Flavored Markdown, & Multi-Markdown
        • DocBook
        • EPUB
        • HTML/HTML5
        • LaTeX
        • MediaWiki markup
        • Microsoft Word docx
        • ODT
        • Subsets of Textile
        • reStructuredText

        As you can see from this list of file formats (and from its man page), Pandoc is an incredibly powerful tool. It formed the core of several migrations I undertook for ownCloud over the last few months, as their documentation was migrated from Sphinx-Doc to Antora.

        During the course of those migrations, I learned so much about what it can do, and just how easy it makes converting file formats commonly used for technical documentation.

        Install Pandoc

        If you don’t have it installed already, it’s, generally, quite straightforward to do so. If you’re using a Linux distribution, then it should be available via your distribution’s package manager. Otherwise, use the instructions in the Pandoc documentation.

        How To Convert Markdown to AsciiDoc

        After you’ve installed Pandoc and have a sample Markdown file (or a host of files) ready to convert, use the following command example, changing the name of the input and output file as necessary. To summarise, this will convert the Markdown file file.md to AsciiDoc format, and name it file.adoc .

        The options passed to Pandoc will:

        • Convert the headers to my preferred style, ATX style headers, instead of the default Setext style headers
        • Add an automatic table of contents at the top of the file
        • Not artificially wrap lines at an artificial line length. I prefer this as I’m a fan of one line per-sentence, one of the recommended AsciiDoc best practices.
        • Use reference-style links, rather than inline links
        • Produce output with an appropriate header and footer

        Have a read of Pandoc’s man page and see if there are other options that would be helpful to use.

        If you want to (recursively) convert an entire directory structure of Markdown files, here’s a Bash one-liner to help you do that:

        This uses find to find all the Markdown files located under the current directory, and passes them to Pandoc to convert, just as in the earlier example.

        The new files will be named the same as the Markdown file, but have an extra .adoc extension added to their name. For example, if the original file was myfile.md , then the new file will be named myfile.md.adoc . To get around that, here’s another Bash one-liner to remove all of the .md extensions from the AsciiDoc files:

        Want a More Natural Solution?

        If you’re looking for a more natural solution for migrating from Markdown to AsciiDoc — one developed by the Asciidoctor team — then checkout my follow-up article on Kramdoc.

        In Conclusion

        And that’s the basics of how to migrate Markdown documents to AsciiDoc (or another format) using the power tool Pandoc.

        As I alluded to, it’s not perfect, as there are things that it doesn’t quite get correct. For example, it doesn’t always convert code blocks from one format to another correctly. However, it does perform a majority of the migration legwork for you.

        Imagine trying to do it on your own, or to create a custom migration script. If you did, or felt that you had to, you’d spend more time writing and maintaining the script than maintaining your content – which isn’t what you’re there to do. So I strongly recommend that you give it a go, and see how you go.

        If you’ve been using it for some time, I’d love to hear your experiences with it.

        This tutorial shows you how to use pandoc to convert files in various formats.

        Table 1 shows current conversions.

        Table 1 Table 1. Conversions ¶

        Convert From To
        reSTructured Text to HTML .rst .html
        Markdown to reSTructured Text .md .rst
        reSTructured Text to HTML .rst .html

        Scope¶

        Conversion should be a preliminary step in migrating to Sphinx for your documentation project. The results of conversion will complete about 80% of the work. It’s expected that you’ll edit converted files as post-processing. We recommend studying the Pandoc website to learn more.

        In the Clear Linux* documention, we established Documentation Contribution Guidelines, which explain conventions and usage of reST syntax. We encourage you to establish similar guidelines for your team. Even minimal initial investment in guidelines greatly reduces future work. More importantly, providing clear guidelines supports your team’s long-term maintence efforts.

        Note: See also the Clear Linux reSTructured Text Guide.

        Prerequisites¶

        Introduction¶

        We recommend following reST conventions and best practices for Sphinx. To learn more, visit the Sphinx website

        On your host machine, clone the files in the latter directory.

        Navigate to the cloned directory with your CLI.

        You do not need to initialize this directory for Git or set up a remote.

        In your text editor, view the files. They are now in a finished state.

        Remove only two documents with the .html and .rst formats.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    Craig Johnson

    We’ve all got a million things on our mind these days and it’s not uncommon for us to become forgetful at the most inopportune moments.

    One of the most frequent memory lapses many of us experience is when we’re logging onto our online accounts. I don’t know what it is, but remembering that password — whether it’s comprised of letters, numbers, special symbols are some combination therein — can be one of the most difficult things to do.

    And what happens when we put the wrong password in there multiple times? We get locked out of our account!

    Facebook has created an easy way for us to regain access of our accounts when we’ve forgotten the password or otherwise gotten locked out. It’s called the “Trusted Contacts” feature.

    Here how it works: You can choose among your Facebook friends some trusted contacts that can securely send you a recovery code. This is what you’ll use to get back into your account.

    While the process involves you following a number of steps, your trusted contacts have some responsibility, as well. The main thing is that they must make sure that it’s actually you before handing over those security codes. Once you enter the codes, you’ll get access to your account.

    To add a measure of security, once you choose your trusted contact(s), Facebook will notify them, so that they know what and who it’s for in the case you ever need the security codes. Here’s a step-by-step guide on how to pick your contacts:

    1. In Facebook, go to your Security and Login Settings
    2. Scroll down to where it says “Choose 3 to 5 friends to contact if you get locked out” and click “Edit.”
    3. Click “Choose friends and enter the names of people you wanted as your trusted contacts.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    1. Go to the login page and click Forgot account?
    2. Access your profile by entering your full name, username, email or phone number and click Search. If you don’t have access to any of the above, you will have to enter a new email or phone number. That’s what Facebook will use to reach you. This is what that screen looks like below.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    Once you enter your new email or phone number, that will take you to a page that says “Ask Your Trusted Contacts For Help.” This is what it looks like below.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    1. Click “Reveal My Trusted Contacts” and type the full name of one of them.
    2. Each one of your contacts will give you a recovery code.
    3. Use the security codes from your trusted contacts to access your account.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account Best Credit Card Welcome Bonuses for 2022 – If you’re in the market for a new credit card in 2022, you may be hoping to cash in on the hundreds of dollars in sign-up bonuses offered to new customers. Welcome bonuses and offers are a marketing tool that…
    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account Best Cell Phone Plans in 2022: Deals For Every Budget – Team Clark ranks the best cell phone plans and deals! See our favorites for unlimited data, families and cheap plans starting at $10/month.

    More than two billion people use Facebook to connect with their loved ones, friends, and colleagues, share details of their lives through photos and videos, do a livestream, find good deals, and even run businesses on it.

    With all this data uploaded to the platform, Facebook has taken steps to protect it by increasing security measures and enforcing guidelines more strictly than before. Unfortunately, this has led to some users being locked out of their Facebook accounts, and they’re not sure how to unlock them to continue using or accessing the service.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    However, what most people don’t know is that Facebook can disable or lock your account at any given time, restrict your activity even while logged in, or keep you from accessing your account altogether.

    Why You’re Locked Out Of Your Facebook Account Is Locked

    There are several reasons why you’re locked out of your Facebook account, which can be difficult and frustrating to undo. These reasons can be categorized into user or system error, disregard for the Terms of Use and Community Standards, site maintenance, or security and include any of the following events:

    • You’re logged in on multiple devices, which signals to Facebook that your account may have been hacked.
    • Facebook may think that you’ve violated one or more of its rules.
    • You may have received a phishing message that misdirected you to a fake ‘Facebook’ website, and you logged in. When this happens, the cybercriminal may use your credentials to access your Facebook account, and Facebook detected and flagged the activity.
    • Someone reported your account as fake and requested for its removal, reported your content as abusive, or marked it as spam. Facebook automatically flags your account in such cases while investigating the reported content or account.
    • Violating the terms of use and Community Standards by using a fake name, posting content that violates these terms, impersonating someone else, or constantly violating the rules of the platform.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    • Your account appears to pose a security threat, which can range from general suspicious activity to promoting, illegal content, harassing other users, unsolicited contact, inappropriate or spam advertising and more.
    • Joining too many groups. Facebook limits users to a maximum of 200 groups, and if you go beyond that your account may be locked or disabled.
    • If you posted too many messages on someone’s wall or group, it may be considered spam, especially if posted within a very short time span.
    • If you’re under age and not part of a High School group.
    • You have sent out too many friend requests to others beyond the maximum limit of 5,000, though this is rare.
    • In some cases, malware, which prompts you to scan your computer, may signal to Facebook that your account has either been hacked or there’s some suspicious activity. Check out our guide on nine tips to use for better privacy on Facebook privacy.

    How To Access a Locked Facebook Account

    If you’re sure your Facebook account is clear of all the above reasons, and you think it has been locked or disabled by mistake, reach out to them directly so that your concerns are adequately addressed.

    You can also complete and submit an online form and Facebook will investigate the issue. However, Facebook doesn’t guarantee that you’ll receive a quick response within a specific time, so you may have to wait for a response from them, which could take several weeks.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    If you got locked out of your Facebook account because you forgot the email address or password you used when creating your account, you can recover or reset your account provided you have some information like your email or phone number.

    If you prefer to reset your account, you’ll need to answer your security question that you picked when you created your account, which will prove to Facebook that you’re who you say you are.

    Alternatively, you can pick a friend on Facebook that you trust and give them the nominated URL and retrieve a security code. Enter this code and once you’re done with any of these security checks, your account will still be visible but you’ll have to wait at least 24 hours before trying to access it again.

    How Tto Avoid Your Facebook Account Getting Locked Again

    We’ve looked at some of the major reasons why your Facebook account can be locked or disabled, but sometimes it may happen without warning so you won’t have control over it. Here are a few things you can do to avoid getting locked out from your account again:

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    • Limit the number of friend requests you send out
    • Read and adhere to Facebook’s terms and conditions
    • Limit the number of posts you make within a short span
    • If you’re using Facebook for business marketing, add other social media platforms such as LinkedIn, Twitter, Instagram and others to your marketing strategy, and build a fan base on them
    • Don’t click on links from emails that purport to be from Facebook as they may misdirect you to phishing sites and cybercriminals could easily hack your account with your credentials
    • Use a reputable antivirus or security software that can nuke any malware or virus

    Get Your Social Life Back

    Getting locked out of your Facebook account can be frustrating because you’ve probably shared a lot about your personal life, which you may not get back if you can access your account. We hope you now know how to gain back access to your account using the ways listed above, and keep yourself from getting shut out again.

    If you intend to leave Facebook altogether, we have a guide on how to download and delete your data from Facebook and permanently close your account by deleting your Facebook pages, groups, and accounts.

    Elsie is a technology writer and editor with a special focus on Windows, Android and iOS. She writes about software, electronics and other tech subjects, her ultimate goal being to help people out with useful solutions to their daily tech issues in a simple, straightforward and unbiased style. She has a BCom degree in Marketing and currently pursuing her Masters in Communications and New Media. Read Elsie’s Full Bio

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    Online services are becoming increasingly concerned with security, with two-factor authentication now being the flavor of the day. Extra security at login is great, but what if you forget your password? Facebook’s Trusted Contacts can help out here.

    Phone a Friend

    You may feel that you would never forget your Facebook password — you probably enter it at least once a day — but what happens if you take a Facebook sabbatical, or your account is hacked and your password is changed?

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    There are already methods by which you can request a forgotten password, but Trusted Contacts gives you another option. Pick between three and five friends you trust and should you find yourself locked out of your account, you can call on them to help you regain access.

    When the need arises, Facebook will send security codes to the friends you have chosen and at least three of these codes need to be communicated to you so you can unlock your account. Here’s how to go about getting it all set up.

    Configure Trusted Contacts

    Trusted Contacts is something that has to be set up in advance — it is prevention rather than cure. Log into your Facebook account, click the gear icon to the upper right of the page and select Account Settings.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    Click the Security link to the left and then click the Trusted Contacts link to the right followed by Choose Trust Contacts.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    Read through the popup that appears — it just gives a brief overview of how Trusted Contacts works — and then click the Choose Trusted Contacts button.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    Type the name of someone you would like to use as a Trusted Contact, select their name from the popup list and repeat for a total of three to five friends or contacts.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    When you have done this, click Confirm and then re-enter your account password when prompted to do so.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    This list of people can be changed whenever you feel the need. Just head back to the Trusted Contacts section of your account settings.

    Click the Edit link to remove and add individuals from the list, or use the Remove All link to start from scratch.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    There are a few things to keep in mind when deciding who to choose as a trusted contact. Remember that you’ll need to be able to contact them when you are locked out of Facebook, so don’t choose anyone you only know through the social network and do not have other contact details for.

    When called upon, trusted contacts will need to be able to log into their own Facebook account, so don’t choose someone who is often away, doesn’t always have access to a computer or who may have trouble getting online.

    Regaining Account Access

    Should you find yourself locked out of your Facebook account for any reason, this is when you can make use of your Trusted Contacts list. At the Facebook login screen, click the ‘Forgotten your password?’ link and then enter your name, username, email address or phone number to identify yourself.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    If you’re making use of Trusted Contacts, it is to be assumed that you do not have access to your backup email account or phone to use as a means of account recovery. Assuming Facebook has correctly identified you, click ‘No longer have access to these?’ and click Continue.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    You will now need to provide another email address or phone number that Facebook can use to send you recovery details.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    Get in touch with your trusted contacts and tell them to visit https://www.facebook.com/recover where they will be given a PIN – you will need to enter the full name of one of your contacts first in order to reveal the full list.

    When they visit the link, your friend will first be told that you need help accessing your account.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    In a vague attempt to prevent fraudulent use, they will then have to confirm that they have spoken to you and verified that someone else is not abusing Trusted Contacts in a bid to access your account.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    Once this has been done, a code will be shown which needs to be communicated to you.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    When you receive the codes from your friends, enter them in the boxes at the bottom of the page and click Continue.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    Assuming the correct codes have been entered, you’ll then be given the chance to reset your password and regain access to your account.

    Every week, I get emails from viewers saying they’ve been hacked on Facebook:

    “Last week my Facebook account that I’ve had for 15 years was hacked. The person changed my password, phone”

    “The problem is the hacker changed my email and phone number so Facebook doesn’t recognize the information I’m putting into the system”

    “I’d like to know if you can assist or recommend someone for a remedy of a locked out Facebook account. I’ve had this account for nearly 12 years and believe it might have been hacked.”

    It’s a troubling trend, and once you’re locked out, getting your account back can be frustrating and time consuming.

    Follow Rich DeMuro on Instagram for more tech news, tips and tricks.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    I contacted Facebook to learn about the ways hackers get access and to find out the best ways to protect your account.

    “We take this very, very seriously. We have 2.7 billion people on the platform, and we recognize that this is always going to be an issue because people always want to take advantage of other people which is unfortunate but that’s the reality,” explained Robert Traynham, head of public affairs for Facebook.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account Robert Traynham, Facebook

    The surprising way hackers gain access to many Facebook accounts? Through your email account.

    First, they’ll get access to your email because of a weak password, then do a password reset on Facebook and begin to reclaim the account as theirs. From there, they can message your friends, gain access to your personal information and more.

    Facebook didn’t give me specifics on why hackers want access but said they could do damage with the information gained from personal accounts.

    The number one thing you can do to protect your Facebook account: Turn on Two Factor Authentication.

    Once it’s on, your account will require two things to log in: your password along with an additional one-time code, which is texted to your phone or generated by an app like Authy, Google Authenticator or Microsoft Authenticator.

    To do it, on mobile, open the Facebook app and tap Menu. Scroll down and tap Settings. Scroll down and tap Security and Login. Tap Set up two-factor authentication and follow the instructions. If you see a green lock symbol at the top of the screen, you’re already set up and good to go!

    On desktop, go to Facebook and click the down arrow near the upper right-hand part of the screen. Next, click Settings & Privacy. Click Settings. Now, look towards the left part of your screen and click Security and Login. Finally, click where it says Set up Two Factor Authentication and follow the prompts.

    Another security feature to turn on is Facebook’s Trusted Contacts feature. It uses your friends to help you regain access to your account if you’re ever locked out.

    Finally, if you do get locked out of your account, the first place to go is facebook.com/hacked.

    There, you’ll submit what happened and answer questions about your account and potentially submit identification so Facebook can help give you back rightful access. Just be aware, not only can it take a while, but you might also not regain access at all.

    “It may take some time, asking for your patience, the reason why it may take some time is we’re doing a lot of homework behind the scenes,” Traynham.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    I talked to Arcadia real estate agent Pamela Del Rey about her experience getting hacked on Facebook.

    “To lose access to all those memories, you don’t realize how important that stuff is,” said Del Rey.

    With my help, she was eventually able to get her account back.

    “The lesson I learned is I should have listened to you when you said set up all the different security parameters that you can, and I hadn’t set up any of them,” said Del Rey.

    Listen to the Rich on Tech podcast for answers to your tech questions.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    Recently Facebook has taken steps to increase security and enforce guidelines more strictly; the consequence has been an increase in closed accounts. Here is what to do if your Facebook account is locked or disabled.

    Note: Unfortunately, not all accounts can be unlocked due to Facebook's guidelines.

    Can you recover your account?

    As we mentioned above, there are a number of reasons that could explain a blocked or disabled Facebook account, and these reasons can fall under three main categories: site maintenance, disregard for the Terms of Use and Community Standards, user or system error, or security. Before reaching out to Facebook directly, it is important that you identify and understand the possible reasons for your locked account so that your concerns can be adequately addressed by the Facebook team.

    What reasons for disabled Facebook accounts?

    If one of your friends accidentally reported some of your content as either abusive or marked it as spam, Facebook will automatically flag your account while it investigates the reported content. It is also possible that another user has reported your account as fake and requested that your account be removed.

    Facebook disables accounts that don't follow the Facebook Terms of Use and Community Standards. Some examples include: posting content that doesn't follow the Facebook Terms of Use, using a fake name or not using your full real name, creating two accounts, impersonating someone, and continuing behavior that has violated the Community Standards.

    Read Facebook's Terms and Community Standards carefully to avoid any accidental issues.

    If you believe that your account has been disabled by mistake, you may appeal Facebook's decision by completing an online form. Once submitted, Facebook will investigate the issue. Keep in mind that requests are not guaranteed within a certain time span — you may find yourself waiting for several weeks before receiving a response.

    Facebook takes its security measures very seriously, so if an account appears to pose any sort of security threat, the system will automatically flag it for review, therefore disabling user access. Other reasons can include any of the following cases: creation of an account under a false identity, promoting illegal content, unsolicited contact, harassment of other users, inappropriate or spam advertising, or general suspicious activity.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account© CCM

    What additional documents do you need?

    If Facebook suspects that you have two accounts or that you have created an account under a false name, you may receive a message that reads: Unfortunately, you won't be able to access your account while we're reviewing these additional documents. We appreciate your patience, and we'll get back to you as soon as we can. If this is the case, you will be asked to submit additional documents to help Facebook verify your identity.

    You can read more on which type of documents Facebook accepts, how to upload your document, why you must upload proof, and what happens to your document after you have uploaded it by reading Facebook's official Help page.

    When uploading your documents, take care to cover up any confidential information (e.g. your license or passport number) to lessen the risk of identity theft. All documents should be clearly scanned, with your name, birthday, and photo properly displayed.

    Once your documents are scanned and saved to your computer, head back to the contact form, click Upload, and select the file containing your ID. Remember that Facebook may take several weeks to respond to your request. Also note that, if you have created your Facebook account under a false ID, or if the name of your account does not match exactly the name on your documents, you will not be able to recover your account.

    What are some additional tips to recover your account?

    Here are some tips on how to restore access to a locked or disabled Facebook account. Please note that account recovery time may vary depending on the reason for a locked account.

    Accounts deemed as pirated, phished, or compromised can be disabled by Facebook. If this is the case, you can proceed in one of two ways: by cleaning up your browser or by going through an additional verification process.

    To restore your Facebook account, you can try avoiding making any attempt to open your Facebook account for 96 hours. Also, clear your browser cache, and delete your cookies. In some cases, this may be enough to restore account access.

    If your login attempts still fail, you can also go through an additional automated security verification process. One way to do this is by confirming your mobile number by asking Facebook to send a code via text message to your phone that you can enter online. Another method is to verify your friends by identifying them in random photos in which they are tagged. If successful, you will be greeted with a congratulatory message and will regain access to your account.

    How to prevent your account from getting locked?

    There is no exact science that can ensure access to your account at all times, but there are a few measures that you can take to prevent your account from being locked, flagged, or disabled.

    Our first recommendation would be to review Facebook's Terms and to observe the Community Standard Rules. Again, any deviation from these rules is often quickly flagged and could result in an investigation into your account.

    We also advise against the use of proxy servers or servers that use anonymous IP addresses in order to access blocked sites. The use of proxy servers may have a negative impact on a Facebook account, as proxies are unknown to Facebook and may affect the overall network security.

    Finally, we recommend not accessing your account on multiple devices at the same time. While Facebook does, of course, allow for multi-device authentication, accessing your account on various devices at once may be viewed as a security breach. To avoid this, always log out from the device that you used previously before trying to log in with another.

    In 2011, Facebook announced a feature called Trusted Friends which basically offered a way for users to recover their account, in case they lost their password or are not able to login for some other reason. Well, the same feature still exists but it is renamed Trusted Contacts.

    This feature lets a user specify friends on Facebook that can help you when you’re not able to login to your account. You need to name three to five friends that you trust, who can help you in such a situation. If you’re ever locked out of your account, then you’ll need to contact these friends. Facebook will give each of them a unique code which then they’ll need to pass on to you. Let’s look at the process in detail.

    How to Set up Trusted Contacts in Facebook

    To get started, visit this link to open Security settings page on Facebook.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    Contrarian investors have long faced off with momentum investors as many favorite stocks like the FAANGs soared for an extended period with no signs of slowing down. But when momentum investing seemed like the way to win, famous contrarians like Warren Buffett were still finding attractive positions. At the Ben Graham Centre’s 2022 Virtual Value Read More

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    Click on Trusted Contacts and then on Choose Trusted Contacts.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    Facebook will show a dialog box with more information on Trusted Contacts. Click on Choose Trusted Contacts.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    From the next screen, choose 3 to 5 friends that you trust. You should be able to contact these friends, if the need arises, so make sure they are reachable and close to you.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    Just as a security measure, you’ll need to enter your password again.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    That’s all you need to do. You can visit the Trusted Contacts section again to edit or remove your friends any time.

    This is a good method to gain access to the social network, just in case if someone hacked your account, or for some reason you’re not able to login. But make sure that your trusted friends can really be “trusted” with this.

    When in the future you get yourself locked out of your Facebook account, you can get the keys from your trusted contacts.

    Facebook has just launched Trusted Contacts, an account recovery feature that lets friends you choose verify your identity before giving you a security code to regain access to your account.

    The feature was first named Trusted Friends and was piloted way back in 2011.

    Using the feature, Facebook users will choose three to five Trusted Contacts to help them in case they are locked out of their account.

    “Once you’ve set up your trusted contacts, if you ever have trouble logging in, you’ll have your trusted contacts as an option to help,” Facebook said.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    When a user is locked out of their account, the friends will be the ones to verify whether the person asking for the security code is really their contact.

    “You just need to call your trusted contacts and let them know you need their help to regain access to your account. Each of them can get a security code for you with instructions on how to help you,” the world’s largest social network said.

    A Facebook user will need three Trusted Contacts to give him or her a security code before regaining access to their account. With this feature, Facebook is essentially crowdsourcing an added layer of security for Facebook accounts.

    Once you get three security codes from your trusted contacts, you can enter them into Facebook to recover your account,” Facebook added.

    “With Trusted Contacts, there’s no need to worry about remembering the answer to your security question or filling out long web forms to prove who you are,” Facebook said in its announcement of the new feature.

    To set up Trusted Contacts, a Facebook user needs to visit their Security Settings to select their friends to included in the feature’s list.

    Facebook offers the following tips.

    “To select good trusted contacts:

    – Choose people you trust, like friends you’d give a spare key to your house.
    – Choose people you can reach without using Facebook, ideally over the phone or in person, since you’ll need to contact them when you can’t log in.

    – Choose more people to help you. The more friends you choose, the more people who can help you when you need it.

    After selecting your trusted friends, they will be notified by Facebook that you have selected them to help you in case you are locked out of your account or have trouble logging in.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    But there are a few problems. To start, you’re banking on the ever-accessibility of your friends. What if one of your trusted contacts is out of town for the weekend or is otherwise unreachable? The beauty of the Internet — and now storage in the cloud — is the fact that you can retrieve information without relying on anything or anyone else. Sure, giving a set of keys to a trusted neighbor is good practice if you’re ever locked out, but in this increasingly connected and digital world, don’t you just wish you could securely unlock the front door remotely and not have to involve the neighbors (or the whole neighborhood, for that matter) to get back in?

    In this case, Facebook is blending old-school methods of relying on friends with digital security. But not only is this an inconvenience to your closest friends — at least three, in fact — there’s also the problem of getting in touch with someone who might not be around when you need them.

    “While you may trust your friend from pre-school who is on sabbatical in Borneo, it might be a better choice to select the people you know that you’ll be able to reach,” Facebook told me.

    “While you may trust your friend from pre-school who is on sabbatical in Borneo, it might be a better choice to select the people you know that you’ll be able to reach,” Facebook told me.

    Does this mean each time a trusted contact goes out of town, they need to let you know or you should just pick friends that just don’t get out much? And what if you lose touch with a friend or they even die? Facebook says you’ll need to report the issuewith the site and select a new contact. Again, more legwork on your part.

    Keep in mind this is just an option. You can still answer security questions and thankfully, use two-factor authentication.Facebook rolled out two-factor authentication — an increasingly popular security method, which adds an extra layer of security to an account besides a password. If you log onto an account from a device the service doesn’t recognize, it will then send you a text or voice message with a code that needs to be entered before access is granted, just to make sure it’s actually you.

    What’s surprising about this secure method, however, is that many people aren’t aware Facebook even has two-factor authentication. You would think the company would spend time informing users about how to sign up rather than rolling out “trusted contacts,” which seems like more of a hassle and involves way too many people. Instead, Facebook should focus its efforts more on its more reliable, proven two-factor method, rather than an entire new system which makes users jump through hoops.

    Twitter users have long asked for two-factor authentication to come to the micro-blogging site, which has experienced a series of high-profile hacks in the past year. Facebook should make the most of the feature that many other services need.

    What do you think about the feature? Should Facebook look for ways to ramp up two-factor authentication and focus less on trusted contacts? Let us know in the comments.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    Facebook rolled out a new Trusted Contacts feature to help make your account more secure. Should you lose access to your account, either by forgetting your password or having your account “hacked,” you can enlist the help of three to five friends to regain access.
    Once you’re locked out of your account, you’ll need to reach out to those people you have added as Trusted Contacts and ask them to help you out. Here’s what you’ll need to do on your end to get it set up.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    Log in to your Facebook account and navigate to the Security section of your account settings. Or you can jump directly to the Trusted Contacts section by visiting this link. Click on the Choose Trusted Contacts link to begin.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    You’ll be given the basic rundown of what Trusted Contacts can do to help you keep your account secure. Click on the Choose Trusted Contacts button when you’re ready to move on.

    How to set your Trusted Contacts on Facebook admin 2013-05-10T02:49:00-07:00 5.0 stars based on 35 reviews How to set your Trusted Contacts on Facebook Facebook rolled out a new Trusted Contacts feature to help make your account more secure.

    Facebook Security: How To Use Trusted Contacts To Lockout Hackers. – Computers – Nairaland

    In recent time, Facebook users have been battling with different malwares and hacks. A lot of people have experienced account hijack and stolen passwords. Some guys on my friend-list have had their accounts hacked with the perpetrator posting pornography and other illicit contents.

    The worst is that a hacker might go extreme and completely change your password, as well as remove or change important information you will need to recover the account.

    This can lead to total loss of account with your reputation also at stake.
    So What Are Trusted Contacts?
    Trusted Contacts are contacts on your Facebook friend-list that you can trust with your account security in the case of any issue with the account.

    When these Trusted Contacts are added to your account, Facebook can reach out to them and request they help you with recovery of your account. These contacts would be sent a special security code via a URL and you can then call them to get the security code which you will use to recover your password.

    I see this idea of Trusted Contacts as a form of adding Next of Kin to your Facebook account. For this reason, I would advice you to only add your spouse, family, friends or any other trusted persons to the list.

    Adding Trusted Contacts on Your Facebook Account
    To add these contacts to your account, do the following:

    1) Login to Your Facebook Account.
    2) Navigate to Settings & Privacy.
    3) Then click on Security.
    4) Click on Trusted Contacts.
    5) On the Trusted Contacts Page, Click Add Friends.
    6) Use the search box to search for your friend-list or find them manually and add them.

    Facebook is the clear winner when it comes to the number of users in the world. In order to maintain heavy number of user accounts, Facebook implements extreme security measures to control fake IDs, privacy intrusion and cyber stalking.

    If your account is also temporarily locked, you must follow the instructions described below to unlock your profile:

      ■On your favorite browser, open Facebook.com.
      ■On the homepage that opens up, input account details to login.
      ■On the security page that opens up, select Get help from friends.
      ■On the trusted contacts page that opens up, select few friends who you know in person and who are directly in contact with you.
      ■Once done, click on Continue.
      ■Once you do so, Facebook will send a security code to all the friends who you have just selected.
      ■After this, your task will be to contact those friends, and request them to send you the code that they have received from Facebook.
      ■Once you gather all the codes from your friends, you can use the code to unlock your Facebook account.

    Apart from the above, there can be many other options to unlock your temporary locked Facebook account. However, the method you use to successfully unlock your account might also depend on the reason because of which your Facebook account was locked. In some cases, you might need to try different methods of unlocking your Facebook account.

    Facebook allows you to recover your account from a computer or mobile device.Shutterstock You can recover your Facebook account in a browser or using the mobile app if you can't log into your account normally. On a computer, find the problematic account using someone else's Facebook account and then follow the menu to choose to recover the account. On an iPhone or Android, you can follow the forgot password link on the login page to recover the account. Visit Insider's Tech Reference library for more stories. Can't get into your Facebook account?

    • Giverny Capital Asset Management Q1 2022 Letter
      Giverny Capital Asset Management’s model portfolio declined by 8.21%, net of fees. Click here to read the full fund letter.
      04/25/2022 – 4:02 pm | View Link
    • This email says your Google account will be marked inactive – Is it real?
      Google users are getting emails saying their accounts are about to be marked as inactive. Is it real? Here’s what to do next.
      04/22/2022 – 1:00 pm | View Link
    • Update Facebook account to a new version: change modes
      With a new design and a dark mode option, the web version of Facebook is keeping with the times and getting a facelift too! Even though it’s not yet official, some lucky users can already activate .
      04/21/2022 – 11:15 pm | View Link
    • 47 secret WhatsApp tips and tricks you might not know about
      There are now heaps of messaging services around, but WhatsApp has stacks of features and is extremely widely used – the Facebook-owned app claims to have over two billion users worldwide, which is .
      04/19/2022 – 11:15 pm | View Link
    • Facebook users locked from their account for not activating new security feature
      Many Facebook users have assumed the new security feature is a spam message but is designed to protect account holders from hackers, says the company .
      04/18/2022 – 2:28 am | View Link

    Welcome to Wopular

    Wopular is an online newspaper rack, giving you a summary view of the top headlines from the top news sites.

    MoviesWithButter : Our Sister Site

    • "Expendables 4" Starts Shooting This Fall, Says Randy Couture at the Arnold Sports Festivalmore
    • “Expendables 4” Gets Funding Interest from “Ip Man 3” Financiermore
    • "Ip Man 3" Distributor Suspected of Box Office Fraud, Parent Company Loses $200M in Market Capmore
    • Yen Targets "Ip Man 4" for 2018 Release; Discusses Film with Director, Producermore
    • "Ip Man 3" Shatters Expectations with $72M Opening [China Box Office]more

    More Business News


      Business Insider, Tuesday – 04/26/2022 – 07:37 AM

    Kim Jong Un watched a military parade to mark the 90th anniversary of North Korea's army in Pyongyang, North Korea, on April 25. Korean Central News Agency/Korea News Service via AP Kim Jong Un said he planned to develop North Korea's nuclear capacities as fast as possible. He said he'd use them if countries tried to hurt the "fundamental interests" of his state, AP said. He made the remarks at a military parade where intercontinental ballistic missiles were displayed. North Korean leader Kim Jong Un said he wanted to develop the state's nuclear weapons speedily and suggested he would deploy them if provoked.

    US troops patrol the countryside of the Kurdish-majority city of Qamishli in Syria's northeastern Hasakeh province, April 20, 2022. DELIL SOULEIMAN/AFP via Getty Images In January, hundreds of ISIS prisoners attempted to break out of a prison in Syria. US-backed Kurdish forces responded, quelling the jailbreak after 10 days of fighting. The Kurdish response and US support for it highlighted the close US-Kurdish partnership in Syria. While the world's attention is fixed on Ukraine, the US and its Kurdish partners are sitting on a powder keg in Syria.

    The city will consist of interconnected platforms. OCEANIX/BIG-Bjarke Ingels Group Busan, South Korea, has agreed to host the "world's first floating city" in a UN-backed project. The city, made up of interconnected platforms, will generate its own power and clean water. On Tuesday its designer released mockups of how the city may look. Busan is South Korea's second-largest city with a population of around 3.4 million.

    Adviser on ministerial interests Lord Geidt (left) and Boris JohnsonGeidt: Chris Radburn/PA Images via Getty Images; Johnson: Danny Lawson – WPA Pool/Getty Images; Composite: Insider The annual report on ministers' interests will not be published until May, sources say. Lord Geidt, the ministerial sleaze watchdog, had previously said the report would come out in April. The report is likely to set out expanded powers for Geidt's role, pledged by Boris Johnson. The annual report from Boris Johnson's ministerial sleaze watchdog has been delayed until May, sources have told Insider.

    Narcissists can be very charismatic and are adept at playing office politics, says psychotherapist Amy Morin (author not pictured). Hinterhaus Productions/Getty Images Amy Morin is a psychotherapist, author, and the host of "The Verywell Mind Podcast." She says despite their negative traits, narcissists can often be very successful in the workplace. This is due to their charisma, extreme self-confidence, and willingness to take big risks. It's tough to work with a narcissist, but it can be even tougher watching them get ahead at work as a result of their narcissistic behavior.

    A Ukrainian soldier demonstrates a weapon provided by the UK in April 2022. Alex Chan Tsz Yuk/SOPA Images/LightRocket via Getty Images The UK's armed forces minister said it is "completely legitimate" for Ukraine to attack Russian territory. James Heappey said UK-supplied weapons had the range to be used in Russia, and that's "not necessarily a problem." He also rubbished Russia's claim that NATO was waging a proxy war and increasing the risk of nuclear war. It is "completely legitimate" for Ukraine to attack Russian territory, a British defence minister has said, as Russia accused the NATO military alliance of waging a proxy war.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    So you think your Facebook account is secure? You’ve got a super-long-and-complicated password? Well, good for you! However, what if your Facebook account gets compromised, someone hacks into your account, and then changes your profile completely (email, password, etc)? This actually happened to a friend of mine and as a result, his Facebook account was lost forever.

    Thanks to Facebook’s new security feature rolling globally today called Facebook “Trusted Contacts”, you can prevent this from happening.

    The whole idea is that each of us have several trusted friends on our Facebook account. By setting up your trusted contacts, Facebook will send different codes to each of them when requested. Once they’ve confirmed that it is indeed you who are making that request (by phone call or whatever way they choose), you can then use the combined codes to gain access to your account.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    This is very secure because no way the hacker will have access to this because your friends have to confirm the request personally to you. Unless of course, if your friends are using Facebook Message to confirm. Probably a good idea to choose your Trusted Contacts wisely, knowing this might happen. Preferably someone who knows about security, a techie, or a geek like me.

    How to setup Facebook Trusted Contacts

    [2] Click on the “Choose Trusted Contacts” link section on the “Trusted Contacts” Section to set it up

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    [3] Pick 3-5 friends to be your Trusted Contacts

    They will be notified by Facebook after this, but don’t worry. If you ever need to change your mind in the future, they will not be notified about this when they are being removed as your Trusted Contacts. Friends forever.

    That’s pretty much it!

    How to use Facebook Trusted Contacts to gain access again to your hacked Facebook Account

    So you’ve set it up? Wonderful. Now you might be wondering how to use this security mechanism in case of an emergency. When you get hacked and can no longer login to Facebook, use the “Forgotten your password” link next to the Facebook’s login form.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    Search for your account and then you should then be able to use your trusted contacts to help you in reclaiming your Facebook account.

    And somehow you think you are special? like the previous response, read the 2nd post.

    ramavijay1705

    rgd1101

    Titan

    same solution as before. read before posting

    shyambansal160

    rgd1101

    Titan

    here the help, read the thread before posting

    Thread starter Similar threads Forum Replies Date
    S Solved! Cannot log into my original Facebook account due to verify your account by this cold never makes it to Gmail so therefore I ne Android Smartphones 1 Feb 4, 2019
    A OSED I forget my fb password nd lost my sim card how i get my account back Android Smartphones 1 Dec 6, 2018
    R Solved! Looking for Facebook account Android Smartphones 1 Dec 1, 2018
    T Question how do I delete my daughter's account we can't remember the password and it's been hacked Android Smartphones 1 Nov 4, 2018
    S I'm not able to log in to my facebook account. I didn't get security codes to log in as sms to my facebook linked mobile numbe Android Smartphones 2 Oct 27, 2018
    W I lost access my phone and i forgot my email pasword how can i log in on my facebook account Android Smartphones 2 Oct 9, 2018
    M enable my Facebook account Android Smartphones 2 Sep 21, 2018
    G how to unlcok my facebook account?If I login th message is comming like this-You can't use Facebook at the moment We're review Android Smartphones 4 Aug 20, 2018
    S Solved! Mobile number on Facebook account Android Smartphones 2 Aug 17, 2018
    M My Facebook account cannot open how icsn get code Android Smartphones 2 Aug 9, 2018
    H How can i get a login code with out logging in my account Android Smartphones 1 Jul 27, 2018
    2 Can't get into my account on Facebook Android Smartphones 1 Jul 22, 2018
    L How can I access the 'code generator' if I CAN'T access my Facebook account?? Android Smartphones 2 Jul 19, 2018
    B How get back on my Facebook account Android Smartphones 1 Jul 4, 2018
    D I try to login my facebook account for past two days but I was not able to login because my account ca Android Smartphones 5 Jun 25, 2018
    T unable to access my facebook account Android Smartphones 1 Jun 15, 2018
    S Unblock my Facebook account Android Smartphones 1 Jun 10, 2018
    V Facebook password account Android Smartphones 1 Jun 10, 2018
    P how unlocked my facebook account Android Smartphones 1 May 22, 2018
    S facebook account locked temporarily for security reason Android Smartphones 4 Feb 14, 2015
    Similar threads
    Solved! Cannot log into my original Facebook account due to verify your account by this cold never makes it to Gmail so therefore I ne
    OSED I forget my fb password nd lost my sim card how i get my account back
    Solved! Looking for Facebook account
    Question how do I delete my daughter's account we can't remember the password and it's been hacked
    I'm not able to log in to my facebook account. I didn't get security codes to log in as sms to my facebook linked mobile numbe
    I lost access my phone and i forgot my email pasword how can i log in on my facebook account
    enable my Facebook account
    how to unlcok my facebook account?If I login th message is comming like this-You can't use Facebook at the moment We're review
    Solved! Mobile number on Facebook account
    My Facebook account cannot open how icsn get code
    How can i get a login code with out logging in my account
    Can't get into my account on Facebook
    How can I access the 'code generator' if I CAN'T access my Facebook account??
    How get back on my Facebook account
    I try to login my facebook account for past two days but I was not able to login because my account ca
    unable to access my facebook account
    Unblock my Facebook account
    Facebook password account
    how unlocked my facebook account
    facebook account locked temporarily for security reason

    TRENDING THREADS

    • Started by Qosmiouser
    • Apr 19, 2022
    • Replies: 2
    • Started by Jwnt11
    • Feb 11, 2022
    • Replies: 5
    • Started by anthony will
    • Yesterday at 11:00 AM
    • Replies: 4
    • Started by vibration34
    • Yesterday at 2:08 PM
    • Replies: 2
    • Started by roccobangs
    • Today at 3:56 AM
    • Replies: 1
    • Started by jenelsebo
    • Today at 3:28 AM
    • Replies: 0
    • Started by okalautar
    • Today at 1:53 AM
    • Replies: 0

    Share this page

    • Forums
    • Cell Phones
    • Android Smartphones

    Tom’s Guide is part of Future plc, an international media group and leading digital publisher. Visit our corporate site.
    © Future Publishing Limited Quay House, The Ambury, Bath BA1 1UA.
    All rights reserved. England and Wales company registration number 2008885.

    Tom’s Guide is part of Future plc, an international media group and leading digital publisher. Visit our corporate site.
    © Future Publishing Limited Quay House, The Ambury, Bath BA1 1UA. All rights reserved. England and Wales company registration number 2008885.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    UPDATE: If you are experiencing this issue—and it seems that a lot of people are—I’m afraid I have no quick or easy fix to recover your Facebook account. Click here for the update that shares what worked for me and others. Do you have a solution that’s not listed here? Let me know and I’ll add it to the post.

    This is not a blog post about travel, history, nature, or tea, although, as always, a lot of tea was consumed in the composition of it. Instead, I hope this serves as a cautionary tale about how to potentially avoid the mistakes that have seen me locked out of Facebook for over a month. While I am all in favour of digital detoxes, this is not exactly what I had in mind!

    It started in mid-December with an email from Facebook saying that someone was trying to reset my password. Simple question: is this you or not? I clicked the button for “not” and was told that I didn’t have to do anything else. Whew, that was close …

    Except that a few hours later I received a similar message. Again, I clicked that it wasn’t me. But something had changed: I no longer had control of the account. The hackers were in and the race was on … but it wasn’t a race I could win. While I was going through the Facebook process for securing my account and changing my password, the hackers did two things that have now made it impossible for me to log back in.

    First, a long-defunct email address that I must have listed somewhere in the bowels of my Facebook settings was re-registered and all of my other email addresses were deleted. Everything now points to an address only the hackers have access to. The default recovery—sending a code to your email address—is now useless.

    Second, they activated two-factor authentication. This is supposed to increase the security of a system because you need to enter a code in addition to your password. The problem occurs when, again, it points away from the account owner and to the hackers instead.

    I found myself in the centre of a perfect storm of my own lax security, with hackers who had engaged in the digital equivalent of pouring glue in a lock.

    “But surely,” you’re thinking, “Facebook must have a way around this!” After all, extinct email accounts, hackers, and not taking online security as seriously as we should is practically old hat by now. And Facebook is a multi-gazillion dollar company: they must have solutions, right?

    And you’re not wrong: they do have systems in place.

    One option seemed to be an automatic ID reader: you enter an email address you still have access to and hold up an ID to your webcam. Seems simple enough … but I tried several different forms of ID, including my passport, and every message I received said:

    We can’t give you access to this account or help with your request until we receive an accepted form of ID that matches the information listed on the account.

    The other choice is sending in a photograph of ID. I assumed this would be checked by an actual person and I would be back in within a few days (or a few weeks at most—after all, this occurred just before Christmas). Dozens of ID photographs later and I still haven’t heard anything.

    I took to Twitter to complain, but I discovered that using words like “Facebook”, “account”, and “hacked” in the same tweet brought with it a new problem: random accounts messaged me promising to fix the issue. It felt as sleazy as being hacked in the first place.

    I investigated the problem via Facebook’s help section and discovered that the misuse of two-factor authentication in this way was not uncommon. Indeed, there are multiple threads about the exact same issue, with the exact same lack of response. The only person who seems to have found a solution is Christopher, who commented that he was able to get control of his account back only after he bought an Oculus VR device and needed to register it. But it’s not all doom and gloom: I can see that I have over a hundred notifications on the account at the moment, indicating that the hackers have been kicked out too.

    Over the past month, I’ve read a lot about how you can try to get your account back after it’s been hacked, but I wanted to share a few thoughts about how to try to prevent this from happening in the first place.

    First, please remember that hacking by strangers isn’t personal: it’s simply about gathering as much information as possible that can be sold on in bulk (here’s an example about Depop published just this week). For many of us, Facebook has been a part of our lives for years; in my case, probably close to fifteen. Over that time, we leave a lot of nuggets of information lying around that can be valuable to those who trade in it. Credit card used to donate to a friend’s birthday collection? Or perhaps running Facebook ads? Or maybe we just use the same password to log into Facebook as we do for other accounts? It’s all useful to someone.

    Because it’s not personal, you can’t predict whether you may or may not be a target. Instead, it’s best to proactively keep an eye on your data.

    Maybe you’ve forgotten your password, or perhaps a hacker is to blame. We wouldn’t blame you if you were taking some time off of social media, either. Whatever the reason, you have to know how to get back into your Facebook profile. Luckily, it’s pretty easy to regain access with a little bit of work. Here’s everything you need to know on how to recover your Facebook account.

    Of course, getting back into your Facebook account isn’t the only handy guide we have. Be sure to check out a few of these other pages if you want to learn more:

    There’s more than one way to recover your Facebook account. However, your options will depend on how much information you’ve provided to the social network previously. We’ll run through a few of the easiest options to help you get your profile back up and running.

    How to recover your Facebook account:

    Log in from another device

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    Nowadays, most people are logged into social media in more than one location. Whether it’s a phone and a laptop or a laptop and a tablet, you might have multiple access points to recover your Facebook account. Of course, this only really works if you’ve forgotten your password and you need to log in on a new device. If you’re logged in on more than one device, and you want to reset your password, follow these steps:

    1. Open the dropdown menu at the top right corner and proceed to the Settings screen.
    2. While in the settings menu, head to the Security and Login tab on the left-hand side. You’ll find it below the General tab.
    3. Find the section labeled Where you’re logged in. This section will show you all devices which currently have access to your Facebook account.
    4. Go to the Login section just below Where you’re logged in and select the Change password button.
    5. Now, enter your current password as well as a new password twice. You can also choose Forgot your password? instead.
    6. If you’re able to set a new password, you should now access your Facebook account on your new device.

    Again, this method only works if you already have access to your Facebook account on another device.

    Default Facebook recovery options

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    If you’re not logged into Facebook on any platforms, you may need to go through the standard recovery procedure. One of the easiest ways to get started is using one of your friends’ profiles. You’ll have to follow these steps:

    1. Have your friend search for your Facebook profile and view it.
    2. Open the menu with three dots at the top right of the page.
    3. Choose Find Support or Report Profile.
    4. Select I can’t access my account from a list of options, which will log you out and begin the recovery process.

    Once you’ve logged out of your friend’s profile, you’ll see the familiar Forgot your password screen asking for some information. Now, follow these steps:

    1. Enter your phone number or email address in the textbox.
    2. Press the Search button to view a list of possible matched accounts.
    3. Select your account from the list and choose a preferred contact method or select No longer have access to these.
    4. If you have access to those contact methods, choose Continue and wait for Facebook to send you a code.
    5. Enter the retrieved code into the text box, and you should be good to go.

    Use Trusted Contacts to recover your Facebook account

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    One of the best ways to recover your Facebook account is with a bit of help from your friends. Facebook calls this option Trusted Contacts, but it only works if you still have some access to your profile. You’ll have to list a few friends as trusted contacts for the next time you get locked out. They can then help you get back in. Here are the steps to follow:

    1. Navigate to the Settings menu at the top right corner of your Facebook page.
    2. Open the Security and Login tab and scroll down to the Setting up extra security options.
    3. Select Choose 3 to 5 friends to contact if you get logged out.
    4. As the name suggests, you can now choose a few users from your list of friends to receive instructions should you get locked out.
    5. Now you can proceed through the Forgot password options until you are asked for an email or phone number. You can choose that you no longer have access to these and instead enter the name of a Trusted Contact.
    6. From there, both you and your Trusted Contact will receive instructions on how to recover your Facebook account.

    Report your profile as compromised

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    One last trick to recover your Facebook account only really works if your account has been accessed to post spam. You’ll have to mark your profile as compromised, but the rest of the steps should look reasonably familiar. Just give these a try:

    1. Head to facebook.com/hacked and choose from a list of options.
    2. Select continue and wait to be redirected to a login screen.
    3. Now, enter your current password or the last password you can remember.
    4. Login with your previous password, and then try one of the methods listed above to reset a new password.

    There you go! Four ways to regain access to your Facebook account. If none of these methods did the trick, it might be time to set up an entirely new page. Luckily that fresh start can give you a completely new opportunity to create a password that you won’t forget any time soon.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    Data breaches and security incidents have become rampant across the social media sector, making continuous headlines. There are numerous incidents reported where unwitting users suffered frequent data and identity thefts, whose Facebook accounts were compromised.

    Recently, a security research found cybercriminals selling the identities of 267 million Facebook users for £500 (US$623) on dark web forums. The exposed information includes email addresses, full names, last connection, status, age, phone numbers, Facebook IDs, birthdates, age, and other personal data, which could allow attackers to perform spear phishing or credential stuffing attacks.

    By Rudra Srinivas, Senior Feature Writer, CISO MAG

    Every suspicious activity on your Facebook account does not necessary mean that a hacker is behind it. If you can log into your account without any trouble, it means that your account is under your control and not compromised. If you are unable to login into your account, then you can expect potentially malicious intent. However, with proper security measures, users can safeguard their social media accounts from malevolent hands. In case you suspect your Facebook account is hacked, follow the below options to regain control of your account and for future protection:

    When to React

    Ask your Facebook friend to check your profile. Your account may be compromised if you find:

    • Your name, profile picture, or email address have changed.
    • If there are any new friends or friend requests to people you are unaware of.
    • New posts on your timeline you did not posted.

    Report the Hack

    Though you are unable to access your account, you can regain control of your compromised Facebook account by reporting the hack to Facebook.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    Visit Report Compromised Account page >> Select “My Account Is Compromised” option >> Enter your email ID or phone number linked to your account. The page displays a list of options. Select your reasons and follow the instructions.

    Alert Your friends

    Cybercriminals often use compromised accounts to spread fraudulent links or post distasteful or offensive comments. Inform your Facebook friends that your account has been compromised and ask them not to respond to any messages or links that they receive from your account.

    Delete Suspicious Apps

    Earlier, Facebook admitted that hundreds of users inadvertently gave access of their personal data to third-party apps. The affected users were also using their social media accounts to log in to certain applications.

    Scrap all unknown and suspicious apps from your account. Hackers often use malicious applications to pilfer sensitive data, images, and other personal details from social media accounts.

    Go to settings >> Click on Apps and Websites option >> Select the apps you want to remove

    You can also delete all the data, photos, posts, and links shared through these apps. In addition, click the View and Edit option to change app permissions. You can limit the app’s access to your personal data.

    Finally, Reset Security

    Your account could be hacked again if no proper security measures are taken. Adhere to Facebook’s new security and privacy features. Enable two-factor authentication, which ensures that your account cannot be hacked with just one password. Use an authentication app like Google Authenticator for this.

    About the Author

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    Rudra Srinivas is a Senior Feature Writer and part of the editorial team at CISO MAG. He writes news and feature stories on cybersecurity trends.

    More from the Rudra.

    Facebook and its more than 2 billion active users are an attractive target for hackers. Some of the more successful hacks appear in the news, but many hacks are smaller and affect only some Facebook users.

    Indicators that someone may have hacked your Facebook account are:

    • Your email or password has changed.
    • Your name or birthday has changed. have been sent from your account to people you don’t know.
    • Friend requests have been sent to people who are already your friends.
    • Posts that you didn’t create appear to be from you.
    • Friends receive messages from you that you didn’t write.

    If any of these telltale signs happen to you or you notice any other unusual activity, take fast action to protect your account.

    When you think your Facebook account may have been hacked, change your password before you do anything else. If you no longer have access to your Facebook account, immediately follow the steps described below.

    These directions work for any Facebook account. The steps described below require access to the desktop version of Facebook.com.

    How Was My Account Hacked?

    Hackers may have gained access to your Facebook account in any number of ways.

    They could have guessed your password, or they may have set up an Evil Twin Wi-Fi hotspot at a coffee shop and stolen your credentials through a man-in-the-middle attack. Maybe you left your account logged in at a computer lab at your school or library, or hackers could be using your account from a stolen tablet or phone.

    Regardless of how they managed to obtain your Facebook credentials, the best thing to do is move quickly to limit the amount of damage and try to prevent any further hacks.

    Report a Compromise to Facebook

    If you can’t recover your Facebook password and access your account, you can still report a possible hack to the company and receive help to reset your password:

    Click My Account Is Compromised.

    Enter the phone number or email address associated with your account, and then click Search.

    Type your current password or an old one, and then click Continue.

    Select one of the options from the list that indicate why you think your account has been hacked, and then click Continue.

    Facebook explains that you need to change your password and confirm that recent changes to your account came from you to keep your account secure.

    Click Get Started.

    Follow the instructions provided to secure your account and change your password.

    Alert Your Friends

    Tell your Facebook friends that your account was hacked. Warn them not to click any links that may have come from your account during the time it was hacked and out of your control.

    Hackers who compromised your account may have posted on your friends' pages or sent links in comments or private messages.

    Delete Unknown Apps From Your Account

    Eliminate any Facebook apps installed on your account that you don’t recognize. While you’re at it, delete apps you no longer use. At some point, you may have granted the apps access to some of your personal information.

    Open the Facebook menu by clicking the arrow in the top right corner.

    Click Settings.

    Click Apps and Websites from the left pane.

    Check the box next to the Facebook apps you want to remove, and then click Remove.

    Click Remove again on the confirmation prompt. You also have the opportunity to delete every post, photo, and video that the apps posted on your behalf.

    If you click View and edit on an app, it shows the level of access it has to your account and the information Facebook shares with it.

    Also on the Apps and Website page are additional tabs at the top where you can find expired apps (apps that had access at one time, but their permissions have since lapsed) and past apps (which have been removed from your account).

    Removed or expired apps still have the information shared with them while the apps were active, but they can no longer access that information from your Facebook account after they expire or are removed.

    Clicking the tile for a removed or expired app tells you the best method to request that the app delete your information.

    Prevention: Enable Two-Factor Authentication

    Don’t wait for the next hack to take steps to improve your Facebook security and privacy. To prevent your account from being compromised again, Facebook strongly recommends using two-factor authentication.

    Activating this feature requires an additional form of authentication beyond your password when anyone attempts to log in to your account. The second form of authentication can be a number code texted to your phone or a code generated by a separate authentication app on your phone, or a smart key inserted into your computer's USB drive.

    When you have two-factor authorization in place, someone could have full access to your password, but unless they also have your second means of authentication (like your phone or a physical token), they can't get into your Facebook account.

    To enable two-factor authentication on your Facebook account:

    Click the down arrow in the upper right corner of Facebook to access the menu.

    Click Settings.

    Click Security and Login in the left pane.

    Click Edit next to Use two-factor authentication.

    You may be prompted to ensure your password. Enter it and then click Get Started.

    Select either Text Message or Authentication App, and then click Next.

    If you choose Text Message, enter the code in the fields provided. If you choose Authentication App, launch it on your phone and follow the instructions.

    Click Finish when you see the Two-Factor Authentication Is On message.

    Be wary of relying solely on text-message solutions for two-factor authentication. In addition to SIM spoofing (in which someone gets the phone company to reassign your number to a different device), if you lose access to your phone or you change phone numbers, you'll need help regaining access.

    Prevention: Run Security Checkup

    Facebook’s Security Checkup feature adds additional security to your account. Use it to:

      from unused browsers and apps.
    • Receive an alert when someone logs in to your account from an unrecognized mobile device or computer.

    Prevention: Change Your Facebook Password Regularly

    Resetting your password regularly is a good habit to adopt. You can do it at any time.

    Launch Facebook's menu from the down arrow in the upper right corner of the page.

    Click Settings.

    Click Security and Login in the left pane.

    Click Edit next to Change password in the Login section of the center pane.

    Enter your current password next to Current, type a new password in the New field, and then type the new password once more to confirm in the Re-type new text box.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    There are a couple of simple but important steps you may take to ensure that your Facebook account is always safe and secure from hackers.

    For instance, you may associate a phone number to your account and Facebook will send a text message whenever someone logs into your Facebook account from a new location or from another computer. It also helps if you can add an alternate email address to your Facebook account as a backup in case you lose access to the primary email address.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    Use Trusted Friends to Recover your Facebook Account

    Trusted Friends is one of the other useful security related feature of Facebook that some of us may not be aware of (video).

    You choose any 3-5 friends, who you trust, and Facebook will send them recovery instructions for your account in the worst case scenario where you have forgotten your Facebook password and have also lost access to your email accounts and your mobile phone.

    To set up a trusted friends list for your Facebook account, go to your Account Settings – > Security – > Trusted Friends and pick any 3-5 close friends.

    If you ever get locked out of our account, Facebook will send recovery codes to all these trusted friends. Next you need to call your friends, collect the codes and submit them to Facebook. After you submit the security codes, you’ll have to wait for 24-hours before you can log into Facebook again.

    How to Set up Trusted Friends in Facebook – Video

    Here’s a quick video detailing how you may specify Trusted Friends in Facebook.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    We know this method is too old, but some users do not know about this method. So in this post, we discuss Recover your Hacked Facebook profile without any need of an Email address.

    We all know that Facebook is always a nice platform to share our feelings and be in touch with many; apart from these, it is also a space to discuss current times and issues. But when your profile gets Hacked, then this is the worst situation, and when you don’t have access to the recovery email, the condition got more worst. And at that time, most users think that their profile will not recover, but you can actually do that without any requirement of the email address. So have a look at the complete guide discussed below to proceed.

    Steps To Recover Hacked Facebook Account without Email

    You just do not need any hard work, just a simple method to recover your Facebook profile that you might not know until now, and with that, you will not need to access your saved email, and you can add any alternative email. So follow up some simple steps below to proceed.

    Note: This tutorial is only for knowledge purposes and should now be used for any illegal activities as we will not be responsible for anything.

    Steps To Recover Hacked Facebook Profile Without Registered Email:

    1. First of all, you need to enter the email address or Phone number in the field at the top right, and you will see a screen that will ask you that you had forgotten the password.

    2. Now, simply click on the option Forget Password to see all the possible recovery solutions for it.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    3. Now, you need to enter your username, email, or phone number to identify your account.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    4. Now, you need to click on the option no longer access to these, and you will move to the next page.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    5. There enter any of your new email address to get it registered and then repeat the same on another text field.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    6. Now, you will move to the next page, where you need to enter the answers to all the security questions you had saved while creating your account. And if you enter them wrong, you can’t access your account, so fill them in correctly.

    7. That’s it, you are done, now you have successfully recovered your account, and that’s too without any need for an email address registered there as you will only need a new email there.

    With this, you can easily recover your Hacked Facebook profile in which someone had changed your default recovery email, or you don’t have access to your email address as in this, you will need a new email id. So go for it. I hope you like our work; keep on sharing with others too. Leave a comment below if you have any related queries with this.

    Both my Facebook and the associated Yahoo account have been hacked and I can’t get into either. I phoned Yahoo and they were no help because I couldn’t answer one security answer (that I don’t remember providing)/ I can’t get into Facebook because it will only send new passwords to my hacked Yahoo account. What can I do?

    Well,all you have to do is that block that particular person and then,it won’t be able to communicate with you.Then,if you reset your password to stronger one,then it would be very difficult for that person to hack your account.You can also beef up security of your account by enabling https session,two factor authentication.

    So,in order to join Facebook,you need to create a new account and you have to log in regularly to maintain it in active state.

    If hacked,then report it to Facebook –

    else,you can get to recover or reset your password from the link below –

    Added April 12, 2010

    Try reporting your account to Facebook to get it back –

    I am so frustrated, I have sent my ID into Facebook and they have not done anything and I really just want to get control over this. Please tell me you can help. pleaseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee

    or recover from ur phone (if u hv updated in ur account )

    If you have access to any of the emails listed on your account, you can request that a new password be sent to these emails.

    If you don’t have access to any of the email addresses linked to your account, click the No longer have access to these? link under the list of email addresses. Follow the directions provided to answer your security question and regain access to your account.

    I am so frustrated, I have sent my ID into Facebook and they have not done anything and I really just want to get control over this. Please tell me you can help. pleaseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    This allows hackers to remotely lock and even wipe an iPhone, iPad or a Mac by merely cracking a user’s iCloud account password.

    How to protect yourself

    Fortunately, having a passcode already set up on your iPhone or iPad protects you from this attack. If someone manages to remotely lock your iOS gadget out via Lost Mode, just hit the home button once then enter your saved passcode normally to unlock it.

    Macs, however, are still vulnerable. Even if you have a local password in place, iCloud.com hackers can still use the “Find My” service’s Lost Mode to remotely lock your machine with a specific passcode. You can always disable “Find My Mac” by going to System Preferences >> iCloud >> deselect Find My Mac, but you will lose the tracking benefits of this feature. Location tracking may not be as needed for static desktops like iMacs but it can be useful for portables like a MacBook.

    Perhaps before disabling your “Find My” services, it’s best to review your iCloud password first (and for that matter, all your online passwords too.) It’s your first line of defense, after all.

    Since these recent hacks were reportedly initiated by password reuse attacks, it’s critical that you regularly change your passwords and never use the same password across multiple sites and services. Click here to find out how to create hack-proof passwords.

    Additionally, with all its weaknesses, enabling Apple’s two-factor authentication on your iCloud account is still critical because it adds an extra layer of protection from hackers.

    If you ever get victimized by the “Find My” ransom attack, please don’t pay the ransom. Just take your device to your nearest Apple Store for ways to recover it.

    Better yet, always keep a backup of your data so you can restore your device in the case of an emergency. Always create a Time Machine backup of your Mac and for extra security use an online backup service such as our sponsor IDrive.

    IDrive allows you to back up the data from your computers, tablets, and smartphones into one account. Right now for a limited time, you can get 90% off in celebration of their 10 year anniversary.

    Having your Facebook account hijacked can be terrifying. But don’t panic; here’s what you need to do.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    “Why would someone want to hack my Facebook account?” That may be the first thing that comes to mind for many non-celebrity users whose Facebook account is suddenly accessed or hijacked by intruders.

    In fact, having a Facebook account hijacked is not uncommon. There are many reasons someone might want to get control of your Facebook account. Stealing your personal information, including passwords you might use with banks and online retailers, is one major motivation. Forcing your Facebook account to share spam is another.

    Whatever the reason may be, hacked social media accounts are a fact of life. It’s important to know what to do when your Facebook account is hacked.

    Here’s a step-by-step guide to resolving a hacked Facebook account, with input from online security experts. (And don’t miss our guides to how to make yourself anonymous on Facebook, how to block and unfriend someone on Facebook, and how to protect your identity, personal data and property.)

    Check to make sure your account really has been hacked

    If you notice suspicious activity on your Facebook account — such as changes to your name, birthday, email address or password; new sent messages or friend requests to people you don’t know; posts appearing on your timeline that you did not post — then go to the upper right-hand corner of your Facebook page and click on the arrow there, revealing a drop-down menu.

    Click Settings and Privacy > Settings, and a new menu will pop up. Choose the Security and Login option, then Where You’re Logged In. If there is a login from a device that you don’t recognize, then your account may have been hacked.

    End the intruder’s session

    Click the three vertical dots next to the device login that you don’t recognize, then Not You or Log Out. This logs the intruder out of your account, at least temporarily. This limits the damage the intruder can do and allows you to continue regaining and securing control of your account.

    Alert your contacts

    If your account has been compromised, it likely has been used to contact people in your friends list. You’ll need to tell them not to trust any links or install any apps that you had sent them — via wall postings, Facebook messages or Facebook email — while the intruder had control of your account.

    Change your Facebook password

    If the intruder has not changed your password, then changing it is easy. Click Security and Login again, then scroll down to Login and then click Change Password.

    “If you use the same password for multiple sites, it is best to change your passwords there as well,” said Cosette Jarrett, a web-marketing specialist based in Salt Lake City. “If your password has been compromised on one site, chances are your accounts at other sites are in danger, too.”

    Reset your password if the intruder has changed it

    Often, hackers will change your password once they have gotten control of your account, so it’s not as simple as just going into your account settings and changing your password.

    You’ll have to reset your password by clicking the Forgot Your Password link underneath the Facebook login. You will need to provide information to identify yourself, such as the email address you used to register with Facebook, the phone number associated with your account, your Facebook username, or your name and the name of one of your Facebook friends.

    The last option may be best if you believe the person who hacked your account has changed any of your profile information.

    Report your compromised account

    If ads or spam are being sent from your hacked account, you must report it as compromised, which you can do at this link. After reporting, you will receive further instructions from Facebook to resolve the issue.

    Check for malicious apps

    Once you have control of your account again, go to the same Settings menu where you checked for suspicious logins or changed your password, and click on the Apps option in the left-hand menu. Go through the list and check for any apps you did not add yourself, and click the X next to them to remove them.

    Secure your Facebook account

    Getting your Facebook account hijacked is not the end of the world. Having it happen to you, though, can be a good reminder to make sure your account is as secure as it can be.

    Facebook itself offers a number of security tips. You should use a unique password for Facebook, one that you do not use on any other sites; you should log out of Facebook when using a computer you share with other people; you should run some of the best antivirus software on your computer (even if it’s a Mac); and you should be careful about the links you click on and the apps and files you download. You can also run a Security Checkup while logged in to your Facebook account.

    Even if you have not been hacked, shoring up your Facebook security is a good idea. Because many Facebook account compromises are caused by external apps, consider limiting the number of apps you use.

    Do not click on suspicious links or ads shared in your news feed, even when you trust the people who are doing the sharing — it’s possible they themselves have been hacked. Always make sure your desktop web browsers and mobile operating systems are up to date. And be sure to sign out when you’re done using Facebook for the day.

    The same goes for other social networks. Twitter, Instagram, LinkedIn and others have all had user accounts compromised in various ways. As always, remain vigilant and be smart about what you do online, and you’ll be just fine.

    How to use facebook trusted contacts to gain access to your locked account

    Facebook continues to be the largest social network worldwide as it has around 2.4 billion monthly active users, and the number seems to be still growing. We already know that social media accounts often contain lots of personal and sensitive information, which is why cybercriminals target them. There are various methods that hackers can employ to gain access to your account and the data stored on it. One of them is tricking you into thinking that you need to reset your password. As a result, you could be getting Facebook password reset code texts. If you are receiving such messages even though you did not request a Facebook password reset, we invite you to read the rest of our article to learn why you might be getting such messages and how it is best to react to them.

    Why are you receiving Facebook password reset code texts?

    Usually, users get such codes after they request their Facebook password to be reset. However, if you did not ask for a reset and yet you received the so-called password reset code text, it is possible that someone with malicious intentions could be trying to gain access to your profile. If cybercriminals know your login name, they might attempt to guess your password or may use malicious tools that could figure out your passcode for them.

    In a case attackers have not only your login name but also your telephone number, they could send you fake Facebook password reset code texts. Such messages may even claim that someone is trying to hack your account and that you should change your password to protect it. Unfortunately, if you follow a link provided in the fake password reset text, you might end up on a fake Facebook password reset page. It ought to request to insert your current password, and if you do, your passcode might get recorded, which may allow cybercriminals to log into your account.

    What to do if you receive a Facebook password reset code text unexpectedly?

    As explained in the previous paragraph, you should assume that someone is trying to hack your account if you receive an unwanted Facebook password reset request. Knowing it might not even come from Facebook, we advise not to change your passcode or, better yet, not to interact with such messages at all. As long as hackers cannot figure out your Facebook password, your account should be safe. Therefore, your next step should be ensuring that your account is protected with a strong password and that you are taking advantage of extra security measures like Two-Factor Authentication.

    How to create a strong password for your Facebook account?

    The formula for a strong password is always changing. For example, at the moment, a secure passcode is a combination of 10-12 characters that include both lower-case and upper-case letters, symbols, and numbers. Also, a secure password is a combination that has never been used for any other account. If you use the same passcodes for multiple accounts, keep in mind that it only takes one of the passwords to be breached, and all of the accounts sharing it could become compromised.

    Having a different and a strong password for each of your accounts could seem like an impossible task, but there is an easy solution. An application like a dedicated password manager can both generate secure combinations and memorize them for you. Meaning, you can set up complex passwords for all of your accounts without having to worry that you might forget them. If you want to try such a tool, we recommend our Cyclonis Password Manager. Not only it is free, but it also works on Windows, Android, iOS, and Mac devices. Plus, you can choose to create your encrypted passwords’ vault in preferred cloud storage, which would allow you to sync your login credentials across different devices. To learn more about Cyclonis, you should continue reading here.

    What other safety precautions you could take to secure your Facebook profile?

    Whether you suspect someone is trying to log into your Facebook account or you want to employ all safety precautions available, we recommend using the Login Notifications feature. This feature sends alerts to your mobile phone when someone is trying to log into your account from an unknown device or browser.

    Facebook ought to gather information like the name of the unrecognized device, its location, and when the suspicious login attempt was made. All of this information should be presented to you, and based on it, you can decide whether it was you trying to log into your account, for example, from a friend’s computer, or if it might have been a hacker. Such alerts may advise changing your password, but they should not be confused with the Facebook password reset code texts as they only suggest replacing your passcode due to a particular suspicious activity.

    Another thing we recommend is choosing trusted Facebook friends that could help you in case you cannot access your account or get locked out of your profile. If it happens, you will be able to request recovery codes from your chosen friends. These codes should provide special links that you could use to regain access to your account. If you want to learn more about this feature, you should read our previous blog post that explains how to select trusted contacts and how to recover your account with their help in detail.

    To conclude, unsolicited Facebook password reset requests should be ignored. However, if you receive such messages, you should understand that someone could be after your Facebook account and that it might be the time to setup up safety features you have not used before. Also, you may want to change your passcode if it is old and no longer meets the current requirements of a strong password. Just make sure that you access the Facebook password change options on your own and do not click on any questionable links.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    With the release of Ubuntu’s latest operating system, Ubuntu 18.04 LTS, creating a hotspot is easier than ever before. With a wifi hotspot, you can let other wireless devices such as smartphones and televisions etc. make use of your computer’s internet connection.

    This tutorial describes the simple steps of turning your Ubuntu into a Wireless Access Point. We are running this tutorial on a device with network chip that supports connecting to two wireless devices at the same time. If your wireless chip does not support this functionality, you will have to use your wired internet connection as a hotspot for your Ubuntu system.

    Turn on Wi-Fi Hotspot on Ubuntu 18.04

    Please follow these steps to turn your Ubuntu system into a wifi hotspot:

    Open the Settings utility through Ubuntu Dash as follows:

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Click the downward arrow located at the top-right corner of your Ubuntu screen and then click the settings icon located at the left corner as follows:

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    The Settings dialog will open, displaying the Wi-Fi tab opened by default. In the left panel, you will be able to see the available wifi networks, including the one you are connected to:

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    From the list of Visible Networks, click the one you want to use for Wi-Fi hotspot and then click the options button as displayed in the following image:

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Select the Turn On Wi-Fi Hotspot option.

    The following dialog will open, asking you to reconfirm turning on the hotspot:

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Select the Turn On Option if you want to proceed.

    You will now be able to view the newly set-up Wi-Fi Hotspot under the list of visible networks as follows:

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Your wireless device will now show “Linux” in the available list of wifi networks. You can connect to this network by using the password displayed in the above Wi-Fi panel.

    Disconnecting the Wi-Fi Hotspot

    If you wish to discontinue using your system as a wi-fi hotspot, please follow these steps:

    Open the Settings utility through Ubuntu Dash as follows:

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Turn the Wi-Fi Hotspot button off as follows:

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Please re-confirm if you want to stop the hotspot by clicking the Stop Hotspot button; this will also disconnect all the users currently connected to the Linux network

    Click the downward arrow located at the top-right corner of your Ubuntu screen and then click the Turn Off option under the active hotspot entry as follows:

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    You active hotspot will be disconnected.

    As you have seen, Ubuntu has now made it extremely simple to turn your system into a Wi-Fi hotspot so the people around you can use your internet connection to connect their smart devices to the internet,

    Karim Buzdar

    About the Author: Karim Buzdar holds a degree in telecommunication engineering and holds several sysadmin certifications. As an IT engineer and technical author, he writes for various web sites. You can reach Karim on LinkedIn

    If you have a single wired Internet connection – say, in your small home office – you can create an ad-hoc wireless network with Ubuntu and share the Internet connection among multiple devices. Ubuntu includes an easy, graphical setup tool.

    Unfortunately, there are some limitations. Some devices may not support ad-hoc wireless networks and Ubuntu can only create wireless hotspots with weak WEP encryption, not strong WPA encryption.

    Setting up Wireless hotspot in Ubuntu

    To get started, click the gear icon on the panel and select System Settings.

    Select the Network control panel in Ubuntu’s System Settings window. You can also set up a wireless hotspot by clicking the network menu and selecting Edit Network Connections, but that setup process is more complicated.

    If you want to share an Internet connection over the wireless, you’ll have to connect to it with a wired connection. You can’t share a Wi-Fi network – when you create a Wi-Fi hotspot, you’ll be disconnected from your current wireless network.

    To create a hotspot, select the Wireless network option and click the Use as Hotspot button at the bottom of the window.

    You’ll be disconnected from your existing network. You can disable the hotspot later by clicking the Stop Hotspot button in this window or by selecting another wireless network from the network menu on Ubuntu’s panel.

    After you click Create Hotspot, you’ll see an notification pop up that indicates your laptop’s wireless radio is now being used as an ad-hoc access point. You should be able to connect from other devices using the default network name – “ubuntu” – and the security key displayed in the Network window. However, you can also click the Options button to customize your wireless hotspot.

    From the wireless tab, you can set a custom name for your wireless network using the SSID field. You can also modify other wireless settings from here. The Connect Automatically check box should allow you to use the hotspot as your default wireless network – when you start your computer, Ubuntu will create the hotspot instead of connecting to an existing wireless network.

    From the Wireless Security tab, you can change your security key and method. Unfortunately, WPA encryption does not appear to be an option here, so you’ll have to stick with the weaker WEP encryption.

    The “Shared to other computers” option on the IPv4 Settings tab tells Ubuntu to share your Internet connection with other computers connected to the hotspot.

    Even if you don’t have a wireless Internet connection available to share, you can network computers together and communicate between them – for example, to share files.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Ubuntu 18.04 LTS Open the Wi-Fi Settings from system menu. And then from the hamburger menu on Wi-Fi Settings, select Turn On Wi-Fi Hotspot. That’s it, your WiFi access point is now up and running!

    How do I make my computer a wireless access point?

    1. Select the Start button, then select Settings > Network & Internet > Mobile hotspot.
    2. For Share my Internet connection from, choose the Internet connection you want to share.
    3. Select Edit > enter a new network name and password > Save.
    4. Turn on Share my Internet connection with other devices.

    How can I turn my laptop into a WiFi hotspot Ubuntu?

    1. Open the system menu from the right side of the top bar.
    2. Select Wi-Fi Not Connected or the name of the wireless network to which you are already connected. .
    3. Click Wi-Fi Settings.
    4. Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select Turn On Wi-Fi Hotspot….

    Can an access point be wireless?

    An access point is a device that creates a wireless local area network, or WLAN, usually in an office or large building. An access point connects to a wired router, switch, or hub via an Ethernet cable, and projects a Wi-Fi signal to a designated area.

    Does Ubuntu have hotspot?

    With the release of Ubuntu’s latest operating system, Ubuntu 18.04 LTS, creating a hotspot is easier than ever before. With a wifi hotspot, you can let other wireless devices such as smartphones and televisions etc.

    Can a laptop be used as an access point?

    To do that, use Windows Control Panel to open the Network and Sharing Center window. . Check the Allow other users to connect through this computer’s Internet connection box, and also select Local area connection in the Home networking connection list. This should make your laptop to work as a Wi-Fi access point.

    Can I use my PC as a router?

    Yes, you can! To set up a Mac or Windows laptop as a wireless router, you can use an app that will do it all for you or set it up manually within the operating system. To make your laptop a hotspot, it needs to use your Wi-Fi adapter. Therefore, you cannot access the Internet using the same device.

    How do I enable WiFi on Linux?

    To enable or disable the WiFi, right click the network icon in the corner, and click “Enable WiFi” or “Disable WiFi.” When the WiFi adapter is enabled, single click the network icon to select a WiFi network to connect to.

    How can I share my PC Internet to mobile Ubuntu?

    1. Connect your pc with the Internet as usual.
    2. Connect your Android phone via USB to your pc.
    3. Activate ‘USB-Tethering’ in Androids ‘Settings’
    4. Create a new wired connection in Ubuntus network manager as described here.
    5. Start Reverse Tether and follow it’s instructions.
    6. Browse on your phone 🙂

    How do I setup a hotspot with a wired connection?

    1. Go to Network Icon on top panel -> Edit Connections.
    2. Click the Add button in the pop-up window.
    3. Choose Wi-Fi from the drop-down menu when you’re asked to choose a connection type.
    4. 4.In next window, do: Type in a connection name.

    Is mesh WiFi better than access point?

    Mesh networks are typically not as fast as a hardwired network. Choosing between a wireless access point and a mesh network may come down to cost of the devices themselves and their installation, and speed or performance you’re hoping to achieve.

    Is access point better than router?

    The router acts as a hub that sets up a local area network and manages all of the devices and communication in it. An access point, on the other hand, is a sub-device within the local area network that provides another location for devices to connect from and enables more devices to be on the network.

    What’s the difference between WiFi extender and access point?

    A range extender repeats the wireless signal from your router to expand its reach by creating a second network, while an access point relies on a hardwired connection to your network, rather than simply repeating the existing network.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    If you have a single wired Internet connection – say, in a hotel room – you can create an ad-hoc wireless network with Ubuntu and share the Internet connection among multiple devices. Ubuntu includes an easy, graphical setup tool.

    Unfortunately, there are some limitations. Some devices may not support ad-hoc wireless networks and Ubuntu can only create wireless hotspots with weak WEP encryption, not strong WPA encryption.

    Setup

    To get started, click the gear icon on the panel and select System Settings.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Select the Network control panel in Ubuntu’s System Settings window. You can also set up a wireless hotspot by clicking the network menu and selecting Edit Network Connections, but that setup process is more complicated.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    If you want to share an Internet connection wirelessly, you’ll have to connect to it with a wired connection. You can’t share a Wi-Fi network – when you create a Wi-Fi hotspot, you’ll be disconnected from your current wireless network.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    To create a hotspot, select the Wireless network option and click the Use as Hotspot button at the bottom of the window.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    You’ll be disconnected from your existing network. You can disable the hotspot later by clicking the Stop Hotspot button in this window or by selecting another wireless network from the network menu on Ubuntu’s panel.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    After you click Create Hotspot, you’ll see an notification pop up that indicates your laptop’s wireless radio is now being used as an ad-hoc access point. You should be able to connect from other devices using the default network name – “ubuntu” – and the security key displayed in the Network window. However, you can also click the Options button to customize your wireless hotspot.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    From the wireless tab, you can set a custom name for your wireless network using the SSID field. You can also modify other wireless settings from here. The Connect Automatically check box should allow you to use the hotspot as your default wireless network – when you start your computer, Ubuntu will create the hotspot instead of connecting to an existing wireless network.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    From the Wireless Security tab, you can change your security key and method. Unfortunately, WPA encryption does not appear to be an option here, so you’ll have to stick with the weaker WEP encryption.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    The “Shared to other computers” option on the IPv4 Settings tab tells Ubuntu to share your Internet connection with other computers connected to the hotspot.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Even if you don’t have a wireless Internet connection available to share, you can network computers together and communicate between them – for example, to share files.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access pointDo you want to make a computer function as a WLAN base station, so that other computers can use as it as their wifi access point? This can easily be done using the open source software Hostapd and compatible wifi hardware.

    This is a useful thing to do if computer acting as a firewall or as a server in the local network, and you want to avoid adding new appliances that all require their own space and cables in you already crowded server closet. Hostapd enables you to have full control of your WLAN access point and also enhances security. By using Hostapd the system will be completely in your control, every line of code can be audited and the source of all software can be verified and all software can be updated easily. It is quite common that active network devices like wifi access points are initially fairly secure small appliances with Linux inside, but over time their vendors don’t provide timely security updates and local administrators don’t care to install them via some clumsy firmware upgrade mechanism. With a proper Linux server admins can easily SSH into it and run upgrades using the familiar and trusted upgrade channels that Linux server distributions provide.

    The first step in creating wireless base station with Hostapd is to make sure the WLAN hardware supports running in access point mode. Examples are listed in the hostapd documentation. A good place to shop for WLAN cards with excellent Linux drivers is thinkpenguin.com and in their product descriptions the WLAN card supported operation modes are nicely listed.

    The next step is to install the software called Hostapd by Jouni Malinen and others. This is a very widely used software and it most likely is available in your Linux distribution by default. Many of the WLAN router appliances available actually are small Linux computers running hostapd inside, so by running hostapd on a proper Linux computer will give you at least all the features available in the WIFI routers, including advanced authentication and logging.

    Our example commands are for Ubuntu 14.04. You need to have access to install hostapd and dnsmasq Dnsmasq is a small DNS/DHCP server which we’ll use in this setup. To start simply run:

    After that you need to create and edit the configuration file:

    The configuration file /etc/hostapd/hostapd.conf is filled with configuration examples and documentation in comments. The relevant parts for a simple WPA2 protected 802.11g network with the SSID ‘Example-WLAN‘ and password ‘PASS‘ are:

    Next you need to edit the network interfaces configuration to force the WLAN card to only run in the access point mode. Assuming that the access point network will use the address space 192.168.8.* the file /etc/network/interfaces should look something like this:

    Then we need to have a DNS relay and DHCP server on our wlan0 interface so the clients actually get a working Internet connection, and this can be accomplished by configuring dnsmasq. Like hostapd it also has a very verbose configuration file /etc/dnsmasq.conf , but the relevant parts look like this:

    Next we need to make sure that the Linux kernel forwards traffic from our wireless network onto other destination networks. For that you need to edit the file /etc/sysctl.conf and make sure it has lines like this:

    We need to activate NAT in the built-in firewall of Linux to make sure the traffic going out uses the external address as its source address and thus can be routed back. It can be done for example by appending the following line to the file /etc/rc.local :

    Some WLAN card hardware might have a virtual on/off switch. If you have such hardware you might need to also run rfkill to enable the hardware using a command like rfkill unblock 0 .

    The same computer also runs Network Manager (as for example Ubuntu does by default) you need to edit it’s settings so that if won’t interfere with the new wifi access point. Make sure file /etc/NetworkManager/NetworkManager.conf looks like this:

    Now all configuration should be done. To be sure all changes take effect, finish by rebooting the computer.

    If everything is working, a new WLAN network should be detected by other devices.
    On the WLAN-server you’ll see similar output from these commands:

    Last modified: 2015-10-26T18:52:46+02:00

    Written by Otto Kekäläinen

    Linux-natives – a blog by Linux experts from Finland – is brought to you by Seravo, a Finnish company focused on open source software and services.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    This tutorial is trying to help those who want to create AP wifi hotspot in Ubuntu Laptop but stuck at “Wifi Hotspot: Access Point Mode Is Not Supported By This Device” error message.

    I’ve written three tutorials about how to turn Ubuntu Laptop into a wifi hotspot for Android, and Windows phones. Access Point Mode does not support issue is one of the most asked questions from my readers. Below I will show how to fix it using Broadcom bcm4313 as example.

    1. Press Ctrl+Alt+T on keyboard to open terminal. When it opens, run the command below to tell your wireless chip information:

    In my case, it outputs:

    02:00.0 Network controller: Broadcom Corporation BCM4313 802.11bgn Wireless Network Adapter (rev 01)

    The chip id is BCM4313, manufactured by Broadcom.

    2. Check the below table. Find out the driver that works for your wireless adapter and support AP mode.

    For Broadcom, there are three drivers that support AP mode, but only brcmsmac (check link page for supported chips) support wifi chip BCM4313.

    Driver Manufacturer Support AP Mode
    adm8211 ADMtek/Infineon no
    airo Aironet/Cisco ?
    ar5523 Atheros no
    at76c50x-usb Atmel no
    ath5k Atheros yes
    ath6kl Atheros no
    ath9k Atheros yes
    ath9k_htc Atheros yes
    ath10k Atheros ?
    atmel Atmel ?
    b43 Broadcom yes
    b43legacy Broadcom yes
    brcmfmac Broadcom no
    brcmsmac Broadcom yes
    carl9170 ZyDAS/Atheros yes
    cw1200 ST-Ericsson yes
    hostap Intersil/Conexant ?
    ipw2100 Intel no
    ipw2200 Intel no
    iwlegacy Intel no
    iwlwifi Intel yes
    libertas Marvell no
    libertas_tf Marvell yes
    mac80211_hwsim Jouni yes
    mwifiex Marvell yes
    mwl8k Marvell yes
    orinoco Agere/Intersil/Symbol no
    p54pci Intersil/Conexant yes
    p54spi Conexant/ST-NXP yes
    p54usb Intersil/Conexant yes
    rndis_wlan Broadcom no
    rt61pci Ralink yes
    rt73usb Ralink yes
    rt2400pci Ralink yes
    rt2500pci Ralink yes
    rt2500usb Ralink yes
    rt2800pci Ralink yes
    rt2800usb Ralink yes
    vt6656 VIA yes
    wil6210 Atheros yes
    wl12xx Texas Instruments yes
    zd1211rw ZyDAS/Atheros yes

    3. Find out current driver running on your wifi adapter by running below command:

    If need, install ethtool from Ubuntu Software Center. The command outputs something like this:

    So in my case I need to switch wireless driver from wl0 to brcmsmac to get AP mode support.

    4. Install brcmsmac driver.

    5. After installed the new driver, try to enable it from Additional Drivers utility (search & open it from the Unity Dash), and finally restart.

    6. Finally run:

    Below section tells you AP mode is support now:

    Supported interface modes:
    * IBSS
    * managed
    * AP
    * AP/VLAN
    * monitor

    For some wireless chips, run below command instead to check out supported interface modes:

    7 To make this work at next boot, go to /etc/modprobe.d directory in terminal:

    Or in your file browser (open as root), find out and remove the line blacklist brcmsmac that blacklist the driver in any file in that directory.

    When you travel, you encounter all kinds of Internet access arrangements. Some hotels make it easy, allowing you to use their Wi-Fi networks without restrictions. More often than not, however, connecting to Wi-Fi on the go is not simple. For example, some hotels limit connections to their Wi-Fi networks to one device only. Or, one device at a time. Or, some places offer the wired (Ethernet) lines only. Sure, you can connect your laptop to the Internet this way, but what about your tablet or the smart phone, wouldn’t it be nice to connect them, too?

    Turns out, it may be possible to set up your laptop to share its Internet connection with other devices via its built-in Wi-Fi device. The following steps should work well if you have a laptop with Windows 7 or later. If you have Windows Vista or XP, a different procedure may work instead. (A hint: search the web for how to create an ad-hoc connection for the specific version of Windows that you have.)

    The first thing to do is to check that your Wi-Fi network adapter supports the so called Hosted Network mode. To do that, open Windows command prompt and enter the following command:

    Look for the line that reads Hosted network supported: Yes.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Don’t worry, you don’t need to know what hosted network is, all you need to do is find that line. If you see it, you are good to go. If not, then your Wi-Fi network adapter does not support this feature, sorry.

    Now, let’s configure your laptop to offer its own Wi-Fi access point, to which you could connect your other Wi-Fi devices. First, decide on the name of the wireless network your laptop would create. It could be nearly anything. In the example below, we chose the name MyLaptopWiFi. Second, decide on the password that you would need to enter to connect your other devices to this access point. We chose Orange6725 as the password; you can obviously choose something else.

    To actually create the access point, open the command prompt in the Administrator mode. To do that on Windows 10, you could press the Win-X keys and select Command prompt (Admin) from the menu. Then, enter the following two commands into the command prompt:

    Of course, replace MyLaptopWiFi and Orange6725 with your own name and password that you have chosen.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    This creates the access point, but it’s not fully operational yet: you need to tell Windows that you want to share your actual Internet connection with the access point you’ve just created. To do that, use Windows Control Panel to open the Network and Sharing Center window. There, click on the connection that provides the actual connection to the Internet (which could be your Wi-Fi connection or the Ethernet line, depending how you have connected to the Internet.), press Properties for that connection, and finally select the Sharing tab:

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Check the Allow other users to connect through this computer’s Internet connection box, and also select Local area connection in the Home networking connection list.

    This should make your laptop to work as a Wi-Fi access point. If you open another device, you should now see MyLaptopWiFi in the list of the Wi-Fi networks offered. Connect to it, as usual, entering the password you have set up, and your device should now be connected to the Internet via the laptop. Pretty neat, huh?

    Password-protect and hide personal files and folders with Folder Guard for Windows 11,10,8.

    Well, it all should work well in theory. In practice, though, we discovered that not all is smooth. If you connected a device to MyLaptopWiFi, but there is no connection to the Internet on that device, try to restart the laptop, and repeat the steps above again, it may work better the second time. Or, it appears that enabling the access point may not work well with the power transitions of your laptop. That is, if you try to put the laptop to sleep, it may not work and the laptop may stay awake while the access point is enabled. We also experienced a few blue screen crashes, although not that frequently to make it a real concern. It may depend on the model of your laptop or the Wi-Fi card that your laptop has; some combinations may work better than others.

    Keep in mind, that if you put your laptop to sleep or restart it, the access point disappears and you would need to set it up again each time you wake up the laptop. If you do this frequently and don’t want to go through the same steps every time, you may want to use Windows Task Scheduler to do it for you. For example, put the two commands shown above in a batch file, and then create a new task that would run that batch file, and set the trigger for that task On workstation unlock. This way, every time you wake up the laptop and unlock it, the batch file would run for you automatically. When you no longer need it, disable the task in Task Scheduler.

    We also found that sometimes an attempt to create the access point fails with Windows displaying the following message:

    Encrypt and password-protect external drives with USBCrypt encryption software for Windows 11,10,8.

    If this happens, it could be because the hosted network adapter got disabled for some reason. To solve this problem, open Device Manager, navigate to Network adapters, right-click Microsoft Hosted Network device, and choose to enable it. (If you don’t see it in Device Manager, restart the laptop.) Check also that the real Internet connection is still shared.

    Finally, what if you’ve created the access point, used it for a while, and no longer need it, – how to turn it off? Easy: open Windows command prompt and enter the following commands:

    If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared files on the network, and so on.

    Open the system menu from the right side of the top bar.

    Select Wi-Fi Not Connected . The Wi-Fi section of the menu will expand.

    Click Select Network .

    Click the name of the network you want, then click Connect .

    If the name of the network is not shown, scroll down the list. If you still do not see the network, you may be out of range, or the network might be hidden .

    If the network is protected by a password ( encryption key ), enter the password when prompted and click Connect .

    If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the wireless router or base station, or in its instruction manual, or you may have to ask the person who administers the wireless network.

    The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect to the network.

    If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several curved bars above it ( ). More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. Fewer bars mean the connection is weaker and might not be very reliable.

    If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password again or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer’s wireless card might have a problem, for example. See Wireless network troubleshooter for more help.

    A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the device which provides the internet connection (like a router or modem), but the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different speeds.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    WiFi is nowadays the most popular way of getting an internet connection, be it at the office, home, restaurants e.t.c. This tutorial is intended to help those who would like to connect WiFi from the terminal on Ubuntu 16.04. It doesn’t matter whether you’re using the Desktop edition or the server edition of Ubuntu.

    The only requirements are:

    • Working wireless card
    • Internet connection to install some packages
    • Interactive shell session

    There are two common ways you can connect Wireless network from the terminal. These are:

    1. Using iwconfig command
    2. Using wpasupplicant method

    Method 1: Using iwconfig command

    You can configure your Ubuntu to connect to WiFi by following steps given below. If you don’t know the name of your wifi device, use:

    Open the terminal and type ifconfig interface and press Enter.

    Byt default, this command just turns your wireless card on. If your wireless card has a different name, replace wlan0 with a correct name. Now that the card is on, you can connect to your WiFi network by specifying its ESSID name:

    Replace with the actual name of your access point, and password with the actual security key for the wireless network. If your wireless network does not require a security key, do not enter a key password. Just use:

    For the ASCII password, use:

    Now confirm that you are connected. You can as well manually request an IPv4 address using.

    Then try to check your ip and try to ping outside.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Method 2: Using wpasupplicant

    wpa_supplicant is a cross-platform supplicant with support for WEP, WPA, and WPA2 (IEEE 802.11i / RSN (Robust Secure Network)). It is suitable for desktops, laptops, and embedded systems. For this method, you first need to install wpasupplicant package which includes the main program wpa_supplicant, the passphrase tool wpa_passphrase, and the text front-end wpa_cli

    This package will provide a wpa_supplicant command which we’ll use to manage our Wireless network. The file to configure is /etc/wpa_supplicant.conf.

    You can as well generate a basic configuration from cli:

    Now rescan for available devices:

    Make sure you can see the wireless network you intend to connect to. Now start wpa_supplicant with:

    Commonly used arguments are:

    -B – Fork into the background.
    -c filename – Path to a configuration file.
    -i interface – Interface to listen on.
    -D driver – Optionally specify the driver to be used. For a list of supported drivers see the output of wpa_supplicant -h.
    nl80211 is the current standard, but not all wireless chip’s modules support it.

    Using wpa_cli

    At this point run:

    This will present an interactive prompt (>), which has tab completion and descriptions of completed commands. Some important commands to note when working on wpa_cli include:

    • Scan for available access points
    • List available Access points

    To associate with MYSSID, add the network, set the credentials and enable it:

    For access points with no authentication, use:

    Finally, save this network in the configuration file:

    To get a DHCP lease, first release whatever leases you’re still holding onto (as root):

    And request a new address

    You should now have a working internet connection through an access point which you connected from cli. This method is suitable for minimal installation of Ubuntu Distributions or Servers with Wireless card. These methods are easy to script, with more effort you can write a cron job which connects to it at reboot. Thank you for reading our guide on how to connect WiFi from the terminal on Ubuntu 16.04. If you encounter any issues, let us know through the comment section.

    If you have two network interface cards installed in your Ubuntu system, one of which connects you to the Internet and the other to a local network, then your system can be transformed into an immensely powerful router. You can establish basic NAT (Network Address Translation), activate port forwarding, form a proxy, and prioritise traffic to and from your system so that your downloading does not interfere with your gaming. This article describes how to set up your Ubuntu system as a router, which can later be configured as a firewall. It requires prior knowledge of iptables. The resulting set-up will help you to control traffic over ports and make your system less vulnerable to security breaches.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Figure 1 : Ubuntu as a router

    Gateway set-up

    The pre-requisites to setting up a gateway are:

    • A computer with Ubuntu OS
    • Two network cards
    • Internet connectivity
    • Knowledge of iptables

    Two network cards will have to be installed in the computer. One connects to the Internet, which we will call eth1. The other connects to our internal network.
    We will call this card eth0.

    To summarise:

    • eth1 = Network adapter connected to the Internet (external)
    • eth0 = Network adapter connected to a computer in the same subnet (internal)
    • 10.10.6.0 = Subnet for eth0
    • 192.168.1.8 = IP address of Host A, any computer in the Internet
    • 10.10.6.203 = IP address of eth0.
    • 10.10.6.204 = IP address of eth1.
    • 10.10.6.205 = IP address of Host B, any computer in the same subnet.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access pointFigure 2: Configuration of eth0 How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point Figure 3 : Setting up network on eth0 How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point Figure 4: Configuration of eth 1 How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point Figure 5: Setting up network on eth 1

    Configuring network interface cards

    Each network interface has to be assigned a static IP address. How to do this differs for the desktop edition and the server edition of Ubuntu. Both the methods are described below. You can refer Figure 2 to 5.

    For Ubuntu s desktop edition: Click on System Settings->Network->Select Interface->Options

    For Ubuntu s server edition: You need to follow the steps given below.

    1. Open the terminal, by pressing Ctrl+Alt+T
    2. Enter the following command to edit the interfaces file:

    3. Edit the file with the following lines:

    Enable IP forwarding

    Configure the Ubuntu system so as to initiate routing between two interfaces by enabling IP forwarding:

    Edit /etc/sysctl.conf, and add the following lines (for versions up to Ubuntu 10.04):

    From Ubuntu 10.10 onwards, it is sufficient to edit /etc/sysctl.conf and uncomment:

    so that it reads as follows:

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point Figure 6: Enable IP forwarding How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point Figure 7 : Result

    IP masquerading

    To enable IP masquerading, enter the following set of commands at the terminal:

    Do not forget to save these iptables rules, or they will be lost after the next system reboot as they are stored in volatile memory.

    The above command will activate previously saved iptables rules when the system reboots, making the changes permanent.

    How to use your laptop as an internet access point for a desktop

    This was originally posted on the ubuntuforums in this thread.

    The intent of this how to is to use a crossover cable and a wireless laptop to connect to the internet from a desktop computer that is too far from the router to run a cable.

    By the way, there are a lot of words here, but that is because I like to be complete, not because this is hard. Read the whole thing before you start and you will discover this isn’t especially technical or difficult.

      I am running Ubuntu 5.10 (Breezy Badger) on both the laptop and desktop.

    Before you start

    Make sure you have a working connection from your wireless laptop to your router and from there to the internet.

    Make sure you know how to use and set up your router as well as how to find it’s configuration. For me this is through a browser interface at 192.168.1.1 when connected directly to the router via an ethernet cable or wireless connection.

    Find the following information from your router’s configuration. I will list mine (where security permits) for comparison and so you can see it below as we continue. On the linksys wrt54g with firmware version 4.20.7 this is found under Status->Router in the configuration pages.

    • for me to log into my router from any computer on the network the address is 192.168.1.1
    • the router assigns addresses to computers using it from 192.168.1.100 to 192.168.1.149

    Things you will need

    • A desktop computer with a working Ubuntu installation and a tested and known to work ethernet card. (I will call this desktop)
    • A ethernet crossover cable. NOT a regular ethernet cable
    • A wireless access point that is already configured properly and has access to the internet (I will call this router)
    • A laptop or other computer with a working Ubuntu installation and a wireless connection that is configured properly and already works (I will call this laptop)

    Step 0: Plug in the cable

    Plug the crossover cable in to the ethernet ports on the desktop and the laptop. Make sure both computers are turned on before you continue. It will be easiest if the computers are right next to each other for this process.

    Step 1: Install Firestarter on the laptop to configure access

    • select the laptop’s wireless card (for me eth1) as your “Internet Connected Network Device”
    • select the laptop’s ethernet card (for me eth0) as your “Local Network Connected Device”
    • select “Enable internet connection sharing”

    Step 2: Configuring your network rules on the laptop

    From the panel menu: System->Administration->Networking

    Your wireless connection (for me eth1) should already be configured properly and working so I won’t discuss that here. Your settings for that card/connection will not change at all.

    Highlight your Ethernet Connection (for me eth0) and select “Properties”

    Check “This device is configured”

    Choose your wireless connection as the “Default gateway device”

    Click “ok” because you are done here.

    *the important thing here is to choose a different subnet from what your router assigns to computers connected to it. Mine assigns addresses in the 192.168.1.xxx subnet so I chose to use here 192.168.2.xxx

    +This is from the Default Gateway listed in the router’s setup page as shown above.

    Step 3: Configuring your network rules on the desktop

    From the panel menu: System->Administration->Networking

    Highlight your Ethernet Connection and select “Properties”

    Check “This device is configured”

    Choose your wireless connection as the “Default gateway device”

    Click “ok” because you are done here.

    *the important thing here is to choose the same subnet as your laptop is using. Earlier we used 192.168.2.102 subnet so I chose to use here 192.168.2.103. Same subnet, different computer.

    +This has to be the same as the IP address for your laptop’s ethernet connection (eth0).

    Step 4: Configuring the Domain Name and servers properly

    This step insures that your desktop will have access to the internet the same way the laptop does and be able to use names for web sites and not just IP addresses. in other words, we are going to tell your desktop the some of the same information manually that your router is telling your laptop through DHCP.

    On your laptop, open the file /etc/resolv.conf In it you will find something like this:

    Keep this information handy.

    Go to the desktop and put the exact information in the file /etc/resolv.conf on the desktop using your favorite editor.

    It is probable that this file is currently blank. In any case, completely erase the contents if there are any and type in exactly what is shown in the same file on your laptop then save.

    Okay. Time to test. Open firefox and type something simple in the address bar like “www.google.com”

    If we did everything right it will work, but we are not quite done.

    The resolv.conf file will be regenerated on the desktop every time you reboot. Unless you enjoy recreating the file each time, there is one more step remaining.

    While the current internet connection is working on the desktop computer, with all the extra repositories enabled, fire up synaptic or apt-get install resolvconf on the desktop computer

    Once that is installed

    and add the following to that file under the heading shown using the information from your current, working /etc/resolv.conf:

    This will automatically create your (correct) /etc/resolv.conf file every time you reboot.

    Afterword

    WifiDocs/WirelessLaptopInternetAccessPoint (последним исправлял пользователь nuttycat 2011-06-04 23:57:25)

    looking for a way to turn a laptop into a headless box server with ubuntu server, with ssh only access, disk encryption activated, no login prompt at reboot and deactivate screen and keyboard.

    Best Answer

    Here are asked four questions/requirements and some of them are not compatible each other. If it will be a home server with public access (as it sounds like), I would just install Ubuntu Server and will close the lid of the laptop to make it headless.

    Setup SSH

    To install SSH server on Ubuntu execute the following commands (or tick Open SSH Server during Ubuntu Server’s installation process; the openssh-client should be installed by default):

    Now you should be able to connect to the SSH server through the loopback interface (from/to the server itself) by the command:

    Setup key based authentication to increase the security. First create the directory .ssh within your user’s home directory: mkdir

    Then, from a remote instance (from your LAN), let’s assume it is also Ubuntu, execute the following steps (source):

    Generating RSA Keys (enter passphrase for more security in case someone steal your key, it should be different from your user’s password):

    Transfer the Client Key to the Server (note):

    Now you should be able to connect to the SSH server with key authentication (you should enter your passphrase if you’ve setup it):

    Once this works, you could disable the password authentication of the Server by editing the file /etc/ssh/sshd_config in this way:

    Don’t forgot to restart the SSH server: sudo systemctl restart sshd.service

    If you are planning to use encrypted home directory you should tweak your SSH configuration (on the server side) as it is described here: SSH is allowing remote connections only after a local login to the server.

    No login prompt at reboot or How to prevent login with physical access

    I wold say, in my opinion, this is not necessary. Within Ubuntu, the login with root is disabled by default. That means, as local Server’s administrator, you should login with a user that could have a hard to guess (odd, meaningless) username and strong password. And, I think, this is enough in this case where you should guess the password by hand writing. If you want to add more security you can setup two factor authentication.

    Actually, first, you should disable the Recovery mode in order to prevent login with physical access as root. It is accessible within the ‘Advanced options’ in the GRUB’s menu, that can be reached through long press of the Shift key during the boot.

    If you really want to disable the TTYs to prevent the login with physical access, within nowadays Ubuntu versions (15.04+) that uses systemd, you can edit the file /etc/systemd/logind.conf in the following way, that will disable the TTYs from 2 to 6 (source):

    TTY-1 is hard coded and will stay active. To disable TTY-1 use the following command that will symlink it to /dev/null (source):

    Now restart the system and the TTYs should be unavailable.

    Deactivate Screen and Keyboard

    The screen and the keyboard of a laptop could be deactivated through GRUB. For this purpose edit the file /etc/default/grub and modify the following line in the shown way (where are the parameters that already exists):

    Then execute sudo update-grub and reboot the system. These additional kernel parameters will deactivate the keyboard and the screen of the laptop. My research shows that they will fit to almost every laptop brand/model.

    You can override these parameters by pressing the e key within the GRUB menu. With these settings, if you plug in external keyboard and monitor (why not and mouse) they must work.

    Full disk encryption

    A short internet research shows that there are available few approaches how to make full disk encryption, for example:

    The article Manual Full System Encryption on Ubuntu Documentation / Community Wiki.

    Please note! “A consequence of full system encryption is that you need to type in your system passphrase each time you power on your computer. “

    So, if you setup full disk encryption and disable the keyboard and the display this will make impossible to run the system after reboot.

    Think twice before setup full disk encryption!

    This will add security only in a case your device is stolen and its HDD/SSD is attached to an another host. During the working process of your Server the disk will be decrypted in order to be accessible for the system. So this will not add extra network security.

    In the same beginning – do you really need this additional headache? I would spend this time to learn about how to use LVM.

    Maybe you would like to use encrypted home directory to prevent the other users of the system to access your personal files. In this case unless you are not logged-in your personal data will be encrypted.

    Note if you are planning to be stand alone administrator of this Server you do not need to do that, because you can restrict the access to your files and folders effectively through the permissions.

    While you are logged-in your home will be decrypted in order to be accessible for your user and if there is an another administrator – someone that can use the sudo command, – which is maliciously tuned (!?), he or she could access your files.

    Maybe the most effective way to keep your sensitive data secure is to use encrypted folder (or just encrypted archive file). Thus, before decrypt the folder (file), you could check who is logged-in (as root).

    If you have a single wired Internet connection (like in a hotel room) you can create Wireless Access Point with Ubuntu and share the Internet connection among multiple devices. This can be done very easily on Ubuntu (whatch this tutorial: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=G0FFQVy3RUg) It will create an ad-hoc wifi network. However ad-hoc networks are not supported in some android models, windows mobile, and iOS devices. A more universal solution is to create an Access Point (or Infrastructure, or Hotspot) wifi network. This is a bit more complicated but not so difficult. Here I will describe how to do it.

    1 Check whether the wireless card supports Access Point mode

    First thing to be done is to test whether your wireless card supports going into wireless access point mode. This test is for mac80211 framework based driver.

    Install iw and run the command iw list :

    Look for supported interface section, where it should be a entry called AP like this:

    If your driver doesn’t show this AP, it doesn’t mean it can’t create wireless hotspot. But those cards aren’t in the scope of this tutorial.

    2 Setup and host a network

    Install hostapd (sudo aptitude install hostapd) and create the configuration file /etc/hostapd/hostapd.conf with a content like this:

    Things that you need to change here are:

    • Change interface=wlan0 to your wireless card name. If you have one wireless card it should be wlan0.
    • Change ssid=name_of_network with the name that you want to give to yout hosted network.
    • Change wpa_passphrase=1234567890 with the password for accessing your network.

    The name of the wifi interface can be found with a command like this:

    The configuration above creates a WPA & WPA2 enabled access point in g mode. A more detailed instruction on how to build the configuration file can be found here: http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/hostapd

    Before starting hostapd, we should also edit the file /etc/default/hostapd and modify the line of DAEMON_CONF like this:

    Now we can start hostapd with the command sudo service hostapd start . It should start a wireless network. In your mobile device now you can see a wireless network and can authenticate. But the device won’t get IP address. Stop it with the command sudo service hostapd stop .

    Note: If you get any errors, maybe your card doesn’t support g mode. Try with other modes (see: http://linuxwireless.org/en/users/Documentation/hostapd).

    3 Set up DHCP server for IP address management

    Install isc-dhcp-server ( aptitude install isc-dhcp-server ). Edit the file /etc/default/isc-dhcp-server and set INTERFACES like this:

    Modify the name of the wireless interface accordingly, as in the section above. Then modify the configuration file /etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf like this:

    1. Comment the following lines:
    2. Append these lines as the end:

    Range describes how large the address pool will be. You need to adjust subnet value also. The config above can give IP up to 15 devices.

    Now edit /etc/network/interfaces and add the following lines:

    wlan0 is your wireless interface; change it accordingly.

    Note: After reboot, the wireless will be shown as not managed. So you can’t use any other wi-fi network. To get wireless with normal behaviour, put # before those newly added lines and execute sudo service networking restart

    If you start now the services isc-dhcp-server and hostapd, your mobile device will see a network, authenticate to it and after authentication it will get as IP address something like 10.10.0.2 But still it can’t connect to internet.

    4 Share the internet connection

    For Internet connection sharing we need IP forwarding and IP masquerading.

    Enable IP forwarding like this:

    Setup IP masquerading like this:

    Here ppp0 is the logical interface name if you are using a dial up/usb modem connection to Internet. It may be eth0 if you are using an Ethernet cable connection. If you are connecting to Internet through an android device with USB tethering, then the interface name could be usb0.

    You can find out the name of the logical interface that you are using to connect to the Internet with a command like this:

    5 Script to Automate the Installation

    I like to automate configuration steps whenever it is possible and it is something that can be reused. Here is a script on gist that can be used to install a wifi access point automatically: https://gist.github.com/dashohoxha/5767262

    It should work well on Ubuntu 12.04 or its derivatives (for example Linux Mint). Let me know if there are any bugs on it or things that can be fixed or improved.

    Ever wondered how to setup a Wifi hotspot in Linux Mint/Ubuntu? In this post we will cover the process how to setup and configure a wireless(or wifi) hotspot in Linux Mint and in Ubuntu as well. Yes, this is possible in some GNU/Linux distributions like in Mint and Ubuntu and that’s why we’ll cover those first(in the future, we’ll check other distros and update this post if other Linux distros have the feature as well). You one thing to keep in mind, there’s a possibility that it won’t work on all devices(so hardware is a key factor as well).

    Some wifi cards do not support hotspot mode, so make sure to check on that as well.

    Setup a Wifi hotspot in Linux Mint

    In order to start setting up, you need to access the network connections menu in Linux Mint. You can do that by two ways, which are really simple. The first way is to just search for “Network connections” in the start menu and in search results you’ll get an Network connections icon.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Other way is to access the network connections menu is by, clicking right click on the network icon, which is located on the taskbar, right besides the update notification icon. Right click on the icon and select the option – edit the network connections, and you’ll access the Network connections menu.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Creating Wifi hostpot

    In the network connections menu, on bottom left, there’s a plus sign. Click on the plus sign in order to create a new connection. A prompt window will open, where it asks what kind of network connection we need to setup. In the selection drop box, we need to select WiFi and click on create button. Next, a window will open in which we need to enter our parameters.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    First field is the connection name – You set the name you like for your new connection.

    Next is SSID – This is the name of our WiFi hotspot. You need to set the name so you can recognize your hotspot and to connect on it.

    Mode: under the Mode we need to select the option – hotspot. As it implies, it will set our WiFi to work as a hotspot.

    Band: For a start, you can leave it as automatic, but this is essentially to will the WiFi emit 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequencies.

    You can leave channel by default.

    Device – Here we need to select our WiFi card from our laptop. Click on the dropdown and it will offer you a device named Wlo1 or Wlan1. Those names represent the WiFI card on your laptop.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    After that, we need to setup the security – that’s the next tab. By security, we will just set a password for our wifi hotspot. First field, security – click on the dropdown and select the option – WPA & WPA 2 personal. This is the encryption type we just selected and WPA & WPA2 is the strongest. Next field, password – in there you just type in your password for the wifi hotspot. And that’s all that is needed. After you enter all the parameters, click on the save button and you can use it and connect your other wifi devices.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Setup a Wifi hotspot in Ubuntu

    The process to setup wifi hotspot in Ubuntu is actually quite the same as is in Linux Mint. Linux mint is based of Ubuntu and they both are almost the same. They both have the same system tools. So that means, that in order to create wifi hotspot in Ubuntu, you just need to do the same process like for the Linux Mint. Just find and open the Network connections menu, it will look the same and have the same options and same parameters. Create a new wifi connection, set the mode for the hotspot, enter your SSID(wifi hotspot name), assign the wifi device on the connection, set the password and save your new connection.

    Believe it or not but when it comes to handling networking nothing is like Linux and of course, Ubuntu is the part of that. Indeed, the enabling of a hotspot in Windows 10 is super easy just one click and Ubuntu is not behind as well, here you also just need to go through few steps, to get and activate a hotspot connection.

    requirements

    • Ubuntu 20.04 LTS or older versions such as Ubuntu 19.04/18.04/16.04…
    • Wifi supported hardware interface
    • If you want to share the internet than an Ethernet connection with active internet.

    Enable Wifi Hotspot in Ubuntu 20.04

    There are two ways to create a Hotspot, one is through the general settings and the other one is by directly accessing the Gnome connection editor.

    Method 1#: Using the General Settings.

    Turn on Wifi Adapter

    Click on the top right side arrow symbol given on Ubuntu 20.04 to reveal quick settings and then Turn ON the Wifi Adapter. Once you have done that click on the “Wifi Settings” option.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Turn On WiFi Adapter

    Turn on Ubuntu 20.04 Wi-Fi Hotspot

    Under the Settings of Ubuntu 20.04 LTS, select the WiFi from the left side panel. After that click on the three dots given near the minimize icon in the top bar. This will pop-up further settings related to Wi-Fi. Here select the “Turn On Wi-Fi Settings“.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Turn On Wifi hotspot ubuntu 20.04-min

    Create a new hotspot connection

    You will see a new window. Here you have to give some name to your Ubuntu hotspot connection which acts as SSID along with the password you want to use for the same. Finally, click on the Turn On option to start it.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Create SSID and Password for hotspot

    Visible networks

    Under the WiFi settings, you will find the created WiFi hotspot along with all details of this new connection and a toggle button, that we can use to Switch on or off the same.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Method 2nd: Using the GNOME NM Connection editor

    Open NM Connection Editor in Ubuntu 20.04

    Go to the Command Terminal of Ubuntu 20.04 and type the below command:

    The above command will open the GNOME Network Connections manager. There click on the + icon given at the bottom to create a new connection.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Add new connection from GNOME connection editor

    Select the type of connection you want to create

    From connection type, click on the drop-down box and select the WiFi connection as we want to create a hotspot.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Add Wifi connection

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Choose a new connection type

    Create SSID and select connection Mode

    Here, we have to give some name to our Wi-Fi connection which works as SSID, we have given “h2smedia”, you can type whatever you would like to have. The next important thing is the MODE, here select the Hotspot from the dropdown box, otherwise, it will not create a Wi-Fi hotspot at all.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Connection mode

    Set Wi-Fi hotspot security in Ubuntu 20.04

    Now, click on the Wi-Fi Security tab, select WPS & WPS2 Personal security type and then in the next column enter the password which you want to use with the created hotspot. Save it.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Wifi security Ubuntu 20.04

    Turn off or On Wi-Fi hotspot on Ubuntu 20.04

    Finally, under the Wi-Fi settings, you will find your created connection with all detail required to connect it with other devices such as your Android smartphone or laptop. Toggle button can be used to switch it ON or OFF, in case you want to connect to some Wi-Fi network.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Wifi hotspot created via nm connection editor

    So, this was the quick tutorial on creating a Wi-Fi hotspot in Ubuntu Linux.

    I’ve been around the block with this several times and nothing seems to hardware unblock the WiFi on this laptop.

    I am running Ubuntu 10.04 LTS. Laptop is a Medion MD96350. Its built in keyboard is defective so I have to use a USB keyboard.

    The WiFi worked fine until today, I returned home to find that my kids have been on the laptop and somehow disabled/hardware blocked the WiFi. And I cannot re-enable it.

    On the original built in keyboard, the switch is a key combo press (FN+ an F key I can’t remember – the keyboard has since been removed).

    There is a strip across the top of the base showing disc access status, battery indicator etc, power switch, then the WiFi indicator and some media indicators which are also keys (play, pause, prev. next.) which all light up blue, and get ‘bluer’ once ‘pressed’ (no physical button). The WiFi indicator no longer lights up. I’m unsure whether this is also a ‘key’, but nothing happens if it is ‘pressed’.

    WiFi card info from sudo lspci -v

    sudo rfkill list

    sudo ifconfig wlan4 up

    The driver is iwl3945, which is associated. I have tried removing it and reinstating it to no effect. I have tried various other things to no effect.

    When I had windows installed, I could raise and switch off the card via windows with no problems.
    I have since removed windows, and do not wish to reinstall it just to raise the WiFi card every time it is switched off in Ubuntu.

    BIOS has the options to have the hardware switched off on boot, or in the state it was during the last shutdown. There is no option to have it switched on at boot.

    So, my question is, since there appears to be no resolution for this directly, as in having Ubuntu being able to hardware unblock it, is there a way to map the FN key the laptops’ built in keyboard had, to my USB keyboard, and how. Or is there a way to access the built in media “buttons” (the strip across the top of the laptop) to be able to have Ubuntu recognise the WiFi “button” (if it is indeed a “button”)?

    Best Answer

    So, maybe I’ll get to delete my answer in deference to someone more knowledgeable, but my understanding.

    1. open a terminal and run xev
    2. mash on your fn key

    My understanding is that fn ‘s signal is never sent to the os. Rather, it modifies the signals that other keys send. I’m wrong if xev shows anything in response to your mashing.

    With this premise, I’ll guess that fn + wifi sends a signal directly to your hardware to toggle your wifi card off and on. Running windows or linux or whatever isn’t ever going to affect this cause and effect relationship.

    However, you may be able to remap an fn combo like fn + wifi .

    I don’t have a clue on this part of your question. If you could do it windows (mind, without using the keyboard..), then theoretically it’s possible in linux. You just need to hope the kernel module supporting your wifi card supports this, and then that someone has written ui software to take advantage of the feature.

    If this is the core of your question, then it might be a duplicate of this one: Unblocking hardware switch Wifi

    I want to run Ubuntu server 18 on my laptop. This by default does not use X windows, so there is no desktop environment. It also by default does not enable wifi. Servers don’t usually need wifi and desktop environments, right?

    Anyway, I want both wifi and a desktop environment. I actually tried Ubuntu desktop with Gnome on this T420, but Firefox crashed several times, locking up the whole machine. Since I want the laptop to emulate a server environment for development I thought screw it, let’s install Ubuntu server on here and just add a light desktop environment.

    These items are no longer outstanding for me, since I got NetworkManager working including the XFCE desktop widget.

    • Add other wifi networks
    • Switch between networks
    • Get nmtui to display and switch between wifi networks

    I’m using a Lenovo ThinkPad T420. On a Windows machine, I followed the instructions on the Ubuntu website for creating a bootable USB stick.

    On the T420 I had to go into the bios and move USB up the list so it would boot from the stick.

    Installation of Ubuntu was smooth, all went perfectly well.

    Install desktop environment

    There are plenty of choices, mine was:

    Wifi Networks device not managed

    Imagine my delight when I first log into an X window session and realise that the laptop is not connected to the wifi/internet.

    Get wifi working

    This is based on a pretty poor understanding of what’s going on. Here’s what I guesstimate to be the situation.

    As of Ubuntu 17, networking is managed by either of two approaches: NetworkManager or networkd .

    Added to this, netplan is also used. See netplan.io

    netplan reads YAML config files and generates config files for NetworkManager or networkd , depending on your preferences.

    Also required, apparently, is wpasupplicant .

    Turn on wifi radios:

    Check your devices are all recognised, even if they’re not currently being “managed”:

    wlp3s0 is the wifi device in my laptop. If yours doesn’t appear. good luck with that. Maybe try ifconfig up wlp3s0

    Check your wifi is capable of detecting nearby routers:

    Again, if your output is different here, good luck!

    My /etc/netplan/01-netcfg.yaml looks like this, note that it renders config files for NetworkManager . This should enable the network widget in the XFCE desktop. If this doesn’t work, you can try renderer: networkd . That’s fine, but the desktop widget will not work, and you’ll need to use the command line to view and connect to networks. In this case, running sudo netplan try followed by sudo netplan apply seems to reliably re-connect to known networks if connection is lost. (Connections are lost very easily, e.g. on waking from sleep.)

    Do not be distracted by /etc/network/interfaces ! Mine looks like this, note what the comments say, and note that there is nothing else in apart from the comments, i.e. it does nothing:

    ifupdown is not on my system.

    Running this seemed to get things working:

    This is confusing. The netplan config file renders for networkd yet restarting the network-manager seems to apply the netplan changes to NetworkManager.

    At some point I think I also restarted the wpa_supplicant service:

    As of now the wifi is working perfectly. I have not yet rebooted. I notice that the wifi indicator panel in XFCE still says “WiFi Networks device not managed”, but I think that’s because it’s checking with NetworkManager , which is not being used.

    Much random stabbing in the dark was involved, including the following, I have little idea if these were necessary but this is what Google led me to do:

    Wireless access points (APs or WAPs) are networking devices that allow Wi-Fi devices to connect to a wired network. They form wireless local-area networks (WLANs).

    An access point acts as a central transmitter and receiver of wireless radio signals. Mainstream wireless APs support Wi-Fi and are used in homes, public internet hotspots, and business networks to accommodate wireless mobile devices. The access point can be incorporated into a wired router or a stand-alone router.

    Lifewire / Tim Liedtke

    What Is a WAP Used For?

    Stand-alone access points are small physical devices that closely resemble home broadband routers. Wireless routers used for home networking have access points built into the hardware and work with stand-alone AP units. When you use a tablet or laptop to go online, the device goes through an access point, either hardware or built-in, to access the internet without connecting via a cable.

    Several mainstream vendors of consumer Wi-Fi products manufacture access points, which allow businesses to supply wireless connectivity anywhere they can run an Ethernet cable from the access point to a wired router. AP hardware consists of radio transceivers, antennas, and device firmware.

    Wi-Fi hotspots commonly deploy one or more wireless APs to support a Wi-Fi coverage area. Business networks also typically install APs throughout their office areas. While most homes require only one wireless router with an access point built in to cover the physical space, businesses often use many. Determining the optimal locations for access point installations can be challenging even for network professionals because of the need to cover spaces evenly with a reliable signal.

    Use Wi-Fi Access Points

    If the existing router doesn’t accommodate wireless devices, which is rare, you can expand the network by adding a wireless AP device to the network instead of adding a second router. Businesses can install a set of APs to cover an office building. Access points enable Wi-Fi infrastructure mode networking.

    Although Wi-Fi connections technically do not require the use of APs, they enable Wi-Fi networks to scale to larger distances and numbers of clients. Modern access points support up to 255 clients, while old ones support only about 20. APs also provide the bridging capability that enables a local Wi-Fi network to connect to other wired networks.

    History of Access Points

    The first wireless access points predated Wi-Fi. Proxim Corporation (a distant relative of Proxim Wireless) produced the first such device, branded RangeLAN2, in 1994. Access points achieved mainstream adoption soon after the first Wi-Fi commercial products appeared in the late 1990s.

    While called WAP devices in earlier years, the industry gradually began using the term AP instead of WAP to refer to them (in part, to avoid confusion with Wireless Application Protocol), although some APs are wired devices.

    In recent years, smart home virtual assistants have come into wide use. These include Google Home and Amazon Alexa, which fit into a wireless network much like computers, mobile devices, printers, and other peripherals via a wireless connection to an access point. They enable voice-activated interaction with the internet and control home-related devices, including lights, thermostats, electrical appliances, televisions, and more, throughout the Wi-Fi network that the access point enables.

    You can use your Linux desktop to share your wired Internet connection wirelessly, by creating a Wi-Fi hotspot. This allows your computer to act like a wireless router, allowing other devices to connect to the Internet via its Wi-Fi.

    Note that using these instructions you will NOT be able to use the same wireless network to both connect to the Internet and create a hotspot. Your need a wired Internet connection and an unused Wi-Fi on the same machine.

    This articles shows how to create an a Wi-Fi hotspot on the Ubuntu 18.04 Gnome desktop, and how to edit its settings (change the password, SSID, etc.), a feature that’s hidden from the settings and menu. The hotspot uses infrastructure mode (the Wi-Fi mode will be set to “Hotspot”) by default, which allows sharing the Internet connection with Android devices.

    How to create a Wi-Fi hotspot in Ubuntu 18.04 using Gnome desktop

    1. To create a Wi-Fi hotspot, the first thing you’ll need to do is to turn on your Wi-Fi (if not already enabled):

    This is done by going to the System menu and selecting Wi-Fi Off > Turn On .

    2. Next, select Wi-Fi Settings from the system Wi-Fi menu:

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    3. In the Wi-Fi Settings window, click on the Gnome menu icon from the window upper right-hand side corner, and select Turn On Wi-Fi Hotspot :

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Your new Wi-Fi hotspot uses AP (infrastructure) mode by default in Ubuntu 18.04, and the network SSID and password, as well as the security type (WPA/WPA2 is used by default in Ubuntu 18.04) are presented on the next screen – which is displayed immediately after your enable the Wi-Fi hotspot:

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    If you are ok with the defaults and don’t want to change anything, that’s all you have to do to create a Wi-Fi hotspot in Ubuntu 18.04.

    You won’t find any options to change these defaults though, at least not in this settings pane. If you want to change some of the hotspot settings, like the network SSID and password, there are two ways of doing this, which I’ll explain below.

    How to change Wi-Fi hotspot settings in Ubuntu 18.04 (Gnome desktop)

    Option 1: Edit the hotspot configuration file.

    After creating a hotspot for the first time, a file called Hotspot is created in /etc/NetworkManager/system-connections , which holds some settings. So make sure to create a hotspot first, or else this file does not exist! You can then edit the configuration file with a text editor, for example Nano, like this:

    In this file you can configure the network SSID (it appears as ssid= under [wifi] ), password (the Wi-Fi password is the value of psk= under [wifi-security] ), and other settings.

    After making changes to the Hotspot file, save it (to save the file in Nano command line text editor, press Ctrl + O , then Enter , and then exit using Ctrl + X ).

    After making changes to the hotspot configuration file you’ll need to restart Network Manager:

    Option 2: NM Connection Editor.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    This tool lets you modify the hotspot Wi-Fi mode, band (choose between 2.4 Ghz and 5 Ghz if available), and more. You can start it by pressing Alt + F2 or opening a terminal and typing:

    If you use nm-connection-editor in Ubuntu 18.04 to change the hotspot password and you use the default WPA & WPA2 Personal security, devices may not be able to connect to your hotspot, displaying an authentication / incorrect password error. At least this is how it worked in my case, using Ubuntu 18.04 to create the hotspot and an Android phone to connect to it.

    I’m not sure why this happens when using NM Connection Editor, but the issue is not present if you edit the hotspot configuration manually. This is why I don’t recommend using NM Connection Editor to change a WPA/WPA2 hotspot password. Do it from the command-line instead (option 1, which doesn’t cause any issues).

    After making any changes using nm-connection-editor , you’ll need to restart Network Manager:

    It’s important to note that in both cases, to make sure all settings are preserved, only start a hotspot by selecting Turn On Wi-Fi Hotspot. from the Wi-Fi System Settings once. Use the Connect to Hidden Network. option for subsequent uses, then select the connection named Hotspot and click Connect :

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Ubuntu is one of the easiest Linux distributions to use thanks to its powerful and well-designed graphic interface. But what happens on servers where there isn’t one? How do I connect to a Wifi network to have the Internet from the terminal? Well, that’s the objective of this post, to learn how to connect to Wifi from the terminal on Ubuntu.

    As I mentioned before, the great graphic interface of Ubuntu makes many tasks easy to do such as connecting to a network. However, in the case of servers with Ubuntu installed these do not have a graphical interface and you have to pull the terminal. But don’t worry it is much simpler than you might think.

    So, let’s get started.

    Learning how to connect to Wifi from terminal on Ubuntu

    1.- How to get the name of the network interface of the Wifi card

    One of the first things we have to do is to find out the name of the network interface of the Wifi card. In case you already know it, you can skip this step, but if you don’t, you can use the following command:

    And in my case I get the following:

    Usually, in the case of wireless cards, the name of the network interface starts with W. So in my case, it’s wlp5s0 .

    If you don’t see one, it’s probably not connected or you have some driver problem.

    Now we can continue.

    2.- The connecting to wifi process

    When no graphical interface is installed on Ubuntu, all network configuration is done by Netplan. That’s why the Netplan configuration file must be modified to establish the wifi connection.

    So, first create a backup of the file before editing it:

    Now we can edit it with the confidence of knowing that we have a backup done.

    The file is in a YAML format so you have to be careful with white spaces and editing in general.

    And, under the first configuration, add the basic information about the network you want to connect to as the SSID and the password:

    Then, save the changes and before applying them, make sure that the wpa_supplicant service is running to avoid problems:

    With the service running correctly, it now applies the changes in Netplan.

    And now hopefully you should be able to connect to the WiFi network.

    Alternative method: using nmtui

    Alternatively, it is possible to use a tool called nmtui . This tool works in some systems where Network Manager manages the networks.

    This method is quite convenient to use when for some reason the Ubuntu graphical interface fails.

    To do this, just type the following command in the terminal:

    And you will see the following screen where you can choose the Activate Connection option:

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Using NMTUI

    Then, you will see a screen where you can see the connections available in the different network interfaces. Only, choose the WiFi network you want to connect to.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Select the wifi network

    Now you have to set the password in case the network is protected.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Typing the wifi password

    In the end, you will connect to the network. You can check this because a “*” will appear next to the connected network.

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Connect to Wifi from terminal

    This method is quite easy and ideal for beginners.

    Conclusion

    It may seem that connecting to Wifi from a terminal in Ubuntu is something quite complicated but thanks to this post, you have been able to verify that it is not. So this can help you a lot in both home and production servers.

    Also you can read:

    So, share this post and join our Telegram channel and our Facebook page. Also, buy us a coffee 😉

    How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

    Let’s learn to connect to WiFi through the terminal (command line method). While working with Linux, sometimes it may happen that we don’t have access to a Graphical User Interface for example during Vanilla Arch Installation. Under such circumstances, we may need to connect to Wifi through the terminal.

    Table of Contents

    Steps to connect to WiFi through the terminal

    In this module, we are going to learn how we can connect to a Wifi network using the command line interface.

    Step 1: Identify Your Available Network Devices

    First, we need to identify our network devices which we are going to use to connect to our wifi network. We can list our interfaces with the ip command:

    Looking at the output of the latter, we should find a similar section in it’s output :

    Here our interface is called wlan0 but it may be different for yours. Now we examine the output of the former which give us the following output for wlan0 :

    The most important thing to notice here is that wlan0 is marked DOWN which we need to turn UP with the ifconfig command:

    Alternatively, you can check the WiFi radio status with nmcli via:

    If it is not enabled, you can do it with:

    Finally you can check the status of your network interface cards with:

    Note: If your wifi card is hard blocked on your Laptop/Computer, you need to execute the following and repeat the above steps.

    Step 2: Scan For Available Wifi Netoworks

    Now that we have our wifi card up and ready, we need to scan for available wifi networks with which we can connect to using :

    This should list out the names of all the available wifi networks around you. Considering the former, we should get an output like :

    Thus as we see we have the SSID of the wifi network we want to connect to.

    Step 3: Connect To The Wifi Network

    Now that we have the SSID of our we can simply connect to it with the following command:

    After this our device should be connected to the wifi network.

    You can check if you are connected by pinging the default gateway or if you want to check for internet connection, you can just type :

    Since we can ping Google’s DNS servers, we can say that we now have an internet connection !

    Conclusion

    Hence we successfully connected to a wifi network from out CLI. Here we explicitly chose the nmcli command to do most of the work for us because it is available on a wide array of systems including live Arch Linux ISOs as well as is very easy to use and makes troubleshooting easy !

    Remember that LaptopTestingTeam/FAQ can help with common problems and questions. Please add anything that could help others reporting bugs.

    Once you’ve done all that, sit back and take a break! Thanks for helping Ubuntu run on your laptop.

    * Please add a new column to the existing report if there is none for your current major version: If the existing columns are “Dapper” and “Edgy (current development version)”, and your version is Feisty, please make the column headers correspond to “Dapper”, “Edgy (pre-release version)”, “Feisty”.

    The rest of this page supplements the LaptopTestingTeamTemplate.

    Testing Tips

    These are questions to help you test. Please fill out the table, as seen on LaptopTestingTeamTemplate.

    Install

    Did the installer complete without errors?

    Basic Hardware Test

    • Does X start correctly?
      • After installation is complete, a graphical login window should appear
      • The X desktop should be sharp and clear. System/Preferences/Screen Resolution should default to the resolution of the screen
      • Can you browse the internet when plugged into the wired ethernet port?
      • Can you browse the internet when near a wireless access point?
      • Does it move the mouse pointer?
      • Does the right hand side emulate a mouse scroll wheel?
      • Does the trackpoint work?

      Advanced Hardware Test

      • Does the modem work?
        • Right click on the panel and select add to panel. Choose “Modem monitor” and click OK. Right click and select properties. Enter the password. Click add, and choose modem (PPP). Enter a phone number on the next screen. Enter username and password. Apply the changes and then select Activate from the phone applet menu. Does the machine dial out correctly?
        • This may or may not result in a dialog appearing on screen showing the current volume
        • Brightness up should raise the screen brightness, and down should lower it. On machines with light sensors, the hotkey should enable and disable this.
        • Without rebooting the machine, connect a monitor to the external display. Press the display key. Does a picture appear on the monitor? Is it correct?
        • When enabled, the wireless monitor applet in the top right of the screen should show a signal. When disabled, it should not.
        • On the phone, select “Discover devices”. See if the computer is listed.
        • Do USB ports on the docking station work?
        • Does the video out on the docking station work?
        • Do any removable media devices in the docking station work?
        • If the docking station contains a battery, does it show up correctly?
        • Does removing the docking station result in correct behaviour?
        • If the docking station is removed, does Ubuntu carry on running?
        • If the docking station is reattached, does the docking station still work?
        • If you have a PCMCIA/CardBus card to try with, is the device picked up? The lights on the device should light up.
        • If you have a device to try with, plug in a firewire device and see if it is detected.
        • Plug in a USB device, does it work? Using something simple for testing like a mouse is good.

        Power Management Test

        • Does pressing the sleep button cause the machine to sleep?
          • After a few seconds, the machine’s screen should go blank and the sleep light come on
          • After a few seconds, the machine should wake up. Moving the mouse should result in a screen unlock box appearing.
          • Does the keyboard still work after resume?
          • Does the network still work after resume?
          • Do USB devices work correctly?
          • Does the audio still work correctly?
          • The screen should go blank. Some time later, the machine should switch off.
          • Pressing the power button should result in the machine waking up. After a while, moving the mouse should result in a screen unlock box appearing.
          • Does the keyboard still work after resume?
          • Does the network still work after resume?
          • Do USB devices work correctly?
          • Does the audio still work correctly?

          Start a terminal and type the following:

          Questions

          • Another comment, can a foolproof means be found of adding columns to these tables? Perhaps Wiki has a gizmo that I don’t know about because I am such a beginner. [kenyon_karl (at) mail.com]
          • Please don’t drop old columns as long as there is a probability that someone uses that version and thus is interested in the information. Adding a new column is the appropriate way to go.
          • joosteto: the command is “invoke-rc.d” without spaces; you probably typed “invoke -rc.d”. Failing that, you could try: /etc/init.d/powernowd restart

          LaptopTesting (последним исправлял пользователь primes2h 2010-11-24 09:09:05)

          Capturing packets on a wireless LAN interface can be fun because you can see what other nearby laptops and access points are sending. By inspecting individual wireless LAN frames, you can see the detailed operation of the wireless LAN medium access control. I first tried capturing wireless LAN packets in 2002. Then, as it is now, the major difficulty was having drivers for your wireless card that support capturing (i.e. monitor or promiscuous mode). Then I used Cisco Aironet 350 PCMCIA cards, RedHat Linux and Ethereal (now called Wireshark). Nowadays many more cards are supported, but most features of capturing are usually only possible under Unix-like operating systems (its hard/impossible in Windows).

          Update 2015-03-09: The following instructions use iwconfig to enable monitor mode on wireless LAN interfaces in Linux; if written instructions for an alternative approach, using iw to enable monitor mode. I suggest reading/trying both; iw seems to be more powerful and now works more often for me than iwconfig .

          Here are some instructions for using my Samsung NC10 Ubuntu laptop to capture wireless LAN packets. First using the basic commands of iwconfig and tcpdump , and then the dedicated software Kismet. Of course capturing other peoples traffic may be illegal/unethical in some situations; don’t do it if you are not sure. Update (22 Mar 2012): Also I have a screencast below showing the steps on a Lenovo laptop. Either read on or watch the 16 minute video.

          Capture Wireless LAN Packets with tcpdump

          First make sure NetworkManager is not automatically connecting or turning interfaces on/off. Right-click on the network icon in Gnome and de-select Enable Networking (i.e. so networking is disabled).

          Turn the wireless LAN interface off (on my computer the OS labels the interface wlan0 ):

          Now use iwconfig to put the interface into monitor mode, check the interface status and then turn the interface on again:

          Update (29 Aug 2013): To set the channel to monitor you should select it before you enter monitor mode. That is, while the interface is in managed mode (e.g. connected to an AP), set the channel, e.g.:

          Packet capture software can now be used, and the wireless LAN card will capture all packets it can receive, even if they are not direct to your laptop. Here I use tcpdump:

          tcpdump will print out a single line on standard output for each packet received. Update (22 Mar 2012): the -n option prevents DNS lookups (e.g to convert an IP to DNS) – without this option it is possible that tcpdump will not capture all packets as it will be too slow performing the DNS lookups. To stop the capture press Ctrl-C . Note that by default in Ubuntu 12.04 and later tcpdump captures 65535 Bytes – effectively the entire packet. If you want to capture only a selection of the packet (e.g. first 64 Bytes to save storage space when capturing over a long period of time) and save to a file try:

          The file file.cap can now be opened in Wireshark for easier viewing.

          In monitor mode your wireless interface only receives packets–it cannot transmit (i.e. you have no normal network access via wireless). to return your wireless card to normal (managed) mode run:

          The wireless card is now associated with an access point again.

          Monitor Wireless LAN with Kismet

          Another way to monitor wireless LAN activities is to use a dedicated application like Kismet (on Windows similar software includes Netstumbler and Inssider). Kismet puts your wireless card into monitor mode and then provides a basic view of the different APs nearby (as identified by the captured packets).

          To install and configure on Ubuntu:

          You must edit the kismet.conf file to configure. Two things must be set (others are optional). First the SUID user should be set to your username:

          And the source needs to be set to identify your wireless LAN interface ( wlan0 on my computer, as well as the driver and card ( ath5k is the driver for my atheros based wireless card on my Samsung laptop. Steps for setting up Kismet on a Lenovo Ideapad V470 are described here.):

          After saving kismet.conf , start Kismet:

          If all is well, after a few seconds the Kismet interface will start showing you a list of APs. Press h for help and start exploring. To quit press Q . Make sure when Kismet exists it puts your wireless LAN interface back into managed mode. Check with iwconfig , and if not, do so your self with the above commands.

          In this tutorial, you’ll learn how to connect to wireless network from the terminal in Ubuntu. This is particularly helpful if you are using Ubuntu server where you don’t have access to the regular desktop environment.

          I primarily use desktop Linux on my home computers. I also have multiple Linux servers for hosting It’s FOSS and related websites and open source software like Nextcloud, Discourse, Ghost, Rocket Chat etc.

          I use Linode for quickly deploying Linux servers in cloud in minutes. But recently, I installed Ubuntu server on my Raspberry Pi. This is the first time I installed a server on a physical device and I had to do extra stuff to connect Ubuntu server to WiFi via command line.

          In this tutorial, I’ll show the steps to connect to WiFi using terminal in Ubuntu Linux. You should

          • not be afraid of using terminal to edit files
          • know the wifi access point name (SSID) and the password

          Connect to WiFi from terminal in Ubuntu

          How to turn your ubuntu laptop into a wireless access point

          It is easy when you are using Ubuntu desktop because you have the GUI to easily do that. It’s not the same when you are using Ubuntu server and restricted to the command line.

          Ubuntu uses Netplan utility for easily configuring networking. In Netplan, you create YAML file with the description of network interface and with the help of the netplan command line tool, you generate all the required configuration.

          Let’s see how to connect to wireless networking from the terminal using Netplan.

          Step 1: Identify your wireless network interface name

          There are several ways to identify your network interface name. You can use the ip command, the deprecated ipconfig command or check this file:

          This should give you all the available networking interface (Ethernet, wifi and loopback). The wireless network interface name starts with ‘w’ and it is usually named similar to wlanX, wlpxyz.

          Take a note of this interface name. You’ll use it in the next step.

          Step 2: Edit the Netplan configuration file with the wifi interface details

          The Netplan configuration file resides in /etc/netplan directory. If you check the contents of this directory, you should see files like 01-network-manager-all.yml or 50-cloud-init.yaml.

          If it is Ubuntu server, you should have cloud-init file. For desktops, it should be network-manager file. This is one of the several ways Ubuntu desktop differs from Ubuntu server.

          The Network Manager on the Linux desktop allows you to choose a wireless network. You may hard code the wifi access point in its configuration. This could help you in some cases (like suspend) where connection drops automatically.

          Whichever file it is, open it for editing. I hope you are a tad bit familiar with Nano editor because Ubuntu comes pre-installed with it.

          YAML files are very sensitive about spaces, indention and alignment. Don’t use tabs, use 4 (or 2, whichever is already used in the YAML file) spaces instead where you see an indention.

          Basically, you’ll have to add the following lines with the access point name (SSID) and its password (usually) in quotes:

          Again, keep the alignment as I have shown or else YAML file won’t be parsed and it will throw an error.

          Your complete configuration file may look like this:

          I find it strange that despite the message that changes will not persist across an instance reboot, it still works.

          Anyway, generate the configuration using this command:

          And now apply this:

          If you are lucky, you should have network connected. Try to ping a website or run apt update command.

          However, things may not go as smooth and you may see some errors. Try some extra steps if that’s the case.

          Possible troubleshooting

          It is possible that when you use the netplan apply command, you see an error in the output that reads something like this:

          It is possible that wpa_supplicant service is not running. Run this command:

          Run netplan apply once again. If it fixes the issue well and good. Otherwise, shutdown your Ubuntu system using:

          Start your Ubuntu system again, log in and generate and apply netplan once again:

          It may show warning (instead of error) now. It is warning and not an error. I checked the running systemd services and found that netplan-wpa-wlan0.service was already running. Probably it showed the warning because it was already running and ‘netplan apply’ updated the config file (even without any changes).

          It is not crtical and you may check that the internet is probably working already by running apt update.

          I hope you were able to connect to wifi using the command line in Ubuntu with the help of this tutorial. If you are still facing trouble with it, do let me know in the comment section.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    A key upgrade in the recent Creators Update adds support for a new version of the Linux-based OS Ubuntu.

    Running Linux from inside Windows no longer requires a virtual machine or dedicated third-party software.

    Windows 10 supports the Windows Subsystem for Linux, which allows users to run a range of Linux tools from the command line.

    A key upgrade in the Creators Update is support for a newer version of the Linux-based OS Ubuntu. For a step-by-step walkthrough of how to install / update to Ubuntu 16.04, see the written guide below or watch the video above.

    How to install Ubuntu 16.04

    To access Ubuntu from within Windows 10 you’ll first need to enable the Developer mode.

    You can do this by going to the Start menu, going to Settings, then to Update and security. On this page, click the For developers option in the lefthand sidebar.

    Windows: Must-read coverage

    • 10 secret Microsoft-specific keyboard shortcuts in Windows 11
    • Plan for a Windows 10/11 reinstall by following these steps
    • Windows 11 cheat sheet: Everything you need to know
    • Windows 11: Tips on installation, security and more (free PDF)

    Now click the Developer mode radio button and then click Yes on the pop-up window titled Use developer features. Next reboot the machine.

    Once the machine has rebooted, you’ll need to enable the Windows Subsystem for Linux. Search for Windows Features in the Taskbar and select Turn Windows features on or off.

    Scroll down to the bottom of the Windows Features window, and tick the checkbox labelled Windows Subsystem for Linux.

    Next, you’ll need to Install the Bash on Ubuntu on Windows app.

    To do this, once again, click the search box on the Taskbar, type cmd and hit Enter.

    In the command line, type bash and hit Enter. Windows will now begin installing Bash on Ubuntu on Windows. Accept the terms of service and the machine will download Ubuntu.

    Once Ubuntu is installed, you’ll be placed into Bash running on Ubuntu 16.04 on the Windows Subsystem for Linux.

    How to upgrade from Ubuntu 14.04 to 16.04

    If you’re already running the Bash on Ubuntu on Windows app and want to upgrade the version from 14.04 to 16.04, then there are two ways to approach this.

    The first approach will delete the existing Ubuntu distro, including any files that you’ve stored in the Linux filesystem, so you’ll need back these up in advance.

    To upgrade using this approach, open the Windows command line by typing ‘cmd’ into the Taskbar’s search field and hitting Enter.

    In the command line, now type ‘lxrun /uninstall /full /y‘ and hit Enter. Next type ‘lxrun /install‘. Now wait and Ubuntu 16.04 will be installed on your machine.

    The other approach is to perform an upgrade-in-place, although this can result in some complications.

    Open Bash on Ubuntu on Windows and in the command prompt type ‘do-release-upgrade’.

    Whichever method you choose, once the installation is complete, you’ll be able to access Ubuntu via the Bash on Ubuntu on Windows app

    That’s it for this tip, I hope you found you found it to be useful.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    TechRepublic Premium Exclusives Newsletter

    Save time with the latest TechRepublic Premium downloads, including original research, customizable IT policy templates, ready-made lunch-and-learn presentations, IT hiring tools, ROI calculators, and more. Exclusively for you!

    In this Linux system administration tutorial you will learn how to update an Ubuntu Linux Server 16.04 LTS (Xenial Xerus) system with screenshots and instructions.

    Prerequisites

    To complete this tutorial you will require a running Ubuntu Linux Server 16.04 LTS system and an account with sudo administrative privileges. The system must have network connectivity and access to an Ubuntu update server.

    Updating

    The following steps will guide you through updating an Ubuntu Linux Server 16.04 LTS system. The update process can take some time to complete and some steps may take longer than others.

    To begin updating your Ubuntu Linux System, you will need to be logged in using a valid user account for your system. If you are unsure of how to do this, read our tutorial on Logging into Ubuntu Linux Server 16.04 LTS.

    In this tutorial, we have logged in as techonthenet on the host called ubuntu.

    To update the software on our system we must first ensure the system has the latest package lists installed.

    To do this enter the command sudo apt-get update after the system prompt.

    The following screenshot demonstrates what you will see.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Here is a break down of this command:

    sudo Execute the command that follows using super user permissions. (The user executing the sudo command MUST have privileges to do so.) apt-get update Execute the apt-get command with the update directive. The update directive tells apt-get to refresh the system package lists.

    When you have entered the command, press the Enter key to execute the command.

    The sudo command will now prompt you to enter the password for your user account before attempting to execute apt-get update with super user permissions.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    After you have entered your password, press the Enter key to continue.

    If all goes well, you will see apt-get update begin to update the system’s package lists. The apt-get update command can output a great deal of information and may take some time to complete.

    The following screenshot shows some of what you might see.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    When apt-get update is complete you will again see the system prompt appear.

    Next we will upgrade the software on our system by entering the command sudo apt-get upgrade at the system prompt.

    The following screenshot demonstrates what you will see.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Here is a break down of this command:

    sudo Execute the command that follows using super user permissions. (The user executing the sudo command MUST have privileges to do so.) apt-get upgrade Execute the apt-get command with the upgrade directive. The upgrade directive tells apt-get to download and apply package updates that are available for your system. apt-get determines which packages have updates by checking the system package lists against the versions of the software packages that are currently installed on your system. If there are newer versions of software in the system package lists they will be marked for update.

    If more than 15 minutes has passed since you executed the sudo apt-get update command from the previous steps, sudo will re-ask you to enter your account password.

    The apt-get upgrade command will now determine which packages require updating. If new packages are available, it will display something like the following screenshot:

    Please note that your package list will likely differ from what is seen here.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    The apt-get upgrade command will prompt you to answer Y to proceed with the upgrade, or N to abort. (Case does not matter)

    You will notice that the Y is in upper case. This means that it will be the default if nothing is entered. We will press the Enter key to accept this default and continue with the upgrade.

    The apt-get upgrade command will now begin downloading and updating your software packages.

    This can take some time so please be patient. You will see output from apt-get upgrade similar to the following:

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    When apt-get upgrade is complete you will again see the system prompt appear.

    TIP: Some software packages require special attention to update and will not have been updated by the apt-get upgrade command.

    To upgrade those packages, you will have to tell apt-get which packages to upgrade. This is done by adding each package name to the apt-get command separated by spaces. The following is an example of how we could upgrade the linux kernel.

    To ensure there are no more packages available for update, we will re-issue the sudo apt-get upgrade command and press the Enter key to continue.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    The following line in the screenshot below indicates that there are no more packages available to update.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    In some instances, such as when an update to the Linux kernel is done, you will need to reboot your system to ensure you are using the latest version of your software.

    To reboot your system, enter sudo reboot at the system prompt and press the Enter key to execute the command.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Congratulations, you have successfully updated your Ubuntu Linux Server 16.04 LTS system!

    cumai3211 于 2020-09-26 00:28:33 发布 280 收藏

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Starting with the Windows 10 Creators Update, anyone who installs the Bash environment will get Ubuntu 16.04 (Xenial). But, if you’ve previously installed Bash in the Anniversary Update, you’ll be stuck with Ubuntu 14.04 (Trusty) until you manually upgrade.

    Ubuntu 16.04 contains more modern, up-to-date software packages. Ubuntu 14.04 was originally released in April, 2014, while Ubuntu 16.04 was released in April, 2016.

    Ubuntu 16.04包含更现代的最新软件包。 Ubuntu 14.04最初于2014年4月发布,而Ubuntu 16.04则于2016年4月发布。

    Update: Starting with the Fall Creators Update, Linux distributions are now delivered via the Store. If you previously installed the Ubuntu Bash environment, just open the Microsoft Store, search for “Ubuntu”, and install it to get the latest version.

    更新:从Fall Creators Update开始,现在通过商店提供Linux发行版。 如果您以前安装过Ubuntu Bash环境,则只需打开Microsoft Store,搜索“ Ubuntu”,然后安装它以获取最新版本。

    如何检查您拥有的Ubuntu版本 ( How to Check Which Version of Ubuntu You Have )

    If you’re not sure which version of Ubuntu is being used in your current Bash environment, open a Bash window and run the following command:

    It’ll show you whether you’re running Ubuntu 14.04 or Ubuntu 16.04. If you’re running Ubuntu 14.04 and want to upgrade, read on. But ensure you have the Creators Update installed: You can’t upgrade to Ubuntu 16.04 LTS without upgrading to the Creators Update first.

    它将显示您正在运行Ubuntu 14.04还是Ubuntu 16.04。 如果您正在运行Ubuntu 14.04,并且想要升级,请继续阅读。 但是请确保已安装了Creators Update:如果不先升级到Creators Update,就无法升级到Ubuntu 16.04 LTS。

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    选项一:使用lxrun卸载并重新安装Bash ( Option One: Uninstall and Reinstall Bash With lxrun )

    If you don’t care about any customizations you’ve made to your bash environment (or you’re prepared to customize it again), you don’t have to worry about performing an Ubuntu upgrade. You can simply remove your current Ubuntu image and then tell Windows to reinstall a new Ubuntu image. This is the fastest way to upgrade your Bash environment.

    如果您不关心对bash环境进行的任何自定义(或准备再次自定义它),则不必担心执行Ubuntu升级。 您可以简单地删除当前的Ubuntu映像,然后告诉Windows重新安装新的Ubuntu映像。 这是升级Bash环境的最快方法。

    To do this, first open a Command Prompt window by right-clicking the Start button or pressing Windows+X on your keyboard and selecting “Command Prompt”. Run the following command to uninstall the Bash shell. This will keep your Linux user account’s files and preferences, but will erase the system files, including any installed programs and system-level settings changes.

    为此,首先通过右键单击“开始”按钮或按键盘上的Windows + X并选择“命令提示符”,打开“命令提示符”窗口。 运行以下命令来卸载Bash shell。 这将保留您Linux用户帐户的文件和首选项,但会删除系统文件,包括所有已安装的程序和系统级设置更改。

    Type y to continue and Windows will uninstall the Ubuntu 14.04 Bash environment.

    键入 y 继续,Windows将卸载Ubuntu 14.04 Bash环境。

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Your Bash system files are now removed. To reinstall Bash—which will give you Ubuntu 16.04 instead of Ubuntu 14.04—run the following command:

    您的Bash系统文件现在已删除。 要重新安装Bash(它将为您提供Ubuntu 16.04而不是Ubuntu 14.04),请运行以下命令:

    Type y to continue and Windows will install the Ubuntu 16.04 Bash environment. Windows will automatically suggest you use the same username you used previously. You’ll be asked to enter a password after.

    键入 y 继续,Windows将安装Ubuntu 16.04 Bash环境。 Windows会自动建议您使用以前使用的相同用户名。 之后,系统会要求您输入密码。

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    When it’s done, run the lsb_release -a command once again and you’ll see you’re now using Ubuntu 16.04. You have access to the newer software available in Ubuntu 16.04’s package repositories.

    完成后,再次运行 lsb_release -a 命令,您将看到您正在使用Ubuntu 16.04。 您可以访问Ubuntu 16.04的软件包存储库中提供的较新软件。

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    选项二:使用do-release-upgrade升级Ubuntu ( Option Two: Upgrade Ubuntu With do-release-upgrade )

    If you’ve customized your Bash environment and installed software, you may not want to completely erase everything. In this case, you can perform an upgrade command from within the Bash shell. This will upgrade Ubuntu from version 14.04 to 16.04, just like you’d upgrade a full Ubuntu environment to a new release. However, this will take longer than simply removing and reinstalling the Bash files.

    如果您已自定义Bash环境并安装了软件,则可能不想完全擦除所有内容。 在这种情况下,您可以在Bash Shell中执行升级命令。 这会将Ubuntu从14.04版本升级到16.04,就像您将完整的Ubuntu环境升级到新版本一样。 但是,这将比简单地删除并重新安装Bash文件花费更多的时间。

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Počínaje aktualizací Windows 10 Creators Update, každý, kdo nainstaluje prostředí Bash dostane Ubuntu 16.04 (Xenial). Pokud jste však dříve nainstalovali Bash v Anniversary Update, budete přilepeni Ubuntu 14.04 (Trusty), dokud nebudete ručně aktualizovat.

    Ubuntu 16.04 obsahuje více moderních a aktuálních softwarových balíčků. Ubuntu 14.04 byl původně vydán v dubnu 2014, zatímco Ubuntu 16.04 byl vydán v dubnu 2016.

    Aktualizace : Počínaje aktualizací Fall Creators, distribuce Linuxu jsou nyní doručovány prostřednictvím obchodu. Pokud jste dříve nainstalovali prostředí Ubuntu Bash, stačí otevřít obchod Microsoft Store, vyhledat “Ubuntu” a nainstalovat jej, abyste získali nejnovější verzi.

    Jak zkontrolovat, kterou verzi Ubuntu máte

    SOUVISEJÍCÍ: Všechno, co můžete udělat s novým Bash Shell systému Windows 10

    Pokud si nejste jisti, kterou verzi Ubuntu používáte ve vašem aktuálním prostředí Bash, otevřete okno Bash a spusťte následující příkaz:

    Ukáže vám, zda používáte Ubuntu 14.04 nebo Ubuntu 16.04. Pokud používáte Ubuntu 14.04 a chcete aktualizovat, přečtěte si. Ujistěte se však, že máte nainstalovanou aktualizaci Tvůrce: Nejdříve nemusíte inovovat na Ubuntu 16.04 LTS, aniž byste nejprve přešli na Aktualizaci autorů.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Možnost jedna: Odinstalovat a znovu nainstalovat bash s lxrun

    SOUVISEJÍCÍ: nebo přeinstalovat) Windows 10 Ubuntu Bash Shell

    Pokud se vám nestará o nějaké přizpůsobení, které jste provedli v prostředí bash (nebo jste připraveni jej přizpůsobit znovu), nemusíte se obávat provádění Aktualizace Ubuntu. Stačí jednoduše odebrat váš aktuální obrázek Ubuntu a poté Windows požádat o přeinstalaci nového obrázku Ubuntu. Toto je nejrychlejší způsob, jak upgradovat prostředí Bash.

    Nejprve otevřete okno Příkazový řádek klepnutím pravým tlačítkem myši na tlačítko Start nebo stisknutím klávesy Windows + X na klávesnici a výběrem možnosti “Příkazový řádek”. Spusťte následující příkaz k odinstalování shell Bash. Tímto způsobem zachováte soubory a předvolby uživatelského účtu systému Linux, ale vymažete systémové soubory včetně všech nainstalovaných programů a nastavení na úrovni systému.

    Zadejte y bude odinstalovat prostředí Ubuntu 14.04 Bash.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Soubory systému Bash jsou nyní odebrány. Chcete-li znovu nainstalovat Bash – což vám místo Ubuntu 14.04 udělí Ubuntu 16.04, použijte následující příkaz:

    Pro pokračování pokračujte a Windows nainstaluje prostředí Ubuntu 16.04 Bash. Systém Windows automaticky navrhne použít stejné uživatelské jméno, které jste použili dříve. Po zadání hesla budete požádáni o zadání hesla. Když je hotovo, spusťte znovu příkaz lsb_release -a

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    a uvidíte, že používáte Ubuntu 16.04. Máte přístup k novějšímu softwaru, který je k dispozici v úložištích balíků Ubuntu 16.04. Možnost 2: Upgrade Ubuntu S up-release-upgrade Pokud jste si přizpůsobili prostředí Bash a nainstalovaný software, zcela vymazat vše. V tomto případě můžete provést příkaz pro upgrade z prostředí Bash shell. To upgraduje Ubuntu od verze 14.04 na 16.04, stejně jako byste upgradovali plné prostředí Ubuntu na novou verzi. Bude to však trvat déle, než jednoduše odebrat a znovu nainstalovat soubory Bash.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Chcete-li to provést, otevřete shell Bash a spusťte následující příkaz:

    od společnosti Microsoft.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Celkově funguje rozbočovač Wink velmi dobře . ale někdy zařízení, která jste k němu připojili, mohou působit trochu ohromně. Zde je několik věcí, které můžete udělat pro odstranění problémů se všemi Z-Wave senzory a zařízeními připojenými k rozbočovači. Obnovit mapu spojení Z-Wave Skvělá věc o Z-Wave je že používá síťová síť pro připojení všech vašich zařízení a senzorů dohromady.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    V závislosti na tom, kde máte nastavenou kameru Nest Cam, můžete obdržet více oznámení, než skutečně potřebujete. Nicméně můžete přizpůsobit vaše oznámení Nest Cam tak, abyste dostali pouze ty, o které opravdu záleží, kdykoli je budete potřebovat. Můžete si vybrat, jaký druh upozornění chcete, když je chcete přijímat, a jak chcete přijímat.

    Windows 10 has recently added a Bash Shell support. It is not just a simple shell. It contains a complete Linux subsystem, which means you can run Linux native code directly on Windows.

    The Ubuntu Sub System (New Bash Shell) in Windows 10 is a truly Linux kernel (unlike cygwin, which is just a shell). It means that you can compile on Windows in the Sub System to Linux COFF binary file which also works if you copy that to the Linux system. It works vice versa.

    I am developing some scripts and bots using Python3, and I found it simpler and convenient to use this Ubuntu Sub System on Windows 10. I am a Windows OS user and a casual Linux fan, and this works best for me.

    It is more than enough if you want to develop some scripts (Python, BASH etc) for Linux. So you have the best of both worlds, while you still can enjoy Windows for the gaming, legacy software, Windows Batch CMD and if you are a geek, you still can write and run your scripts quickly e.g. awk, sed …

    On the New Bash Shell, your windows Disk structure is mounted at /mnt/c, /mnt/d … so yes, it is a real sub-system instead of a emulator.

    How to Enable Bash Shell on Windows 10?

    Click the start and type in “Turn Windows Features on/off” and hit return. Alternatively, you can go to Control Panel and navigate to Programs, Turn Windows Features On/Off. Both methods should give you this dialog.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Enable Ubuntu at Windows 10 via Turn Windows Feature On/Off

    Scroll down and tick “Turn Linux Subsystem (Beta)”. It takes a few minutes before the Linux shell is made ready. You probably need to restart your PC before changes are taken into effect. On the first time, open the command line shell as administrator and type in lxrun /install to install the ubuntu sub shell (download the binaries/images from the Microsoft Store)

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    How to Disable/Remove Bash Shell on Windows 10?

    If you decide to remove the Linux Shell on Windows, here is how you should type in the following command in the Windows Cmd Prompt:

    How to Change Default User on Bash Shell Windows?

    At the very first time after setup, you are prompted a default user and set the password. You could change this later so that every time you open the bash shell, the default user is logged in.

    The above command sets root account by default.

    How to Install Software on Bash Shell Windows?

    The answer is apt-get package manager. Basically the user experience is almost exactly the same as on the true Ubuntu OS. Let’s see below screenshot that I run the sudo apt-get install g++ to install the g++ compiler on the Linux Sub System.

    Want to update Ubuntu quickly and simply? Here’s how to open a terminal prompt and install Ubuntu in the command line.

    Knowing how to update Linux in the command line is an absolute must for skilled users. Staying updated keeps your system safe, secure, and stocked with the latest features. Today we’ll learn how to update an Ubuntu desktop or server from the terminal, or through an SSH connection.

    Why You Should Update Via Command Line

    Why use the command line to update Linux?

    Because it’s often faster than using a GUI tool like Software Updater, and you can see the updates happening in real time. It’s also one of the easiest commands to learn, as you’re about to find out.

    In addition to Ubuntu, these instructions will work on most Ubuntu-based distributions, like Linux Mint and Kali Linux.

    Keep in mind going forward, however, that any time you upgrade Ubuntu software, you’ll need to have administrative privileges. That means you’ll always be asked to confirm your password.

    Update Ubuntu in the Terminal

    The Ubuntu update command is apt, or sometimes apt-get. Apt is Ubuntu’s primary package manager.

    Using the update option tells apt to search your software repositories (everything listed in /etc/apt/sources.list) and take inventory of what Ubuntu package updates are available.

    Note: You might see certain Linux guides telling you to use apt-get, like sudo apt-get update, instead of apt. Don’t be confused: both commands perform the same function, but we recommend apt over apt-get, as it’s a little more user-friendly.

    Once the update command has completed, you’ll be ready to apply the package updates using the upgrade option.

    The above command will apply all upgrades found in the previous update command as long as they don’t require removal of any already installed packages. If some packages seem to refuse to upgrade, using the full-upgrade option, which can remove certain packages, may resolve the problem.

    With either command, after listing out the available upgrades, you’ll be asked to confirm the installation by entering y or yes.

    You can skip the confirmation by adding the -y flag to the end of an upgrade command, and you can combine both update and upgrade into one command by utilizing the && operator.

    Update Ubuntu Server in the Command Line

    Updating an Ubuntu server is essentially the same experience as updating an Ubuntu desktop through the command line.

    However, in this instance, you should use apt-get instead of apt, and follow the upgrade with the dist-upgrade option to ensure your server stays completely up to date.

    Update Ubuntu via SSH

    If you’ve set up an SSH connection with your Ubuntu system, you can upgrade remotely and securely after signing into your SSH.

    Make sure you replace “username” and “REMOTE.IP.ADDRESS.HERE” with the appropriate information.

    Ubuntu Package Upgrades

    Your Ubuntu system is now updated and ready for you to continue using it safely, and with all the latest Linux features.

    Some Linux apps you won’t actually find in the software store or apt repositories. We’ve gathered several websites that offer the best in DEB downloads that will work with Ubuntu.

    If I make changes to .bashrc , how do I reload it without logging out and back in?

    17 Answers 17

    Help us improve our answers.

    Are the answers below sorted in a way that puts the best answer at or near the top?

    You can enter the long form command:

    or you can use the shorter version of the command:

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    /.bash_profile, though I don't know if this is a good practice.

    /.bash_aliases) that opens .bashrc, and reloads it after the editor exits. You can do it by combining two commands in an alias, for example like so (if vim is your preferred editor, otherwise swap it out to something else): alias editbashrc='vim

    /.bashrc' . This will make the editing much smoother, since you don't need to think about the reloading, after doing the edit, if using the custom alias.

    Or you could use:

    This does the same thing, and is easier to remember (at least for me).

    The exec command completely replaces the shell process by running the specified command-line. In our example, it replaces whatever the current shell is with a fresh instance of bash (with the updated configuration files).

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    /.bashrc will execute in dash rather than bash , so there is an error because shopt is missing. source isn't found from the shell, so that solution is out as well. I tried this and the docker image built smoothly!

    /.bashrc will preserve your entire shell environment (though likely modified by the sourcing of

    /.bashrc ), whereas exec bash will only preserve your current shell's environment variables (any ad-hoc changes to the current shell in terms of shell variables, function, options are lost). Depending on your needs, one or the other approach may be preferred.

    To complement and contrast the two most popular answers, .

    Both solutions effectively reload

    /.bashrc , but there are differences:

    /.bashrc or source

    /.bashrc will preserve your current shell session:

      Except for the modifications that reloading

    exec bash , or, more robustly, exec "$BASH" [1] , will replace your current shell with a new instance, and therefore only preserve your current shell’s environment variables (including ones you’ve defined ad hoc, in-session).

    • In other words: Any ad-hoc changes to the current shell in terms of shell variables, shell functions, shell options, command history are lost.

    Depending on your needs, one or the other approach may be preferred.

    Note: The above applies analogously to other shells too:

    • To apply the exec approach to whatever your default shell is, use exec $SHELL
    • Similarly, the sourcing approach requires you to know and specify the name of the shell-specific initialization file; e.g., for zsh : .

    [1] exec bash could in theory execute a different bash executable than the one that started the current shell, if it happens to exist in a directory listed earlier in the $PATH . Since special variable $BASH always contains the full path of the executable that started the current shell, exec "$BASH" is guaranteed to use the same executable.
    A note re ". " around $BASH : double-quoting ensures that the variable value is used as-is, without interpretation by Bash; if the value has no embedded spaces or other shell metacharacters (which is likely in this case), you don’t strictly need double quotes, but using them is a good habit to form.

    I am a very new Ubuntu user (in virtual machine because i use Windows 7 for non-ubuntu stuff R.I.P ME) But i need to upgrade to 20.04 (and i use 16.04) but how to upgrade?

    Without: Buy a computer with Ubuntu installed, Download .iso file or download the .iso file in that VM In VMWare.

    2 Answers 2

    There is no direct release-upgrade path that is supported.

    The supported method is to release-upgrade from 16.04 to 18.04, then release-upgrade again from 18.04 to 20.04. Stop, test your new 18.04 system, and troubleshoot any problems you encounter before continuing.

    • A backup or VM snapshot or VM clone before beginning is wise.

    This classic Debian method is direct. but is NOT supported and not tested. If you do this and something breaks, we won’t help you fix it. We will merely advise you to clean-install. There have been a lot of changes in the past four years, so breakage may occur.

    • A backup or VM snapshot or VM clone before beginning is very wise.
    • Uninstall all non-Ubuntu software packages.
    • sudo apt update and sudo apt upgrade
    • Manually edit your sources: Replace all "xenial" strings with "focal"
    • Run sudo apt dist-upgrade . DON’T agree without reading the output. Resolve all ‘kept back’ packages before approving the upgrade. Make sure your Desktop is not removed by the upgrade.
    • Reinstall all non-Ubuntu software packages.

    It’s often fastest and easiest when skipping multiple releases to simply reinstall Ubuntu.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Start med Windows 10 Creators Update, vil alle, der installerer Bash-miljøet, få Ubuntu 16.04 (Xenial). Men hvis du tidligere har installeret Bash i jubilæumsopdateringen, sidder du fast med Ubuntu 14.04 (Trusty), indtil du manuelt opgraderer.

    Ubuntu 16.04 indeholder nyere og opdaterede softwarepakker. Ubuntu 14.04 blev oprindeligt udgivet i april 2014, mens Ubuntu 16.04 blev udgivet i april 2016.

    Opdatering : Fra og med Fall Creators Update, leveres Linux-distributioner nu via butikken. Hvis du tidligere installerede Ubuntu Bash-miljøet, skal du bare åbne Microsoft Store, søge efter “Ubuntu” og installere den for at få den nyeste version.

    Sådan kontrolleres hvilken version af Ubuntu du har

    RELATERET: Alt du kan gøre med Windows 10’s nye Bash Shell

    Hvis du ikke er sikker på hvilken version af Ubuntu der bruges i dit nuværende Bash-miljø, skal du åbne et Bash-vindue og køre følgende kommando:

    Det viser dig, om du kører Ubuntu 14.04 eller Ubuntu 16.04. Hvis du kører Ubuntu 14.04 og vil opgradere, læs videre. Men sørg for, at du har oprettet Creators Update: Du kan ikke opgradere til Ubuntu 16.04 LTS uden først at opgradere til Creators Update.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Valg One: Afinstaller og geninstaller Bash Med lxrun

    RELATED: Sådan afinstalleres eller geninstaller) Windows 10s Ubuntu Bash Shell

    Hvis du er ligeglad med nogen tilpasninger, du har lavet til dit bash-miljø (eller du er parat til at tilpasse det igen), behøver du ikke bekymre dig om at udføre en Ubuntu opgradering. Du kan blot fjerne dit nuværende Ubuntu-billede og derefter fortælle Windows, at geninstallere et nyt Ubuntu-billede. Dette er den hurtigste måde at opgradere dit Bash-miljø på.

    Åbn først et kommandopromptvindue ved at højreklikke på Start-knappen eller trykke på Windows + X på tastaturet og vælge “Kommandoprompt”. Kør følgende kommando for at afinstallere Bash-skalen. Dette vil holde din Linux-brugerkonto filer og præferencer, men sletter systemfilerne, herunder eventuelle installerede programmer og ændringer på systemniveau.

    Type y for at fortsætte og Windows vil afinstallere Ubuntu 14.04 Bash-miljøet.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Dine Bash-systemfiler fjernes nu. For at geninstallere Bash-som vil give dig Ubuntu 16.04 i stedet for Ubuntu 14.04-Kør følgende kommando:

    Type y for at fortsætte, og Windows vil installere Ubuntu 16.04 Bash-miljøet. Windows foreslår automatisk, at du bruger det samme brugernavn, du tidligere brugte. Du bliver bedt om at indtaste en adgangskode efter.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Når du er færdig, skal du køre kommandoen lsb_release -a igen, og du kan se, at du nu bruger Ubuntu 16.04. Du har adgang til den nyere software, der er tilgængelig i Ubuntu 16.04s pakkeregister.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Mulighed to: Opgrader Ubuntu Med opgradering af opgraderinger

    Hvis du har tilpasset dit Bash-miljø og installeret software, kan du måske ikke helt slette alt. I dette tilfælde kan du udføre en opgraderingskommando fra Bash-skalen. Dette vil opgradere Ubuntu fra version 14.04 til 16.04, ligesom du ville opgradere et fuldt Ubuntu-miljø til en ny version. Dette vil imidlertid tage længere tid end blot at fjerne og geninstallere Bash-filerne.

    Åbn Bash-skalen og kør følgende kommando:

    Dette er processen officielt anbefalet af Microsoft.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Når du har en stor håndfuld enheder forbundet til dit netværk, kan det være svært at få de hastigheder, du har brug for til at spille online-spil eller download media. Men med Google WiFi kan du prioritere en enhed for at opnå de bedste hastigheder på et ellers overfyldt netværk. RELATERET: Sådan bruger du servicekvalitet (QoS) for at få hurtigere internet, når du virkelig har brug for det Tilladt, det kan du også gøre på de fleste traditionelle routere, men det er bestemt ikke så enkelt og nemt som det bruger Google WiFi.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Windows bruger “Windows-nøglen” til mange nyttige genveje. Men hvis de kommer i vejen – eller du vil bare tildele dem til forskellige funktioner – er der en måde at deaktivere dem alle i et fald i registret eller gruppepolicy editoren. Det er vigtigt at vide, at Ændringer vi vil tale om i denne artikel er pr.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Nuo "Windows 10 Creators Update", kiekvienas, kuris įdiegs "Bash" aplinką, gaus Ubuntu 16.04 ("Xenial"). Tačiau jei anksčiau įdiegėte Bash "Anniversary Update", būsite įstrigę "Ubuntu 14.04" ("Trusty"), kol rankiniu būdu atnaujinsite.

    Ubuntu 16.04 yra daugiau modernių, naujausių programinės įrangos paketų. Ubuntu 14.04 iš pradžių buvo išleistas 2014 m. Balandžio mėn., O Ubuntu 16.04 buvo išleistas 2016 m. Balandžio mėn.

    Atnaujinti: Pradedant "Fall Creator Updater", "Linux" paskirstymas dabar pateikiamas parduotuvėje. Jei anksčiau įdiegėte "Ubuntu Bash" aplinką, tiesiog atidarykite "Microsoft Store", suraskite "Ubuntu" ir įdiekite ją, kad gautumėte naujausią versiją.

    Kaip patikrinti, kokia versija turite Ubuntu

    Jei nesate tikras, kokia Ubuntu versija naudojama dabartinėje Bash aplinkoje, atidarykite Bash langą ir paleiskite šią komandą:

    Tai parodys, ar naudojate Ubuntu 14.04 ar Ubuntu 16.04. Jei naudojate Ubuntu 14.04 ir norite atnaujinti, skaitykite toliau. Tačiau įsitikinkite, kad įdiegėte "Creators Update": negalima atnaujinti į "Ubuntu 16.04 LTS" pirmą kartą nepaliekant "Creators Update".

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Pirmas variantas: pašalinkite ir iš naujo įdiekite Bash naudodami lxrun

    Jei nesirūpinate dėl bet kokių jūsų "bash" aplinkoje atliktų pritaikymų (ar esate pasiruošę ją dar kartą pritaikyti), jums nereikės nerimauti dėl "Ubuntu" naujovinimo. Jūs galite tiesiog pašalinti savo dabartinį Ubuntu atvaizdą ir tada pasakyti Windows, kad iš naujo įdiegsite naują Ubuntu atvaizdą. Tai greičiausiai atnaujinti Bash aplinką.

    Norėdami tai padaryti, pirmiausia atidarykite komandų eilutės langą, dešiniuoju pelės klavišu spustelėdami mygtuką Pradėti arba paspausdami klaviatūrą "Windows + X" ir pasirinkdami "Komandinė eilutė". Paleiskite šią komandą, kad pašalintumėte "Bash shell". Tai padės išsaugoti jūsų "Linux" vartotojo abonemento failus ir nuostatas, bet ištrins sistemos failus, įskaitant visas įdiegtas programas ir sistemos lygio nustatymų pakeitimus.

    Įveskite y tęsti ir "Windows" pašalins "Ubuntu 14.04 Bash" aplinką.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Jūsų "Bash" sistemos failai dabar pašalinami. Norėdami iš naujo įdiegti "Bash", kuris suteiks jums Ubuntu 16.04 vietoj Ubuntu 14.04, paleiskite šią komandą:

    Įveskite y tęsti ir Windows įdiegs Ubuntu 16.04 Bash aplinką. "Windows" automatiškai pasiūlys jums naudoti tą patį anksčiau naudojamą naudotojo vardą. Jums bus paprašyta įvesti slaptažodį po.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Kai tai bus padaryta, paleiskite lsb_release -a dar kartą pakartokite ir pamatysite, kad dabar naudojate Ubuntu 16.04. Turite prieigą prie naujesnės programinės įrangos, esančios Ubuntu 16.04 paketų saugyklose.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Antroji galimybė: atnaujinkite "Ubuntu" su "do-release-upgrade"

    Jei pritaikėte Bash aplinką ir įdiegėte programinę įrangą, galite nenorėti visiškai ištrinti visko. Tokiu atveju galite atlikti komandą naujinimo per "Bash" lange. Tai atnaujins Ubuntu nuo 14.04 iki 16.04, lygiai taip pat, kaip atnaujinsite visą "Ubuntu" aplinką naujajai versijai. Tačiau tai užtruks ilgiau nei paprasčiausiai išbraukiant ir iš naujo įdiegus "Bash" failus.

    Norėdami tai padaryti, atidarykite "Bash" apvalkalo ir paleiskite šią komandą:

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Comenzando con Windows 10 Creators Update, cualquiera que instale el entorno Bash obtendrá Ubuntu 16.04 (Xenial). Pero, si ya instaló Bash en la actualización de aniversario, se encontrará con Ubuntu 14.04 (Trusty) hasta que actualice manualmente.

    Ubuntu 16.04 contiene paquetes de software más modernos y actualizados. Ubuntu 14.04 se lanzó originalmente en abril de 2014, mientras que Ubuntu 16.04 se lanzó en abril de 2016.

    Actualización : a partir de la Actualización de Fall Creators, las distribuciones de Linux ahora se entregan a través de la Tienda. Si instaló previamente el entorno Ubuntu Bash, simplemente abra Microsoft Store, busque “Ubuntu” e instálelo para obtener la última versión.

    Cómo verificar qué versión de Ubuntu tiene

    RELACIONADO: Todo lo que puede hacer con el nuevo Bash Shell de Windows 10

    Si no está seguro de qué versión de Ubuntu está utilizando en su entorno Bash actual, abra una ventana Bash y ejecute el siguiente comando:

    Te mostrará si estás ejecutando Ubuntu 14.04 o Ubuntu 16.04. Si está ejecutando Ubuntu 14.04 y desea actualizar, siga leyendo. Pero asegúrese de tener instalada la Actualización de creadores: no puede actualizar a Ubuntu 16.04 LTS sin actualizar primero a la Actualización de creadores.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Opción uno: Desinstalar y reinstalar Bash con lxrun

    RELACIONADO: Cómo desinstalar ( o Reinstalar) Ubuntu Bash Shell de Ubuntu 10

    Si no le importan las personalizaciones que haya realizado en su entorno bash (o está preparado para personalizarlo de nuevo), no tiene que preocuparse por realizar un Actualización de Ubuntu. Simplemente puede eliminar su imagen actual de Ubuntu y luego decirle a Windows que reinstale una nueva imagen de Ubuntu. Esta es la forma más rápida de actualizar su entorno Bash.

    Para hacerlo, primero abra una ventana del símbolo del sistema haciendo clic con el botón derecho en el botón Inicio o presione Windows + X en su teclado y seleccione “Símbolo del sistema”. Ejecute el siguiente comando para desinstalar el shell Bash. Esto mantendrá los archivos y las preferencias de su cuenta de usuario de Linux, pero borrará los archivos del sistema, incluidos los programas instalados y los cambios en la configuración del sistema.

    Escriba y para continuar y Windows desinstalará el entorno Ubuntu 14.04 Bash.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Los archivos de tu sistema Bash ahora se eliminaron. Para reinstalar Bash, que le proporcionará Ubuntu 16.04 en lugar de Ubuntu 14.04, ejecute el siguiente comando:

    Escriba y para continuar y Windows instalará el entorno Ubuntu 16.04 Bash. Windows le sugerirá automáticamente que use el mismo nombre de usuario que utilizó anteriormente. Se le pedirá que ingrese una contraseña después de.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Cuando haya terminado, ejecute el comando lsb_release -a una vez más y verá que ahora está utilizando Ubuntu 16.04. Usted tiene acceso al software más nuevo disponible en los repositorios de paquetes de Ubuntu 16.04.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Opción dos: actualice Ubuntu con do-release-upgrade

    Si ha personalizado su entorno Bash y el software instalado, es posible que no desee borra todo por completo En este caso, puede realizar un comando de actualización desde dentro del shell Bash. Esto actualizará Ubuntu de la versión 14.04 a la 16.04, al igual que actualizaría un entorno completo de Ubuntu a una nueva versión. Sin embargo, esto tomará más tiempo que simplemente eliminar y volver a instalar los archivos Bash.

    Para hacerlo, abra el shell Bash y ejecute el siguiente comando:

    Este es el proceso recomendado oficialmente por Microsoft.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Una simple captura de pantalla es ideal para capturar lo que está inmediatamente visible en su monitor, pero ¿qué sucede si necesita capturar una página web completa? Aquí hay tres formas simples de capturar una página web larga como una imagen continua y, en el proceso, conservarla exactamente como aparece para el espectador.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    En 2014, Google anunció una línea de teléfonos de bajo costo y baja especificación llamada Android One. En 2017, anunciaron Android Go, diseñado específicamente para teléfonos de bajo costo y baja especificación. Entonces . ¿cuál es la diferencia? ¿Qué es exactamente Android One? Para decirlo de la manera más simple posible, Android One es una especificación de hardware diseñada para mercados emergentes por Google.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Windows 10 Oluşturucu Güncelleştirmesi ile başlayarak, Bash ortamını kuran herkes Ubuntu 16.04 (Xenial) alır. Ancak, Yıldönümü Güncellemesi’ne Bash’i daha önce yüklediyseniz, manuel olarak güncelleyene kadar Ubuntu 14.04 (Trusty) ile takılıp kalırsınız..

    Ubuntu 16.04, daha modern ve güncel yazılım paketleri içerir. Ubuntu 14.04, ilk olarak Nisan 2014’te, Ubuntu 16.04, 2016 yılının Nisan ayında piyasaya sürüldü..

    Güncelleştirme: Fall Creators Güncellemesi ile başlayarak, Linux dağıtımları artık Mağaza aracılığıyla gönderiliyor. Ubuntu Bash ortamını daha önce kurduysanız, Microsoft Mağazasını açın, “Ubuntu” aratın ve en son sürümü edinmek için kurun.

    Ubuntu’nun Hangi Sürümüne Sahip Olduğunuz Nasıl Kontrol Edilir

    Mevcut Bash ortamınızda hangi Ubuntu sürümünün kullanıldığından emin değilseniz, bir Bash penceresi açın ve aşağıdaki komutu çalıştırın:

    Ubuntu 14.04 veya Ubuntu 16.04 kullanıp kullanmadığınızı gösterir. Ubuntu 14.04 kullanıyorsanız ve yükseltmek istiyorsanız, okumaya devam edin. Ancak Oluşturucu Güncelleştirmeleri’nin kurulu olduğundan emin olun: Önce Oluşturucu Güncellemesi’ne yükseltme yapmadan Ubuntu 16.04 LTS’ye yükseltme yapamazsınız..

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Seçenek Bir: Kaldır ve Bash With lxrun’u yeniden kurun

    Bash ortamınıza yaptığınız herhangi bir özelleştirmeyi umursamıyorsanız (veya tekrar özelleştirmeye hazırsanız), bir Ubuntu yükseltmesi yapmak için endişelenmenize gerek yoktur. Geçerli Ubuntu resminizi kaldırabilir ve Windows’a yeni bir Ubuntu resmini yeniden yüklemesini söyleyebilirsiniz. Bash ortamınızı yükseltmenin en hızlı yolu budur.

    Bunu yapmak için, önce Başlat düğmesine sağ tıklayarak veya klavyenizdeki Windows + X tuşlarına basarak ve “Komut İstemi” ni seçerek bir Komut İstemi penceresi açın. Bash kabuğunu kaldırmak için aşağıdaki komutu çalıştırın. Bu, Linux kullanıcı hesabınızın dosya ve tercihlerini koruyacaktır, ancak yüklü programlar ve sistem düzeyinde ayar değişiklikleri dahil sistem dosyalarını silecektir..

    tip y devam etmek ve Windows Ubuntu 14.04 Bash ortamını kaldıracak.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Bash sistem dosyalarınız şimdi kaldırıldı. Bash’i yeniden yüklemek için, Ubuntu 14.04 yerine Ubuntu 16.04’ü verir, aşağıdaki komutu çalıştırın:

    tip y devam etmek için Windows Ubuntu 16.04 Bash ortamını yükleyecektir. Windows, daha önce kullandığınız aynı kullanıcı adını otomatik olarak kullanmanızı önerir. Sizden sonra bir şifre girmeniz istenecek.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Tamamlandığında, koş lsb_release -a bir kez daha komut verin ve şimdi Ubuntu 16.04 kullandığınızı göreceksiniz. Ubuntu 16.04’ün paket havuzlarında bulunan yeni yazılıma erişebilirsiniz.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    İkinci Seçenek: Ubuntu’yu Yükseltme-yükseltme-yükseltme ile

    Bash ortamınızı ve yüklü yazılımınızı özelleştirdiyseniz, her şeyi tamamen silmek istemeyebilirsiniz. Bu durumda, Bash kabuğunun içinden bir yükseltme komutu gerçekleştirebilirsiniz. Bu, Ubuntu’yu 14.04’ten 16.04’e yükseltir, tıpkı tam bir Ubuntu ortamını yeni bir sürüme yükseltmeniz gibi. Ancak, bu, Bash dosyalarının kaldırılması ve yeniden kurulmasından daha uzun sürer.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    For all of us who are stuck with Windows machines at work, the addition of the Ubuntu Bash Shell for Windows 10 has been a life saver. It’s crazy to think we are installing Linux packages on a Windows machine. The reality is, Ubuntu Bash is a full blown Ubuntu Kernel running on Windows 10, and it works well.

    In this blog post I will show you how to setup your Windows 10 machine for Machine Learning using Ubuntu Bash Shell.

    How to install Bash shell command-line tool on Windows 10

    Windows 10 includes a subsystem to run Linux Bash shell to enable developers, especially web developers and those who…

    It’s important to upgrade to version 16.04 as the default version. The previous version 14.04 has some problems when working with Jupyter notebooks.

    How to Update the Windows Bash Shell to Ubuntu 16.04

    Starting with the Windows 10 Creators Update, anyone who installs the Bash environment will get Ubuntu 16.04 (Xenial)…

    I have found conda to be the best package and environment management system for Python. Conda is great for creating sand-boxed environments.

    It is advised to install MiniConda as the full conda installation installs 1000’s of packages and takes a long time to install. By installing MiniConda you will be up & running in a few minutes.

    Run the Miniconda install

    It’s ideal to create a new environment to work with different versions of your libraries and packages.

    Lets create a Python 2.7 and Numpy 1.13 environment with the latest scipy library installed. This environment will be completely isolated from the rest of your conda managed environments.

    You should now see a list of all the environments you’ve created.

    Install scikit-learn to round off your Machine Learning environment.

    Using conda to install Tensorflow is easy, and it is advised to create a new environment when you enter the world of Deep Learning.

    Install packages needed for data processing and visualisation.

    To install Tensorflow follow the Tensorflow installation guide for Anaconda.

    Installing TensorFlow on Ubuntu | TensorFlow

    Docker completely isolates the TensorFlow installation from pre-existing packages on your machine. The Docker container…

    Find the correct package for your machine and operating system — in our case we are looking for the CPU-only Python 3.6 package.

    Jupyter is the unsung hero of Machine Learning. Activate the desired environment and start a Jupyter note book, you are now ready for serious Machine Learning.

    Make sure to start with the — no-browser attribute.

    Browse to the URL as specified in Bash.

    This guide is not intended to be the definitive guide on setting up a machine for Machine Learning, but rather to give you a good default Python environment for Machine Learning that is extendable on Windows using Bash Shell.

    Thanks for reading. Don’t forget to hit that ‘clap’ button 👏👏

    Let me know what you think of Ubuntu Bash on Windows 10 as a Machine Learning platform in the comments below.

    I’m the owner of an artificial intelligence company. We use smart technology to create custom solutions for clients all over the world. Visit our website or LinkedIn page to find out more.

    Neural Networks Easily Fooled — Check out my latest post on fooling neural networks.

    This guide borrows heavily from the excellent PyData talk by Jake VanderPlas.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Počínaje aktualizací Windows 10 Creators, každý, kdo nainstaluje prostředí Bash, dostane Ubuntu 16.04 (Xenial). Pokud jste však dříve nainstalovali Bash v aktualizaci Anniversary, budete přilepený na Ubuntu 14.04 (Trusty), dokud nebudete ručně aktualizovat.

    Ubuntu 16.04 obsahuje více moderních, nejmodernějších softwarových balíčků. Ubuntu 14.04 byl původně vydán v dubnu 2014, zatímco Ubuntu 16.04 byl propuštěn v dubnu 2016.

    Aktualizace: Počínaje aktualizací Fall Creators, distribuce Linuxu jsou nyní doručovány prostřednictvím obchodu. Pokud jste dříve nainstalovali prostředí Ubuntu Bash, stačí otevřít obchod Microsoft Store, vyhledat "Ubuntu" a nainstalovat jej, abyste získali nejnovější verzi.

    Jak zjistit, jakou verzi systému Ubuntu máte

    Pokud si nejste jisti, která verze Ubuntu se používá ve vašem aktuálním prostředí Bash, otevřete okno Bash a spusťte následující příkaz:

    Ukáže vám, zda používáte Ubuntu 14.04 nebo Ubuntu 16.04. Pokud používáte Ubuntu 14.04 a chcete aktualizovat, přečtěte si. Ale ujistěte se, že máte nainstalovanou aktualizaci Tvůrce: Nejdříve nelze upgradovat na Ubuntu 16.04 LTS, aniž byste nejprve přešli na Aktualizaci autorů.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Možnost jedna: odinstalovat a znovu nainstalovat bash s lxrun

    Pokud se nestaráte o nějaké přizpůsobení, které jste provedli v prostředí bash (nebo jste připraveni jej znovu přizpůsobit), nemusíte se starat o provedení upgradu na Ubuntu. Stačí jednoduše odstranit váš aktuální obraz Ubuntu a poté Windows požádat o přeinstalaci nového obrázku Ubuntu. Toto je nejrychlejší způsob, jak upgradovat prostředí Bash.

    Chcete-li to provést, nejprve otevřete okno Příkazový řádek kliknutím pravým tlačítkem myši na tlačítko Start nebo stisknutím klávesy Windows + X na klávesnici a výběrem možnosti "Příkazový řádek". Spusťte následující příkaz k odinstalování shell Bash. Tím se zachovají soubory a předvolby uživatelského účtu systému Linux, ale vymažou se systémové soubory včetně všech nainstalovaných programů a nastavení na systémové úrovni.

    Typ y pokračovat a systém Windows odinstaluje prostředí Ubuntu 14.04 Bash.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Soubory systému Bash jsou nyní odebrány. Chcete-li přeinstalovat Bash – což vám místo Ubuntu 14.04 Ubuntu 16.04 udělí následující příkaz:

    Typ y pokračovat a systém Windows nainstaluje prostředí Ubuntu 16.04 Bash. Systém Windows automaticky navrhne použít stejné uživatelské jméno, které jste dříve používali. Po zadání hesla budete vyzváni k zadání hesla.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Když to bude hotovo, spusťte lsb_release -a příkaz znovu a uvidíte, že používáte Ubuntu 16.04. Máte přístup k novějšímu softwaru, který je k dispozici v úložištích balíků Ubuntu 16.04.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Možnost 2: Upgrade Ubuntu S up-release-upgrade

    Pokud jste si přizpůsobili prostředí Bash a nainstalovaný software, možná nebudete chtít úplně vymazat vše. V tomto případě můžete provést příkaz pro upgrade z prostředí Bash shell. To upgraduje Ubuntu od verze 14.04 na 16.04, stejně jako byste upgradovali plné prostředí Ubuntu na novou verzi. Bude to však trvat déle, než jednoduše odebrat a znovu nainstalovat soubory Bash.

    Chcete-li to provést, otevřete shell Bash a spusťte následující příkaz:

    Tento proces je oficiálně doporučován společností Microsoft.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    A Windows 10 Creators frissítésével kezdődően mindenki, aki telepíti a Bash környezetet, megkapja az Ubuntu 16.04 (Xenial) fájlt. De ha korábban telepítette a Bash-et az évfordulós frissítésben, az Ubuntu 14.04 (Trusty) használatával megmarad, amíg kézzel frissíti.

    Az Ubuntu 16.04 modern, naprakész szoftvercsomagokat tartalmaz. Az Ubuntu 14.04-et eredetileg 2014 áprilisában adták ki, míg az Ubuntu 16.04 kiadása 2016. áprilisában jelent meg.

    frissítés: Az Őszi alkotók frissítésével kezdődően a Linux disztribúciók mostantól az áruházon keresztül érkeznek. Ha korábban telepítette az Ubuntu Bash környezetet, csak nyissa meg a Microsoft Store-ot, keressen az "Ubuntu" -ra, és telepítse a legújabb verzióra.

    Hogyan ellenőrizhető az Ubuntu verziója?

    Ha nem biztos benne, hogy az Ubuntu jelenlegi verzióját a jelenlegi Bash környezetben használja, nyissa meg a Bash ablakot, és futtassa a következő parancsot:

    Megmutatja, hogy fut-e Ubuntu 14.04 vagy Ubuntu 16.04. Ha az Ubuntu 14.04 rendszert futtatja és frissíteni szeretne, olvasd el. De győződjön meg róla, hogy telepítve van az Alkotások frissítése: Az Ubuntu 16.04 LTS-re nem frissíthető az elsőnek a Teremtők frissítésével történő frissítése nélkül.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Az első lehetőség: távolítsa el és telepítse újra a bash-ot az lxrun-val

    Ha nem törődsz a bash-környezetedhez készített testreszabásokkal (vagy hajlandó újra testre szabni), akkor nem kell aggódnia az Ubuntu frissítésének végrehajtása miatt. Egyszerűen távolíthatja el az aktuális Ubuntu képét, majd utána a Windows-nak új Ubuntu-képet telepíthet. Ez a leggyorsabb módja a Bash környezet frissítéséhez.

    Ehhez először nyissa meg a Parancssor ablakot a jobb egérgombbal a Start gombra vagy a Windows + X billentyűzet megnyomásával és a "Parancssor" lehetőség kiválasztásával. Indítsa el a következő parancsot a Bash shell eltávolításához. Ez megtartja a Linux felhasználói fiókjának fájljait és beállításait, de törli a rendszerfájlokat, beleértve a telepített programokat és a rendszer szintű beállításváltozásokat.

    típus y folytatni, és a Windows eltávolítja az Ubuntu 14.04 Bash környezetet.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    A Bash rendszerfájljait most eltávolítottuk. A Bash újratelepítéséhez – amely az Ubuntu 14.04 helyett Ubuntu 16.04-et ad – az alábbi parancsot futtatja:

    típus y folytatni és a Windows telepíti az Ubuntu 16.04 Bash környezetet. A Windows automatikusan azt javasolja, hogy használja ugyanazt a felhasználónevet, amelyet előzőleg használt. A rendszer felkéri a jelszót.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Amikor elkészült, futtassa a lsb_release -a parancsot, és látni fogod, hogy most az Ubuntu 16.04-et használja. Hozzáférhet az Ubuntu 16.04 csomagtartalmaihoz rendelkezésre álló újabb szoftverhez.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Második lehetőség: Az Ubuntu frissítése A do-release-upgrade paranccsal

    Ha testre szabta a Bash-környezetet és a telepített szoftvert, előfordulhat, hogy nem kíván teljesen törölni. Ebben az esetben frissítési parancsot hajthat végre a Bash rendszerben. Ez frissíti az Ubuntu-t a 14.04-ről 16.04-re, éppúgy, mint ha teljes Ubuntu környezetet frissít egy új verzióra. Ez azonban hosszabb ideig tart, mint a Bash fájlok eltávolítása és újratelepítése.

    Ehhez nyissa meg a Bash shell parancsot, és futtassa a következő parancsot:

    You can’t help but have noticed that Microsoft has started the rollout of Windows 10 Creators Update. After testing with Windows Insiders, the third big update to Windows 10 is finally making its way to the masses. But while Creators Update brings some pretty major changes to Windows 10, Windows Subsystem for Linux is not automatically updated.

    The arrival of Bash/Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) in Windows 10 Anniversary Update meant Ubuntu 14.04 support, but you can now manually update to gain Ubuntu 16.04 support in Creators Update. Microsoft says you need to perform one of two manual update methods: the recommended option of “Remove & Replace”, or “Upgrade In-Place.” Here’s how to perform the update.

    Before you can proceed with this update you will — perhaps obviously — need to have Windows Subsystem For Linux enabled on your computer. If you’re reading this, it’s likely that you have already done this but, for the sake of completeness, here’s how to enable it:

    • Open Settings and head to Update & security.
    • Click For developers to the left and then select Developer mode to the right.
    • Now launch the Control Panel and open up Programs and Features.
    • Click Turn Windows features on or off and then check the box labeled Windows Subsystem for Linux (Beta).
    • Click OK and restart your computer when prompted.

    If you want to check what version of WSL you have at the moment, run the following command:

    If you are running Ubuntu 14.04 — as you most probably are — you can use Microsoft’s recommendation of performing a Remove and Replace update. Before you go ahead and do this, you should make copies of any Linux files you want to keep as they will be deleted. This done, run the following command:

    C:\> lxrun /uninstall /full /y

    C:\> lxrun /install

    You can, if you prefer, perform an in-place upgrade using the following command:

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    A partir da Atualização dos Criadores do Windows 10, qualquer pessoa que instale o ambiente Bash obterá o Ubuntu 16.04 (Xenial). Mas, se você já instalou o Bash na Atualização de Aniversário, você ficará preso ao Ubuntu 14.04 (Trusty) até que você faça a atualização manualmente.

    O Ubuntu 16.04 contém pacotes de software mais modernos e atualizados. O Ubuntu 14.04 foi originalmente lançado em abril de 2014, enquanto o Ubuntu 16.04 foi lançado em abril de 2016.

    Atualização : A partir da atualização para criadores de outono, as distribuições Linux agora são entregues pela loja. Se você instalou anteriormente o ambiente Ubuntu Bash, basta abrir a Microsoft Store, procurar por “Ubuntu” e instalá-lo para obter a versão mais recente.

    Como verificar qual versão do Ubuntu você tem

    RELACIONADAS: Tudo o que você pode fazer com o novo Bash Shell do Windows 10

    Se não tiver certeza de qual versão do Ubuntu está sendo usada em seu ambiente Bash atual, abra uma janela Bash e execute o seguinte comando:

    Ele mostrará se você está executando o Ubuntu 14.04 ou o Ubuntu 16.04. Se você estiver executando o Ubuntu 14.04 e quiser atualizar, continue lendo. Mas certifique-se de ter a Atualização de criadores instalada: Não é possível atualizar para o Ubuntu 16.04 LTS sem antes atualizar para a Atualização de criadores.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Opção 1: desinstalar e reinstalar o Bash com lxrun

    RELACIONADOS: Como desinstalar ( ou Reinstalar) Ubuntu Bash Shell do Windows 10

    Se você não se importa com as personalizações que fez no seu ambiente bash (ou está preparado para personalizá-lo novamente), não precisa se preocupar em executar Atualização do Ubuntu. Você pode simplesmente remover sua imagem atual do Ubuntu e, em seguida, dizer ao Windows para reinstalar uma nova imagem do Ubuntu. Essa é a maneira mais rápida de atualizar seu ambiente Bash.

    Para fazer isso, primeiro abra uma janela do Prompt de Comando clicando com o botão direito do mouse no botão Iniciar ou pressionando Windows + X no teclado e selecionando “Prompt de Comando”. Execute o seguinte comando para desinstalar o shell Bash. Isso manterá os arquivos e as preferências da sua conta de usuário do Linux, mas apagará os arquivos do sistema, incluindo quaisquer programas instalados e alterações de configurações no nível do sistema.

    Digite y para continuar e Windows irá desinstalar o ambiente de Bash do Ubuntu 14.04.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Os seus arquivos de sistema Bash são agora removidos. Para reinstalar o Bash – que lhe dará o Ubuntu 16.04 em vez do Ubuntu 14.04 – execute o seguinte comando:

    Digite y para continuar e o Windows instalará o ambiente do Ubuntu 16.04 Bash. O Windows sugere automaticamente que você use o mesmo nome de usuário usado anteriormente. Você será solicitado a digitar uma senha depois.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Quando terminar, execute novamente o comando lsb_release -a e você verá que agora está usando o Ubuntu 16.04. Você tem acesso ao mais recente software disponível nos repositórios de pacotes do Ubuntu 16.04.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Opção 2: Atualizar o Ubuntu Com o fazer-release-upgrade

    Se você personalizou seu ambiente Bash e o software instalado, talvez não queira apagar completamente tudo. Nesse caso, você pode executar um comando de atualização a partir do shell Bash. Isso irá atualizar o Ubuntu da versão 14.04 para 16.04, assim como você atualizaria um ambiente Ubuntu completo para uma nova versão. No entanto, isso levará mais tempo do que simplesmente remover e reinstalar os arquivos Bash.

    Para fazer isso, abra o shell Bash e execute o seguinte comando:

    Esse é o processo recomendado oficialmente pela Microsoft.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Se você gosta de gastar tempo jogando com outras pessoas on-line, criar um evento no PlayStation 4 ou Pro é uma maneira fácil de fazer com que todos juntos ao mesmo tempo, no mesmo jogo. Veja como configurar um. O que são eventos? RELACIONADOS: Como bloquear alguém no PlayStation 4 ou Pro Basicamente, os Eventos são uma maneira de agendar uma sessão de jogo com sua equipe você pode definir a hora, escolher o jogo e convidar pessoas da sua lista de amigos, um grupo de mensagens ou uma comunidade inteira.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    RELACIONADAS: O que há de novo na atualização para criadores do Windows 10 As edições Professional, Enterprise e Education do Windows 10 oferecem mais controle sobre o Windows Update do que a edição doméstica. Se você tiver uma dessas edições, começando pela Atualização de criadores, poderá pausar o recebimento de atualizações e adiar algumas atualizações por até um ano.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Nuo “Windows 10 Creators Update” visiems, kurie įdiegia “Bash” aplinką, bus “Ubuntu 16.04” (“Xenial”). Tačiau jei anksčiau įdiegėte “Bash” į “Anniversary Update”, “Ubuntu 14.04” (“Trusty”) būsite įstrigę, kol rankiniu būdu nepagerinsite.

    “Ubuntu 16.04” yra daugiau modernių, naujausių programinės įrangos paketų. “Ubuntu 14.04” iš pradžių buvo išleistas 2014 m. Balandžio mėn., O “Ubuntu 16.04” buvo išleistas 2016 m. Balandžio mėn.

    Atnaujinta : nuo “Fall Creators Update”, “Linux” paskirstymai dabar pristatomi per “Store”. Jei anksčiau įdiegėte “Ubuntu Bash” aplinką, tiesiog atidarykite “Microsoft Store”, suraskite “Ubuntu” ir įdiekite ją, kad gautumėte naujausią versiją.

    Kaip patikrinti, kokia versija Ubuntu turite

    SUSIJĘS: Viskas, ką galite padaryti, naudodami “Windows 10” naująjį “Bash Shell”

    Jei nesate tikri, kokia Ubuntu versija naudojama dabartinėje “Bash” aplinkoje, atidarykite Bash langą ir paleiskite šią komandą:

    Ji parodys, ar naudojate Ubuntu 14.04 arba Ubuntu 16.04. Jei naudojate Ubuntu 14.04 ir norite atnaujinti, skaitykite toliau. Tačiau įsitikinkite, kad įdiegėte “Creators Update”: jūs negalite atnaujinti į “Ubuntu 16.04 LTS”, neperskaitę į “Creators Update” pirmiausia.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Pirmas variantas: pašalinkite ir iš naujo įdiekite Bash naudojant lxrun

    SUSIJĘS: Kaip pašalinti ( arba iš naujo įdiekite) “Windows 10” “Ubuntu Bash Shell”

    Jei jums nereikia rūpintis bet kokiais jūsų “bash” aplinkos nustatytomis adaptacijomis (ar esate pasiruošę ją dar kartą pritaikyti), nereikia jaudintis dėl ” Ubuntu naujinimas. Jūs galite tiesiog pašalinti savo dabartinį Ubuntu atvaizdą ir tada pasakyti Windows, kad iš naujo įdiegsite naują Ubuntu atvaizdą. Tai yra greitesnis būdas atnaujinti Bash aplinką.

    Norėdami tai padaryti, pirmiausia atidarykite komandų eilutės langą, dešiniuoju pelės klavišu spustelėdami mygtuką Pradėti arba paspausdami klaviatūrą “Windows + X” ir pasirinkdami “Komandinė eilutė”. Paleiskite šią komandą, kad pašalintumėte “Bash shell”. Tai padės išlaikyti jūsų “Linux” vartotojo abonemento failus ir parinktis, bet ištrins sisteminius failus, įskaitant visas įdiegtas programas ir sistemos lygmens nustatymų pakeitimus.

    Įveskite y , kad tęstumėte ir Windows pašalins Ubuntu 14.04 Bash aplinką.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Jūsų “Bash” sistemos failai dabar pašalinami. Norėdami iš naujo įdiegti “Bash”, kuris suteiks jums Ubuntu 16.04 vietoj Ubuntu 14.04, paleiskite šią komandą:

    Įveskite y , kad tęstumėte, o Windows įdiegs Ubuntu 16.04 Bash aplinką. “Windows” automatiškai pasiūlys jums naudoti tą patį anksčiau naudojamą naudotojo vardą. Būsite paprašyta įvesti slaptažodį po.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Kai tai bus padaryta, vėl paleiskite komandą lsb_release -a ir pamatysite, kad dabar naudojate Ubuntu 16.04. Jūs turite prieigą prie naujesnės programinės įrangos, esančios Ubuntu 16.04 paketų saugyklose.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Antrasis variantas: “Ubuntu” atnaujinimas su “do-release-upgrade”

    Jei pritaikėte Bash aplinką ir įdiegtą programinę įrangą, galite nenorėti visiškai ištrinti viską. Tokiu atveju galite atlikti komandą naujinimo per “Bash” lange. Tai atnaujins Ubuntu nuo 14.04 iki 16.04, lygiai taip pat, kaip atnaujinsite visą “Ubuntu” aplinką naujajai versijai.

    Norėdami tai padaryti, atidarykite “Bash” apvalkalo ir paleiskite šią komandą:

    Šis procesas yra oficialiai rekomenduojamas. Microsoft.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Daugeliui žmonių, susipažinusiose su ankstesnėmis” Windows “versijomis, įdomu, kas atsitiko su visada sukurta integruotos administratoriaus paskyra pagal nutylėjimą. Ar ši sąskaita vis dar egzistuoja ir kaip galite ją pasiekti? Sąskaita sukurta “Windows 10”, “8”, “7” ar “Vista”, bet kadangi ji neįjungta, jos negalima naudoti.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Nesvarbu, ar esate įsijungę į kompiuterį, lygindami įvairias sistemas ar tiesiog pagarbėję savo aparatine įranga, palyginamumas kiekybiškai įvertina kompiuterio našumą. “Windows” turi didelę naudingų lyginamosios analizės programų ekosistemą, o daugelis jų yra nemokamos. Prieš atlikdami kokį nors lyginamąjį standartą, įsitikinkite, kad jūsų kompiuteryje nėra nieko kito.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Från och med uppdateringen av Windows 10 Creators kommer alla som installerar Bash-miljön att få Ubuntu 16.04 (Xenial). Men om du tidigare har installerat Bash i årsdagens uppdatering, sitter du fast med Ubuntu 14.04 (Trusty) tills du manuellt uppgraderar.

    Ubuntu 16.04 innehåller mer moderna, aktuella mjukvarupaket. Ubuntu 14.04 släpptes ursprungligen i april 2014, medan Ubuntu 16.04 släpptes i april 2016.

    Uppdatering: Från och med Fall Creators Update, levereras Linux-distributioner via butiken. Om du tidigare installerat Ubuntu Bash-miljön öppnar du bara Microsoft Store, söker efter "Ubuntu" och installerar den för att få den senaste versionen.

    Så här kontrollerar du vilken version av Ubuntu du har

    Om du inte är säker på vilken version av Ubuntu som används i din nuvarande Bash-miljö öppnar du ett Bash-fönster och kör följande kommando:

    Det visar om du kör Ubuntu 14.04 eller Ubuntu 16.04. Om du kör Ubuntu 14.04 och vill uppgradera, läs vidare. Men se till att du har skaparuppdateringen installerad: Du kan inte uppgradera till Ubuntu 16.04 LTS utan att först uppgradera till Creators Update.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Alternativ One: Avinstallera och installera omhop med lxrun

    Om du inte bryr dig om några anpassningar du har gjort till din bash-miljö (eller du är beredd att anpassa den igen) behöver du inte oroa dig för att utföra en Ubuntu-uppgradering. Du kan helt enkelt ta bort din nuvarande Ubuntu-bild och sedan berätta för Windows om du vill installera om en ny Ubuntu-bild. Det här är det snabbaste sättet att uppgradera din Bash-miljö.

    För att göra detta, öppna först ett Kommandotolken genom att högerklicka på Start-knappen eller trycka på Windows + X på tangentbordet och välj "Kommandotolk". Kör följande kommando för att avinstallera Bash-skalet. Detta kommer att behålla ditt Linux-användarkonto s filer och inställningar, men kommer att radera systemfilerna, inklusive eventuella installerade program och inställningar på systemnivå ändras.

    Typ y att fortsätta och Windows avinstallerar Ubuntu 14.04 Bash-miljön.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Dina Bash-systemfiler tas nu bort. För att återinstallera Bash-vilket ger dig Ubuntu 16.04 istället för Ubuntu 14.04-run följande kommando:

    Typ y att fortsätta och Windows installerar Ubuntu 16.04 Bash-miljön. Windows föreslår automatiskt att du använder samma användarnamn som du tidigare använde. Du kommer att bli ombedd att ange ett lösenord efter.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    När det är klart kör du lsb_release -a kommandot igen och du ser att du använder Ubuntu 16.04 nu. Du har tillgång till den nyare mjukvaran som finns i Ubuntu 16.04s paketförråd.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Alternativ två: Uppgradera Ubuntu Med uppgradering av uppgraderingar

    Om du har anpassat din Bash-miljö och installerad programvara kanske du inte vill radera allt. I det här fallet kan du utföra ett uppgraderingskommando från Bash-skalet. Detta kommer att uppgradera Ubuntu från version 14.04 till 16.04, precis som att du skulle uppgradera en fullständig Ubuntu-miljö till en ny version. Det här tar dock längre tid än att bara ta bort och installera om Bash-filerna igen.

    För att göra detta öppnar du Bash-skalet och kör följande kommando:

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Începând cu actualizarea Windows 10 Creators, oricine instalează mediul Bash va primi Ubuntu 16.04 (Xenial). Dar, dacă ați instalat anterior Bash în Update Anniversary, veți fi blocați cu Ubuntu 14.04 (Trusty) până când actualizați manual.

    Ubuntu 16.04 conține mai multe pachete software moderne și actualizate. Ubuntu 14.04 a fost lansat inițial în aprilie 2014, în timp ce Ubuntu 16.04 a fost lansat în aprilie 2016.

    Actualizați: Începând cu actualizarea Fall Creators, distribuțiile Linux sunt acum livrate prin intermediul magazinului. Dacă ați instalat anterior mediul Ubuntu Bash, trebuie doar să deschideți magazinul Microsoft, căutați "Ubuntu" și instalați-l pentru a obține cea mai recentă versiune.

    Cum să verificați ce versiune de Ubuntu aveți

    Dacă nu sunteți sigur care versiune de Ubuntu este utilizată în mediul actual Bash, deschideți o fereastră Bash și executați următoarea comandă:

    Vă va arăta dacă executați Ubuntu 14.04 sau Ubuntu 16.04. Dacă rulați Ubuntu 14.04 și doriți să faceți upgrade, citiți mai departe. Dar asigurați-vă că aveți instalat Update Creators: Nu puteți face upgrade la Ubuntu 16.04 LTS fără a trece mai întâi la actualizarea Creatorilor.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Opțiunea unu: dezinstalați și reinstalați bash cu lxrun

    Dacă nu vă pasă de personalizările pe care le-ați făcut în mediul dvs. de bash (sau sunteți pregătit să-l personalizați din nou), nu trebuie să vă faceți griji cu privire la efectuarea unui upgrade Ubuntu. Puteți să eliminați imaginea curentă a Ubuntu și apoi să îi spuneți Windows să reinstaleze o nouă imagine Ubuntu. Aceasta este cea mai rapidă modalitate de a vă îmbunătăți mediul Bash.

    Pentru a face acest lucru, deschideți mai întâi o fereastră Prompt Command făcând clic cu butonul din dreapta pe butonul Start sau apăsând Windows + X de pe tastatură și selectând "Command Prompt". Rulați următoarea comandă pentru a dezinstala shell-ul Bash. Acest lucru va păstra fișierele și preferințele contului dvs. de utilizator Linux, dar va șterge fișierele de sistem, inclusiv toate programele instalate și setările la nivel de sistem.

    Tip y pentru a continua și Windows va dezinstala mediul Ubuntu 14.04 Bash.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Fișierele dvs. de sistem Bash sunt eliminate acum. Pentru a reinstala Bash-care vă va oferi Ubuntu 16.04 în loc de Ubuntu 14.04 – rulați următoarea comandă:

    Tip y pentru a continua și Windows va instala mediul Ubuntu 16.04 Bash. Windows vă va sugera automat să utilizați același nume de utilizator pe care l-ați utilizat anterior. Vi se va cere să introduceți o parolă după.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Când sa terminat, rulați lsb_release -a comanda încă o dată și veți vedea că acum folosiți Ubuntu 16.04. Aveți acces la software-ul mai nou disponibil în depozitele de pachete ale Ubuntu 16.04.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Varianta a doua: Upgrade Ubuntu Cu do-release-upgrade

    Dacă ați personalizat mediul dvs. Bash și software-ul instalat, este posibil să nu doriți să ștergeți complet totul. În acest caz, puteți efectua o comandă de upgrade din cadrul shell-ului Bash. Acest lucru va face upgrade Ubuntu de la versiunea 14.04 la 16.04, la fel cum ați face upgrade la un mediu Ubuntu complet la o nouă versiune. Cu toate acestea, acest lucru va dura mai mult decât pur și simplu eliminarea și reinstalarea fișierelor Bash.

    Pentru aceasta, deschideți shell-ul Bash și executați următoarea comandă:

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Fra og med Windows 10 Creators Update, vil alle som installerer Bash-miljøet få Ubuntu 16.04 (Xenial). Men hvis du tidligere har installert Bash i jubileumsoppdateringen, sitter du fast med Ubuntu 14.04 (Trusty) til du oppgraderer manuelt.

    Ubuntu 16.04 inneholder nyere og oppdaterte programvarepakker. Ubuntu 14.04 ble opprinnelig utgitt i april 2014, mens Ubuntu 16.04 ble utgitt i april 2016.

    Oppdatering : Fra og med Fall Creators Update, leveres Linux-distribusjoner nå via butikken. Hvis du tidligere installerte Ubuntu Bash-miljøet, åpner du bare Microsoft Store, søker etter “Ubuntu” og installerer den for å få den nyeste versjonen.

    Slik kontrollerer du hvilken versjon av Ubuntu du har

    RELATERT: Alt du kan gjøre med Windows 10’s nye Bash Shell

    Hvis du ikke er sikker på hvilken versjon av Ubuntu som brukes i ditt nåværende Bash-miljø, åpner du et Bash-vindu og kjører følgende kommando:

    Det vil vise deg om du kjører Ubuntu 14.04 eller Ubuntu 16.04. Hvis du kjører Ubuntu 14.04 og vil oppgradere, les videre. Men vær sikker på at du har oppgraderingsoppdateringen installert: Du kan ikke oppgradere til Ubuntu 16.04 LTS uten å oppgradere til Creators Update først.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Alternativ One: Avinstaller og installer Bash med lxrun

    RELATED: Slik avinstallerer du eller reinstallere) Windows 10s Ubuntu Bash Shell

    Hvis du ikke bryr deg om noen tilpasninger du har gjort i ditt bash-miljø (eller du er forberedt på å tilpasse den igjen), trenger du ikke å bekymre deg for å utføre en Ubuntu oppgradering. Du kan ganske enkelt fjerne ditt nåværende Ubuntu-bilde og deretter fortelle Windows om å installere et nytt Ubuntu-bilde. Dette er den raskeste måten å oppgradere Bash-miljøet på.

    For å gjøre dette, åpner du først et kommandopromptvindu ved å høyreklikke på Start-knappen eller trykke på Windows + X på tastaturet og velge “Kommandoprompt”. Kjør følgende kommando for å avinstallere Bash-skallet. Dette vil holde Linux-brukerkontoens filer og preferanser, men vil slette systemfilene, inkludert eventuelle installerte programmer og systemnivåinnstillinger endres.

    Type y for å fortsette og Windows vil avinstallere Ubuntu 14.04 Bash-miljøet.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Bash-systemfilene dine er nå fjernet. Hvis du vil installere Bash igjen, som vil gi deg Ubuntu 16.04 i stedet for Ubuntu 14.04, kjør følgende kommando:

    Type y for å fortsette, og Windows vil installere Ubuntu 16.04 Bash-miljøet. Windows foreslår automatisk at du bruker det samme brukernavnet du brukte tidligere. Du blir bedt om å skrive inn et passord etter.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Når du er ferdig, kjør kommandoen lsb_release -a igjen, og du ser at du bruker Ubuntu 16.04. Du har tilgang til den nyere programvaren som er tilgjengelig i Ubuntu 16.04s pakkelager.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Alternativ To: Oppgradere Ubuntu Med oppgradering av oppgraderinger

    Hvis du har tilpasset Bash-miljøet og installert programvare, kan det hende du ikke vil helt slette alt. I dette tilfellet kan du utføre en oppgraderingskommando fra Bash-skallet. Dette vil oppgradere Ubuntu fra versjon 14.04 til 16.04, akkurat som du vil oppgradere et fullt Ubuntu-miljø til en ny versjon. Dette vil imidlertid ta lengre tid enn å bare fjerne og installere Bash-filene.

    For å gjøre dette, åpne Bash-skjellet og kjør følgende kommando:

    Dette er prosessen offisielt anbefalt av Microsoft.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Med den nye (eller nye til deg ) Google Assistant kan du styre smart hjemme-enheter som Nest termostat, Hue lys, og mer med bare din stemme – rett fra telefonen din. Slik setter du dem opp. For å kontrollere en enhet fra Google Assistant må du først legge den til i Google-kontoen din. For tiden støtter Google bare smarthome-enheter fra fem selskaper som er native: Honeywell, Nest, Philips Hue, Samsung SmartThings og Belkin WeMo.

    How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

    Windows 10 inneholder en telemetri-tjeneste som automatisk sender diagnostikk- og bruksdata om datamaskinen din til Microsoft. Disse innstillingene har forårsaket mye kontrovers siden Windows 10s utgivelse, men hva gjør de egentlig? I dag ser vi på hva slags data dette faktisk sender til Microsoft. Du kan velge ønsket telemetri nivå eller “diagnostisk og bruk data” nivå – fra Innstillinger> Personvern> Tilbakemelding og diagnostikk.

    At //Build 2016, Microsoft announced the ability to run native Bash and GNU/Linux command-line tools directly on the new Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL), coming soon to Windows 10 Anniversary Update builds.

    We’ve been amazed by the overwhelming outpouring of interest about this new feature over the last week. One of the most frequent questions we’re asked is “When can I get my hands on Bash on Ubuntu on Windows?

    We’ve held-off giving a date until we were 100% sure it’s available … but that date is NOW !

    This build contains the first public release of Bash on Ubuntu on Windows and the underlying Windows Subsystem for Linux.

    Installing Bash on Ubuntu on Windows

    Important: To run Bash/WSL, you must be running a 64-bit version of Windows 10 on a 64-bit PC. If you do NOT see “Windows Subsystem for Linux” listed in the optional features, you are likely not running a 64-bit version of Windows 10 , or are running a build of Windows 10 prior to #14316.

    Once you’re upgraded to this new build, you’ll need to complete the installation steps summarized below:

    1. Turn on Developer Mode: Settings | Update & Security | For Developers | Check the Developer Mode radio button: How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04
    2. Hit okay and reboot (required step)
    3. Once rebooted, open a PowerShell/command prompt and run “Bash” and follow the simple prompts to accept Canonical’s license and kick-off the download of the Ubuntu image: How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04
    4. After download has completed, you’ll be able to start “Bash on Ubuntu on Windows” from the Start menu: alt=”5-startbash” width=”300″ height=”74″ />How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04Related Release Notes
    • As we’ve repeatedly stated, this is the first time we’ve released this feature and we knowthere will be issues – be sure to share your feedback via the channels below
    • We do know of an issue that crashes settings if you’re running Windows 10 “N” SKU’s – we’re working on a fix for this problem in future builds
    • In this build, Bash will show you running under the ‘root’ Linux user account
      • This does NOT give Bash elevated permissions within Windows, unless you run Bash as Administrator
      • This means that, by default, from within Bash, you will only have access to Windows files and folders that your current Windows user account has rights to
      • In future builds, you’ll be asked to create a user account when installing Bash. You’ll then be able to use sudo to elevate your rights within the Linux filesystem/environment

      Share Your Feedback

      We can’t wait to hear your feedback – please be sure to share your thoughts via the channels below:

      In this article, we will see how to install Windows Subsystem for Linux on Windows 11.

      The Windows subsystem lets developers run a GNU/Linux environment including most command-line tools, utilities and applications directly on Windows.

      We can do following activities with Windows Subsystem for Linux on Windows 11:

      • Run common command-line tools such as sed, awk, grep or other binaries.
      • Run bash shell scripts and GNU/Linux command-line applications like vim,emacs,tmux, nano and languages NodeJS, Javascript, Python Ruby,C/C++,Go,Rust.
      • Install additional software using our own GNU/Linux distribution manager.
      • Invoke Windows applications using a Unix-like command line shell.

      Invoke GNU/Linux applications on Windows.

      Install Windows Subsystem for Linux(WSL) on Windows 11

      WSL installation requires to restart Windows 11 machine. So, we must have permissions to restart the Windows 11 machine.

      1. Open command prompt or PowerShell as administrator.

      2. Run the following command on either command prompt or PowerShell.
      Following command will enable the required optional components, downloads the latest Linux kernel, and sets WSL as our default and downloads Ubuntu.

      How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

      3. Reboot the Windows 11 machine to effect the changes.

      4. After reboot, open PowerShell as administrator and run the following command to check the list of Linux distributions and version of WSL.

      5. To find the list of available WSL distros run the following command.

      How to update the windows bash shell to ubuntu 16.04

      6. To install the WSL with a specific distro on Windows 11 run the following command.

      Here Distro-Name can be any of the following
      Ubuntu
      Debian
      kali-linux
      openSUSE-42
      SLES-12
      Ubuntu-16.04
      Ubuntu-18.04
      Ubuntu-20.04

      After install, we have to restart Windows 11 machine.

      Update WSL kernel on Windows 11

      To update the WSL kernel to the latest version. we have to run following command.

      So in this article, we have seen how to install WSL2(Window subsystem for Linux) on Windows 11 step by step.

      New users and students looking for ways to learn how to use and manage Linux systems, the easiest place to start might be on Ubuntu Linux OS. Ubuntu is an open source Linux operating systems that runs on desktops, laptops, server and other devices.

      The same way you use your mouse and keyboard to make basic user accounts changes or perform others simple tasks on Microsoft Windows OS, Ubuntu also makes it easy for you. Just like how easy it is to work on Windows computers, Ubuntu desktop is that easy as well and great for beginners.

      However, when you’re learning to use and understand Ubuntu Linux, you’ll also want to learn the comnands behind the graphics and mouse-clicking. and how to use them. This tutorial is going to show you how..

      This post shows new users and students what the usermod command is used for and how to use it.

      When you’re ready to learn how to use the usermod commands, follow the guide below:

      About usermod command:

      The usermod command is used by system adminstrators to change users’ account settings similar to the passwd command. Like using your mouse and keyboard to change account settings in the GUI. the usermod is the way to do it on the command line.

      Syntax:

      The syntax is the rule and format of how the usermod command can be used. the systax’s options can be reordered. but straight format must be followed.

      Below is an example syntax of how to use the usermod comamnd.

      usermod [OPTION]. LOGIN.

      Options:

      The command line options are switches or flags that determined how the commands are executed or controlled. they modify the behavior of the command. they are separated by spaces and followed after the commands options.

      Below are some options of the usermod command:

      LOGIN. Replace LOGIN .. with the name of the account you want to change its settings. If the account doesn’t already exist, the command will fail and not execute..
      -c, –comment COMMENT
      Use the -c or –command COMMENT option to set or change the user’s account comment field.
      -d, –home HOME_DIR Use the -d or –home HOME_DIR option to change or set a new home directory for the user account.
      -f, –inactive INACTIVE Use the -f or –inactive INACTIVE option to set password inactive after expiration to INACTIVE
      -g, –gid GROUP Use the -g or –gid GROUP option to force use GROUP as new primary group
      -G, –groups GROUPS Use the -G or –groups GROUP option to set new list of supplementary GROUPS
      -a, –append Use the -a or –append option to append the user to the supplemental GROUPS
      -l, –login NEW_LOGIN Use the -l or –login NEW_LOGIN option to create new value of the login name
      -h, –help Display help message and exit.
      -L, –lock Use the -L or –lock option to lock the user account

      Examples:

      Below are some examples of how to run and use the usermod on Ubuntu Linux.

      If you want to add an account name John to the sudo group, run the commands below.

      usermod -a -G sudo john

      If you wish to change John’s account Full Name or comment field, run the usermod command and specify John’s account name. in this case, it’s called john..

      usermod -c “John Doe” john

      If you’re not logged in as a root account, you may have to use the sudo command it it.

      sudo usermod -c “John Doe” john

      To change John’s account login name to paul, run the commands below.

      sudo usermod -l paul john

      To unlock John’s account, run the command below

      sudo usermod -U john

      To lock John’s account, run the commands below.

      sudo usermod -L john

      To change John’s home directory, run the commands below

      sudo usermod -d /home/newHomeDir -m johnNewHome

      When you run usermod with the –help option, you’ll see the help text below:

      Hope you like it and please come back soon for more Ubuntu Linux command!

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    หากคุณรักอุปกรณ์ iOS ของคุณ แต่คุณไม่ใช่แฟนของ iTunes มีวิธีจัดการอุปกรณ์ของคุณโดยที่ไม่มี อ่านต่อไปในขณะที่เราแสดงวิธีใช้เวลาในการซิงค์ไฟล์ให้น้อยลงและคิดดูกับ iTunes และใช้เวลากับอุปกรณ์ของคุณมากขึ้น.

    ทำไมฉันถึงต้องการทำเช่นนี้?

    เราเป็นแฟนตัวยงของอุปกรณ์ iOS ที่เสถียรโดยเฉพาะ iPad แต่เราไม่ใช่แฟนตัวยงของ iTunes ในฐานะที่เป็นโรงเรียนเก่าเราก็แค่เปิดอุปกรณ์และทิ้งไฟล์ลงไป คุณสมบัติการซิงค์ไฟล์ของ iTunes ทำให้เป็นที่ต้องการอย่างมาก (และการทำงานเช่นการคัดลอกกองหนังสือการ์ตูนหรือสิ่งที่คล้ายกันนั้นเป็นเรื่องยุ่งยากและซับซ้อนโดยไม่จำเป็น) นอกจากนี้ยังไม่มีตัวเลือกในการเปิดอุปกรณ์ iOS ของคุณเช่นแฟลชไดรฟ์ที่แนบมาและคัดลอกไฟล์ระหว่างคอมพิวเตอร์และอุปกรณ์ของคุณ เราไม่ทราบเกี่ยวกับคุณ แต่เมื่อเราต้องการถ่ายโอนไฟล์จำนวนมากและไปตามถนนเราต้องการถ่ายโอนไฟล์จำนวนมากและเข้าสู่กระบวนการซิงค์ที่โง่เง่าของถนนเพียงแค่ทำให้เราผิดหวัง.

    iFunBox นำการจัดการไฟล์ที่ใช้งานง่ายเพียงแค่ส่งไฟล์ไปยังแฟลชไดรฟ์ที่ใช้งานง่ายบนอุปกรณ์ iOS ของคุณ – ไม่ต้องรอ iTunes อีกต่อไปเพื่อตรวจสอบการสำรองข้อมูลการซิงค์และกิจวัตรอื่น ๆ คุณต้องการที่คุณต้องการ คุณไม่จำเป็นต้องถอนการติดตั้ง iTunes ทั้งหมด (และเราแนะนำให้ใช้เพื่อสำรองข้อมูลอุปกรณ์ iOS) แต่คุณจะพบว่าตัวเองใช้มันน้อยลงมาก.

    ฉันต้องการอะไร?

    สำหรับบทช่วยสอนนี้เราจะใช้ iFunBox บนเครื่อง Windows 7 และ iPad แต่แอปพลิเคชั่นนี้ยังใช้ได้กับ OS X และใช้งานได้กับอุปกรณ์ iOS ทั้งหมด ในการติดตามคุณจะต้อง:

    • iFunBox หนึ่งชุด (ฟรี)
    • อุปกรณ์ iOS หนึ่งเครื่อง

    นอกเหนือจากข้างต้นแล้วมันจะมีประโยชน์มากที่จะมีไฟล์จำนวนหนึ่งอยู่ในมือที่คุณทำการถอดถ่ายโอนไปยังอุปกรณ์ของคุณเนื่องจากกระบวนการถ่ายโอน kludgy iTunes (เรามีการ์ตูนมากมายที่โหลดลงใน Comic Zeal).

    สิ่งหนึ่งที่คุณ เคยชิน ต้องเป็นอุปกรณ์ iOS ที่ถูกเจลเบรค หากคุณต้องการใช้ประโยชน์จากฟีเจอร์ที่ทันสมัยที่สุดที่ iFunBox มอบให้ (เช่นการสื่อสารที่ใช้ SSH และการถ่ายโอนไฟล์ไปยังอุปกรณ์ iOS ของคุณ) คุณจะต้องใช้อุปกรณ์ Jailbroken ในการติดตั้งการพึ่งพาที่จำเป็นในอุปกรณ์ iOS จริง 99% ของฟังก์ชันการทำงานของแอป (และ ทั้งหมด ฟังก์ชั่นที่เราจะสาธิตในวันนี้) มีให้สำหรับผู้ใช้ที่ไม่มีอุปกรณ์ที่ถูกเจลเบรค.

    การติดตั้งและกำหนดค่า iFunBox

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    iFunBox เวอร์ชั่น Windows มีให้ใช้ทั้งแบบติดตั้งและแบบพกพา หากคุณต้องการรวมไว้ใน Windows อย่างเป็นทางการให้คว้าตัวติดตั้ง หากคุณต้องการสร้างสำเนาแบบพกพา (ซึ่งคุณสามารถซิงค์กับคอมพิวเตอร์เครื่องอื่นผ่านทาง DropBox หรือนำติดตัวไปกับคุณได้) ให้หยิบพกพามาด้วย เราเลือกที่จะใช้รุ่นพกพา เราชอบแอพพกพา.

    การติดตั้งครั้งแรกค่อนข้างตรงไปตรงมา (เรียกใช้ตัวติดตั้งหรือคลายซิปของแอพพกพา) เรียกใช้ iFunBox.exe เพื่อเริ่มกระบวนการ คุณจะเห็นหน้าจอเหมือนด้านบน.

    หากคุณยังไม่ได้เชื่อมต่ออุปกรณ์ของคุณผ่านสาย USB ซิงค์ให้ทำเช่นนั้นทันที เมื่ออุปกรณ์ของคุณเชื่อมต่อคุณจะเห็นแท็บที่ไม่ซ้ำกันอยู่ที่มุมขวาบน:

    การคลิกที่แท็บจะช่วยให้คุณสลับระหว่างอุปกรณ์ iOS ที่เชื่อมต่อ (ถ้ามี) รวมถึงนำอุปกรณ์ที่เลือกในปัจจุบันออกหรือเปิดการแบ่งปัน Wi-Fi (เพิ่มเติมในอีกสักครู่).

    บานหน้าต่างเริ่มต้นคือแผงค้นหาแอปเพิ่มเติมซึ่งมีประโยชน์มากกว่าที่จะปรากฏในแวบแรก แม้ว่าในตอนแรกดูเหมือนว่าจะเป็นเพียงการสะท้อนข้อมูลที่คุณสามารถหาได้จาก iTunes หากคุณต้องการ (เช่นแอพฟรีและแอพที่ได้รับความนิยม) แต่ก็รวมถึงการรวบรวมข้อมูลที่มีประโยชน์มากจาก AppHolic แอพรวมทั้งแอปพลิเคชั่นฟรีชั่วคราวที่โผล่ในคอลัมน์ราคาและฟรีวันนี้เป็นวิธีที่ดีในการทำคะแนนส่วนลดแอพอย่างจริงจัง.

    สามวิธีในการนำเข้าไฟล์

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    ตอนนี้เราได้ติดตั้งแอพและตรวจสอบอินเทอร์เฟซเริ่มต้นมาลงส่วนสำคัญ: ใช้ iFunBox เป็นเครื่องมือถ่ายโอน / ซิงค์ไฟล์ที่ง่ายและรวดเร็วจริงๆ.

    หากคุณต้องการนำเข้าไฟล์ไปยังแอพหลักของ iOS – เพลง, วิดีโอ, ภาพถ่าย, เสียงเรียกเข้าและอื่น ๆ – แท็บกล่องเครื่องมือด่วนคือหนทางที่จะไป คุณสามารถคลิกที่ไอคอนที่เหมาะสมในส่วนส่งออกขึ้นไปด้านบนเพื่อทิ้งเนื้อหาของแอพนั้นหรือคุณสามารถคลิกที่ไอคอนภายใต้ส่วนนำเข้าที่ด้านล่างสำหรับบานหน้าต่างการลากและวางที่เข้าถึงได้อย่างรวดเร็ว:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    เรารู้ว่าหลังจากเล่นซอฟท์แวร์ไปนานหลายปีใน iTunes อาจเป็นเรื่องที่น่าตกใจสำหรับคุณ แต่ใช่คุณสามารถลากรูปภาพจำนวนมากลงบนบานหน้าต่างและถ่ายโอนไปยังอุปกรณ์ของคุณ.

    หากคุณต้องการถ่ายโอนไฟล์ไปยังแอปพลิเคชันที่ปกติแล้วจะต้องใช้คุณสมบัติการแชร์ไฟล์ iTunes ให้ไปที่แท็บจัดการข้อมูลแอพ

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    ที่นี่เราเห็นแอพทั้งหมดที่รองรับการแชร์ไฟล์จากภายใน iTunes รวมถึงแอพพลิเคชั่นที่เริ่มต้นภารกิจทั้งหมดของเราเพื่อหลีกเลี่ยง iTunes: Comic Zeal.

    หากคุณดับเบิลคลิกที่ไอคอนของหนึ่งในแอพคุณจะพบกับบานหน้าต่างเบราว์เซอร์ไฟล์ซึ่งคุณสามารถลากและวางไฟล์ลงบนอุปกรณ์ iOS ของคุณได้โดยตรง:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    คุณสามารถย้อนกลับกระบวนการได้เช่นกัน หากคุณอยู่ที่บ้านเพื่อนและคุณต้องการคัดลอกสื่อที่คุณใส่ไว้ใน iPad คุณสามารถยิง iFunBox และคัดลอกสิ่งต่าง ๆ จากมันแทนที่จะไปที่มัน.

    วิธีสุดท้ายและที่มีประสิทธิภาพที่สุดในการคัดลอกและจัดการไฟล์คือมุมมองแบบคลาสสิค สลับไปที่แท็บ iFunBox Classic และคุณสำรวจโครงสร้างไดเรกทอรีทั้งหมดของอุปกรณ์ของคุณ:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    ที่นี่คุณจะเห็นว่าเราใช้ประโยชน์จากโฟลเดอร์ General Storage เพื่อเปลี่ยน iPad ของเราเป็นแฟลชไดรฟ์ อีกครั้งมันเป็นเพียงเรื่องของการลากและวางไฟล์จากคอมพิวเตอร์ของเรา (ในกรณีนี้ / Board Game Info / โฟลเดอร์ของเราเพื่อคัดลอกกฎและส่วนเสริมสำหรับเกม 7 Wonders ไปยัง iPad ของเรา) ตอนนี้เราสามารถดึงไฟล์ออกจากที่อื่นและแชร์กับเพื่อน ๆ.

    ตอนนี้แทนที่จะกระโดดผ่านห่วงเพื่อถ่ายโอนไฟล์ไปยังอุปกรณ์ iOS ของคุณ (และรอผ่านการถ่ายโอนที่อิงกับ iTunes อย่างช้า ๆ ) คุณสามารถลากวางและปิดไฟล์ของคุณไปยังอุปกรณ์ได้เร็วที่สุดเท่าที่สายเคเบิลซิงค์สามารถทำได้.

    iFunbox is a powerful file and App management tool for iPhone, iPad and iPod touch which enables you to browse and manage the data of your iDevice in a window similar to Windows explorer. Also, it can transfer files to your PC. In this article, we will show you how to download iFunbox and the detailed tutorial on how to use iFunbox for iOS data management and transfer in iOS 15/14.

    Part 1: Top Features of iFunbox

    iFunbox was launched in 2008 and is one of the best universal file management software for iPhone, iPad and iPod touch. Browse and manage the files and directories on the iPhone, iPad, and iPod Touch on the PC in a window similar to the windows explorer, allowing you to easily upload or export movies, music, E-books, desktops, photos and applications. It can also turn your iPhone into a USB flash drive for easy carrying of files.

    The main features of iFunbox Include:

    • Manage files on iPhone / iPad in a window similar to windows explorer,but with more powerful functions and more user-friendly operation, including quick browsing, one-click dragging, deleting, renaming and file movement.
    • Supports installing the .apk installation package and supports installation of unofficial or unsigned applications via AppSync.
    • Export music and videos from iPhone/iPad/iPod.
    • Provide an easy way to manipulate data to clean the track of usage, backup message of chats.
    • Help you to dig into the root file system of a jailbreak iDevice with quick browsing, instant file previewing and fast file searching.
    • No jailbreak required.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Part 2: iFunbox Download and How to Use iFunbox

    You can download iFunbox Windows V4.2 2021 and iFunbox Mac V1.9 from the official site. Below is also the download link for you to download iFunbox for iPhone directly.

    • iFunBox Windows V4.2: https://www.i-funbox.com/download/ifunbox_setup_4.2.exe
    • iFunbox Mac V1.9: https://www.i-funbox.com/download/iFunBox_1.9.dmg

    Below will show you the step-by-step tutorial on how to use iFunbox without iTunes.

    1. How to Use iFunbox Music Transfer

    Step 1. First of all, open iFunbox and then connect your iPhone to computer. After having done that, Click Quicktool Box > Import Files and Data > iPod Music.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Step 2. You can browse music files by clicking here:

    Step 3. Or drag-and-drop the files to this window.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    2. How to Export Music with iFunbox

    Step 1: Free download iFunbox and install it on your computer. Then connect your iPhone to PC and open iFunbox.

    Step 2: In the Quick Toolbox column, you can see Export Files and Data and click on iPod Music.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Step 3: Choose a file folder for the output iPhone music, then click Save to start.

    If you want a beautiful and even more powerful alternative, I love UltFone iOS Data Manager, which goes well beyond iFunbox’s capabilities. You can learn more in part 3.

    3. How to Use iFunbox to Install Apps

    You may wonder how to use iFunbox to install apps on your computer, here’s how:

    Step 1 : First of all, install and launch i-Funbox on your Windows or Mac. Then connect your device to the PC.

    Step 2 : As soon as you opened up the iFunbox, simply go to the Managing App Data Tab and then click on the Install App option.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Step 3: A browse window will be open up and now you require to choose APP from the PC specific path and it will eventually install the selected extension right to your iOS device.

    Part 3: Best Alternative to iFunbox (iPhone 13 Supported)

    UltFone iOS Data Manager, the all-in-one and user-friendly tool which can help you well manage iOS files including photos, videos, music, books, completely fix all iOS problems, and freely transfer file between PC and mobile device, there is no need to jailbreak your iPhone.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Outstanding Features of UltFone iOS Data Manager:

    1. One click to transfer data from iTunes to computer, vice versa.

    You don’t need to use iTunes to sync data between iTunes and iOS device. UltFone iOS Data Manager enables you to transfer iTunes media in one click.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    2. Manage 8 types of files: Contacts, Notes, Calendar, App, Video, Bookmark, Photo and Music.

    You can import, export, edit, or delete data freely.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    3. Backup iPhone to computer for free and restore data from backup in a more flexible way

    Backup iPhone data to computer without iTunes. You can selective backup data you need,extract data from backup file and restore data from backup file without erasing device data.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    4. Fix Various iOS Stuck Related to iOS Upgrade, Overheat and More

    In the “More Tools” tab, you can find that this iOS data manager provides extra features including iOS System Repair feature to fix iOS system issues without data loss.

    Last Words

    This article gives an overall introduction of iFunbox and how to use it. If you are seeking for iFunbox similar tools, UltFone iOS Data Manager is the top one.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    İOS aygıtınızı seviyorsanız ancak iTunes hayranı değilseniz, aygıtınızı onsuz yönetmenin bir yolu vardır. Dosyaları eşzamanlayarak daha az zaman harcamanızı ve iTunes ile uğraşmayı ve cihazınızın tadını çıkarmada daha fazla zaman geçirmeyi gösterdiğimizi gösterin..

    Neden Bunu Yapmak İstiyorum??

    Biz aygıtların kararlı iOS büyük hayranları, özellikle de iPad, ama iTunes gibi büyük hayranları değiliz. Eski okul meraklıları gibi, biz sadece bir cihazı açmak ve üzerine dosyalar dökmek gibi. İTunes’un dosya senkronizasyonu özellikleri arzu edilmek üzere çok büyük bir miktar bırakıyor (ve bir dizi çizgi roman veya benzeri bir yere kopyalamak gibi bir görevi yerine getirmek gereksiz yere karmaşık ve karmaşık). Dahası, iOS cihazınızı bağlı bir flash sürücü gibi açmanız ve bilgisayarınız ile cihazınız arasında dosyaları kopyalamanız mümkün değildir. Seni tanımıyoruz, ancak bir sürü dosyayı aktarmak ve yola çıkmak istediğimizde, bir sürü dosyayı aktarmak ve yoldan saçma sapan senkronizasyon işlemlerini yapmak istiyoruz..

    iFunBox, iOS cihazlarınıza bu kadar kolay gönderen, flash sürücüye dosya manipülasyonunu geri getiriyor – artık iTunes’un dosyayı almak için her türlü yedekleme, senkronizasyon ve diğer yordamları izlemesini beklemiyor İstediğin yeri istiyorsun. İTunes’u tamamen kaldırmanız gerekmez (ve iOS aygıt yedeklemesi yapmak için etrafta tutmanızı kesinlikle öneririz), ancak kendinizi daha az kullanarak kesinlikle bulacaksınız..

    Neye ihtiyacım var?

    Bu ders için, bir Windows 7 makinesinde ve iPad’de iFunBox kullanacağız, ancak uygulama OS X için de mevcut ve tüm iOS cihazlarıyla çalışıyor. Birlikte takip etmek için ihtiyacınız olacak:

    • İFunBox’un Bir Kopyası (Ücretsiz)
    • Bir iOS Cihazı

    Yukarıdakilere ek olarak, hantal iTunes aktarım işlemi nedeniyle cihazınıza aktarmayı ertelediğiniz birkaç dosyaya sahip olmanız yararlı olacaktır (Comic Zeal’e yüklemek için bir sürü çizgi romanımız var).

    Bir şey sen alışkanlık ihtiyaç bir hapishane iOS cihazdır. İFunBox’un sunduğu en gelişmiş özelliklerden (iOS cihazınıza SSH tabanlı iletişim ve dosya aktarımı gibi) yararlanmak istiyorsanız, gerekli bağımlılıkları gerçek iOS cihazına yüklemek için jailbroken bir cihaza ihtiyacınız olacak. Uygulamanın işlevselliğinin% 99’u (ve herşey bugün göstereceğimiz işlevsellik) jailbroken cihazları olmayan kullanıcılar tarafından kullanılabilir.

    İFunBox’u Kurma ve Yapılandırma

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    İFunBox’un Windows sürümü hem yükleyici hem de basit bir taşınabilir uygulama olarak mevcuttur. Resmen Windows’a dahil etmek istiyorsanız, yükleyiciyi alın. Taşınabilir bir kopya oluşturmak istiyorsanız (DropBox aracılığıyla diğer bilgisayarlarla kolayca senkronize edebileceğiniz veya başka bir şekilde yanınıza alabileceğiniz), taşınabilir olanı alın. Taşınabilir sürümü kullanmayı seçtik; taşınabilir uygulamaları severiz.

    İlk kurulum oldukça basittir (yükleyiciyi çalıştırın veya taşınabilir uygulamanın ZIP’ını açın). İşlemi başlatmak için iFunBox.exe dosyasını çalıştırın. Yukarıdaki gibi bir ekran göreceksiniz.

    Cihazınızı USB senk kablosu ile henüz bağlamadıysanız, şimdi yapın. Cihazınız bağlandığında, sağ üst köşede benzersiz bir sekme göreceksiniz:

    Sekmeye tıklamak, bağlı iOS aygıtları arasında (varsa) geçiş yapmanıza, seçili olan aygıtı çıkarmanıza veya Wi-Fi paylaşımını açmanıza olanak sağlar (birazdan bu konuda daha fazlası).

    Varsayılan bölme, ilk bakışta göründüğünden daha kullanışlı olan Daha Fazla Uygulama Bul panelidir. Başlangıçta, eğer isterseniz (en popüler ücretsiz ve ücretli uygulamalar gibi) iTunes aracılığıyla bulabileceğiniz bir veri yansıması gibi görünmekle birlikte, popüler fiyatların düşmesi gibi AppHolic ve App Deals’ten çok kullanışlı veri toplaması da içerir. Fiyat Düşüşleri ve Ücretsiz Bugün sütunlarında geçici olarak ücretsiz uygulamaların yanı sıra bedava uygulamalar da bulunurken, ciddi uygulama indirimleri elde etmek için harika bir yoldur.

    Dosya Almanın Üç Yolu

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Artık uygulamayı kurduktan ve varsayılan arayüzü seçtikten sonra, önemli kısmı ele alalım: iFunBox’ı gerçekten hızlı ve gerçekten basit bir dosya aktarma / senkronizasyon aracı olarak kullanmak.

    Dosyaları çekirdek iOS uygulamalarına aktarmak istiyorsanız -Müzik, Video, Fotoğraflar, Zil sesleri vb. -Hızlı Araç Kutusu sekmesi gidilecek yoldur. Bu uygulamanın içeriğini atmak için yukarıdan Yukarı Aktar bölümündeki uygun simgeye tıklayabilir veya aşağıdaki gibi hızlı erişim sağlayan bir sürükle ve bırak bölmesi için alttaki Al bölümünün altındaki simgeye tıklayabilirsiniz:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    İTunes’ta yıllarca süren korsanlıktan sonra bunun muhtemelen şok edici olduğunu biliyoruz, ancak evet, bir sürü resmi doğrudan bölmenin üzerine sürükleyip cihazınıza aktarabilirsiniz..

    Dosyaları normalde iTunes Dosya Paylaşma özelliğini gerektiren uygulamalara aktarmak istiyorsanız, Uygulama Verilerini Yönet sekmesine gidin:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    İşte iTunes’dan kaçınmanın bir yolunu bulmak için tüm arayışımızı başlatan uygulama da dahil olmak üzere iTunes içinden Dosya Paylaşmayı destekleyen tüm uygulamaları görüyoruz: Comic Zeal.

    Uygulamalardan birinin simgesine çift tıklarsanız, dosyaları doğrudan iOS cihazınıza sürükleyip bırakabileceğiniz bir dosya tarayıcı bölmesi sunulur:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Siz de işlemi tersine çevirebilirsiniz. Bir arkadaşınızın evindeyseniz ve iPad’inize yerleştirdiğiniz medyayı kopyalamak istiyorsanız, iFunBox’u açabilir ve bunun yerine bir şeyleri kopyalayabilirsiniz..

    Son yolu ve bugüne kadarki en güçlü, dosyaları kopyalamak ve işlemek için Klasik görünümdür. İFunBox Classic sekmesine geçin ve cihazınızın tüm dizin yapısına göz atın:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Buradan iPad’inizi flash sürücüye dönüştürmek için Genel Depolama klasöründen yararlandığımızı görebilirsiniz. Yine, dosyaları bilgisayarımızdan sürükleyip bırakma meselesiydi (bu durumda bizim / Tahta Oyun Bilgisi / klasörümüz, oyun için kurallar ve eklentiler kopyalamak için iPad’imize 7 Harikası). Artık dosyaları başka bir konumdan çekip arkadaşlarımızla paylaşabiliriz.

    Artık, dosyaları iOS cihazınıza aktarmak için çemberlerin içinden atlamak yerine (ve çok yavaş iTunes tabanlı aktarımı beklerken), senkronizasyon kablosunun gidebildiği kadar hızlı bir şekilde cihazınıza cihazınızı sürükleyip bırakabilir ve açabilirsiniz..

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Якщо ви любите пристрій iOS, але ви не є шанувальником iTunes, є спосіб керувати пристроєм без нього. Прочитайте, як ми покажемо вам, як витрачати менше часу на синхронізацію файлів і розмовляти з iTunes і більше часу, насолоджуючись пристроєм.

    Чому я хочу це робити?

    Ми величезні шанувальники iOS стабільних пристроїв, особливо iPad, але ми не такі великі шанувальники iTunes. Як старовинні вундеркінд, нам подобається просто відкривати пристрій і скидати файли на нього. Функції синхронізації файлів iTunes залишають величезну кількість бажаних (і виконувати завдання, наприклад, копіювання на купу коміксів або подібне, є непотрібним і складним). Більше того, немає можливості просто відкрити пристрій iOS, як прикріплений флеш-диск, і копіювати файли між комп’ютером і пристроєм. Ми не знаємо про вас, але коли ми хочемо передати купу файлів і відправитися в дорогу, ми хочемо передати купу файлів і потрапити на дорогу-нерозумні процеси синхронізації, просто засмутити нас.

    iFunBox повертає таку легку маніпуляцію файлами з простою відправкою-на-мій-флеш-накопичувачі на ваші пристрої iOS – більше не чекаючи, поки iTunes зможе прослуховувати всі види резервного копіювання, синхронізації та інших процедур, лише щоб отримати файл ви хочете, де ви хочете. Вам не потрібно повністю видаляти iTunes (і ми, звичайно, рекомендуємо зберігати його, щоб виконувати резервне копіювання пристроїв iOS), але ви обов’язково знайдете його набагато менше..

    Що мені потрібно?

    Для цього підручника ми будемо використовувати iFunBox на машині Windows 7 і iPad, але програма також доступна для OS X і працює з усіма пристроями iOS. Щоб слідувати, потрібно:

    • Одна копія iFunBox (безкоштовно)
    • Одне пристрій iOS

    На додаток до вищесказаного, було б зручно мати кілька файлів під рукою, які ви відкладаєте перенесення на пристрій через kludgy процес передачі iTunes (у нас є купа коміксів для завантаження в Comic Zeal).

    Одна річ ви не буде потрібне джейлбрейкнуте iOS-пристрій. Якщо ви хочете скористатися найдосконалішими функціями, які може запропонувати iFunBox (наприклад, SSH-зв’язок і передача файлів на ваш iOS-пристрій), вам знадобиться джейлбрейкнуте пристрій для встановлення необхідних залежностей на власному пристрої iOS. 99% функціональності програми (і все функціональність, яку ми будемо демонструвати сьогодні, доступна для користувачів без пристроїв, які не мають зламу.

    Встановлення та налаштування iFunBox

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Версія iFunBox для Windows доступна як як інсталятор, так і як просте портативне додаток. Якщо ви хочете офіційно включити його в Windows, захопіть інсталятор. Якщо ви хочете створити портативну копію (яку ви можете легко синхронізувати з іншими комп’ютерами за допомогою DropBox або іншим чином взяти з собою), захопіть портативний. Ми вирішили використовувати портативну версію; нам подобаються портативні програми.

    Початкова інсталяція є цілком прямою (або запустити інсталятор, або розпакувати ZIP з портативного додатка). Запустіть iFunBox.exe, щоб почати процес. Ви побачите екран, подібний до наведеного вище.

    Якщо ви ще не приєднали пристрій за допомогою кабелю синхронізації USB, зробіть це зараз. Коли пристрій під’єднано, у верхньому правому куті ви побачите унікальну вкладку:

    Натискання цієї вкладки дає змогу перемикатися між підключеними пристроями iOS (якщо це можливо), а також витягти вибраний в даний момент пристрій або ввімкнути спільний доступ до Wi-Fi (про це зараз докладніше).

    Типова панель – панель Find More Apps (Знайти додаткові програми), яка є більш корисною, ніж вона виглядає на перший погляд. Незважаючи на те, що він спочатку просто відображає дані, які можна знайти за допомогою iTunes, якщо ви цього бажаєте (наприклад, найпопулярніші безкоштовні та платні програми), вони також включають дуже корисну агрегацію даних з AppHolic та App Deals, наприклад, зниження цін на популярні додатки, а також тимчасово безкоштовні додатки, що тикають навколо стовпців ціни та безкоштовних сьогодні, є відмінним способом отримати серйозні знижки на додаток.

    Три способи імпортування файлів

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Тепер, коли ми встановили додаток і перевірили інтерфейс за промовчанням, давайте перейдемо до важливої ​​частини: використання iFunBox як дійсно швидкого та дуже простого інструменту передачі / синхронізації файлів.

    Якщо ви хочете імпортувати файли до основних додатків iOS-музики, відео, фотографій, мелодій тощо – вкладка Quick Toolbox – це шлях. Ви можете натиснути відповідну піктограму в розділі “Експорт” зверху, щоб скинути вміст цієї програми, або натисніть піктограму в розділі “Імпорт”, розташовану внизу для панелі швидкого перетягування, так:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Ми знаємо, що після декількох років роботи з iTunes це вам, мабуть, шокує, але так, ви можете просто перетягнути купу фотографій прямо на панель і перенести їх на пристрій.

    Якщо потрібно перенести файли в програми, які зазвичай потребують функції iTunes File Sharing, перейдіть на вкладку Керування даними програми:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Тут ми бачимо всі програми, які підтримують спільне використання файлів з iTunes, включаючи програму, яка почала весь наш пошук шляхів уникнення iTunes: Comic Zeal.

    Якщо двічі клацнути піктограму однієї з програм, відображається панель файлового браузера, в якій можна перетягувати файли прямо на пристрій iOS:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Ви також можете змінити процес. Якщо ви знаходитесь в будинку друга, і ви хочете скопіювати носій, який ви поклали на ваш iPad, ви можете запустити iFunBox і скопіювати речі з нього замість нього.

    Останнім способом, і, безумовно, найпотужнішим, для копіювання і маніпулювання файлами є класичний вигляд. Перейдіть на вкладку iFunBox Classic і перейдіть по всій структурі каталогів вашого пристрою:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Тут ви можете побачити, що ми скористалися папкою General Storage, щоб перетворити наш iPad на флеш-диск. Знову ж таки, це було просто питання перетягування файлів з нашого комп’ютера (в даному випадку наша / Board Game Info / папка для копіювання правил і додатків для гри 7 Wonders до нашого iPad). Тепер ми можемо витягнути файли з іншого місця і поділитися ними з друзями.

    Тепер, замість того, щоб переходити через обручі, щоб передати файли на пристрій iOS (і чекати через болісну повільну передачу на основі iTunes), ви можете перетягувати й випускати файли на пристрій так швидко, як може йти кабель синхронізації.

    iFunbox is a popular app for managing files and apps on your iOS device. It’s free but then from a certain angle that’s not very reassuring. For example, if you come to rely on it for installing apps and managing your media on your iOS devices, what do you do if for some reason it stops working?

    While this doesn’t happen a lot, as with all applications that bypass Apple’s ecosystem very occasionally you will find an update that locks the app out, as happened with iOS 8.3 last year. The problem is usually fixed with an update to iFunbox (or whatever the app is), but what if it’s weeks before an update arrives and for some reason you can’t access your phone?

    iFunbox Not Working? Perhaps You Need Insurance.

    There are a lot of free apps around which help you manage your files on your iPhone or iPad, and they help you to bypass the Apple ecosystem. The ecosystem is the iOS devices and iTunes, and it’s quite hard to do without all parts of the ecosystem.

    That said it is sometimes advantageous for you to be allowed to pass media and apps to and from your iOS devices without iTunes. But you really need some kind of insurance against problems. Ifunbox is not an Apple approved product and sooner or later Apple are going to try and stop you using it. They will say it’s for your own good as the ecosystem protects users from intrusion and software failure.

    The best kind of insurance is making sure the thing your are protecting yourself against cannot happen. If you have a means to correct, restore and reinstall your iPhone after a calamity then you can pretty much do what you like.

    Best iFunbox Alternative for Windows to Manage Files and Apps on iPhone

    Obviously our preferred solution is Tenorshare iCareFone, the all in one solution to all iPhone problems. With it you can easily manage and transfer files and apps on your iPhone, iPad and iPod without iTunes restrictions, reboot, restore, clean and speed up iPhone, back up and unstick your iPhone if the worst happens. And it’s all done with the click of a mouse. And best of all it plays nice within Apple’s ecosystem and so can never be locked out by an update.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Steps to manage files and apps on your iPhone, iPad and iPod with Tenorshare iCareFone

    • First, you need to connect your device to the computer via a USB cable. Launch the program, click on "Files Manager" from the main interface to use this function.
    • Among the 8 types of files, choose Music. And from the next interface, you will get options to add new songs, delete songs, edit songs and export songs to computer.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    With 2 steps, you can easily manage (add, delete, edit and export) files and apps on iPhone. Go ahead and give this best iFunbox alternative for Windows a try.

    I’m looking to access the filesystem of an iPhone 3Gs iOS 6.1.6 via Windows 8.1:

    • i will never use it as a phone.
    • i do not want to install iTunes or any Apple software whatsoever

    I’m looking to build up a technical stack so that I can interact with the iPhone just like I do with non-Apple devices like cell phones, Kindle, digital cameras, personal dictation recorders, flash drives, et cetera.

    I simply connect it via USB and want it to act like a USB drive.

    Unfortunately, Windows doesn’t treat the iPhone 3Gs intuitively like a USB mass storage device. This could be my fault for being a newbie to this particular device.

    “Spock” is my computer:
    i plug in the 3Gs; this folder opens Spock\Apple iPhone ;
    that folder contains Spock\Apple iPhone\Internal Storage ;
    Internal Storage contains Spock\Apple iPhone\Internal Storage\DCIM ;
    DCIM is empty.

    However, i can do NOTHING at all in this empty DCIM folder.
    Ctrl+Shift+n will not create a folder; instead i get this dialog:
    _____ Error Creating Folder _____
    (X) the new folder could not be created in this location
    The device has either stopped responding or has been disconnected.

    However, i click OK and the 3Gs is not disconnected because i can still go back and forth among the folders that the 3Gs allows me to see.

    in Spock\Apple iPhone , i see that the Internal Storage has 5.76 GB free of 6.19 GB, so it’s also not a space issue.

    Also, i’ve taken pictures with the 3Gs and instead of an empty DCIM folder, i should see sub-folders instead of This folder is empty.

    What options exist to emulate the Apple USB controller software stack I am forgoing by not installing iTunes on Windows?

    2015-09-10 update
    Spock\Apple iPhone\Internal Storage\DCIM\860OKMZO now appears but only recently.
    contents (Windows 8.1 details view):
    IMG_0007.JPG IMG_0008.JPG IMG_00012.JPG IMG_00013.JPG IMG_00014.JPG
    created 2015-08-29.
    also Windows 8.1 details view shows folder 860OKMZO was created 2015-08-24.

    The *.JPG files shown above can be selected in Windows 8.1 can be copy/pasted into a Windows 8.1 folder; however, copy/paste from Windows 8.1 to the 3Gs folder 860OKMZO is not possible.
    2015-09-10 update END

    2015-09-10 update #2:
    since my last post, i’ve taken a combination of 42 photographs and videos; the 3Gs shows 47 items but again for Spock\Apple iPhone\Internal Storage\DCIM , the folder DCIM displays “This folder is empty.”
    2015-09-10 update #2 END

    Even though iTunes is the most popular file management tool for iDevices, it is known to encounter bugs and errors from time to time. That’s why most users look for alternate softwares to cover their iPhone file transfer needs. There are a number of options available such as iFunbox, TunesMate, and iPhoneBrowser.

    • Part 1: iFunbox Review
    • Part 2: iFunbox Alternatives

    iFunbox Review: Pros and Cons

    What is iFunbox?

    iFunbox is a file management tool designed for iDevices. It is quite popular as it is being used by many iPhone/iPad users nowadays. If you are using this software on your Windows PC, then iFunbox will allow you to manage your iPhone iOS 14/13 media files just like using Windows File Explorer. iFunbox transforms your connected iDevice into a portable hard drive and makes it easier for you to transfer and manage your photos, music, videos, etc. conveniently.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Following are some prominent features of iFunbox:

    • Transfer and manage your iPhone media files on your computer just like Windows File Explorer but with a lot more convenience.
    • iFunbox will transform your iPhone into a USB portable hard disk so you will be able to easily use it for managing general files.
    • File transfer speeds are pretty good, considering your iDevice would work as a portable hard disk on your computer.
    • Easily export music and videos from your iTunes library to your PC as a backup. Furthermore, you can also use it to burn your iPhone media to a CD.
    • iFunbox allows you to manage your iPhone media files even when iTunes is refusing to connect.
    • View all installed apps on your connected iDevice. Furthermore, it’s batch install/uninstall feature makes it easier for you to manage your iOS apps and save you time and efforts.

    Following are some cons of iFunbox:

    • Sometimes iFunbox cannot connect to iTunes library for some unknown reasons.
    • Some users have also reported facing permission issues with this software.
    • iFunbox is not a wise choice for users who simply want to transfer music between their iDevice and computer because of its multiple, complex features and interface. This software is recommended for those who have a jailbroken iDevice.

    Top 2 iFunbox Alternatives

    Following are two good alternatives of iFunbox:

    Best iFunbox Alternative – iMyFone TunesMate (iOS 14/13/12 Supported)

    iMyFone TunesMate is one of the best alternatives to iFunbox as it offers the same functionality as iFunbox as well as so much more. You can transfer files between your iDevice and computer and preview them in the software before selecting them for transfer. File transfer speeds are also very good; in fact, they are faster than any other file management tool available out there. There are no permission errors and the software also works for all iDevices regardless of whether they are jailbroken or not. A lot of iDevice users use TunesMate as their primary iPhone file management tool.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Following are some key features of TunesMate:

    • Transfer files between iDevice to iTunes/computer at high speeds.
    • Preview media files available on your iPhone before transferring them.
    • 1-Click backup and restore solutions to manage all your iPhone media files.
    • 100% safe transfers; files transferred via TunesMate will not be erased after syncing with iTunes.
    • Launching iTunes is not required for iMyFone TunesMate to work. It’s good for users who are having difficulty making iTunes to work properly.
    • Rebuild your corrupted library within a few simple steps.
    • Batch uninstall apps.
    • Available for all iOS devices in iOS 14/13.

    iFunbox Alternative – iPhoneBrowser

    iPhoneBrowser is another iFunbox alternative that allows users to rearrange and manipulate their iPhone media files on their jailbroken iPhones. iPhoneBrowser offers basic functionality of a file manager in Windows and provides access to your iPhone media files so you can manage them effectively. Using this software is quite easy as all you need to do is plug your iDevice in, launch iPhoneBrowser and then simply drag and drop media files from your computer to the software interface.

    Apr 03, 2020 For various iPhone to Windows transfer problems, we recommend to use iFunbox, a well-known iTunes alternative that works on Windows 7 / 8 / 10. This free tool helps transfer music from iPhone to your computer, use your iPhone as USB drive, install and uninstall apps directly on your iPhone, etc.

    • Press the ‘Quick Toolbox’ tab in iFunBox and select ‘iPod Music,’ under Import Files and Data to open the music importer. Press ‘Browse’ and navigate to the location where the iTunes library containing the songs you want to import is stored on your computer. By default, iTunes content is stored in the Music library of your user folder.
    • Download iFunbox Install iOS for Windows, Mac, iPhone, iPad. IFunbox is a favorable software made for exploring and browsing iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch file system. With iFunbox you can freely manage iPhone music, Apps and ringtones with or without jailbreaking.

    I wish file management on iPhone could have as simple as on Android, but unfortunately it is not. If relying on iTunes to move music from iPhone to iTunes, mark my words, as of now it is not at all possible. Anyways, it is easy to do on your own, we’ll let you know exactly how you can easily transfer Music from iPhone to iTunes on PC/Mac. Just sit back and follow the guide as we state, thank me later though :

    See Also : How To Spy WhatsApp Without Access To Target Phone

    I am sharing two different methods to transfer music from iPhone to Computer free, both equally effective with later being more efficient in terms of flexibility. No matter which one you follow, at the end you’ll successfully move music from iPhone to Computer. This guide can also be used to transfer music from iPod/iPad to Computer, steps remains the same.

    Transfer Music From iPhone To Computer Free – Method 1 :

    Step 1 : Download and install iFunbox on your respective Windows or Mac machine [Download iFunBox].

    Step 2 : Once you are done with the installation phase, launch iFunbox and connect your iPhone/iPod/iPad to your PC via lightning cable.

    Step 3 : In iFunbox window, look at the left sidebar and search for Raw File System. Tap on it.

    Step 4 : From the available directories, search for iTunes_Control and open it.

    Step 5 : There you’ll see a Music folder, just tap on it and click on Copy To Mac. In Windows computer, it’ll be Copy To PC.

    Step 6 : Select the destination folder where you want to store this music folder on your computer and save it. Quit iFunbox when finished.

    Once task is finished, entire music library would have been successfully copied from the iOS device to the Mac or PC.

    Step 7 : The downloaded Music folder contains the songs in chaotic manner, to sort them out in ordered fashion just launch iTunes.

    Step 8 : Head over to iTunes Preferences -> Advanced tab -> Make sure Keep iTunes Media Organized and Copy files to iTunes Media Folder are both checked.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Step 9 : Finally, head over to d esktop, drag and drop the entire Music folder onto the iTunes icon.

    Though this method is quite effective in transferring the entire iPhone Music library onto your Mac or PC, selective transfer is not feasible here. In case you want to transfer few of your iPhone songs to computer, follow the next method.

    See Also : How To Share Home Videos On iPhone

    Move Music From iPhone To iTunes Free – Method 2 :

    Step 1 : Download and install WinX MediaTrans or MacX MediaTrans on your Windows or Mac machine respectively.

    Step 2 : Once you are done with the installation phase, launch MediaTrans and connect your iPhone to Computer via lightning cable.

    Step 3 : From MediaTrans window, select Music Manager.

    Step 4 : Next, Check all the songs you want to transfer from your iPhone to Computer and tap on Export. With in few seconds selective/entire library songs will be exported to your Mac or PC.

    I am personally using MediaTrans and believe me it is one of the best iPhone companion app for my Mac. Don’t believe me? Try it yourself. Apart from this, MediaTrans can also be used for :

    How To Use Ifunbox To Transfer Music Online

    • Photo Backup
    • Video Transfer

    This is how you can Transfer Music From iPhone To Computer Free and Easy. In case of any queries or doubt, don’t hesitate to contact us. We’ll get back to you asap. Keep subscribed for latest How-tos at Gizmostorm . For more iPhone tutorials, head over to iOs How-tos section right away.

    Apple has changed security settings in iOS 8.3 that prevent file managers and transfer utilities such as iFunBox, iTools, iExplorer, iBackupBot and PhoneView from gaining access to app directories on an iPhone, iPad or iPod touch. The change breaks current versions of transfer utilities for OS X and Windows, forcing many developers to release new versions of their software with workarounds that restore at least partial sandbox access.

    “iOS 8.3 ruined our freedom of controlling data in our installed Apps and Games,” writes iFunBox in a Facebook post. “Apple blocked access of the entire sandbox directory of every installed App since iOS 8.3. Previously only writing is block in executable directory. Now we totally lost the control of Apps on our own devices. We are investigating the situation. Before there is a solution, iFunbox will fail to open data directory of any App if the device is not jailbroken.”

    alt=”iFunBox iOS 8.3″ width=”774″ height=”661″ />
    iFunBox was one of the first utilities to be updated over the weekend with a partial fix, with the latest version 2.95 allowing all apps with “iTunes File Sharing” enabled, such as iFileExpress or VLC player, to be opened for sandbox browsing per usual through the utility. Access to other apps will require jailbreaking. iFunBox 2.95 also allows any music file type, such as MP3, to be imported as a ringtone.

    Macroplant has also updated iExplorer to be iOS 8.3 ready for OS X and Windows.

    The change does not affect users that jailbreak their iPhone, iPad or iPod touch, as doing so enables OpenSSH to be installed for complete filesystem privileges and command line access. File transfers between a jailbroken iOS device and Mac or PC can still be completed as usual, although keep in mind that no jailbreak is available for iOS 8.3 and downgrading will soon no longer be possible after Apple stops signing iOS 8.2 in the near future.

    Top Rated Comments

    I noticed this after the update during my day job in forensics. This is actually a positive thing for people who want more security. Previously this loop hole allowed additional data to be recovered from the App areas that were off limits to the backup service.

    Apple haven't done it to stop people using 3rd party tools as such. I believe they've done it to make iOS even more secure for themselves and their customers by stopping potential snooping through people's cache folders etc.

    I think it relates to the item in the 8.3 security change log that reads as follows:

    Backup
    Available for: iPhone 4s and later, iPod touch (5th generation) and later, iPad 2 and later

    Impact: An attacker may be able to use the backup system to access restricted areas of the file system

    Description: An issue existed in the relative path evaluation logic of the backup system. This issues was addressed through improved path evaluation.

    Phone Transfer • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Free iFunbox Download and How to Import/Export Photos, Songs with iFunbox. IFunbox is well-known as a free photos and songs management tool for iPhone, iPad and iPod, designed for both Windows and Mac. It is the extremely useful software that features powerful functions to support you if you hope use it to manage Photos and Songs without iTunes limitation. If you are used to syncing your device with iTunes, you are highly advised to change into this iTunes alternative – iFunbox to have a try and learn on how to use iFunbox to import/export photos and songs below. • • • Part 1: Where Can You Freely Download It When it comes to the address of free iFunbox download for PC, there actually are quite a few for you. First of forth, you can go to the famous download center – to get this free program. Second, another easy way is to go to its official website to collect.

    How to import music from computer to iPhone 5/4s/4 with iFunbox? Follow this iFunbox tutorial in details and you’ll get it done in seconds. For Injustice: Gods Among Us on the iOS (iPhone/iPad), a GameFAQs message board topic titled ‘Step by step tutorial on ifunbox?’

    These are two easy, quick and safe tips for you if you hope download the free iFubox. Part 2: How to Transfer Photos and Songs to iPhone/iPod/iPad with iFunbox iFunbox is a really handy transfer for multiple files. Now I am going to show you how to use it for importing and exporting data for your device. Mixcraft S. For Importing Data with iFunbox To import photos and songs data by using iFunbox, you can follow the tips bellow. • Download and launch iFunbox • Connect your iPhone/iPad/iPod to PC • Click Quicktool Box and tap on the Music or Photo files under the “Import Files and Data” For Exporting Data with iFunbox • Free download iFunbox on your PC and open it for starting exporting data • connect your device to the Windows or Mac via a USB • Continue to click Quick Toolbox and tap on the Music or Photo files under the “Export Files and Data”.

    Aug 15, 2012 Hey guys in this video I will show you how to use iFunbox (file manager for all iDevices) on Windows (this also works for Mac but as I do not have a mac. Apr 11, 2013 Once that is all done. Xls. open your iFunbox 1)Click on iFunbox Classic on the leftmost side of the window 2)Go to User Applications and double click on. Acoustica Cd Dvd Laber Maker.

    If you find it hard to manage your iDevice files from your PC and looking for an alternative way, iFunbox is a free iTunes alternative to serve you. It’s a free iPhone file manager that helps you to manage and explore your iPhone, iPad and iPod files. Now it’s possible to manage and explore iDevices like iPod, iPad and iPhone without running the Apple iTunes app.

    This standalone iTune alternative helps you when you want to transfer files like music, videos, and images from your iDevice memory to the PC or when you want to install applications on your iDevice. But, installing applications is only available for jailbroken devices. This free file manager tool is compatible with all the latest iOS firmware.

    Using this free iPhone manager software is very easy as the developers of iFunbox made the navigation system user friendly. Once you launch the app, you will notice that all the things you look in a file manager is nicely arranged and it will take a minute or two for you to start transferring or exploring files to your PC from your iDevice. You might see some adds floating around on the software but it won’t seem so annoying to you as you are using this software for free.

    All the features of this free iPhone manager are very attractive. The first eye catching feature of this software is, you can use this software as an alternative to Apple iTunes. Explore all your files and folders inside the iDevice just like using a normal file exploring tool with more features.
    As it’s easy to transfer files or receive files on your iDevice, you can use it like a USB portable Disk now. You will get a transmission speed of 15MB/s on iPad and 5MB/s on iPhone. As you can easily manage the files of your iDevice big large flash memory, you can use it like Hi-Speed general purpose storage now.
    If you have a lot of files and folders inside your iDevice storage and looking for a specific file, it’s not very easy. But now, with the help of this free iTunes alternative, it’s very easy. You can search for a specific file in the entire storage or inside a specific folder.

    If your iTunes is refusing the iDevice to connect, you can easily connect it to your PC by using iFunbox. Download any Apple iTunes managed file on your iDevice and send it to your PC without facing any problem with the help of this software.
    It is compatible with Windows platform and requires Windows 7, Windows Vista and Windows XP. You don’t have to depend on the Apple iTunes now as you can use iFunbox as a great alternative.

    Departure of installous was not really a great news for jailbroken iOS community, but just one app is not there, it doesn’t mean we don’t have any alternative. Earlier I talked about Appcake- an installous alternative, and today I will be talking about iFunbox, which is a desktop software for windows and Mac, to installed cracked ipas. You can see a list of websites to download cracked ipas here.

    I have been trying lots of apps, software which works as a good alternate to installous, and iFunbox is something worth looking at. It’s more than a software for jailbroken iPad and iPhone. Lets learn what all iFunbox can do for your iOS device:

    iFunbox : Easytouse Desktop software to installed Cracked apps

    iFunbox is a desktop based software (Windows or mac), and it will let you do many things apart from installing apps. It’s a file browser, and could be use to copy files from your iOS device to your system. You can also copy images from iPhone and iPad to your desktop, using iFunbox.

    Here are feature list of iFunbox:

    • It’s a free software to install cracked apps
    • Backup installed software
    • Navigate iPad/iPhone file system
    • Copy images from iPad/iPhone to your computer
    • Install unsigned .iPa files
    • Use your iOS device as USB

    It would be unwise to say iFunbox as a software for jalbroken iOS device, because it offers many more features. Specially, you can use it as a desktop file manager for your iOS device.

    How to use iFunbox to install Apps:

    Here is how you can use iFunbox to install downloaded cracked apps. Though you need latest version of installous (not from Cydia.hackulo), or Appsync which will let you install cracked ipas. First you need to download iFunbox from official website here. Once iFunbox is installed, connect your jailbroken device to your computer, and iFunbox will detect connected iOs device. Click on install app icon, and browse the downloaded ipa on your desktop, and iFunbox will do the rest for you.

    Follow this screenshot to use iFunbox:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Use iFunbox to transfer photos from iPhone to computer:

    As I mentioned above, iFunbox is a fully features file manager software for your iPhone and iPad. You can use it to download all your photos from your iOS device. Also, it will let you manage your photos on iOS device. You can also delete photos from your iPhone and iPad directly using iFunbox.

    • Open iFunbox
    • Select Camera
    • Select all images
    • Right click > Copy to Mac

    This will transfer all images from your iPhone to your computer.

    iFunbox is a software for non-jailbroken iOS device too. Go ahead, try it and let me know how it works for you. If you still have any question regarding using iFunbox, feel free to let me know via comments.

    What is Audiobus? — Audiobus is an award-winning music app for iPhone and iPad which lets you use your other music apps together. Chain effects on your favourite synth, run the output of apps or Audio Units into an app like GarageBand or Loopy, or select a different audio interface output for each app. Route MIDI between apps — drive a synth from a MIDI sequencer, or add an arpeggiator to your MIDI keyboard — or sync with your external MIDI gear. And control your entire setup from a MIDI controller.

    Audiobus is the app that makes the rest of your setup better.

    I used to use iFunbox, but it hasn’t been updated since 2016. Then there came iMazing. And now I’m seeing something called iExplorer.

    Can anyone offer any experience or recommendations on any of these, or perhaps some fourth product of which I am unaware?

    Comments

    What problem are you trying to solve that the mentioned tools fail at? Just curious.

    I’m still happy with iFunBox version 1.8 on iMac running Sierra.

    @hellquist said:
    What problem are you trying to solve that the mentioned tools fail at? Just curious.

    Not that so much. I was hoping for an experienced comparison to see if any of the products offered an advantage over the others. faster, more intuitive, more capable: cheaper, etc. Or any feedback on what people are currently using and why.

    Still on iFunbox.

    Hate the inability to delete.

    Would love to have an alternative myself

    OR HOW ABOUT ITUNES GET OUT OF 2000

    Right. I hadn’t heard of iExplorer, quickly checked it out, looks like it does what iMazing does, though apparently 70% faster (according to iExplorers sales blurb).
    Personally I use iTunes or iFunBox still. I have iMazing (via Setapp) but haven’t bothered installing it as I fail to see why I’d need it. I have managed to reach the folders I need to reach via iFunBox and uploaded whole folder structures and multi-GB transfers with samples etc in it. I don’t run anything jailbroken at the moment.

    If anything it currently looks like the Files app addition in iOS 11 has made more people use iCloud/Dropbox etc again for simple file movements.

    For example, once upon a time I recall that Apple tightened security settings to prevent Sandbox access (unless you jailbreak). I had heard that the PC version of iFunbox enabled a way around this (without jail breaking) but an update to the Mac version was still needed. That update never came, and iFunbox for Mac hasn’t been updated since 2016.

    I was wondering if any of these other products ever solved this problem? If so, that would be an advantage for that product.

    Another issue. The latest version of iMazing now limits the number of free file transfers. (Wish I hadn’t updated.)

    Stuff like that. I was hoping to stimulate discussion of the best apps for avoiding iTunes. Seemed like a topic that hadn’t been discussed in a while and I was checking to see if there was anything new in this area.

    iMazing 2, for back ups and files.

    iExplorer allows viewing/sorting files by date, which iFunBox doesn’t. Neither allows full directory access, even on my jailbroken devices, though both claim to. I use iMazing for backups, but it also has the completely jawdropping voodoo power to download .ipas from the app store (like iTunes used to) even if the apps are no longer available. (So if you ever purchased Alchemy or Z3ta+, you can redownload them and install them on new devices.) Even the makers can’t believe Apple allow this and are clearly nervous that they won’t much longer.

    I use iMazing too. It’s very nice but not free.

    @Munibeast said:
    I use iMazing too. It’s very nice but not free.

    On that note, if you find other software useful and don’t mind paying a subscription fee (most in here don’t), iMazing is part of the Setapp package. I use it for work, where work pays my subscription, so for me it is obviously worth it as I’m using quite a few of the apps within Setapp.

    The fourth product could be iCloudDrive/Files app. I simpy have a 0,99/month subscription for 50GB iCloudDrive and I sync it to my PC and I sync that to an external Hard Drive. For files that I want to backup to PC that aren’t in the Files app I use iTunes (I want to add that I don’t like iTunes at all, it is so very unintuitive for file transfer from iPad to PC, at least to me it is – so I understand that you want to avoid it).

    Long ago I used iFunbox but left that behind me cause at some point it didn’t do the job properly anymore (cause Apple tightened things). I stopped bothering about it and now use iCloudDrive/Files and sometimes iTunes (even though it is an irritating tool – the latest versions doesn’t even backup your apps anymore if you backup iPad to PC, but thats another subject).

    In short: for most of my needs the iCloudDrive/Files 0,99 ct/month construction does the job for me.

    iMazing, I just went to their site. Does anyone know:
    1. Is the License you buy lifetime, monthly, yearly?
    2. When your PC crashes, or you simply buy a new PC and you want to make your new PC the PC with iMazing etc, do you have to buy a new License?

    It irritates me a bit that I can’t find these obvious questions/information on the site. Could be me not spending enough time.

    3.And what if you have 2 iPads (like me) and you have bought an iMazing License for 1 PC, does iMazing cover this (if you want to back them up seperately)?

    If you find it hard to manage your iDevice files from your PC and looking for an alternative way, iFunbox is a free iTunes alternative to serve you. It’s a free iPhone file manager that helps you to manage and explore your iPhone, iPad and iPod files. Now it’s possible to manage and explore iDevices like iPod, iPad and iPhone without running the Apple iTunes app.

    This standalone iTune alternative helps you when you want to transfer files like music, videos, and images from your iDevice memory to the PC or when you want to install applications on your iDevice. But, installing applications is only available for jailbroken devices. This free file manager tool is compatible with all the latest iOS firmware.

    Using this free iPhone manager software is very easy as the developers of iFunbox made the navigation system user friendly. Once you launch the app, you will notice that all the things you look in a file manager is nicely arranged and it will take a minute or two for you to start transferring or exploring files to your PC from your iDevice. You might see some adds floating around on the software but it won’t seem so annoying to you as you are using this software for free.

    All the features of this free iPhone manager are very attractive. The first eye catching feature of this software is, you can use this software as an alternative to Apple iTunes. Explore all your files and folders inside the iDevice just like using a normal file exploring tool with more features.
    As it’s easy to transfer files or receive files on your iDevice, you can use it like a USB portable Disk now. You will get a transmission speed of 15MB/s on iPad and 5MB/s on iPhone. As you can easily manage the files of your iDevice big large flash memory, you can use it like Hi-Speed general purpose storage now.
    If you have a lot of files and folders inside your iDevice storage and looking for a specific file, it’s not very easy. But now, with the help of this free iTunes alternative, it’s very easy. You can search for a specific file in the entire storage or inside a specific folder.

    If your iTunes is refusing the iDevice to connect, you can easily connect it to your PC by using iFunbox. Download any Apple iTunes managed file on your iDevice and send it to your PC without facing any problem with the help of this software.
    It is compatible with Windows platform and requires Windows 7, Windows Vista and Windows XP. You don’t have to depend on the Apple iTunes now as you can use iFunbox as a great alternative.

    i-Funbox gives you so much more control over your iPhone or iPad, even if it doesn’t jibe with your antivirus software. It’s relatively easy to set up and will make Windows users a lot more comfortable while they’re learning the ins and outs of their iOS device. The extra apps and other tricks it has waiting for you are just a major bonus.

    When installing this program, our antivirus software flagged it as a suspicious download and tried to block the install. The program seems clean otherwise, even down to a junk-free install. You do need iTunes, however, to get anywhere with i-Funbox, which shouldn’t be a problem if you already own an iOS device. Once you have all the right tools, you can hook up your gadget and the program will read it, automatically. The program lets you view your files and app data in a tiled menu instead of the traditional iOS menu, so you can drag, drop, and move files without the usual hang-ups. In addition, the program can send apps that you won’t find in the app store right to your phone for downloading. It doesn’t even make you jailbreak your phone to get them.

    If you’re tired of putting up with iTunes to manage your phone’s files, this program packs a ton of perks to get you to switch. In addition to managing your files in a much more creative way, it’s one of the rare ways to get extra apps without a jailbreak. All of those make i-Funbox a really solid download for people who want to explore the inner depths of their iOS device.

    Download the latest versions of iFunBox for Windows and iFunBox for Mac. Music-Throwback B.O.B ft Chris Brown Please like and subscribe.

    IFunbox Download and Ideal iFunbox Choice If you are usually an iOS user, you may listen to about iFunbox. IFunbox can be an easy-to-use plan created to /iPad/iPod multimedia data files and deal with iOS program. If you are tired of the iTunes limitations, it can end up being a good option to help you offer with iOS gadget.

    You can free download iFunbox for both Mac pc OS and Home windows personal computer. In this write-up, we will display you how to make the iFunbox download. Moreover, we will bring in you with the best iFunbox alternative. Just maintain reading through to discover the greatest reply. iFunbox Download As an incredibly useful document and app administration tool for iPhone, iPad and iPod, iFunbox allows you to better handle you iOS device. You can free download iFunbox edition regarding to your system. IFunbox Download Home windows iFunbox Download Macintosh How to move iOS data with iFunbox iFunbox is certainly a really useful multimedia files move for iOS users.

    After installing iFunbox, you can adhere to the following guide to transfer and export iPhone/iPad/iPod information. Action 1launch iFunbox on your Personal computer/Mac Phase 2Connect your iPhone/iPad/iPod to it with USB wire. It will identify your gadget and display its fundamental information in the user interface.

    How To Download Ifunbox On Macbook Pro

    Phase 3Click data type on the still left control and after that click ‘Move’ or ‘Transfer’ to create the iOS data transferring. Greatest iFunbox alternate to take care of iOS data files Before installing iFunbox, you should understand what you want to perform with iFunbox. Numerous iFunbox customers object that it may prospect to possible malfunctioning issues when you make use of iFunbox to jailbreak iOS system. If you only desire to transfer iOS documents, right here we seriously recommend the professional to help you deal with various files on iPhone/iPad/ipod device.

    You can free of charge download and set up it on your personal computer. Free fonts. Step 1Launch iOS Data Transfer Work this powerful iOS data files transferring software program on your pc.

    Link your iPhone tó it viá USB cable connection. This software program will automatically recognize your device and display its basic details in the interface.

    Stage 2Check iOS data You can observe the primary data varieties on the left control. It allows you to preview the detailed info of each document. Phase 3Transfer iOS data files Click on on any type to check out the authentic iOS data on your device. If you wish to move this type of data to your device, you can click on ‘Add’. If you desire to copy iOS documents to pc, you can mark the data files and click on ‘Move to’. In this way, you can conveniently make the data transferring between iOS gadget and Computer/Mac. If yóu download iFunbox tó manage iOS system, you can rely on the.

    Hello family and friends, welcome back to. Today cydiabuzz team emerged up with an interesting app iFunbox. Aftér shutdown of lnstallous which is usually a favorite resource for all prison broken neighborhood, we have tried many alternatives for it. Earlier we have got discussed about several installous alternatives like, and numerous other internet sites to download cracked apps. Today we cydiabuzz team emerged up with brand-new app iFunbox.

    IFunbox app is a desktop software program for Home windows and Macintosh to install downloaded cracked apps. Nowadays we will talk about how to download iFunbox, features of iFunbox ápp, how to use ifunbox app to install downloaded. IFunbox Download and Features of iFunbox As we currently discussed iFunBox is usually a desktop computer software program for Windows and Mac pc. You can set up iFunBox desktop computer software program in your program. It can be not only used to install downloaded cracked apps but furthermore works as file browser.

    Using ifunbox we can move files, images from iOS gadget to computer. Functions of iFunbox.

    lnstall iOS Apps fróm customized or unsignéd IPA deal. Manage data files in App sandbox for kept games, discussion histories and etc. Transfer and move media files like tracks, videos, pictures and ringtones. Use iPhone as a USB flash commute with very high-speed file transfer. Offers facility to Duplicate images from iPod/iPhoné to your computer. Total handle of the indigenous iOS Document System.

    One almost all important factor can be, if you wish to set up damaged apps using iFunBox you will require AppSync and fór that, you require to jailbreak your iDevice. If you are making use of iFunbox to use the apps you have already bought, no want of jailbreaking.

    But for installing damaged apps you need to jailbreak. Hów to Download iFunbóx and How tó Use iFunbox to Install Downloaded Cracked Apps Just adhere to below steps to download ifunbox. For making use of iFunBox to install downloaded damaged apps first you need to download iFunBox from established website. Unzip the downloaded file and operate ifunbox.exe for installation. Now your ifunbox installation completed. Now Open up ifunbox in your personal computer, you can see different dividers.

    IPTV Streamer Pro For Windows 10/8/7/Xp/Vista & PC MAC Download What is IPTV Streamer Pro aplication? Looking at the point that publicized immediately on 2016. Pro mac brush cutter.

    After installation connect your iDevice to computer. IFunbox will understand all connected iOS devices. Navigate to iFunbox traditional tab.

    In left-panel under connected products, you can notice all gadgets connected. Select your gadget and click user applications. Right now click on install app and select the iPA document you simply downloaded. As soon as installation finished, you will obtain installation success notification. So this is certainly how you cán download iFunbox ánd use to install. How to Shift an iPA tó Appaddict Downloads FoIder to lnstall With Appáddict App Now I’m heading to expose you an alternative technique which functions when ifunbox falters or you simply would like it in AppAddict downloads available, i.age how to move an IPA tó the appaddict downloading folder to install with apaddict app.

    Actions to Follow:. DownIoad ifunbox from.

    Connect your iDevice to pc and possess required iPA on your computer. Open up iFunBox. Proceed to the tabs “ Controlling App Data” and open AppAddict.

    Move the iPA data files to User Applications ->AppAddict ->Files. Eject your iDevice from pc and set up just like an app down loaded from AppAddict apps. That’t all about ón how to downIoad ifunbox. Cydiabuzz provides been completed it’s task by intimating you the installation process on ifunbox downIoad and how tó make use of ifunbox to install downloaded damaged apps.

    Today it’s your switch to appreciate by the functions of ifunbox. Let us know if you encounter any issue or errors, cydiabuzz team is here to help you. You can sign up for us on or for maintaining yourself updated with most recent news and adjustments from iPhone ánd iPad jailbreak group.

    Если вам нравится ваше устройство iOS, но вы не являетесь поклонником iTunes, есть способ управлять вашим устройством без него. Читайте дальше, поскольку мы покажем вам, как тратить меньше времени на синхронизацию файлов и копаться в iTunes, а также больше наслаждаться своим устройством.

    Почему я хочу это сделать?

    Мы большие поклонники iOS-устройств, особенно iPad, но не такие большие поклонники iTunes. Как фанаты старой школы, нам нравится просто открывать устройство и выгружать на него файлы. Функции синхронизации файлов в iTunes оставляют желать лучшего (а выполнение такой задачи, как копирование стопки комиксов и т. П., Излишне сложно и сложно). Более того, нет никакой возможности просто открыть ваше устройство iOS как подключенную флэшку и копировать файлы между вашим компьютером и вашим устройством. Мы не знаем о вас, но когда мы хотим передать кучу файлов и отправиться в путь, мы хотим передать кучу файлов и отправиться в путь – глупые и неуклюжие процессы синхронизации просто расстраивают нас.

    iFunBox возвращает такую ​​простую манипуляцию с файлами «просто отправляю на мою флешку» на ваши устройства iOS – больше не нужно ждать, пока iTunes загрузится во все виды резервного копирования, синхронизации и других процедур, просто чтобы получить файл Вы хотите, где вы хотите это. Вам не нужно полностью удалять iTunes (и мы, безусловно, рекомендуем хранить его для резервного копирования на устройствах iOS), но вы наверняка будете использовать его гораздо реже.

    Что мне нужно?

    В этом руководстве мы будем использовать iFunBox на компьютере с Windows 7 и iPad, но приложение также доступно для OS X и работает со всеми устройствами iOS. Чтобы следовать, вам нужно:

    • Одна копия iFunBox (бесплатно)
    • Одно устройство iOS

    В дополнение к вышесказанному было бы удобно иметь под рукой несколько файлов, которые вы откладывали на перенос на ваше устройство из-за сложного процесса переноса iTunes (у нас есть куча комиксов для загрузки в Comic Zeal).

    Одна вещь, которая вам не понадобится, – это взломанное устройство iOS. Если вы хотите воспользоваться преимуществами наиболее продвинутых функций iFunBox (таких как обмен данными по SSH и передача файлов на ваше устройство iOS), вам потребуется взломанное устройство для установки необходимых зависимостей на конкретное устройство iOS. 99% функциональности приложения (и всей функциональности, которую мы продемонстрируем сегодня) доступны пользователям без взломанных устройств.

    Установка и настройка iFunBox

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Версия iFunBox для Windows доступна как в виде установщика, так и в виде простого переносимого приложения. Если вы хотите официально включить его в Windows, воспользуйтесь установщиком. Если вы хотите создать переносную копию (которую вы можете легко синхронизировать с другими компьютерами через DropBox или иным образом взять с собой), возьмите переносную копию. Мы решили использовать портативную версию; нам нравятся портативные приложения.

    Начальная установка довольно проста (либо запустите установщик, либо распакуйте ZIP-файл переносимого приложения). Запустите iFunBox.exe, чтобы начать процесс. Вы увидите экран, подобный приведенному выше.

    Если вы еще не подключили свое устройство через USB-кабель синхронизации, сделайте это сейчас. Когда ваше устройство подключено, вы увидите уникальную вкладку для него в правом верхнем углу:

    Нажатие на вкладку позволяет переключаться между подключенными устройствами iOS (если применимо), а также извлекать выбранное в настоящий момент устройство или включать общий доступ к Wi-Fi (подробнее об этом чуть позже).

    Панель по умолчанию – это панель «Найти больше приложений», которая более полезна, чем кажется на первый взгляд. Хотя изначально это выглядит просто как отражение данных, которые вы можете найти через iTunes, если хотите, (например, самые популярные бесплатные и платные приложения), оно также включает в себя очень полезную агрегацию данных из AppHolic и App Deals, например, снижение цен на популярные приложения, а также временно бесплатные приложения – поиск в колонках Price Drops и Free Today – отличный способ получить серьезные скидки на приложения.

    Три способа импорта файлов

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Теперь, когда мы установили приложение и проверили интерфейс по умолчанию, давайте перейдем к важной части: использование iFunBox в качестве действительно быстрого и очень простого инструмента для передачи / синхронизации файлов.

    Если вы хотите импортировать файлы в основные приложения iOS – музыку, видео, фотографии, мелодии звонка и т. Д. – вкладка «Быстрая панель инструментов» – это то, что вам нужно. Вы можете нажать на соответствующий значок в разделе «Экспорт» вверху, чтобы выгрузить содержимое этого приложения, или вы можете щелкнуть значок в разделе «Импорт» внизу для быстрого перетаскивания панели, например:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Мы знаем, что после многих лет работы в iTunes это, вероятно, шокирует вас, но да, вы действительно можете просто перетащить несколько картинок прямо на панель и перенести их на ваше устройство.

    Если вы хотите перенести файлы в приложения, для которых обычно требуется функция общего доступа к файлам iTunes, перейдите на вкладку «Управление данными приложения»:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Здесь мы видим все приложения, которые поддерживают общий доступ к файлам из iTunes, включая приложение, которое запустило весь наш поиск способа избежать iTunes: Comic Zeal.

    Если вы дважды щелкнете по значку одного из приложений, вы увидите панель браузера файлов, в которую вы можете перетаскивать файлы прямо на ваше устройство iOS:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Вы также можете полностью изменить процесс. Если вы находитесь в доме друга и хотите скопировать носитель, который вы поместили на свой iPad, вы можете запустить iFunBox и копировать что-то с него, а не на него.

    Последний и, безусловно, самый мощный способ копирования и управления файлами – это классический вид. Переключитесь на вкладку iFunBox Classic, и вы перейдете по всей структуре каталогов вашего устройства:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Здесь вы можете увидеть, что мы воспользовались папкой General Storage, чтобы превратить наш iPad во флешку. Опять же, это был просто вопрос перетаскивания файлов с нашего компьютера (в данном случае это наша папка / Настольная информация о игре / для копирования правил и дополнений для игры 7 чудес на наш iPad). Теперь мы можем извлечь файлы из другого места и поделиться ими с друзьями.

    Теперь, вместо того, чтобы прыгать через обручи для передачи файлов на ваше устройство iOS (и ждать мучительно медленной передачи через iTunes), вы можете перетаскивать, отбрасывать и запускать файлы на свое устройство так быстро, как может пройти кабель синхронизации.

    File and App Management Tool for i. Phone, i. Pad i. Pod Touch. Manage files on your i. Phone or i. Pad in a way just like windows file explorer but more robust and friendly. Easily transmit files and folders to your computer with the optimized file transfer and browsing. You can use iFunBox to import music to your iPhone from an iTunes library other than the one you normally use to sync your device. The feature does not require you to. Learn how to completely uninstall iTunes and its. Information about products not. Free Download iFunBox 3. Build 3939. 1352. Adsupported. 3. 6 5 77. Review. iTunes needs to be installed on the target computer if you want. IDSERP,5470. 1How To iTools Guide To Troubleshooting File Management. Tips Tricks to using the versatile and robust iOS managing tools, iTools. For those of you who are not aware of what iTools is, its a file manageme. Windows startup programs Database search. If youre frustrated with the time it takes your Windows 1. Guys the JailBreak works. You just need to be careful because. Installed Itunes Is Not Supported Ifunbox Hacks’ title=’Installed Itunes Is Not Supported Ifunbox Hacks’ />OS 1. Navigation, Upload and Download Quick preview, Drag Drop Delete, Rename and Move Asian Long filename support. Fixed music uploading failure and App installing issue from iFunbox Store related to iTunes. OS 8. 3 ruined our freedom of controlling data in our installed Apps. IFunBox Error Your iTunes v. Then I downloaded and installed iTunes 12. FunBox. Your iTunes v. Hey, I currently experienced this issue. No explorer programtool like iFunboxiToolsiExplorer, could find my iphone and itunes. After hours of trying. I installed the app in one of my iPhone4 using. Funbox App Install Failed 402620395. Why are you installing with iFunBox What is wrong with Xcode iTunesHow to Transfer Videos to Your iDevice without iTunes. Java For Android Language Project. FunBox access the iDevice is install iTunes on.

    Some iPhone users want to customize app icons, back up the game saves, manage files without iTunes and so forth without performing jailbreak. However, this seems impossible as Apple doesn’t allow users to browse iPhone file system without jailbreak. With the professional file explorer iFunbox, you can easily check and manage the file system on any iOS devices from your Windows or Mac for free.

    What Is iFunbox?

    The most attractive feature of this program is that it allows browsing files on the devices without navigating its cryptic folder structure. It also comes with many other outstanding features like:

    • Access the file system on iOS 11.2/11/10 and other devices no matter it’s jailbroken or not.
    • Manage equipment applications, photos, music, videos and other multimedia files.
    • Batch install or uninstall iOS apps from IPA package.
    • Transfer music, videos and other files from iPhone to computer.
    • Use iPhone as a flash drive and store files.
    • Preview photos and change the resolution on your device.

    How to View iOS File System No Jailbreak?

    You can download iFunbox on your Windows or Mac and follow the instructions below to see how to access var folder on iPhone from computer easily.

    Run the program and then connect your iPhone to computer with an USB cable. Tap “Trust” on your device and the program will detect it immediately.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Choose the file type you want to view from the left category, here we take “Voice Memos” as an example. Now you can import, export, or delete files as you want.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    You can also find “App Store” and “Game Center” within this tool. You can directly search and download apps you want.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    iFunbox Alternative to Browse iPhone File System

    Sometimes dragging and dropping a file from your device to computer doesn’t work when using iFunbox, that’s why we recommend you to try an alternative tool called Tenorshare iCareFone. This multi-functional tool allows you to add, delete, export merge files without any restrictions. You can even browse iPhone file system from DFU/recovery mode on Mac and Windows PC.

    Download and install the program on your computer. Then run the software and connect iPhone to PC. Once the device is recognized, choose “File Manager” from the interface. In the new screen, 9 types of files will be shown up. Select the target one and start your file browsing process.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    This post has told you how to access the iOS file system on any iOS device without a jailbreak. If you like this post, don’t forget to share it with your friends. For further questions or suggestions, contact us by commenting below.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    AnyTrans from iMobie is probably the best alternative to iTunes when it comes to managing content on your iPhone/iPad. In fact, to call it an “alternative” is doing a grave injustice to the software. It’s much better, simpler, faster, and cooler than iTunes in almost every way you can think of.

    AnyTrans has a slick interface (that’s super minimal and clean) and works just like iTunes (copy, transfer, sync, etc.). However, it adds a ton of features including a really powerful app manager, file manager, iCloud data explorer, a way to easily transfer files between your iPhone and computer (vice-versa) and between two connected iDevices.

    We reviewed it in detail and then broke up our observation into several categories. Keep heading south to know everything about iMobie AnyTrans.

    iMobie AnyTrans: One Of the Best iTunes Alternatives

    Design, UI, and UX

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Let’s first begin with the interface. Apple has continuously revised the interface on iTunes to make it simpler, minimalistic, and easier to use. While it has got many aspects of the interface right, the moment you look at AnyTrans, you realize that this is the way iTunes should have been.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    AnyTrans features a really cool, minimalist interface – something that makes it super easy to sync, to transfer files between devices, to manage apps and backups and data, etc. The first rule of thumb is to make things easy to find, and AnyTrans has nailed it.

    Sync+Transfer

    AnyTrans works pretty much like iTunes in terms of letting you sync data from your computer to iPhone (and vice versa), but it completely changes the way you do it. AnyTrans enables you to manually add music files, other media files to your iPhone/iPad.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    It gets rid of the unnecessary “library” concept (although you can still use it). It also prevents duplication and constant re-sync in order to copy files to your iOS device. In that sense, it considers your iPhone as a physical drive but works just fine with the sync.

    Adding music and photos/videos (as playlists or as individual files) couldn’t get simpler than this.

    What is even more interesting is that if you want to transfer media between two iOS devices, AnyTrans will do that too. It’s made more straightforward by allowing one iOS device to talk directly to another iOS device through AnyTrans.

    App and File Management

    The other feature of AnyTrans that I like very much because I rely on things like iFile a lot to clear out the cache is the built-in app manager. Not only can you find out details about apps installed on your iDevice, but you can also browse through the file system. There are very few good-quality file managers for the iPhone (iExplorer, iFunbox) and AnyTrans counts itself among them. And rightly so.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    As an added benefit of this capability, AnyTrans will let you use your iPhone as a storage device. You can actually carry files on your iPhone, but of course, you’ll need another file explorer to be able to access them elsewhere.

    Managing Backups

    One of the craziest things about an iDevice backup on iTunes is that you can never – via iTunes – find out what’s stored in the backup. Sure, it has all your text messages, photos, contacts, emails, Safari data, even app data but you can’t tell, and you can’t look through it.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    That is where software like AnyTrans comes into play. AnyTrans will let you not only manage backups (restore, make, etc.) but you can check what is stored in the backups easily.

    You can access parts of the backup just so that you can grab the text messages, or say, Notes, or app-related files, etc. With this feature, you can also selectively backup some text messages (or only specific apps) to the iPhone. Selective backup restore is something that you get only with apps like iBackupBot or, a better solution, AnyTrans.

    iCloud Explorer

    To add icing to the cake, AnyTrans also features an iCloud Explorer. To begin with, it’s an easy way to access the files on your iCloud backup. This is a slightly different interface from the one you see on iCloud.com because here, you can sync selective files and folders on your iPhone / iPad to iCloud backup directly.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Overall, AnyTrans is one heck of software that can effectively replace iTunes if you start working with it. Sure it’s a slightly costly affair at $39.99 (single license) and $59.99 (almost unlimited license) but it’s worth every penny you pay for.

    If you’re tired of iTunes, give AnyTrans a try. It’s available for both Windows and Mac.

      ($49.99) ($49.99) ($69.99) ($69.99)

    Which feature of AnyTrans impressed you? Share it with us in the comments.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    iGeeksBlog has affiliate and sponsored partnerships. We may earn commissions on purchases made using our links. However, this doesn’t affect the recommendations our writers make. You can read more about our review and editorial process here.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    How to use iFunbox without Jailbreak. This article will guide you to use iFunbox without Jailbreak and will surely answer your query of How to Use iFunbox. Hey guys in this video I will show you how to use iFunbox (file manager for all iDevices) on Windows (this also works for Mac but as I do not have a mac.

    Go to iFunbox>App File Sharing >Handbase and paste it there to overwrite the iphone or ipad wih the files with the newly merged files. Click Device Safely Removal. For instance, you cannot use iFunbox to import the music into particular playlist; there is no option to skip the exiting items; for WMA, OGG, FLAC, and other popular audio formats, iFunbox won’t make them playable on your iPhone. Get a Solution >How to Use iFunbox to Import iPhone Music.

    In this topic, I will be simply explaining how to SSH into your iPhone/iPad/iPod via USB Connection (without Wi-Fi). Winsetupfromusb. Why is this useful? Well, USB connections are faster and more reliable. You only need iFunBox and PuTTY. IFunBox is used to open up the port and PuTTY to actually SSH into your iDevice.

    If you’re on a Mac, you can simply use the Terminal there as I believe this tutorial also works on a Mac (untested this but if it doesn’t work, you can try USBMuxd). – Download iFunBox from here and install it: Download PuTTY portable.exe from here: – 1.

    Connect your device to your PC via USB Cable. Open iFunBox, make sure your device appears as connected and click on the ‘ Quick Toolbox’ tab, then click on ‘ USB Tunnel’ option. Minimize iFunBox and open PuTTY. Enter 127.0.0. Is Imvu A Virus. 1 for Host Name and leave the port to 22 then click ‘ Open’. 4. When asked for a username, enter root (or any other user you want to login as).

    And for password, enter your root’s password. Open Ly Program. Usually alpine if you haven’t changed it.

    To verify that it’s not using Wi-Fi, turn off the Wi-Fi on your iDevice. This will be an updated version of my other tutorial to help better understand the process and help with any errors. Items that will be needed: PC/Mac ios device running 10.x+ Nonce Setter ios 11.3.1 shsh blob ios 11.3.1 ipsw ios 11.4 ipsw FutureRestore

    What is a Nonce setter? Lets you set your boot-nonce so you can restore with saved blobs. IOS 10 nonce setter: iOS 11 Nonce Setter: Download IPA file (Official website

    Setting The Nonce How to set Nonce in iOS 11.1.2 Step 1: Connect your device to your computer. Step 2: Download and unzip Cydia Impactor, select Impactctor.exe, then you need to drop and drag Nonce.

    Ipa to Cydia Impactor. Step 3: Enter your Apple ID and passcode wait till this the installation is complete.

    Step 4: Then there should be a Nonce app on your iPhone. Go to Settings app ->General ->Profile ->find your Apple ID and click Trust. Step 5: Continue your operation till the Root Status turns into YES.

    Step 6: Back to your PC, open the SHSH 2 blobs you have saved with Notepad or other third-party software. Web Based Ftp Server. Step 7: Search generator then you’ll find its value between value.

    Copy the value. Step 8: Back to your iOS device, launch NonceSet1112 app, paste the value in SET/CHANGE NONCE under boot-nonce, the click Save/Restore Now.

    Set Nonce with terminal Make sure you have: MTerminal from Cydia Valid shsh2 blob(s) for iOS 10.2 (or whatever firmware you want to be able to restore to.

    Computer (or filza, but only gonna have instructions for a computer. You’d pretty much just do everything I say to do on the computer, but in filza) Instructions: 1) Move shsh2 blob(s) to computer 2) On Windows, open your blob, or a blob if you have multiple, with notepad. On Mac, change the extension from ‘shsh2’ to ‘plist’ (make sure you change it back to shsh2 on Mac when you’re done!) 3) Scroll to the bottom and look for the word generator, to the right should be a code that as far as I know always starts with 0x, this is your nonce generator for that blob.

    Ako volite svoj iOS uređaj, ali niste obožavatelj iTunes-a, postoji način upravljanja uređajem bez njega. Pročitajte kako ćemo vam pokazati kako potrošiti manje vremena na sinkronizaciju datoteka i prevrtanje s iTunes-om i više vremena za uživanje u uređaju.

    Zašto to želim učiniti?

    Mi smo veliki obožavatelji iOS stabilnih uređaja, osobito iPad-a, ali nismo tako veliki ljubitelji iTunes-a. Kao stari školski geeks, volimo samo otvoriti uređaj i baciti datoteke na njega. Značajke sinkronizacije datoteka u programu iTunes ostavljaju veliku želju (i obavljanje zadatka kao što je kopiranje preko hrpe stripova ili slično je nepotrebno glomazno i ​​složeno). Nadalje, ne postoji mogućnost da jednostavno otvorite svoj iOS uređaj kao što je priključeni pogon za flash i kopirate datoteke između računala i uređaja. Mi ne znamo za vas, ali kada želimo prenijeti hrpu datoteka i krenuti na put, želimo prenijeti hrpu datoteka i pogoditi put-glupi procesi sinkronizacije koji nas samo frustriraju.

    iFunBox vraća takvu jednostavnu manipulaciju s datotekama za samo-slanje-to-moj-bljesak na vaše iOS uređaje – nema više čekanja da iTunes hita svim vrstama sigurnosnih kopija, sinkronizacije i drugih rutina samo da bi dobio datoteku želite gdje želite. Ne morate potpuno deinstalirati iTunes (i svakako vam preporučujemo da ga zadržite kako bi izvršili sigurnosne kopije iOS uređaja), ali ćete svakako pronaći mnogo manje.

    Što trebam?

    Za ovaj vodič koristit ćemo iFunBox na računalu sa sustavom Windows 7 i iPad-u, ali aplikacija je također dostupna za OS X i radi sa svim iOS uređajima. Da biste slijedili, trebat će vam:

    • Jedna kopija iFunBox (besplatno)
    • Jedan iOS uređaj

    Osim gore navedenog, bilo bi zgodno imati nekoliko datoteka na dohvat ruke koje ste odlagali prijenos na uređaj zbog kludgy iTunes procesa prijenosa (imamo hrpu stripova za učitavanje u Comic Zeal).

    Jedna stvar koju ne trebate je jailbroken iOS uređaj. Ako želite iskoristiti prednosti najnaprednijih značajki koje iFunBox može ponuditi (kao što je SSH komunikacija i prijenos datoteka na vaš iOS uređaj), trebat će vam jailbroken uređaj za instaliranje potrebnih ovisnosti o stvarnom iOS uređaju. 99% funkcionalnosti aplikacije (i sve funkcionalnosti koje ćemo danas demonstrirati) dostupno je korisnicima bez jailbroken uređaja.

    Instaliranje i konfiguriranje iFunBoxa

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Verzija iFunBoxa za Windows dostupna je i kao instalater i kao jednostavna prijenosna aplikacija. Ako ga želite formalno ugraditi u Windows, uzmite instalacijski program. Ako želite stvoriti prijenosnu kopiju (koju možete jednostavno sinkronizirati s drugim računalima putem Dropboxa ili na drugi način ponijeti sa sobom), uzmite prijenosni. Odlučili smo se za prijenosnu verziju; volimo prijenosne aplikacije.

    Početna instalacija je prilično jednostavna (ili pokrenite instalacijski program ili raspakirajte ZIP aplikacije). Pokrenite iFunBox.exe da biste pokrenuli proces. Vidjet ćete zaslon poput gore navedenog.

    Ako svoj uređaj još niste priključili putem USB kabela za sinkronizaciju, učinite to sada. Kada je uređaj povezan, vidjet ćete jedinstvenu karticu za nju u gornjem desnom kutu:

    Klikom na karticu možete prebacivati ​​između priključenih iOS uređaja (ako je primjenjivo), kao i izbaciti trenutno odabrani uređaj ili uključiti Wi-Fi dijeljenje (više o tome u jednom trenutku).

    Zadano okno je ploča Pronađi više aplikacija, koja je korisnija nego što bi se pojavila na prvi pogled. Iako se u početku čini da jednostavno predstavlja zrcaljenje podataka koje možete pronaći putem iTunes-a ako to želite (kao što su najpopularnije besplatne i plaćene aplikacije), on također uključuje vrlo korisnu agregaciju podataka iz AppHolic i App Deals, kao što je pad cijena na popularnim aplikacije, kao i privremeno besplatne aplikacije – guranje u kolonama Cijene i Slobodno danas je sjajan način da dobijete ozbiljne popuste za aplikacije.

    Tri načina za uvoz datoteka

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Sada kada smo instalirali aplikaciju i provjerili zadano sučelje, hajde da se spustimo na važan dio: koristeći iFunBox kao stvarno brz i jednostavan alat za prijenos / sinkronizaciju datoteka.

    Ako želite uvesti datoteke u osnovne aplikacije za iOS – glazbu, videozapise, fotografije, melodije zvona itd. – kartica Quick Toolbox (Brzi alatni okvir) je način na koji možete krenuti. Možete kliknuti odgovarajuću ikonu u odjeljku Izvoz na vrhu da biste ispustili sadržaj te aplikacije ili možete kliknuti ikonu u odjeljku Uvoz pri dnu za brzo povlačenje i ispuštanje u oknu:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Znamo da je nakon godina igranja u iTunesu to vjerojatno šokantno za vas, ali da, zaista možete jednostavno povući hrpu slika pravo na okno i prebaciti ih na uređaj.

    Ako želite prenijeti datoteke u aplikacije koje normalno zahtijevaju značajku dijeljenja datoteka iTunes, idite na karticu Upravljanje podacima aplikacije:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Ovdje vidimo sve aplikacije koje podržavaju dijeljenje datoteka iz iTunes-a, uključujući aplikaciju koja je pokrenula našu cijelu potragu za načinom da se izbjegne iTunes: Comic Zeal.

    Ako dvaput kliknete na ikonu jedne od aplikacija, prikazat će se okno preglednika datoteka u koje možete povući i ispustiti datoteke izravno na vaš iOS uređaj:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Možete i obrnuti proces. Ako ste kod prijatelja i želite kopirati medij koji stavite na svoj iPad, možete pokrenuti iFunBox i kopirati stvari iz njega umjesto na njega.

    Posljednji način, i daleko najmoćniji, za kopiranje i upravljanje datotekama je klasični prikaz. Prebacite se na karticu iFunBox Classic i navigirajte kroz cijelu strukturu direktorija uređaja:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Ovdje možete vidjeti da smo iskoristili mapu General Storage kako bismo pretvorili iPad u flash pogon. Opet, bilo je samo pitanje povlačenja i ispuštanja datoteka s našeg računala (u ovom slučaju naša / Board Game Info / mapa za kopiranje pravila i dodataka za igru ​​7 čuda na naš iPad). Sada možemo skinuti datoteke s drugog mjesta i podijeliti ih s prijateljima.

    Sada, umjesto da prelazite preko obruča za prijenos datoteka na vaš iOS uređaj (i čekate kroz bolno spor prijenos temeljen na iTunesu), možete povući, ispustiti i ispaliti svoje datoteke na uređaj jednako brzo kao i kabel za sinkronizaciju.

    Ha szereted az iOS-eszközt, de nem vagy az iTunes rajongója, lehetősége van arra, hogy a készüléket kezelje. Olvassa el, ahogy megmutatjuk, hogyan tölthetünk kevesebb időt szinkronizálva a fájlokat és az iTunesban, és több időt tölthetünk a készülékkel.

    Miért akarom ezt tenni?

    Hatalmas rajongói vagyunk az iOS stabil eszközének, különösen az iPadnek, de nem vagyunk olyan nagy rajongók az iTunes-on. Mint régi iskola geek, szeretjük csak megnyitni egy eszközt és dugni a fájlokat rá. Az iTunes fájl szinkronizálási tulajdonságai óriási mennyiséget kívánnak elhagyni (és a feladat, mint például egy képregény vagy más hasonló halmaz másolása, szükségtelenül bonyolult és összetett). Továbbá nincs lehetőség arra, hogy egyszerűen nyissa meg az iOS eszközt, mint egy csatlakoztatott flash meghajtót, és másolja a fájlokat a számítógép és a készülék között. Nem tudunk rólad, de ha egy csomó fájlt akarunk átadni, és el akarunk érni az utat, át akarunk vinni egy csomó fájlt, és megütni az úton – ostoba feszes szinkronizálási folyamatokat, amelyek csak megzavarják minket.

    Az iFunBox visszaadja az iOS-eszközökkel az ilyen egyszerű, egyszerűen elküldhető-it-to-my-flash-meghajtófájl-manipulációt, és nem vár többé, hogy az iTunes mindenféle biztonsági mentést, szinkronizálást és más rutint használjon, csak azért, hogy megkapja a fájlt azt akarod, hogy hol akarod. Nem kell teljesen eltávolítania az iTunes-ot (és minden bizonnyal azt javasoljuk, hogy az iOS eszköz biztonsági mentéseinek végrehajtásához), de biztosan sokkal kevésbé fogja találni magát.

    Mire van szükségem?

    Ehhez a bemutatóhoz az iFunBoxot egy Windows 7 gépen és egy iPad-en fogjuk használni, de az alkalmazás az OS X-hez is elérhető, és az összes iOS-eszközzel működik. Ahhoz, hogy kövesse az alábbiakat:

    • Az iFunBox egy példánya (ingyenes)
    • Egy iOS eszköz

    A fentieken túlmenően hasznos lenne, ha néhány fájl van a kezében, amiket a kludgy iTunes átviteli folyamat miatt szállítottál át a készülékre (van egy csomó képregény, amellyel a Comic Zeal-ba tölthetünk).

    Egy dolog, amit nem kell, egy jailbroken iOS eszköz. Ha szeretné kihasználni az iFunBox legfejlettebb szolgáltatásait (például az SSH-alapú kommunikációt és az iOS-eszközre történő átvitelt), szüksége lesz egy jailbroken készülékre a szükséges függőségek telepítéséhez az aktuális iOS-eszközön. Az alkalmazás funkcionalitásának 99% -a (és az összes olyan funkció, amelyet ma bemutatunk) elérhető a jailbroken eszközök nélküli felhasználók számára.

    Az iFunBox telepítése és beállítása

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Az iFunBox Windows verziója telepítőként és egyszerű hordozható alkalmazásként is elérhető. Ha formálisan szeretné beilleszteni azt a Windows rendszerbe, vegye fel a telepítőt. Ha hordozható másolatot szeretne létrehozni (amit könnyen más szinkronizálhat más számítógépekre DropBox-on keresztül, vagy más módon is magával vinné), megragad a hordozható másolatot. A hordozható verzió használatát választottuk; szeretjük a hordozható alkalmazásokat.

    A kezdeti telepítés meglehetősen egyenes előre (vagy futtassa a telepítőt, vagy kicsomagolja a hordozható alkalmazás ZIP-ját). Futtassa az iFunBox.exe programot a folyamat elindításához. Látni fog egy olyan képernyőt, mint a fenti.

    Ha még nem csatlakoztatta az eszközt az USB-szinkronizáló kábelen keresztül, akkor tegye meg most. Ha a készülék csatlakoztatva van, akkor a jobb felső sarokban egy külön lap látható:

    A fülre kattintva átkapcsolhat a csatlakoztatott iOS eszközök között (ha van ilyen), valamint kiválaszthatja az éppen kiválasztott eszközt, vagy bekapcsolhatja a Wi-Fi megosztást (többet erről egy pillanat alatt).

    Az alapértelmezett ablaktábla a További alkalmazások keresése panel, amely hasznosabb, mint az első pillantásra. Kezdetben úgy tűnik, hogy egyszerűen csak az iTunes-n keresztül megtalálható adatok tükrözése, ha ezt kívánja (például a legnépszerűbb ingyenes és fizetett alkalmazások), az igen hasznos adatokat is tartalmaz az AppHolic és az App-ajánlatokból, például a népszerű Az alkalmazások, valamint az ideiglenesen ingyenes alkalmazások – az Árcseppek és a Szabad Ma oszlopok körében – nagyszerű módja annak, hogy komoly alkalmazási engedményeket szerezzenek.

    A fájlok importálásának három módja

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Most, hogy telepítettük az alkalmazást, és megnézzük az alapértelmezett felületet, menjünk le a fontos részre: az iFunBox használata nagyon gyors és nagyon egyszerű fájlátviteli / szinkronizáló eszközként.

    Ha fájlokat szeretne importálni a központi iOS-alkalmazásokba – zene, videó, fényképek, csengőhangok stb. – a gyors eszközkészlet lap az út. Az alkalmazás tartalmának eldobásához kattintson a megfelelő ikonra az Exportálás szakasz tetején, vagy kattintson az Import alsó részén található ikonra egy gyors hozzáférésű drag and drop panelhez:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Tudjuk, hogy évek óta eltűnt az iTunesban, ez valószínűleg megdöbbent az Ön számára, de igen, tényleg egyszerűen csak egy csomó képet lehet húzni közvetlenül a panelre, és átmásolhatja azokat a készülékére.

    Ha fájlokat szeretne áthelyezni olyan alkalmazásokba, amelyek általában az iTunes fájlmegosztási funkciót igénylik, keresse meg az Alkalmazásadatok kezelése lapot:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Itt látjuk az összes olyan alkalmazást, amely támogatja az iTunes-on belüli fájlmegosztást, beleértve azt az alkalmazást, amely az egész iTunes-t elkerülő keresést indította el: Comic Zeal.

    Ha kétszer rákattint egy alkalmazás egyik ikonjára, akkor olyan fájlböngésző ablaktáblával jelenik meg, amelyben a fájlokat közvetlenül az iOS-eszközre húzhatja:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Megfordíthatja a folyamatot is. Ha egy barátod házában vagy, és át akarod másolni az iPadre helyezett adathordozót, akkor az iFunBoxot ki lehet tölteni, és másolhatsz belőle a dolgokat.

    Az utolsó módja, és messze a legerősebb a fájlok másolásához és kezeléséhez a klasszikus nézet. Váltás az iFunBox Classic lapra, és navigálhat a készülék teljes könyvtárstruktúrájában:

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Itt láthatjuk, hogy kihasználjuk az Általános tároló mappát, hogy iPadünket flash meghajtóvá alakítsuk. Ismét csak az volt a kérdés, hogy húzzuk le és töröljük a fájlokat a számítógépről (ebben az esetben a / Board Game Info / mappa, hogy másoljunk szabályokat és kiegészítőket a 7-es csodára a iPad-hez). Most le tudjuk húzni a fájlokat egy másik helyről, és megoszthatjuk őket barátaikkal.

    Ahelyett, hogy átugrani a karikákat, hogy átmásolja a fájlokat az iOS-eszközre (és a fájdalmasan lassú iTunes-alapú átvitelen keresztül), akkor húzza, cseppelheti és le tudja állítani a fájlokat a készülékre olyan gyorsan, amennyire a szinkronizáló kábel tovább megy.

    How would someone install an iPhone app (.IPA) on an iPhone without a Mac or the use of iTunes? Also, if this wasn’t already difficult enough, I don’t have access to the iPhone. I can get the app to the person whom will be testing the app but I have no access to the device it will be installed on or a Mac to distribute the application.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    6 Answers 6

    I know four options for this:

    1. Using iTunes (Install the utility and copy the app)
    2. iFunbox (Install the utility and copy the app)
    3. iTools (Install utility –> Goto Application Tab –> Click on Install –> select application and it will be installed)
    4. Online Method : Diawi (Upload the IPA and open the URL on device to install IPA)

    These are the options used to install IPA on I-Devices. Hope this will help.

    How to use ifunbox as a robust itunes alternative

    Easiest way is to use a platform like HockeyApp. Create an account (10 apps are free), upload it and tell the link.

    For iPhone, you must have that device’s UDID, and you have to create provisioning profile and certificate and add that UDID in the certificate and after that you will install the application in that particular device for testing.

    If you don’t want to use a mac o iTunes, the best thing you can try is TestFlight.

    You send the ipa file to Apple, as you do when you want publish. But, attention: flag the option to release manually the app.

    After this, the app isn’t released until you do it manually. You can also decide to not publish it anymore and delete it.

    Anyway, after you send the app in this way to Apple, you have 90 days to use TestFlight (https://developer.apple.com/testflight/).

    TestFlight is a tool giving you the way to install your app on iOS devices without using both a mac or iTunes. You choose the iOS user and he will receive a mail with the step list to install your app (requiriment: install TestFlight on the iOS device).

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Web browsers act as gateways to the Internet, guiding you to your favorite sites and optimizing your online experience. While browsers have powerful features, many have plugins and extensions available that enhance the functionality of the browser. Here’s how to manage extensions and plugins in Chrome, Safari, Firefox, and Edge.

    The terms plugin and extension are used interchangeably when referring to third-party programs that enhance the functionality of a browser. Some browsers prefer the term plugin, while others use extension.

    Oleg Mishutin/Getty Images

    Manage extensions in Chrome

    The Chrome Web Store lists thousands of extensions across multiple categories, including accessibility, productivity, photo management, shopping, sports, and more. Here’s how to manage your Chrome extensions.

    Open Chrome and select the Menu icon (three dots) in the upper right corner.

    Select Settings from the dropdown menu.

    Select Extensions from the menu on the left.

    Another quick way to get to the Extensions window is to type chrome://extensions in the address bar, and then touch Get into either Return.

    You will see the currently installed Chrome extensions.

    To get more information about an extension, select Details.

    You’ll see information and options for that extension, including its version number, permissions, site access, and more.

    To uninstall an extension, select Remove and then select Remove again to confirm.

    To disable an extension without removing it, turn off the toggle switch.

    To install new extensions, go to the Chrome Web Store in the browser. Browse by category or search for an extension by name or keyword.

    Select the extension you want to add to learn more about it. When you’re ready, select Add to Chrome.

    You will see a pop-up explaining the details of the extension. Select add extension continue.

    Some extensions are available immediately after installation. Others require a Chrome restart to take effect.

    Manage add-ons in Firefox

    Firefox refers to additional installable tools as add-ons and then outlines extensions, themes, add-ons, and more as specific categories of add-ons. We will focus on extension management because these are the plugins that bring new functionality to the browser.

    Open Firefox and select the Menu icon (three lines) in the upper right corner.

    Select Accessories from the dropdown menu.

    The Customize your Firefox shows the page.

    Select the recommendations tab to see the recommended extensions and themes that Firefox thinks you should install.

    Select Extensions to manage currently installed extensions or add new ones.

    Under Activated, you will see the currently enabled extensions. To disable an extension, turn off the toggle switch.

    To manage an extension, select your Menu icon (three dots).

    Select Remove in the drop-down menu to remove the extension.

    For more information about the extension, select preferences.

    You’ll be taken to the extension’s page, where you can customize settings, update, and more.

    Select Report to report the extension to Mozilla for privacy violations or other concerns.

    Select Manage to view release notes, details, permissions, and more about the extension.

    Add a new extension from the recommendations either Extensions tabs, or scroll down and select Find more plugins.

    You’ll be taken to the Mozilla Firefox Add-ons Store, where you can browse extensions by category or search by keyword or name.

    When you find an extension you want, select it to get more information, and then select Add to Firefox.

    Select Add to confirm. You have successfully installed the extension.

    Some extensions are available after installation is complete. Others require you to restart Firefox to use them.

    Manage extensions in Microsoft Edge

    Edge replaced Microsoft Internet Explorer as the default option on all Windows installations and is also available on macOS. Enhance Edge’s feature set with browser extensions found in the Microsoft Store.

    Open Edge and select the Menu icon (three dots) in the upper right corner.

    Select Extensions from the dropdown menu.

    You will be taken to the Edge extensions management page.

    To disable an installed extension, turn off its toggle switch.

    To get more information about an installed extension, select Details.

    You’ll see the extension’s permissions, site access settings, and other options.

    To remove the extension, select Remove.

    To add a new Edge extension, select Get extensions for Microsoft Edge.

    You’ll be taken to the Microsoft Edge add-on store. Browse extensions by category or search by keyword or name.

    Select an extension to learn more about it, and then select Get to install it

    Select add extension to confirm. You have added the extension to Edge.

    Don’t see the extension you want for Edge? The newer Chromium-based Edge browser can accept extensions from the Chrome Web Store. Activate the option of Allow extensions from other stores in the lower left corner of the Border Extensions page. Then go to the Chrome Web Store and add the new extension as usual.

    Manage extensions in Safari

    Safari, the default browser in macOS, has access to powerful extensions from the Mac App Store.

    To find extensions, open the Safari browser and select Safari > Safari extensions from the top menu bar.

    In the Safari Extensions section of the Mac App Store, browse extensions by category or search by keyword or name.

    When you find an extension you want, select Get if it is a free extension, or select the price if it is a paid extension.

    Select Install to install the app.

    When prompted, enter your Apple ID and password, and then select Get.

    Select Openedand then follow the extension’s on-screen instructions to complete the installation process.

    In Safari, select Safari > preferences from the top menu.

    Place a check next to an extension to enable it and view its details. Select uninstall to remove it

    Remove Chrome extensions using Browser Security Plus’Add-on Management feature from users’ browsers. Detect the potentially harmful Chrome extensions, review them and remove chrome extensions that are not necessary for an organization’s day-to-day functioning. This document will explain how IT admins can disable or remove Chrome extensions with Browser Security Plus.

    Follow the below steps to remove Chrome extensions with Browser Security Plus

    Step 1: Open Browser Security Plus console.

    Step 2: Navigate to policies and click on Add-on Management.

    Step 3: Check No corresponding to Allow users to install extensions checkbox.

    Step 4: Select the extensions that you want to whitelist from the Whitelist extensions drop down list.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Step 5: Save and publish the policy.

    Step 6: Deploy the policy to computers that you want to apply the changes to.

    The below video explains how to disable Chrome extensions with Browser Security Plus.

    To disable Chrome extensions based on the permissions follow the below guidelines:

    Step 1: Open Browser Security Plus console.

    Step 2: Navigate to policies and click on Add-on Management.

    Step 3: Click on Search Permissions corresponding to Blacklist Permissions.

    Step 4: Select the permissions you want to blacklist.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Step 5: Save and publish the policy.

    Step 6: Deploy the policy to computers that you want to apply the changes to.

    How to remove plug-ins in Internet Explorer?

    Detect the plug-ins used by users that aren’t up to date and those that are unsigned. Remove those plug-ins that could be potentially harmful using Browser Security Plus. Follow the below steps to disable plug-ins in Internet Explorer browser.

    Step 1: Open Browser Security Plus console.

    Step 2: Navigate to policies and click on Add-on Management.

    Step 3: Click on the Internet Explorer tab.

    Step 4: Select the plug-ins/add-ons that you want to blacklist from the Blacklist Plug-ins drop down list.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Step 5: Save and publish the policy.

    Step 6: Deploy the policy to computers that you want to apply the changes to.

    How to remove add-ons in Mozilla Firefox?

    Follow the below steps to remove unnecessary add-ons used by employees in Mozilla Firefox browser.

    Step 1: Open Browser Security Plus console.

    Step 2: Navigate to policies and click on Add-on Management.

    Step 3: Click on the Mozilla Firefox tab.

    Step 4: Select No corresponding to Allow user to install extensions

    Step 5: Save and publish the policy.

    Step 6: Deploy the policy to computers that you want to apply the changes to.

    How to manually Uninstall or Remove Chrome extensions?

    The below steps explains how to manually remove Chrome, IE and Firefox add-ons on your machines.

    How to remove Chrome extensions:

    Step 1: Open Chrome browser.

    Step 2: Click on More at the top right corner.

    Step 3: Click on More tools and then Extensions.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Step 4: Click Remove, corresponding to the extension you want to remove.

    How to remove IE plug-ins

    Step 1: Open Internet Explorer.

    Step 2: Select the Tools button..

    Step 3: Select Manage add-ons.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Step 4: Under Show, select All add-ons.

    Step 5: Select the add-on you want to delete.

    Step 6: If the add-on can be deleted, you’ll see the Remove option. Select Remove and then Close.

    How to remove Firefox add-ons

    Step 1: Open Firefox.

    Step 2: Click the menu button.

    Step 3: Click on the Add-ons icons and select Extensions.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Step 4: Scroll through the list of extensions.

    Step 5: Click the ellipsis (3-dot) icon for the extension you wish to remove and select Remove.

    To simplify things, Browser Security Plus offers an Extension Repository which enables you to silently distribute extensions to users. This pushes the ball to your court handing you control over the situation. Distribute those extensions that you trust and you believe to be absolutely necessary to the users through Extension Repository, while restricting the download of any new extensions. This ensures the presence of only trusted extensions in your network.

    To detect and remove Chrome extensions from your network, download a free, 30-day trial of Browser Security Plus and try out these features for yourself.

    Our web browser extensions or add-ons have passed a review process and are digitally signed by companies that make popular web browsers. They can only be installed with the explicit permission of the browser user because we make an effort to follow the extension policies of browser makers. You can easily disable or completely remove or uninstall them at any time by using your browser’s extensions manager, which is typically part of your browser’s settings, options or preferences. Here are directions for some popular desktop browsers:

    Google Chrome

    1. In Chrome’s Omnibox (a.k.a. address bar), enter chrome://extensions and then press the Enter (PC) or Return (Mac) key to open Chrome’s Extensions manager.
    2. Click the Remove button for an extension to uninstall it, or toggle its switch to turn off the extension without removing it.

    Our extensions cannot work after they have been turned off or removed. If you are still experiencing undesired behavior in Chrome, try following Google’s instructions to Reset Chrome settings to default.

    Apple Safari (macOS)

    1. In the Safari menu, choose Preferences, and then choose the Extensions toolbar icon. (Alternatively, you can open Safari’s Preferences window by using the keyboard shortcut, Command–Comma.)
    2. Deselect the checkbox for an extension to turn it off, or select it and choose its Uninstall button to remove it.

    Our extensions cannot work after they have been turned off or uninstalled. If you are still experiencing undesired behavior in Safari, try following Apple’s recommendations, If Safari is slow, stops responding, quits unexpectedly, or has other issues.

    Mozilla Firefox

    1. In Firefox’s QuantumBar (a.k.a. address bar), enter about:addons and then press the Enter (PC) or Return (Mac) key to open Firefox’s Extensions (a.k.a. add-ons) manager.
    2. Click the blue toggle for an extension to disable it, or click the ellipsis (3-dot) icon to reveal a menu to Remove it.

    Our extensions cannot work after they have been disabled or removed. If you are still experiencing undesired behavior in Firefox, try following Mozilla’s instructions to Refresh Firefox – reset add-ons and settings.

    Opera

    1. In Opera’s address bar (a.k.a. omnibox), enter opera://extensions and then press the Enter (PC) or Return (Mac) key to open Opera’s Extensions manager.
    2. Click the Disable button for an extension to turn off the extension without removing it, or click its Remove icon (X) to uninstall it.

    Our extensions cannot work after they have been disabled or removed. If you are still experiencing undesired behavior in Opera, try following Opera’s instructions for How to recover your Opera browser.

    Microsoft Edge (Chromium based)

    1. In Edge’s address bar, enter edge://extensions and then press the Enter (PC) or Return (Mac) key to open Edge’s Extensions manager.
    2. Click Remove for an extension to uninstall it, or toggle its switch to turn off the extension without removing it.

    Our extensions cannot work after they have been turned off or removed. If you are still experiencing undesired behavior in Edge, try Microsoft’s Troubleshooting tips for installing and updating Microsoft Edge to reinstall it. We do not make extensions for Microsoft Edge (Legacy) or Internet Explorer (IE).

    The Blue Prism Chrome browser extension establishes connectivity with Blue Prism, allowing Blue Prism to interact with Chrome applications and web pages so data can be exchanged and elements manipulated.

    The Blue Prism browser extensions should be installed on any machine that will be used to automate Chrome.

    For details of browser extension and Blue Prism versions, see browser extension compatibility.

    Prerequisites

    The following are required:

    • Access to the Chrome web store for online installations
    • Extension package for offline installations
    • The ability to configure Chrome add-ons

    Install the Chrome browser extension using the Blue Prism installer

    The Blue Prism installer applies a registry key that installs the Blue Prism extension the next time the browser is started. The installer can be run using the graphical user interface or from the command line.

    Install from the Blue Prism installer

    Using the advanced installation option, you can determine which browser extensions (and other optional features) are installed.

    1. Run the appropriate Blue Prism installer for your system – 32-bit or 64-bit.
    2. Select Advanced install from the Install location page of the install wizard.
    3. Click Next and select the Chrome browser extension and any other features you want to install.

    During an upgrade, the settings already applied for the current installation are maintained unless edited in the advanced install options.

    Install from the command line

    The following command line options are available for installing Blue Prism and setting the registry key for the Chrome extension. The example commands are for the 6.10 version of Blue Prism – update the version number as required.

    msiexec /i BluePrism 6.10.0 _x64 /qn

    msiexec /i BluePrism 6.10.0 _x86 /qn

    Installs Blue Prism and sets Chrome extension registry key as well as those for Edge and Firefox.

    msiexec /i BluePrism 6.10.0 _x64 ADDLOCAL=BluePrism,BPServer /qn

    msiexec /i BluePrism 6.10.0 _x86 ADDLOCAL=BluePrism,BPServer /qn

    Installs Blue Prism without setting the browser extension registry keys.

    msiexec /i BluePrism 6.10.0 _x64 ADDLOCAL=ChromePlugin /qn

    msiexec /i BluePrism 6.10.0 _x86 ADDLOCAL=ChromePlugin /qn

    Adds the Chrome extension registry key to an existing installation of Blue Prism.

    The ADDLOCAL property can also be used to install multiple Blue Prism components by separating them with a comma. The following command installs 64-bit versions of Blue Prism, and the Chrome, Edge, and Firefox extensions:

    msiexec /i BluePrism 6.10.0 _x64 ADDLOCAL=BluePrism,BPServer,ChromePlugin,EdgePlugin,FirefoxPlugin /qn

    The BluePrism and BPServer components must both be specified to install or upgrade Blue Prism when using the ADDLOCAL parameters. They cannot be used in isolation.

    Install the Chrome browser extension from the web store

    The Blue Prism Chrome extension can be installed via the Chrome web store using the appropriate URL for your version of Blue Prism.

    Blue Prism version: 6.10.4 – compatible extension version: 6.10.4

    Blue Prism version: 6.10.3 – compatible extension version: 6.10.3

    Blue Prism version: 6.10.2 – compatible extension version: 6.10.2

    Blue Prism version: 6.10.1 – compatible extension version: 6.10.1

    Blue Prism version: 6.10 – compatible extension version: 6.10.0

    To install the browser extension for Chrome:

      Open Chrome.

    Paste the URL for the required version into the address bar of the browser.

    A notification displays when installation is complete and the Blue Prism extension icon is added to the browser toolbar.

    Install the Chrome browser extension using an offline package

    If the browser extension has already been installed, updated extensions that are made available after a Blue Prism release are automatically updated when the browser is loaded if there is an active internet connection. For devices that are not connected to the internet, the Blue Prism Chrome extension can be installed offline using an independent package. The extension will need to be installed separately for each user on each device that needs to use the extension.

    To install the browser extension for Chrome:

    Download the required extension package from the web store, see URLs for applicable Blue Prism version above.

    Create a ZIP file of the downloaded extension.

    Extensions are stored in the folder C:\Users\’Username’\Appdata\Local\’extension-path’, for example for Blue Prism 6.10.0: C:\Users\’Username’\Appdata\Local\Google\Chrome\User Data\Default\Extensions\aaoedoanmdcohhdbadkgjjfdmbbmiffe

    Select all files in the 6.10.0.0_0 folder and add them to a ZIP file.

    If you have installed Blue Prism using the installer, you will see a Blue Prism extension on this page. This is a managed extension (indicated with the managed icon), as such, you can not remove or turn off the extension from this page.

    In Windows Explorer, navigate to the extension ZIP file then drag and drop it into the Chrome Developer page.

    The extension installs and displays on the page.

    Ensure you turn off Developer mode after installing the extension. Leaving your browser in Developer mode can be a security risk.

    Chrome browser extension registry keys

    The following registry keys are applied when installing the browser extension with the Blue Prism installer to instruct the browser to add the Blue Prism extension.

    For situations where the browser extension is to be installed independently or, where the registry value applied by the installer is prevented from persisting, such as if network restrictions override them, the setting can be applied using an alternative deployment method, such as Group Policy or Local Security Policy.

    Firefox browser (v38) Select Extensions. Alternatively, you can open the URL about: addons directly via the browser bar. Once there, you should find the Ask and/or Search App by Ask add-ons in the extensions list. To remove them, just click Remove on the right.

    How do I remove ask com from Safari?

    To uninstall it, go to the Safari menu, and select Preferences. On the Preferences window, click Extensions at the top. Then locate searchAskApp in the list, and click “Uninstall.

    How do I remove ask com from Firefox?

    In most cases, third-party toolbars can be uninstalled from Firefox Add-ons Manager Extensions list, as follows:Click the menu button , click Add-ons and select Extensions.Select the toolbar you wish to remove.Click the Remove button.Click Restart now if it pops up.

    How do I turn off secure search in Firefox?

    Mozilla Firefox:Start Mozilla Firefox browser.In address box type (or copy-paste) about:addons .Choose Secure Search Bar.Click Disable or Remove button.Remove all suspicious extensions from the list.

    How do I permanently delete secure search?

    Click on the Start button (or press the Windows key) to open the Start menu, click on the Settings at the top. Click on App & features on the left menu. On the right side, locate Secure Search Bar and click it, then click on the Uninstall button. Click on Uninstall to confirm.

    How do I remove Adaware secure search from my computer?

    Google Chrome:Open Google Chrome.Push Alt + F.Click Tools.Choose Extensions.Find Adaware Secure Search or another unknown extension.Click the trash can icon to remove it.

    How do I disable secure search?

    You should be able to turn it off by going to any web page in Internet Explorer, click to the right of the SiteAdvisor icon at the top of that page, select Options. Go to the Secure Search section and disable it there. Restart the browser and it should then be possible to alter your search engine in browser options.

    How do I turn off secure search in Chrome?

    (at the top right corner of Google Chrome), select “More tools” and click “Extensions”. Locate “Secured Search” and other recently-installed suspicious browser add-ons, and remove them.

    How safe is AVG secure browser?

    When you install AVG Antivirus, you’ll get immediate free access to the AVG Secure Browser. This basically looks and operates like a more secure version of Google Chrome, protecting you from dangerous websites by forcing HTTPS encryption, masking your digital fingerprints, and blocking tracking scripts.

    How do I stop Avg secure browser from opening on startup?

    Open task manager -> more details -> startup tab -> disable that application.

    How do I disable AntiVirus on my computer?

    Turn off antivirus protection in Windows SecuritySelect Start > Settings > Update & Security > Windows Security > Virus & threat protection > Manage settings (or Virus & threat protection settings in previous versions of Windows 10).Switch Real-time protection to Off. Note that scheduled scans will continue to run.

    In this guide we will show you how to uninstall extensions from Google Chrome. Chrome has become the browser most used by Internet users, one of the main reasons is its ease of use as well as its speed. However, many operations may remain a mystery to novice users. Today we are going to operate with the Google browser to understand how remove or disable Chrome extensions you have installed.

    Table of Contents

    How to uninstall extensions in Chrome

    Before continuing, you should know Google Chrome offers the possibility of have their own extensions on any PC in use. Once logged in with our account GoogleAll the extensions that we have installed will be synchronized with the device that we are using.

    Once we are going to delete or deactivate an extension, we will do it for all the devices that we use in Google Chrome.

    There are two methods of removing an extension from Chrome and now we are going to show it to you.

    First method

    The first thing you see when installing an extension is the corresponding icon in the upper right bar. If you can’t see it, you have to resize the address bar. Once you have viewed the icon, right-click on its icon and complete the operation by removing it from Chrome.

    Second method

    If the icon doesn’t appear, or you want to quickly remove multiple extensions from Chrome, another method to remove extensions from Chrome is go to the menu Extensions.

    To do this, click on the button «Customize and control Google Chrome ». – which are the 3 points in the upper right corner – and go to Settings. Once on the menu Settings go to section Extensions. Here it will be a piece of cake to delete an extension, just click on the trash can icon related to the extension you want to delete and voila, that’s it.

    Disable extensions

    These were the 2 methods to remove extensions from Chrome. But what if our intention was to simply disable them, without removing them entirely? The procedure is the same as that we saw in the second method, that is, go to the menu Settings and choose the section Extensions.

    Once there, instead of clicking on the trash icon, you should uncheck the “Activate” option.

    Have you seen how remove or disable an extension in Google Chrome. To know how speed up your chrome with tips and tricks, then the following article is for you.

    Google’s Chrome browser is very popular among Mac users due to its speed and its integration with Google accounts and other services. Like most other modern browsers, it’s also highly extensible, thanks to the wide range of third-party extensions available. Some of these extensions are add-ons to tools like Evernote or Pocket and allow you to ‘clip’ pages or articles, others allow you to download videos from streaming sites. However, there is a third group: malware. Browser extensions are a common way for hackers to distribute adware and other nasty pieces of code. They hide the code inside a seemingly legitimate browser extension and then invite you to download it. That’s just one of the reasons you might want to uninstall Chrome extensions. There are others, like old or outdated extensions that slow down your Mac or make Chrome unstable. Here’s how to get rid of them.

    How to remove Chrome extensions through settings

    To use this method, you don’t need any other software or tools, but it does take a bit more time than the quick way that we’ll show you in a minute.

    1. Launch Chrome.

    2. Click on the three vertical dots at the top right of the Chrome window.

    3. Choose Settings.

    4. Click the three horizontal lines next to “Settings” at the top left of the window and choose Extensions.

    (As an alternative to steps 3 and 4, you can type chrome://extensions in the address bar to take you directly to the Extensions page)

    5. Locate the extension you want to remove.

    7. If you suspect that the extension is malware, check the “Report Abuse” box.

    8. Click Remove again to confirm that you want to remove the extension from Chrome.

    Repeat steps 5 through 8 for each extension you want to remove. If you’re not sure what an extension does or why you downloaded it, click “Details” to learn more about it.

    How to delete Chrome extensions using Finder

    If for some reason you are unable to remove Chrome extensions using the steps above, there is another way. You can track extensions in Finder and drag them to the Trash.

    However, this is tricky because the location of the extensions varies. If only one Google account is used with your Mac user account, it should be here:

    If more than one Google account is used with your Mac user account, you should be able to find the extensions here:

    /Library/Application Support/Google/Chrome/[Google user ID]/Extensions where [Google user ID] is the username of your Google account.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    When you find the list of extensions, you will notice that they are listed as folders with 32-character identifiers. Before you delete something, you need to know which folder to delete. So, go back to Chrome and go to the Extensions page again. At the top right of the page, toggle the “Developer” switch to the on position. You will see that all extensions now have 32 character IDs. Write down the ID of the extension you want to remove. Go back to Finder and locate the extension that corresponds to that ID and drag it to the Trash

    How to uninstall Chrome extensions with CleanMyMac X

    This method is much faster if you need to remove multiple extensions. It uses the Extensions module of CleanMyMac X and you don’t have to search the Finder to find the right extension or browse Chrome’s Extensions page. To use it, you will first need to download and install CleanMyMac X.

    Tip: As we said earlier, browser extensions are a favorite way for hackers to hide malware so you’ll inadvertently download it onto your Mac. CleanMyMac X also has a malware module that can scan your Mac and alert you if it thinks it’s malware. that you have a virus, adware or other malicious code lurking on your hard drive or SSD.

    1. Start CleanMyMac X (Chrome does not need to be running).

    2. In the left sidebar, click the Extensions module.

    3. Choose See all extensions.

    4. Select Chrome.

    5. Click on the extensions you want to remove and press “Remove”.

    6. If the Remove button is grayed out, click the “i” next to the extension to find out how to remove it.

    How to remove malware with CleanMyMac X

    Removing a malicious extension won’t help if it has already placed adware or other malicious code on your Mac. You’ll have to remove that separately. Here’s how to do it.

    1. Launch CleanMyMac X.

    2. Select the Malware tool.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    4. If CleanMyMac doesn’t find anything, it will tell you that your Mac is clean. If it finds malware, it will list it. You can hit Clean to get rid of it or switch to a detailed results page for more information.

    It’s a good idea to scan your Mac regularly for malware. CleanMyMac X’s malware database is frequently updated and will be able to detect even the latest malicious extensions and other malware.

    Tip: CleanMyMac X can also remove other browser items, such as cookies, your browser history, and autofill data, to improve your privacy. Click the Privacy tab, and then hit Scan. When the results appear, click a browser, say Chrome, and then check the box next to the item you want to delete and select Delete.

    Removing browser extensions in Chrome is not very difficult. But there are several different ways to do it. Manual methods can take more time, while doing it in CleanMyMac X is quick and very easy. CleanMyMac X can also scan your Mac for malware and remove any it finds, as well as improve your online privacy by helping you get rid of cookies, autofill data, and other information collected and stored by web browsers on your Mac.

    Open Firefox and click the hamburger menu in the top right. Click Add-ons and Themes.

    In the Add-ons Manager, click the Extensions tab. Find the extension you want to remove, click the three-dot button, then click Remove.

    And that’s how to uninstall extensions in Firefox. If you use Chrome, check out our guide to learn how to remove extensions on Chrome.

    How to disable Firefox plugins, extensions, and add-ons

    If you’re not ready to part with certain add-ons in Firefox, you can always disable them for now and reactivate them later.

    Here’s how to disable add-ons, plugins, and extensions in Firefox:

    Open Firefox and click the hamburger menu in the top right. Click Add-ons and Themes.

    In the Add-ons Manager, choose Extensions. Find the extension you want to disable and click the toggle to the left.

    Bear in mind that disabled extensions can still take up space on your computer. So if you won’t reactivate certain extensions later, you’re better off deleting them altogether now.

    Why should I manage Firefox extensions and add-ons?

    You should manage your add-ons and extensions on Firefox because they can change your browser’s functionality and possibly introduce unsafe software into your system. Keeping track of add-ons in Firefox helps to ensure your system is safe, secure, and running at its best.

    For some of us, add-ons (also known as extensions or plugins) are a vital part of the browsing experience. Add-ons enhance your web browser by adding features that can do anything from translating languages to replacing ads with works of contemporary art. You can also boost browser security with extensions.

    There’s a variety of Mozilla add-ons and plugins to choose from — and therein lies the potential problem.

    As helpful as add-ons can be, many are created by unverified third-party developers — and some are poorly made or downright malicious. Even if you’re using one of the best browsers for security and privacy, downloading software laced with malware can cause serious problems.

    Here are some risks to consider when using add-ons and plugins:

    Bugs: Poorly-crafted add-ons can contain bugs that cause your browser to malfunction or perform slowly. If Firefox is slow, removing extensions is one way to speed up your browser. For a more comprehensive overhaul, use a browser cleaner tool.

    Malware: Along with more established publishers, sketchy third-party vendors create lots of add-ons. This makes it difficult to know which extensions are legitimate and which are disguising malware or trying to hijack your browser. If you suspect your browser is infected, take immediate steps to manually remove the malware from your computer or use a virus removal tool to take care of the problem automatically.

    Data theft: Some extensions require access to your browser data, including your browsing history and passwords. In the wrong hands — like the developer of an illegitimate extension — this info can wind up a data breach, possibly resulting in identity theft.

    Not enough space: Maybe you downloaded an add-on, used it a few times, and then forgot about it. Unused extensions take up precious space, which could slow your system down. Like clearing your browser history and deleting your cookies, deleting unused add-ons helps to streamline your browser and keep it running smoothly.

    By the way, pop-up ads can cause similar issues, so learn how to block pop-ups in Firefox, too.

    Browse safely with AVG Secure Browser

    The world of Firefox add-ons, extensions, and plugins offers a variety of ways to customize your browser. These enhancements can add convenience and even fun to your browsing experience.

    But the potential downsides can outweigh the benefits. Stop worrying and skip the steps for removing plugins on Firefox by switching to a safer browser.

    AVG’s dedicated team of security experts understands how troublesome it can be to deal with malfunctioning or even malicious add-ons. That’s why our free AVG Secure Browser features a built-in Extension Guard, which vets add-ons and prevents you from downloading untrustworthy extensions to ensure your system stays safe.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    AVG Secure Browser’s easy to manage Privacy and Security Center.

    AVG Secure Browser offers dozens of built-in privacy and security features like anti-tracking, ad blocking, and protection against malware and other threats. Enjoy optimal security and performance with AVG Secure Browser.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    SergeyVolkoff/123RF Extensions can add a lot to the Chrome browser’s capabilities, letting you do everything from saving passwords to blocking ads. But if you grow out of needing them, or feel like there are a few too many, you need to know how to uninstall Chrome extensions. Fortunately, the process is as simple as installing them, and we’ll walk you through it, step by step.

    There are a couple of different methods you can use when it comes to uninstalling extensions. Although the second one is more comprehensive, the first should work in the majority of cases and since it’s easier, that’s where we’ll start.

    If you want to learn how to change Chrome’s language, we have a guide for that, too.

    Uninstalling through Chrome

    The quickest and easiest method to uninstall an extension is to go through Chrome’s extension manager. There you’ll be able to disable or entirely delete each extension through a single click of the mouse.

    Step 1: Open the Chrome browser and click the three-dot menu in the top right-hand corner.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Step 2: Click “More tools,” and then “Extensions” in the resulting menu.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Step 3: The Extensions page shows you all of the extensions you currently have installed. You can disable any you just want to turn off by unticking the relevant box. Alternatively, if you want to remove the extension entirely, click the small trash can symbol.

    When asked if you want to remove the extensions, click the blue “Remove” button.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Step 4: Restart Chrome and any extensions your disabled or removed will no longer be active.

    Uninstalling through Windows folders

    If for whatever reason the extension you want to uninstall isn’t found on the official list within Chrome, or you’d rather do things manually, you can also delete the extension yourself in its Windows folder. It’s a little more complicated and hands-on than the above method, but it’s still relatively quick.

    Step 1: Close down all Chrome windows.

    Step 2: Navigate to Chrome’s install location. For those running Windows 7 or later, that should be: “C:\Users\username\AppData\Local\Google\Chrome\User Data\Default.”

    Note: “Username” in the above address is your specific Windows account name.

    Step 3: Open the “Extensions” folder.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Step 4: All of the folders within the “Extensions” folder represent individual extensions. Their names are hard to decipher, so to figure out which is which, you’ll need to open each folder up and then open the resulting version number folder. Images or file names within should give you an idea about which folder represents which extension.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    In this case, this folder is for the Videostream extension.

    Step 5: Find the extension you want to uninstall and simply delete the folder. To do so, either left-click the folder to select it and press the “delete” key on your keyboard, or right-click it and select “delete” from the resulting menu.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Step 6: Once finished deleting extensions, open Google Chrome and your extension list should be more to your liking.

    Now that Chrome has all of the function you want, how about tweaking its style to fit your tastes, too?

    Most modern browsers, including Google Chrome, support extensions. These extensions add additional features to the browser or provide quick access to services. Installing too many extensions, however, can add bloat to the browser and make it slow. Chrome is already known for taking up a significant amount of system resources, so you wouldn’t want the extensions to further strain the system. So in this guide, we’ll tell you how you can easily remove Chrome extensions you don’t need.

    There are two ways to uninstall an extension from Chrome. Whether you’re using Chrome on Windows, macOS, or Linux, or using a Chromebook, the following steps and methods will remain the same.

    Method 1: Delete Chrome extensions using the Extensions manager

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    • Open Chrome and click on the three dots icon to open the menu.
    • Navigate to More Tools and click on Extensions. This will open the extensions manager. You can also type chrome://extensions/ in the address bar to directly open it.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    • Once you’re in the extensions manager, Chrome will show all the extensions and apps that have been installed.
    • Click on Remove under the extension you want to uninstall. Chrome will ask for the confirmation, click on Remove again and the extension will be deleted.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    • If you don’t want to delete the extension, you can also disable it by using the toggle. Disabling also stops the extension from using up system resources.

    Method 2: Delete Chrome extensions from the browser toolbar

    Extensions that have an icon on your Chrome toolbar can be removed directly from there.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    • Identify the icon of the extension you want to remove, and then right-click on that icon.
    • Chrome will display a set of options, including Remove from Chrome. Select it.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    • Chrome will now ask for confirmation. Click on Remove and the extension will be uninstalled.
    • You can’t disable an extension from the toolbar. But you can directly jump into the extension manager from the right-click options. Once you’re in the extensions manager, you can disable it.

    Chrome apps can also be removed or disabled by going to the extensions manager. But if you’re using a Chromebook, you’ll have to go to the launcher and remove them from there.

    It’s important to note that if you’ve enabled syncing of extensions with your Google account, removing an extension from one system will remove it from all of them. To avoid this, before uninstalling a Chrome extension, make sure you disable syncing for extensions in your Chrome settings.

    How to disable syncing Chrome extensions

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    • To disable extension syncing, you’ll have to click on your profile picture next to the three dots icon.
    • This opens a small menu, where Chrome will show ‘Sync is on’ for your Google account. Click on that and it will take you to the Sync and Google Services settings. You can also reach Sync and Google Services settings by navigating from the three dots icon.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    • Here, click on Manage what you sync, and Chrome will show everything that’s being synced with your Google account.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    • Select Customize Sync by enabling the radio button, and then use the toggle to switch off syncing of extensions. Now if you remove a Chrome extension in one system, it won’t disappear from the others.

    This is how you remove a Chrome extension. If you’re looking for some amazing Chrome themes, we’ve selected the best Chrome themes that you can download right now.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Enamik kaasaegseid brausereid toetab laiendusi, mis lisavad teie brauserile täiendavaid funktsioone. Mida vähem laiendusi olete installinud, seda kiirem peaks teie brauser olema. Siit saate teada, kuidas desinstallida või keelata laiendused, mida te ei kasuta.

    Programmid – nagu teie viirusetõrje – saavad sageli installida oma brauserilaiendid ilma teie loata, seega on see kasulik ka nende desinstallimiseks. Igal veebibrauseril on oma laiendused. Laienduse, lisandmooduli või pistikprogrammi eemaldamine ühest brauserist – nagu Chrome – ei eemalda ühtegi sarnast laiendust teie teistest installitud brauseritest – nagu Firefox või Internet Explorer.

    Pange tähele, et brauseri pistikprogrammid, nagu Java, Silverlight ja Flash, on erinevad ja need tuleb desinstallida muul viisil.

    Laienduste desinstallimine Google Chrome’is

    SEOTUD:Kuidas vaadata ja keelata installitud pistikprogramme mis tahes brauseris

    Google Chrome (ja muud Chromiumi põhised veebibrauserid) teevad selle üsna lihtsaks. Klõpsake Chrome’is akna paremas ülanurgas oleval menüünupul, osutage valikule „Rohkem tööriistu” ja valige „Laiendused”.

    Võite klõpsata ka menüünuppu, valida „Seaded” ja valida suvandi „Laiendused” lehe Seaded vasakul küljel või tippida kroom: // laiendused aadressiribale.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Chrome kuvab teie installitud laienduste loendi. Sirvige loendit ja klõpsake desinstallitavate laienduste paremal asuval prügikastiikoonil. Laienduse ajutiseks keelamiseks ilma seda desinstallimata saate ka lihtsalt kastist „Lubatud” tühistada. Pärast laienduste desinstallimist või keelamist ei pea te oma brauserit taaskäivitama.

    Kui olete Chrome’is seadistanud oma Google’i kontoga sünkroonimise ja see sünkroonib teie installitud laiendused, desinstallib see laienduse ka teistes arvutites.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Lisandmoodulite desinstallimine Mozilla Firefoxis

    Firefoxis klõpsake paremas ülanurgas oleval nupul „Menüü“ ja seejärel klõpsake nupul „Lisandmoodulid“, et minna otse installitud Firefoxi lisandmoodulite loendisse. Brauseri laienduste vaatamiseks klõpsake lehe vasakus servas nuppu puzzle nuppu. (Muud siin olevad ikoonid võimaldavad teil hallata installitud teemasid, brauseri pistikprogramme ja sotsiaalteenuseid.)

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Siit saate laienduse brauserist desinstallimiseks või ajutiseks keelamiseks paremklõpsata laiendusel. Kui näete linki „Taaskäivita kohe”, peate desinstallimisprotsessi lõpetamiseks taaskäivitama Firefoxi.

    Kui laienduse installis teie arvutis mõni muu programm, saate selle brauserist täielikult eemaldamise asemel ainult „keelata”. Laienduse eemaldamiseks peate desinstallima seotud programmi. Võite proovida laienduse failide käsitsi eemaldamist, kuid kui selle installis teie arvutis töötav programm, võib see programm neid faile lihtsalt uuesti lisada. Kuid te ei pea selle pärast muretsema – keelatud laiendus võib laienduste loendi segamini ajada, kuid see ei tööta üldse. See on sama hea, nagu oleks see desinstallitud.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Lisandmoodulite desinstallimine Internet Exploreris

    Tööriistariba või muu brauserilaiendi keelamiseks Internet Exploreris klõpsake brauseriakna paremas ülanurgas hammasratta menüüd ja valige käsk „Halda lisandmooduleid”.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Valige pistikprogrammide tüüpide alt „Tööriistaribad ja laiendused“, seejärel klõpsake väljal „Kuva“ ja veenduge, et selle olekuks oleks seatud „Kõik lisandmoodulid“. See tagab, et näete siin kõiki installitud brauserilaiendeid.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Leidke laiend, mille soovite eemaldada, pöörates nende tuvastamiseks tähelepanu väljadele „Nimi” ja „Väljaandja”. Kui näete harjumatu nimega laiendit, proovige selle jaoks veebiotsingut teha. Valige laiend ja klõpsake selle keelamiseks akna paremas alanurgas nuppu Keela.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Laienduse täieliku desinstallimise asemel selle lihtsalt keelamise asemel peate tavaliselt külastama Windowsi juhtpaneeli paani „Programmi desinstallimine” ja desinstallima selle pistikprogrammi. Peate võib-olla otsima pistikprogrammi nime või peate desinstallima programmi, millega pistikprogramm kaasas oli.

    Kui te seda loendis ei näe, võiksite veebiotsingu teha veebis. Mõni pahatahtlik laiendus ei hõlma lihtsat desinstallijat, seega peate leidma desinstallimistööriista või failid käsitsi eemaldama. Otsige veebist, kuidas see konkreetne laiendus Internet Explorerist desinstallida, ja näete täpsemaid juhiseid.

    Laienduste desinstallimine Apple’i Safaris

    Safaris installitud brauserilaiendite loendi haldamiseks klõpsake Maci töölaua ülaosas menüül „Safari” ja valige „Eelistused”. Ärge klõpsake valikut „Safari laiendused” – see viib teid lihtsalt Apple’i Safari laienduste galerii veebisaidile, kust saate rohkem laiendeid alla laadida.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Installitud laienduste loendi kuvamiseks klõpsake akna Eelistused ülaosas ikooni „Laiendused”. Valige ekraani vasakul küljel laiend ja klõpsake selle Macist eemaldamiseks nuppu „Desinstalli” või tühjendage ruut „Enable [Extension Name]”, et laiendus keelata ilma seda täielikult eemaldamata.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Kuidas desinstallida Opera laiendusi

    Operas klõpsake brauseriakna vasakus ülanurgas menüünuppu „Opera”, osutage suvandile „Laiendused” ja installitud laienduste loendi kuvamiseks valige „Laienduste haldur”.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Laienduse eemaldamiseks klõpsake laiendi paremal asuval nupul „x” või laienduse keelamiseks ilma brauserist eemaldamata klõpsake laienduse all nupul „Keela”. Pärast laienduse keelamist või eemaldamist ei pea te Opera taaskäivitama.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Microsoft Edge ei toeta veel laiendusi, kuid see on peagi Chrome’i stiilis laiendustele toeks. See protsess peaks olema Edge’is sarnane, kui see lõpuks brauserilaiendeid toetab.

    Kui kasutate mõnda muud veebibrauserit, peaks protsess olema sarnane. Otsige oma veebibrauseri menüüdest valikut „laiendused”, „pistikprogrammid” või „pistikprogrammid”.

    Anniversary Update for Windows 10 brought much requested extensions support for Microsoft Edge browser. Like Mozilla Firefox and Google Chrome, the Edge browser can now be enhanced by installing extensions.

    Although limited number of extensions are available for Edge for now, many developers are slowly but surely bringing Chrome and Firefox extensions to Edge as well.

    Pinterest Save Button, Evernote Web Clipper, Save to Pocket, Translator, LastPass, Turn Off the Lights and Tampermonkey are some of the better extensions currently available for Edge.

    By now, you likely know that installing and enabling too many browser extensions slow down your web browser. So, it’s always a good idea to disable extensions that you don’t use very often. And you should uninstall extensions that you no longer use.

    Just like installing extensions in Edge, disabling and uninstalling extensions are also easy.

    In this guide, we will see how to disable and uninstall extensions in Edge browser in Windows 10.

    To disable extensions in Edge in Windows 10

    Step 1: Open Edge browser. Click More icon (see picture below) and then click Extensions to see all installed extensions.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Step 2: To disable or turn off an extension, click on its name to see the About pane. For instance, to disable Turn Off the Lights, click on the same.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Step 3: Under the extension’s name, there is a button to turn on or off the extension. Move the button to off position to disable the extension.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    To enable the extension again, move the button to on position.

    To uninstall extensions in Edge

    Step 1: Launch Edge browser. Click the More icon and then click Extensions to see extensions pane.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Step 2: Click on the extension’s name that you want to uninstall to see its about pane. The about pane displays version number and installed date of extension.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Step 3: Click the Uninstall button and then click OK button when you see the confirmation dialog to uninstall the extension.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    How to change the default download location in Edge browser guide might also be of interest to you.

    Related Articles

    Comments

    Glenna James says

    Because I’m technologically challenged, I don’t understand how to find out what extension is blocking my access to my bank account – Chase.com. It seems every time I do an update in Windows, something else goes haywire! Can you send me step-by-step instructions of how to fix this? I’ve tried googling how to disable extensions, but it seems it’s telling me to turn off the lights.
    Thanks for your help in this.

    Finally! I spent a couple of hours trying to get rid of LastPass from popping up every time I opened Edge. This was a quick fix and I’m glad I finally found it.

    Google Chrome is one of the most popular web browsers for good reason. It’s available on every mobile and desktop operating system syncs your bookmarks and history across devices and is constantly being updated to remain the fastest browser available.

    However, Chrome can cause problems occasionally. It can start crashing in the middle of a session or stop working altogether. Sometimes it will refuse to open, or it may display an error message when you open it. When these problems appear, the best solution is to remove all the Google Chrome data from your computer and reinstall the browser.

    You may also find that you are just plain old tired of using Google Chrome. You may be breaking out of the Google ecosystem to make the switch to the Apple ecosystem, or you may be looking to increase your privacy by switching to Firefox.

    Whatever the case, there are different ways to uninstall and reinstall Google Chrome. This article will explain most of them, depending on your OS.

    How To Uninstall Chrome On Windows

    To uninstall Chrome on Windows, close all your Google Chrome windows. Then, follow these steps:

    1. Click the Windows Start button in the bottom-left corner of the screen.
      How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers
    2. Start typing Control Panel and with the start menu opened, click on the Control Panel app when it pops up.
      How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers
    3. Click Uninstall a Program beneath the Programs menu.
      How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers
    4. Find the Google Chrome, click the Uninstall button near the top of the window.
      How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Make sure you check Also delete your browsing data when asked. This will permanently remove all your bookmarks, history, cache, and other temporary files. Some of these may be causing your Chrome to malfunction, which is why they need to be deleted.

    Proceed with the uninstall process. Once you remove the browser completely, you can get the newest version online.

    Open another browser. You can use Edge, Microsoft’s default browser.

    Download Google Chrome

    Go to https://www.google.com/chrome/. Click on the Download Chrome button. Wait for the download to finish.

    Go to the download folder and start ChromeSetup.exe. Follow the instructions and proceed with the installation.

    If you followed all the steps correctly, you should have a brand new, working Google Chrome on your Windows.

    How To Reinstall Google Chrome On A Mac

    Reinstalling Google Chrome on your Mac follows a similar procedure:

    1. Find the Google Chrome app in the applications folder.
      How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers
    2. Drag and drop the app into the Trash bin.
      How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers
    3. Now click on the Go menu at the top of the screen and select Go to Folder from the dropdown.
      How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers
    4. Type “

    If you want to install Google Chrome again, you will have to:

    1. Open Safari or any other non-Chrome browser that you installed on your Mac.
    2. Type “google.com/chrome”
    3. Go to Download and then choose For Personal Computer. The website will take you to the download page.
    4. Choose the Download Chrome button and it will start downloading the installer. You will probably need to agree with the terms and conditions before you start.
    5. When the file finishes downloading, go to the download directory and find it – the file name should be googlechrome.dmg. You may wait a minute or two for it to download everything.
    6. Just drag-and-drop the Google Chrome icon into the Applications directory. This should automatically install Google Chrome, making it appear in the Applications folder.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    How To Delete Google Chrome On iOS

    If you want to reinstall Chrome on iOS, you need to follow these steps:

    1. Press and hold the Google Chrome icon until a small x appears on the top left corner of most apps.
    2. Select the x or Delete and agree to remove Chrome and all its data.
      How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers
    3. Press the home button or swipe up to return the rest of your apps to normal.

    How to Install Google Chrome on iOS

    1. Find the App Store in your app menu and type Google Chrome in the search bar.
    2. Tap Get and the tap Install.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    What About Android?

    Unfortunately, uninstalling Chrome isn’t always an option. If your Android device already came with a built-in Google Chrome, then you can’t uninstall it and you’ll have to find a different way to fix any malfunctions.

    Find out whether you can reinstall Google Chrome with these steps:

    1. Go to the Settings app on Android.
    2. Select Apps or Applications.
    3. Find Chrome in the list and tap it.
    4. Tap ‘Disable’ if you do not have an option to uninstall Chrome.

    If you can see the Uninstall button, then you can remove the browser.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    To reinstall Chrome, you should go to the Play Store and search for Google Chrome. Simply tap Install, and then wait until the browser is installed on your Android device.

    Frequently Asked Questions

    If I uninstall and reinstall Chrome, will I lose all of my saved data?

    Yes. All of your saved passwords, your search history, favorites, and the browser’s cache will be gone when you reinstall Chrome. Fortunately, you can sign in using the email and password you used previously to recover most of this data.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    If you can’t uninstall Chrome from your Windows 10 computer, here are 4 solutions to help you fix this problem. If you need a free data recovery software, hard drive partition manager, system backup and restore tool, a free movie maker, or a free video downloader, you can recur to MiniTool software.

    Why won’t my computer let me uninstall Google Chrome?

    Generally you can uninstall Chrome from your Windows 10 PC through control panel. However, some users reflect that they can’t uninstall Chrome in Windows 10, and it pops up an error message “Please close all Google Chrome windows and try again”.

    In this tutorial, you can learn how to fix can’t uninstall Chrome Windows 10 problem with 4 solutions and learn 2 ways to uninstall Google Chrome from your PC.

    How to Fix Can’t Uninstall Google Chrome Windows 10 Problem?

    If you are unable to uninstall Chrome from your Windows 10 computer, you can check the solutions below to help you remove Google Chrome.

    Fix 1. Stop Any Running Google Chrome Processes with Task Manager

    If you see an error message asking you to close all Chrome processes when trying to uninstall Chrome, you can follow the instructions below to force close all running Chrome processes.

    • You can press Ctrl + Shift + Esc to open Task Manager in Windows 10.
    • Next click Process tab, and find Google Chrome application in the list. Right-click Google Chrome and click End Task to close Chrome.
    • If you find other Chrome processes in Task Manager, you can follow the same way to force quit all of them.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    After you close all Chrome processes with Task Manager, you can then try to uninstall Chrome from your Windows 10 computer again.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    This tutorial teaches you how to uninstall Xbox Game Bar on Windows 10. You can download Xbox Game Bar on Windows 10 again from Microsoft Store if you want.

    Fix 2. Stop Running Background Apps When Google Chrome Is Closed

    You can also try to disable “Continue running background apps when Google Chrome is closed” option in Chrome browser settings. After you disable this setting, it may help you fix can’t uninstall Chrome Windows 10 issue.

    • You can open Google Chrome browser, and click the three-dot icon at the upper-right corner to open Chrome Settings.
    • Next scroll down in Settings window to find Advanced option and click it.
    • Then disable the Continue running background apps when Google Chrome is closed option under System section.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Close Google Chrome and check if you can smoothly uninstall Google Chrome from Windows 10 now.

    Fix 3. Disable All Google Chrome Extensions

    A bad browser extension may also cause that you can’t uninstall Chrome in Windows 10. You can follow the operation below to disable all Chrome browser extensions to see if it can fix this issue.

    • Open Google Chrome browser, and click the three-dot icon to click More tools -> Extensions. You can also open Chrome and type chrome://extensions/ in the address bar to open Chrome Extensions window.
    • Next disable or remove all extensions. Close Chrome browser and try to uninstall Chrome again.

    Fix 4. Scan for Malware or Virus Infection

    If you are unable to uninstall Google Chrome from Windows 10, it may be also due to malware or virus infection. You can use Windows Defender or any third-party antivirus software to run a virus scan. And then try the following two ways to uninstall Chrome in Windows 10.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Check how to download DirectX 12 (Ultimate) for Windows 10 or Windows 11 PC for better gaming experience. Also learn what is DirectX 12 (Ultimate) in this post.

    How to Uninstall Chrome from Windows 10 – 2 Ways

    Way 1. Uninstall Google Chrome from Settings

    • You can click Start -> Settings, and click Apps.
    • Then you can click Apps & features in the left panel, and find Google Chrome in the right window.
    • Click Google Chrome and click Uninstall button.
    • Click Uninstall button again and tick Also delete your browsing data option in the Uninstall Google Chrome window.
    • Click Uninstall button to start removing Chrome from your Windows 10 computer.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Way 2. Uninstall Chrome from Control Panel

    • You can press Windows + R, type cpl in Run window, and press Enter to open Programs and Features window.
    • Find Google Chrome in the list and right-click it to choose Uninstall to remove Google Chrome from your Windows 10 computer.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Detailed guide for how to uninstall a program by using CMD (Command Prompt) or PowerShell utility on Windows 10/11.

    Conclusion

    This post introduces 4 solutions to help you fix can’t uninstall Chrome Windows 10 error and provide 2 ways to allow you uninstall Google Chrome from your Windows computer. Hope it helps.

    • Facebook
    • Twitter
    • Linkedin
    • Reddit

    ABOUT THE AUTHOR

    Position: Columnist

    Alisa is a professional English editor with 4-year experience. She loves writing and focuses on sharing detailed solutions and thoughts for computer problems, data recovery & backup, digital gadgets, tech news, etc. Through her articles, users can always easily get related problems solved and find what they want. In spare time, she likes basketball, badminton, tennis, cycling, running, and singing. She is very funny and energetic in life, and always brings friends lots of laughs.

    Chrome extensions help you to effectively browse the internet, and you can easily find them in the Chrome Web Store. But on some occasions, these add-ons may disappear from the store. Also, there’s always a chance that a new update doesn’t suit you as much as the previous one did.

    That’s why you may want to export all your Google Chrome extensions into one place. This way, you can always reinstall them, regardless of any changes to the Web Store or the extension itself.

    These extensions come in unique CRX file formats, and this article will explain how to store them on your drive.

    Check Your Chrome Profile

    Before you start exporting, you should check if your Google Chrome profile is the right one. Chrome allows you to use multiple profiles, and each one will have its own set of extensions.

    You can make sure that you are using the correct Chrome profile in a few simple steps:

    1. Open Google Chrome and click on the More icon in the top-right corner (three vertical dots). How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers
    2. Now, select Settings from the dropdown menu.
      How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers
    3. Under the People section, check if you are currently using your profile, if not, click on the small arrow next to the profile name and switch the profile.
      How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    You can also add and remove profiles by clicking on the profile icon on the top-right, and selecting Manage people.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Export Chrome Extensions as CRX Files

    If you want to export Chrome extensions manually, you have to enable ‘Developer mode’ in the browser and pack the extension in a CRX file. CRX is a file that Chrome automatically downloads and installs when you add an extension.

    To do this, you should:

    1. As mentioned above, launch Google Chrome and press the More icon (three vertical dots). How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers
    2. Hover your mouse over More tools and then click on Extensions.
      How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers
    3. Now, enable the Developer mode on the top-right of the Extensions menu. Remember the ID that appears under the extension that you want to pack.
      How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers
    4. Now, hold Win Key + E to open Windows Explorer and go to the following path:
      C:\Users\\AppData\Local\Google\Chrome\User Data\Default\Extensions
      Note that the should be your username. How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers
    5. Locate the folder that has the same ID and copy it to your Desktop.
      How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers
    6. Now, go back to the Extensions menu and click the Pack extension button on the top-left corner of the menu.
      How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers
    7. When the new window appears, select Browse, choose the folder that you’ve moved to the desktop and click OK.
    8. Select the Pack Extension button. Leave the Private key file section blank.

    Now, the extension folder should have a CRX file too.

    For each extension that you want to export, you can use the same method. You can share these CRX files, or store them on your drive.

    How to Find Extension Folder on MacOS or Linux

    If you’re using MacOS or Linux, the process is slightly different. You can follow the same first six steps from the previous section, but the path to the extension folder is slightly different.

    For MacOS users, the correct application folder is normally in

    For Linux users, the extension folder should be in the

    Use a Special URL to Save and Download Extensions

    If packing extensions to a CRX file seems like a long and exhausting job, you can just save the extension URL somewhere and download it when you need it.

    1. Using the method from the previous section, save the extension ID if you already have it on the computer. If you don’t, you can find the extension from the Chrome Web Store and copy the extension ID. The ID is always the last part of the URL in the address bar.
    2. Once you get the ID, open any other browser besides Chrome and type this link in the address bar: ‘https://clients2.google.com/service/update2/crx?response=redirect&prodversion=49.0&x=id%3D%26installsource%3Dondemand%26uc‘ remember to replace the ‘’ part with the proper ID and execute.
    3. A download window will pop up prompting you to complete the download. You should get the CRX file on your computer.

    It’s important to use another browser (like Mozilla Firefox or Opera) because Google Chrome will try to install the extension automatically instead of downloading it.

    Use a Third-Party App

    There are various third-party extensions and web apps whose only purpose is to help you export other extensions.

    For example, Chrome Extension Downloader will download the CRX files directly from Chrome.

    Just type in the extension ID or copy/paste the extension URL in the address bar and hit the ‘Download Extension’ button.

    Another useful extension is Export Links to All Extensions which exports all extension names and URLs to a single file. You can combine these two apps to quickly get all needed URLs and then get their CRX files.

    How to Import Extensions

    All of the aforementioned methods will download a CRX file. However, you can’t just click on these files and expect them to install. Instead, you should:

    1. Open the ‘Extensions’ menu as explained in the previous sections.
    2. Locate the CRX file on your computer.
    3. Drag-and-drop the CRX file from its location to Chrome’s Extensions menu.
    4. Wait for the extension to install.

    Keep Your Extensions Safe

    Now that you know how to export all your Chrome extensions, you don’t have to worry about them disappearing from the store. Also, you can easily keep track of all extensions that you use, so you don’t miss out on some if you need to switch profiles.

    Do you prefer to keep your extensions backed up? Have you ever lost an extension that you couldn’t get back? Leave a comment and let the other readers know.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    It’s needed to refresh a page especially when changes have been made to it. Some apps and browsers will set a time interval for an auto refresh by default. However, some people are bothered by the auto refresh in Chrome or other browsers and they want to stop it. This post shows you what to do when your browser keeps refreshing automatically.

    Auto Refresh Chrome

    What is auto refresh?

    Auto refresh, also known as auto reload, refers to the action of refreshing a page automatically after a certain interval of time (for instance, several minutes). Some people find auto refresh useful while others want to stop auto refresh since they consider it a disturbance. (An auto backup of data is necessary; you’d better get help from MiniTool for that.)

    A lot of people are irritated by auto refresh Chrome and they need a useful fix for it.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    Gmail Keeps Reloading in Chrome

    People are complaining that their Gmail keeps refreshing/reloading in Google Chrome; they are very annoyed by it.

    Case 1: GSuite Gmail keeps reloading over and over on Chrome.

    Case 2: Why Gmail keeps on refreshing itself every 2 second?

    Though Chrome auto refresh is useful, it could be a terrible experience to have the browser refreshing or reloading all the time or too frequently. Because of this, some users want to stop auto refresh; after all, they can reload Chrome or any other browsers manually by pressing certain button.

    How do you refresh a page?

    • The easiest and most common way to refresh a webpage is pressing F5 button on your keyboard.
    • Another useful way for all users to reload webpage automatically is adding auto refresh extension to browsers.

    What to Do if Your Browser Keeps Refreshing/Reloading

    When finding Chrome refresh, Firefox refresh, or IE refresh, you should do the following things.

    The first thing to do is checking F5 button.

    You need to check the F5 button on your keyboard to see whether it functions properly. If it is the case, you may consider fix the problem by adjusting the button or changing a keyboard.

    The second thing to do is checking RAM (work for Chrome).

    1. Open the browser.
    2. Type chrome://flags/#automatic-tab-discarding into the address bar.
    3. Disable the Automatic tab discarding feature.

    How to uninstall extensions in chrome firefox and other browsers

    You should also run SFC scan.

    1. Press Windows + S to open the